CN105682573B - Cover retention configuration for sterilizable surgical instruments - Google Patents
Cover retention configuration for sterilizable surgical instruments Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CN105682573B CN105682573B CN201480057558.1A CN201480057558A CN105682573B CN 105682573 B CN105682573 B CN 105682573B CN 201480057558 A CN201480057558 A CN 201480057558A CN 105682573 B CN105682573 B CN 105682573B
- Authority
- CN
- China
- Prior art keywords
- motor
- shaft
- surgical instrument
- firing
- end effector
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Active
Links
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/068—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
- A61B17/072—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
- A61B17/07207—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously the staples being applied sequentially
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/068—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/00234—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for minimally invasive surgery
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/068—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
- A61B17/072—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B34/00—Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
- A61B34/25—User interfaces for surgical systems
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F21/00—Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
- G06F21/60—Protecting data
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/016—Input arrangements with force or tactile feedback as computer generated output to the user
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
- G06F3/0487—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
- G06F3/0488—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06T—IMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
- G06T11/00—2D [Two Dimensional] image generation
- G06T11/60—Editing figures and text; Combining figures or text
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
- G09G5/00—Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
- G09G5/14—Display of multiple viewports
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H02—GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
- H02J—CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS OR SYSTEMS FOR SUPPLYING OR DISTRIBUTING ELECTRIC POWER; SYSTEMS FOR STORING ELECTRIC ENERGY
- H02J7/00—Circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries
- H02J7/0068—Battery or charger load switching, e.g. concurrent charging and load supply
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B2017/00017—Electrical control of surgical instruments
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B2017/00017—Electrical control of surgical instruments
- A61B2017/00137—Details of operation mode
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B2017/00017—Electrical control of surgical instruments
- A61B2017/00199—Electrical control of surgical instruments with a console, e.g. a control panel with a display
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B2017/00367—Details of actuation of instruments, e.g. relations between pushing buttons, or the like, and activation of the tool, working tip, or the like
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B2017/00367—Details of actuation of instruments, e.g. relations between pushing buttons, or the like, and activation of the tool, working tip, or the like
- A61B2017/00398—Details of actuation of instruments, e.g. relations between pushing buttons, or the like, and activation of the tool, working tip, or the like using powered actuators, e.g. stepper motors, solenoids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B2017/00367—Details of actuation of instruments, e.g. relations between pushing buttons, or the like, and activation of the tool, working tip, or the like
- A61B2017/00398—Details of actuation of instruments, e.g. relations between pushing buttons, or the like, and activation of the tool, working tip, or the like using powered actuators, e.g. stepper motors, solenoids
- A61B2017/00402—Piezo electric actuators
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B2017/00681—Aspects not otherwise provided for
- A61B2017/00734—Aspects not otherwise provided for battery operated
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/068—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
- A61B17/072—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
- A61B2017/07214—Stapler heads
- A61B2017/07271—Stapler heads characterised by its cartridge
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods
- A61B17/068—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
- A61B17/072—Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
- A61B2017/07214—Stapler heads
- A61B2017/07285—Stapler heads characterised by its cutter
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B34/00—Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
- A61B34/25—User interfaces for surgical systems
- A61B2034/252—User interfaces for surgical systems indicating steps of a surgical procedure
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B34/00—Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
- A61B34/25—User interfaces for surgical systems
- A61B2034/256—User interfaces for surgical systems having a database of accessory information, e.g. including context sensitive help or scientific articles
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/03—Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
- G06F3/041—Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
- G06F3/0416—Control or interface arrangements specially adapted for digitisers
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Robotics (AREA)
- Bioethics (AREA)
- Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
- Software Systems (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Surgical Instruments (AREA)
Abstract
Description
技术领域technical field
本发明涉及一种外科器械,并且在各种构造中,本发明涉及被设计成用于切割和缝合组织的动力外科切割和缝合器械及其钉仓。The present invention relates to a surgical instrument and, in various configurations, to powered surgical cutting and stapling instruments and cartridges thereof designed for cutting and stapling tissue.
背景技术Background technique
外科缝合器通常用于将钉部署到软组织中,以例如尤其在组织被横切时减少或消除软组织的出血。诸如内切割器的外科缝合器可包括端部执行器,该端部执行器能够相对于细长轴组件运动或关节运动。端部执行器经常被构造成能够将软组织固定在第一钳口构件和第二钳口构件之间,其中第一钳口构件经常包括被构造成能够在其中可移除地存储钉的钉仓,第二钳口构件经常包括砧座。这类外科缝合器可包括用于使砧座相对于钉仓枢转的闭合系统。Surgical staplers are commonly used to deploy staples into soft tissue, for example, to reduce or eliminate bleeding of the soft tissue, especially when the tissue is transected. A surgical stapler, such as an endocutter, may include an end effector that is movable or articulated relative to the elongated shaft assembly. End effectors are often configured to secure soft tissue between a first jaw member and a second jaw member, wherein the first jaw member often includes a staple cartridge configured to removably store staples therein , the second jaw member often includes an anvil. Such surgical staplers may include a closure system for pivoting the anvil relative to the staple cartridge.
如上文所述,外科缝合器可被构造成能够使得端部执行器的砧座相对于钉仓枢转,以便将软组织捕获于它们之间。在各种情况下,砧座可被构造成能够对软组织施加夹持力,以便将软组织牢固地保持在砧座和钉仓之间。然而,如果外科医生不满意端部执行器的位置,则外科医生通常必须启用外科缝合器上的释放机构来将砧座枢转成打开位置并且随后重新定位端部执行器。然后,钉通常由驱动器从钉仓部署,该驱动器横贯钉仓中的通道,使得钉抵靠砧座而变形,并且将软组织层固定在一起。如本领域所知,钉经常以若干钉线或排进行部署,以将组织层更可靠地固定在一起。端部执行器还可包括诸如刀的切割构件,在软组织层已经被缝合在一起之后,该切割构件在两排钉之间前进以切割软组织。As noted above, surgical staplers can be configured to enable the anvil of the end effector to pivot relative to the staple cartridge so as to capture soft tissue therebetween. In various instances, the anvil can be configured to apply a clamping force to the soft tissue so as to hold the soft tissue securely between the anvil and the staple cartridge. However, if the surgeon is not satisfied with the position of the end effector, the surgeon must typically activate a release mechanism on the surgical stapler to pivot the anvil into an open position and then reposition the end effector. The staples are then deployed from the staple cartridge, typically by a driver, which traverses a channel in the staple cartridge, deforming the staples against the anvil and securing the layers of soft tissue together. As is known in the art, staples are often deployed in several staple lines or rows to more securely secure tissue layers together. The end effector may also include a cutting member, such as a knife, that is advanced between the two rows of staples to cut the soft tissue after the layers of soft tissue have been stapled together.
此类外科缝合器和执行器的尺寸和构造可被设计成通过套管针或其他进入开口插入体腔内。端部执行器通常联接到尺寸被设计成穿过套管针或开口的细长轴。细长轴组件通常可操作地联接到柄部,该柄部支撑用于控制端部执行器的操作的控制系统和/或触发器。为了有利于端部执行器在体内的正确定位和取向,许多外科器械被构造成能够有利于端部执行器相对于细长轴的一部分进行关节运动。Such surgical staplers and effectors may be sized and configured to be inserted into body cavities through trocars or other access openings. The end effector is typically coupled to an elongated shaft sized to pass through a trocar or opening. The elongate shaft assembly is typically operably coupled to a handle that supports a control system and/or trigger for controlling operation of the end effector. To facilitate proper positioning and orientation of the end effector within the body, many surgical instruments are configured to facilitate articulation of the end effector relative to a portion of the elongated shaft.
动力外科器械在Zemlok等人的名称为POWERED SURGICAL STAPLING DEVICE的美国专利申请公布US 2009/0090763A1(下文中,“Zemlok‘763”)中有所公开,该专利申请公布的全部公开内容据此以引用方式并入本文。动力外科器械还在Zemlok等人的名称为POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENT的美国专利申请公布US 2011/0278344A1(下文中,“Zemlok‘344”)(现在为美国专利8,201,721)中有所公开,该专利申请公布的全部公开内容据此以引用方式并入本文。Powered surgical instruments are disclosed in US Patent Application Publication US 2009/0090763A1 entitled POWERED SURGICAL STAPLING DEVICE to Zemlok et al. (hereinafter "Zemlok '763"), the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference way incorporated into this article. Powered surgical instruments are also disclosed in Zemlok et al., U.S. Patent Application Publication US 2011/0278344A1 (hereinafter, "Zemlok '344") (now U.S. Patent 8,201,721), entitled POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, which published The entire disclosure is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
上述讨论仅是为了举例说明本发明技术领域中相关技术目前的每个方面,而不应当视为对权利要求范围的否定。The above discussion is only for the purpose of illustrating each present aspect of the relevant art in the technical field of the present invention, and should not be taken as a negation of the scope of the claims.
附图说明Description of drawings
通过结合附图来参考本发明实施例的以下说明,本发明的特征和优点以及其获取方法将会变得更加明显,并可更好地理解发明本身,其中:The features and advantages of the present invention, as well as the method of obtaining them, will become more apparent and the invention itself can be better understood by reference to the following description of embodiments of the invention, taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, in which:
图1为采用回缩构造的一种形式的外科器械的透视图;Figure 1 is a perspective view of one form of surgical instrument in a retracted configuration;
图2为可结合本文所公开的各种外科器械使用的示例性加载单元的透视图;2 is a perspective view of an exemplary loading unit that may be used in conjunction with the various surgical instruments disclosed herein;
图3为图2所示的加载单元的一部分的分解透视图;Figure 3 is an exploded perspective view of a portion of the loading unit shown in Figure 2;
图4为图1的外科器械的一部分的顶视图;Figure 4 is a top view of a portion of the surgical instrument of Figure 1;
图5为图4所示的外科器械的一部分的局部侧视图,其中离合器组件处于脱离位置;5 is a partial side view of a portion of the surgical instrument shown in FIG. 4 with the clutch assembly in a disengaged position;
图6为回缩组件实施例及其回缩杠杆构造的一部分的顶视图;Figure 6 is a top view of a portion of a retraction assembly embodiment and its retraction lever configuration;
图7为驱动单元的一种形式的局部分解图,其中其部分以剖面示出;Figure 7 is a partially exploded view of a form of a drive unit, partly shown in section;
图8为外科器械的一部分的另一个顶视图,其中驱动单元锁定系统处于锁定位置;8 is another top view of a portion of a surgical instrument with the drive unit locking system in a locked position;
图9为锁定制转杆组件的一种形式的顶视图;Figure 9 is a top view of one form of locking pawl assembly;
图10为图9的锁定制转杆组件的侧正视图;10 is a side elevational view of the locking pawl assembly of FIG. 9;
图11为图9和图10的锁定制转杆组件的底视图;Figure 11 is a bottom view of the locking pawl assembly of Figures 9 and 10;
图12为齿轮箱外壳实施例的前视图;Figure 12 is a front view of an embodiment of a gearbox housing;
图13为外科器械实施例的局部侧剖面图,其中其部分以剖面示出并且驱动单元锁定系统处于锁定取向;13 is a partial side sectional view of an embodiment of a surgical instrument with portions thereof shown in section and with the drive unit locking system in a locked orientation;
图14为图13的外科器械的另一个局部侧剖面图,其中驱动单元锁定系统处于解锁取向;14 is another partial side sectional view of the surgical instrument of FIG. 13 with the drive unit locking system in an unlocked orientation;
图15为另一个外科器械实施例的顶视图,其中外壳的一部分被移除以暴露器械的驱动单元锁定系统构造的一部分;15 is a top view of another surgical instrument embodiment with a portion of the housing removed to expose a portion of the instrument's drive unit locking system configuration;
图16为图15的外科器械实施例的局部侧剖面图,其中其部分以剖面示出,实线示出处于锁定取向的驱动单元锁定系统,并且虚线示出处于解锁取向的驱动单元锁定系统;16 is a partial side sectional view of the surgical instrument embodiment of FIG. 15 , shown partially in section, with the drive unit locking system shown in solid lines in a locked orientation and the drive unit locking system in an unlocked orientation in dashed lines;
图17为图15和图16的外科器械实施例的另一个局部顶视图,其中实线示出致动之前的回缩杠杆的位置并且虚线示出初始致动之后的回缩杠杆的位置;17 is another partial top view of the surgical instrument embodiment of FIGS. 15 and 16 , wherein the solid line shows the position of the retraction lever before actuation and the dotted line shows the position of the retraction lever after initial actuation;
图18为图15-17的外科器械实施例的另一个局部顶视图,其中虚线示出处于完全致动位置的回缩杠杆;18 is another partial top view of the surgical instrument embodiment of FIGS. 15-17, showing the retraction lever in a fully actuated position in dashed lines;
图19为另一个外科器械实施例的一部分的局部顶视图,其中外壳的一部分被省去以暴露器械的驱动单元锁定系统,实线示出处于未致动位置的回缩杠杆,并且虚线示出初始致动之后的回缩杠杆;19 is a partial top view of a portion of another surgical instrument embodiment with a portion of the housing omitted to expose the instrument's drive unit locking system, showing the retraction lever in an unactuated position in solid lines and retraction lever after initial actuation;
图20为另一个外科器械实施例的局部顶视图,其中外壳的一部分被省去以暴露其处于锁定取向的驱动单元锁定系统;20 is a partial top view of another surgical instrument embodiment with a portion of the housing omitted to expose the drive unit locking system in a locked orientation;
图21为图20的外科器械实施例的另一个局部顶视图,其中驱动单元锁定系统处于解锁取向;21 is another partial top view of the surgical instrument embodiment of FIG. 20 with the drive unit locking system in an unlocked orientation;
图22为外科器械和端部执行器的一部分的局部剖面侧视图,其中其回缩组件处于未致动取向;22 is a side view, partially in section, of a surgical instrument and a portion of an end effector with its retraction assembly in an unactuated orientation;
图23为击发杆组件已被击发之后的图22的外科器械和端部执行器的另一个局部剖面侧视图;23 is another partial cutaway side view of the surgical instrument and end effector of FIG. 22 after the firing rod assembly has been fired;
图24为回缩组件已被致动以使驱动梁回缩返回到其在端部执行器内的起始位置之后的图23的外科器械和端部执行器的另一个局部剖面侧视图;24 is another partial cutaway side view of the surgical instrument and end effector of FIG. 23 after the retraction assembly has been actuated to retract the drive beam back to its original position within the end effector;
图25为处于预击发状态的另一个外科器械和端部执行器的一部分的局部剖面侧视图,其中其回缩组件处于未致动取向;25 is a side view, in partial section, of another surgical instrument and a portion of an end effector in a pre-fired state with its retraction assembly in a non-actuated orientation;
图26为击发之后的图25的外科器械和端部执行器的另一个局部剖面侧视图;26 is another partial cutaway side view of the surgical instrument and end effector of FIG. 25 after firing;
图27为图26的外科器械和端部执行器的另一个局部剖面侧视图,其中其回缩构件的闩锁处于未闩锁状态;27 is another side view, partially in section, of the surgical instrument and end effector of FIG. 26 with the latch of the retraction member thereof in an unlatched state;
图28为图27的外科器械和端部执行器的另一个局部剖面侧视图,其中远侧击发杆部分处于回缩取向;28 is another partial cutaway side view of the surgical instrument and end effector of FIG. 27 with the distal firing rod portion in a retracted orientation;
图29为另一个外科器械实施例的一部分的局部剖面图,其中其驱动联接器组件处于关节运动取向;Figure 29 is a partial cross-sectional view of a portion of another surgical instrument embodiment with its drive coupler assembly in an articulating orientation;
图30为图29的外科器械实施例的一部分的局部剖面图,其中其驱动联接器组件处于击发取向;30 is a partial cross-sectional view of a portion of the surgical instrument embodiment of FIG. 29 with its drive coupler assembly in a fired orientation;
图31为图29和图30的外科器械的驱动联接器组件的放大破视图,其中以实线示出的联接器选择器构件处于关节运动取向并且以虚线示出的联接器选择器构件处于击发取向;31 is an enlarged broken view of the drive coupler assembly of the surgical instrument of FIGS. 29 and 30 with the coupler selector member shown in solid lines in an articulating orientation and the coupler selector member shown in phantom lines in a fired orientation;
图32为另一个外科器械实施例的一部分的局部剖面图;Figure 32 is a partial cross-sectional view of a portion of another surgical instrument embodiment;
图33为图32的外科器械的一部分的放大局部剖面图;Figure 33 is an enlarged partial cross-sectional view of a portion of the surgical instrument of Figure 32;
图34为图32和图33的外科器械的一部分的另一个放大局部剖面图,其中其行进限制器处于其最远侧取向;34 is another enlarged partial cross-sectional view of a portion of the surgical instrument of FIGS. 32 and 33 with its travel limiter in its most distal orientation;
图35为图32-34的外科器械的另一个放大局部剖面图,其中其行进限制器处于其最近侧取向;35 is another enlarged partial cross-sectional view of the surgical instrument of FIGS. 32-34 with its travel limiter in its proximal-most orientation;
图36为沿图33中的线36-36截取的图33的外科器械的局部剖面图;36 is a partial cross-sectional view of the surgical instrument of FIG. 33 taken along line 36-36 in FIG. 33;
图37为图32-36的外科器械的一部分的局部透视图;Figure 37 is a partial perspective view of a portion of the surgical instrument of Figures 32-36;
图38为根据本公开的各种实施例的外科器械的轴、衬圈、和未附接到轴的一次性加载单元的局部透视图;38 is a partial perspective view of a shaft, collar, and disposable loading unit not attached to the shaft of a surgical instrument according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
图39为图38的轴、衬圈、和一次性加载单元的局部透视图,其中示出附接到轴的一次性加载单元;Figure 39 is a partial perspective view of the shaft, collar, and disposable loading unit of Figure 38, showing the disposable loading unit attached to the shaft;
图40为图38的轴、衬圈、和一次性加载单元的局部分解透视图;Figure 40 is a partially exploded perspective view of the shaft, collar, and disposable loading unit of Figure 38;
图41为图38的轴、衬圈、和一次性加载单元的另一个局部分解透视图;41 is another partially exploded perspective view of the shaft, collar, and disposable loading unit of FIG. 38;
图42为图38的一次性加载单元的远侧附接部分的透视图;42 is a perspective view of the distal attachment portion of the disposable loading unit of FIG. 38;
图43为图38的一次性加载单元的远侧附接部分的另一个透视图;43 is another perspective view of the distal attachment portion of the disposable loading unit of FIG. 38;
图44为图38的轴的近侧附接部分的透视图;Figure 44 is a perspective view of the proximal attachment portion of the shaft of Figure 38;
图45为图38的轴的近侧附接部分的另一个透视图;45 is another perspective view of the proximal attachment portion of the shaft of FIG. 38;
图46为图38的外科器械的衬圈和击发轴的透视图;46 is a perspective view of the collar and firing shaft of the surgical instrument of FIG. 38;
图47为图38的一次性加载单元、衬圈、和轴的局部透视剖面图,其中示出附接到轴的一次性加载单元;47 is a partial perspective cutaway view of the disposable loading unit, collar, and shaft of FIG. 38, showing the disposable loading unit attached to the shaft;
图48为图38的一次性加载单元、衬圈、和轴的局部正视剖面图,其中示出未附接到轴的一次性加载单元;Figure 48 is a partial elevational cross-sectional view of the disposable loading unit, collar, and shaft of Figure 38, showing the disposable loading unit not attached to the shaft;
图49为图38的一次性加载单元、衬圈、和轴的局部正视剖面图,其中示出附接到轴的一次性加载单元;49 is a partial elevational cross-sectional view of the disposable loading unit, collar, and shaft of FIG. 38, showing the disposable loading unit attached to the shaft;
图50为沿图48所示的平面截取的图38的衬圈和轴的正视图;Figure 50 is an elevational view of the bushing and shaft of Figure 38 taken along the plane shown in Figure 48;
图51为图38的一次性加载单元、衬圈、和轴的透视、局部剖面图,其中示出未附接到轴的一次性加载单元,并且还示出相对于轴处于初始取向的衬圈;Figure 51 is a perspective, partial cross-sectional view of the disposable loading unit, collar, and shaft of Figure 38, showing the disposable loading unit not attached to the shaft, and also showing the collar in an initial orientation relative to the shaft ;
图52为图38的一次性加载单元、衬圈、和轴的透视、局部剖面图,其中示出未附接到轴的一次性加载单元,并且还示出相对于轴处于初始取向的衬圈;Figure 52 is a perspective, partial cross-sectional view of the disposable loading unit, collar, and shaft of Figure 38, showing the disposable loading unit not attached to the shaft, and also showing the collar in an initial orientation relative to the shaft ;
图53为图38的一次性加载单元、衬圈、和轴的透视、局部剖面图,其中示出进入轴的一次性加载单元,并且还示出相对于轴处于初始取向的衬圈;53 is a perspective, partial cross-sectional view of the disposable loading unit, collar, and shaft of FIG. 38, showing the disposable loading unit entering the shaft, and also showing the collar in an initial orientation relative to the shaft;
图54为图38的一次性加载单元、衬圈、和轴的透视、局部剖面图,其中示出进入轴的一次性加载单元,并且还示出相对于轴处于第二、旋转取向的衬圈;Figure 54 is a perspective, partial cross-sectional view of the disposable loading unit, collar, and shaft of Figure 38, showing the disposable loading unit entering the shaft, and also showing the collar in a second, rotational orientation relative to the shaft ;
图55为图38的一次性加载单元、衬圈、和轴的透视、局部剖面图,其中示出进入轴的一次性加载单元,并且还示出相对于轴处于第二、旋转取向的衬圈;Figure 55 is a perspective, partial cross-sectional view of the disposable loading unit, collar, and shaft of Figure 38, showing the disposable loading unit entering the shaft, and also showing the collar in a second, rotational orientation relative to the shaft ;
图56为图38的一次性加载单元、衬圈、和轴的透视、局部剖面图,其中示出完全插入轴内的一次性加载单元,并且还示出相对于轴处于第二、旋转取向的衬圈;56 is a perspective, partial cutaway view of the disposable loading unit, collar, and shaft of FIG. 38, showing the disposable loading unit fully inserted into the shaft, and also showing the disposable loading unit in a second, rotational orientation relative to the shaft. Lining;
图57为图38的一次性加载单元、衬圈、和轴的透视、局部剖面图,其中示出完全插入轴内的一次性加载单元,并且还示出相对于轴处于初始取向的衬圈;57 is a perspective, partial cross-sectional view of the disposable loading unit, collar, and shaft of FIG. 38, showing the disposable loading unit fully inserted into the shaft, and also showing the collar in an initial orientation relative to the shaft;
图58为图38的一次性加载单元、衬圈、和轴的透视、局部剖面图,其中示出完全插入轴内的一次性加载单元,并且还示出相对于轴处于初始取向的衬圈;58 is a perspective, partial cross-sectional view of the disposable loading unit, collar, and shaft of FIG. 38, showing the disposable loading unit fully inserted into the shaft, and also showing the collar in an initial orientation relative to the shaft;
图59为根据本公开的各种实施例的外科器械的轴和未附接到轴的一次性加载单元的局部、透视、剖面图;59 is a partial, perspective, cross-sectional view of a shaft of a surgical instrument and a disposable loading unit not attached to the shaft, according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
图60为图59的轴和一次性加载单元的局部、透视、剖面图,其中示出完全插入轴内的一次性加载单元,并且还示出处于未闩锁位置的闩锁;Figure 60 is a partial, perspective, cross-sectional view of the shaft and disposable loading unit of Figure 59, showing the disposable loading unit fully inserted into the shaft, and also showing the latch in an unlatched position;
图61为图59的轴和一次性加载单元的局部、透视、剖面图,其中示出完全插入轴内的一次性加载单元,并且还示出处于闩锁位置的闩锁;Figure 61 is a partial, perspective, cross-sectional view of the shaft and disposable loading unit of Figure 59, showing the disposable loading unit fully inserted into the shaft, and also showing the latch in a latched position;
图62为图59的轴和一次性加载单元的局部、正视、剖面图,其中示出完全插入轴内的一次性加载单元,并且还示出处于闩锁位置的闩锁;Figure 62 is a partial, front, cross-sectional view of the shaft and disposable loading unit of Figure 59, showing the disposable loading unit fully inserted into the shaft, and also showing the latch in a latched position;
图63为根据本公开的各种实施例的扭矩-电压曲线的示意图;63 is a schematic diagram of torque-voltage curves according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
图64(a)为根据本公开的各种实施例的由脉宽调制电路递送的高占空比周期脉冲的示意图;Figure 64(a) is a schematic diagram of high duty cycle periodic pulses delivered by a pulse width modulation circuit according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
图64(b)为根据本公开的各种实施例的由脉宽调制电路递送的低占空比周期脉冲的示意图;Figure 64(b) is a schematic diagram of low duty cycle pulses delivered by a pulse width modulation circuit according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
图65(a)为由图64(a)的脉宽调制电路的高占空比周期脉冲驱动的击发元件的示意图;Fig. 65(a) is a schematic diagram of a firing element driven by a high duty cycle periodic pulse of the pulse width modulation circuit of Fig. 64(a);
图65(b)为由图64(b)的脉宽调制电路的低占空比周期脉冲驱动的击发元件的示意图;Fig. 65(b) is a schematic diagram of a firing element driven by a low duty cycle periodic pulse of the pulse width modulation circuit of Fig. 64(b);
图66(a)-66(c)为根据本公开的各种实施例的具有主线圈组和辅助线圈组的脉宽调制电路的示意图;66(a)-66(c) are schematic diagrams of a pulse width modulation circuit having a primary coil set and an auxiliary coil set according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
图67为根据本公开的各种实施例的示出整个击发行程中的速度和扭矩的曲线图;67 is a graph illustrating speed and torque throughout the firing stroke, according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
图68为根据本公开的各种实施例的示出击发行程期间的速度限制试验段的曲线图;FIG. 68 is a graph illustrating a speed limiting test segment during a firing stroke, according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
图69和图70为根据本公开的各种实施例的简化步进马达的示意图;69 and 70 are schematic diagrams of simplified stepper motors according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
图71-73为根据本公开的各种实施例的混合步进马达的示意图;71-73 are schematic diagrams of hybrid stepper motors according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
图74(a)-74(c)为图71-73的混合步进马达的示意图,其中示出变化的极性;Figures 74(a)-74(c) are schematic illustrations of the hybrid stepper motor of Figures 71-73, showing varying polarity;
图75为根据本公开的各种实施例的与内窥镜一起使用的包括触摸屏的显示器的透视图;75 is a perspective view of a display including a touch screen for use with an endoscope according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
图76为显示在图75的显示器上的第一信息层的正视图,其中第一信息层包括由内窥镜观察的附加到外科器械的一次性加载单元(DLU)的视频反馈;76 is a front view of a first information layer displayed on the display of FIG. 75, wherein the first information layer includes video feed of a disposable loading unit (DLU) attached to a surgical instrument as viewed by an endoscope;
图77为显示在图75的显示器上的第二信息层的正视图,其中第二信息层包括用于经由触摸屏接收输入的控制面板;77 is a front view of a second information layer displayed on the display of FIG. 75, wherein the second information layer includes a control panel for receiving input via a touch screen;
图78为叠加在图76的第一信息层上的图77的第二信息层的正视图;Figure 78 is a front view of the second information layer of Figure 77 superimposed on the first information layer of Figure 76;
图79为叠加在图76的第一信息层上的图77的第二信息层的正视图,其中第二信息层包括当刀位于击发行程起始处附近时与刀进度相关的数字数据和刀进度的视觉表示;79 is a front view of the second information layer of FIG. 77 superimposed on the first information layer of FIG. 76, wherein the second information layer includes digital data related to the progress of the knife when the knife is located near the beginning of the firing stroke and the knife. visual representation of progress;
图80为叠加在图76的第一信息层上的图77的第二信息层的正视图,其中第二信息层包括当刀位于击发行程的远侧端部附近时与刀进度相关的数字数据和刀进度的视觉表示;Figure 80 is a front view of the second information layer of Figure 77 superimposed on the first information layer of Figure 76, wherein the second information layer includes digital data related to the progress of the knife when the knife is located near the distal end of the firing stroke and a visual representation of knife progress;
图81为叠加在图76的第一信息层上的图77的第二信息层的正视图,其中第二信息层包括叠加在第一信息层所示的DLU中的刀的检测位置上的刀的符号表示;Figure 81 is a front view of the second information layer of Figure 77 superimposed on the first information layer of Figure 76, wherein the second information layer includes a knife superimposed on the detection position of the knife in the DLU shown in the first information layer symbol representation;
图82为叠加在图76的第一信息层上的图77的第二信息层的正视图,其中第二信息层包括击发行程期间远侧推进刀的速度的图形表示;82 is a front view of the second information layer of FIG. 77 superimposed on the first information layer of FIG. 76, wherein the second information layer includes a graphical representation of the velocity of the distal advancing knife during the firing stroke;
图83为叠加在图76的第一信息层上的图77的第二信息层的正视图,其中第二信息层包括沿着DLU钳口的长度由DLU钳口施加到组织上的夹持力的图形表示;Figure 83 is a front view of the second information layer of Figure 77 superimposed on the first information layer of Figure 76, wherein the second information layer includes clamping forces applied by the DLU jaws to tissue along the length of the DLU jaws a graphical representation of;
图84为叠加在图76的第一信息层上的图77的第二信息层的正视图,其中第二信息层包括与DLU的取向相关的数字数据,并且其中第一信息层所示的DLU处于非关节运动取向;Figure 84 is a front view of the second information layer of Figure 77 superimposed on the first information layer of Figure 76, wherein the second information layer includes digital data related to the orientation of the DLU, and wherein the DLU shown in the first information layer in a non-articulated orientation;
图85为叠加在图76的第一信息层上的图77的第二信息层的正视图,其中第二信息层包括与DLU的取向相关的数字数据和DLU的取向的视觉表示,并且其中第一信息层所示的DLU处于关节运动取向;85 is a front view of the second information layer of FIG. 77 superimposed on the first information layer of FIG. 76, wherein the second information layer includes digital data related to the orientation of the DLU and a visual representation of the orientation of the DLU, and wherein the second information layer An information layer shows the DLU in the articulation orientation;
图86为叠加在图76的第一信息层上的图77的第二信息层的正视图,其中示出来自使用者的用于经由图75的触摸屏来调整DLU的关节运动的输入;86 is a front view of the second information layer of FIG. 77 superimposed on the first information layer of FIG. 76, showing input from the user for adjusting the articulation of the DLU via the touch screen of FIG. 75;
图87为叠加在图76的第一信息层上的图77的第二信息层的正视图,其中示出用于控制DLU的示意图并且还示出来自使用者的用于经由图75的触摸屏操纵示意图来调整DLU的关节运动的输入;87 is a front view of the second information layer of FIG. 77 superimposed on the first information layer of FIG. Schematic diagram to adjust the input of the joint motion of the DLU;
图88为叠加在图76的第一信息层上的图77的第二信息层的正视图,其中示出响应于图86和图87所示的使用者输入的第一信息层中的处于关节运动取向的DLU;88 is a front view of the second information layer of FIG. 77 superimposed on the first information layer of FIG. Motion-oriented DLU;
图89为叠加在图76的第一信息层上的图77的第二信息层的正视图,其中示出来自使用者的用于经由图75的触摸屏来控制可运动钳口的闭合的输入;89 is a front view of the second information layer of FIG. 77 superimposed on the first information layer of FIG. 76 showing input from the user for controlling the closure of the movable jaw via the touch screen of FIG. 75;
图90为叠加在图76的第一信息层上的图77的第二信息层的正视图,其中示出响应于图89所示的使用者输入的第一信息层中的处于夹持取向的DLU的可运动钳口;90 is a front view of the second information layer of FIG. 77 superimposed on the first information layer of FIG. 76, showing the first information layer in response to the user input shown in FIG. 89 in a clamped orientation. The movable jaw of DLU;
图91为用于图77的第二信息层的控制器界面的正视图;Figure 91 is a front view of a controller interface for the second information layer of Figure 77;
图92为叠加在图76的第一信息层上的图77的第二信息层的正视图,其中第二信息层包括图91的控制器界面和进度条;Figure 92 is a front view of the second information layer of Figure 77 superimposed on the first information layer of Figure 76, wherein the second information layer includes the controller interface and progress bar of Figure 91;
图93为示出用于反馈控制器与内窥镜、外科器械、和图75的显示器的通信系统的示意图;93 is a schematic diagram illustrating a communication system for a feedback controller with an endoscope, a surgical instrument, and the display of FIG. 75;
图94为根据至少一个实施例的包括柄部和端部执行器的外科器械系统的分解图,所述外科器械系统包括多个指示器;94 is an exploded view of a surgical instrument system including a handle and an end effector, the surgical instrument system including a plurality of indicators, in accordance with at least one embodiment;
图95为根据至少一个实施例的包括多个指示器的外科器械系统的柄部的局部正视图;95 is a partial front view of a handle of a surgical instrument system including multiple indicators in accordance with at least one embodiment;
图96为根据至少一个实施例的包括触发器锁的外科器械系统的柄部的局部剖面图,其中示出处于解锁状态的触发器锁;96 is a partial cross-sectional view of a handle of a surgical instrument system including a trigger lock, showing the trigger lock in an unlocked state, in accordance with at least one embodiment;
图97为图96的柄部的局部剖面图,其中示出处于锁定状态的触发器锁;Figure 97 is a partial cross-sectional view of the handle of Figure 96, showing the trigger lock in a locked state;
图98为图96的触发器锁的剖面图,其中示出触发器锁处于其解锁状态;Figure 98 is a cross-sectional view of the trigger lock of Figure 96, showing the trigger lock in its unlocked state;
图99为图96的触发器锁的剖面图,其中示出触发器锁处于其锁定状态;Figure 99 is a cross-sectional view of the trigger lock of Figure 96, showing the trigger lock in its locked state;
图99A为概述外科器械的操作程序的流程图,所述操作程序用于评价外科器械是否已暴露于超过其阈值温度的温度并且确定向外科器械的使用者通知已超过阈值温度的方式;99A is a flow chart outlining an operating procedure for a surgical instrument for evaluating whether the surgical instrument has been exposed to a temperature above its threshold temperature and determining a manner of notifying a user of the surgical instrument that the threshold temperature has been exceeded;
图100为根据至少一个实施例的包括处于锁定状态的触发器锁的外科器械系统的柄部的剖面图;100 is a cross-sectional view of a handle of a surgical instrument system including a trigger lock in a locked state, in accordance with at least one embodiment;
图101为图100的柄部的剖面细部图,其中示出处于其锁定状态的触发器锁;Figure 101 is a cross-sectional detail view of the handle of Figure 100 showing the trigger lock in its locked state;
图102为图100的柄部的另一个剖面细部图,其中示出处于其解锁状态的触发器锁;Figure 102 is another cross-sectional detail view of the handle of Figure 100, showing the trigger lock in its unlocked state;
图103为被示出处于其锁定状态的图100的触发器锁的透视图;Figure 103 is a perspective view of the trigger lock of Figure 100 shown in its locked state;
图104为根据至少一个实施例的包括处于锁定状态的触发器锁的外科器械系统的柄部的局部剖面透视图;104 is a partial cutaway perspective view of a handle of a surgical instrument system including a trigger lock in a locked state, in accordance with at least one embodiment;
图105为被示出处于解锁状态的图104的柄部的局部剖面透视图;Figure 105 is a partial cutaway perspective view of the handle of Figure 104 shown in an unlocked state;
图106为被示出处于其锁定状态的图104的柄部的局部剖面左侧视图;Figure 106 is a partial cross-sectional left side view of the handle of Figure 104 shown in its locked state;
图107为被示出处于其锁定状态的图104的柄部的局部剖面右侧视图;Figure 107 is a partial cutaway right side view of the handle of Figure 104 shown in its locked state;
图108为被示出处于其解锁状态的图104的柄部的局部剖面左侧视图;Figure 108 is a partial cross-sectional left side view of the handle of Figure 104 shown in its unlocked state;
图109为被示出处于其解锁状态的图104的柄部的局部剖面右侧视图;Figure 109 is a partial cutaway right side view of the handle of Figure 104 shown in its unlocked state;
图110为示出可使用外科器械的控制器来处理从附接到外科器械的端部执行器接收的信号的步骤的处理流程图;110 is a process flow diagram illustrating steps that may be performed using a controller of a surgical instrument to process signals received from an end effector attached to the surgical instrument;
图110A为示出可从端部执行器提供到外科器械的参数阵列的示意图;110A is a schematic diagram illustrating an array of parameters that may be provided from an end effector to a surgical instrument;
图111为示出用于使用图110的端部执行器和外科器械的步骤的处理流程图;Figure 111 is a process flow diagram illustrating steps for using the end effector and surgical instrument of Figure 110;
图112为根据至少一个实施例的示出外科器械的端部执行器和轴之间的互连器的示意图;Figure 112 is a schematic diagram illustrating an interconnector between an end effector and a shaft of a surgical instrument, in accordance with at least one embodiment;
图113为图112的互连器的印刷电路板的平面图;Figure 113 is a plan view of a printed circuit board of the interconnector of Figure 112;
图114为根据至少一个实施例的外科器械的端部执行器的局部透视图;Figure 114 is a partial perspective view of an end effector of a surgical instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;
图115为外科器械的轴和图114的端部执行器的局部透视图;Figure 115 is a partial perspective view of a shaft of a surgical instrument and the end effector of Figure 114;
图116为附接到图115的轴的图114的端部执行器的剖面图;116 is a cross-sectional view of the end effector of FIG. 114 attached to the shaft of FIG. 115;
图117为根据至少一个实施例的端部执行器和轴之间的互连器的剖面图;Figure 117 is a cross-sectional view of an interconnector between an end effector and a shaft in accordance with at least one embodiment;
图118为根据至少一个实施例的端部执行器和轴之间的互连器的剖面图;Figure 118 is a cross-sectional view of an interconnect between an end effector and a shaft in accordance with at least one embodiment;
图119为根据至少一个实施例的端部执行器和轴之间的互连器的剖面图;Figure 119 is a cross-sectional view of an interconnector between an end effector and a shaft in accordance with at least one embodiment;
图120为图119的互连器的细部图;Figure 120 is a detailed view of the interconnector of Figure 119;
图121为根据至少一个实施例的包括砧座和砧座位置指示器的端部执行器的侧视图,其中示出处于打开位置的砧座;121 is a side view of an end effector including an anvil and an anvil position indicator showing the anvil in an open position, according to at least one embodiment;
图122为图121的端部执行器的侧视图,其中示出处于部分闭合位置的砧座;Figure 122 is a side view of the end effector of Figure 121, showing the anvil in a partially closed position;
图123为图121的端部执行器的另一个侧视图,其中示出处于部分闭合位置的砧座;Figure 123 is another side view of the end effector of Figure 121, showing the anvil in a partially closed position;
图124为图121的端部执行器的另一个侧视图,其中示出处于部分闭合位置的砧座;Figure 124 is another side view of the end effector of Figure 121, showing the anvil in a partially closed position;
图125为图121的砧座位置指示器的细部图,其中示出处于图121所示的位置的砧座;Figure 125 is a detail view of the anvil position indicator of Figure 121 showing the anvil in the position shown in Figure 121;
图126为图121的砧座位置指示器的细部图,其中示出处于图122所示的位置的砧座;Figure 126 is a detail view of the anvil position indicator of Figure 121 showing the anvil in the position shown in Figure 122;
图127为图121的砧座位置指示器的细部图,其中示出处于图123所示的位置的砧座;Figure 127 is a detail view of the anvil position indicator of Figure 121 showing the anvil in the position shown in Figure 123;
图128为图121的砧座位置指示器的细部图,其中示出处于图124所示的位置的砧座;Figure 128 is a detail view of the anvil position indicator of Figure 121 showing the anvil in the position shown in Figure 124;
图129示出了根据本文所公开的某些实施例的外科器械的剖面侧视图;Figure 129 illustrates a cutaway side view of a surgical instrument according to certain embodiments disclosed herein;
图130示出了用于对图129的外科器械提供功率的功率系统,其中功率系统与图129的外科器械的控制系统连通;Figure 130 illustrates a power system for powering the surgical instrument of Figure 129, wherein the power system is in communication with the control system of the surgical instrument of Figure 129;
图131示出了连接到充电器座的图130的功率系统的电池组;Figure 131 shows the battery pack of the power system of Figure 130 connected to a charger dock;
图132示出了图130的功率系统的功率管理电路;Figure 132 shows a power management circuit of the power system of Figure 130;
图133示出了举例说明图130的功率系统的操作参数的示意性框图;Figure 133 shows a schematic block diagram illustrating operating parameters of the power system of Figure 130;
图134示出了根据本文所述的各种实施例的外科器械的功率源的透视图;Figure 134 shows a perspective view of a power source for a surgical instrument according to various embodiments described herein;
图135示出了根据本文所述的各种实施例的拆卸的图134的功率源的透视图;Figure 135 illustrates a perspective view of the power source of Figure 134 disassembled according to various embodiments described herein;
图136示出了根据本文所述的各种实施例的包括完整可断开部分的图134的功率源的电路的电路图;FIG. 136 shows a circuit diagram of a circuit of the power source of FIG. 134 including an integral disconnectable portion, according to various embodiments described herein;
图137示出了根据本文所述的各种实施例的其中可断开部分已断开的图136的电路的电路图;FIG. 137 shows a circuit diagram of the circuit of FIG. 136 with the disconnectable portion disconnected, according to various embodiments described herein;
图138示出了根据本文所述的各种实施例的用于保护存储在存储器中的数据以防未授权访问的系统的框图;Figure 138 shows a block diagram of a system for protecting data stored in memory from unauthorized access, according to various embodiments described herein;
图139示出了包括覆盖的数据访问入口的外科器械的功率源的透视图;Figure 139 shows a perspective view of a power source of a surgical instrument including an overlaid data access portal;
图140示出了处于未覆盖构型的图139的数据访问入口;Figure 140 shows the data access entry of Figure 139 in an uncovered configuration;
图141示出了包括内部数据访问入口的外科器械的功率源的透视图;Figure 141 shows a perspective view of a power source for a surgical instrument including an internal data access portal;
图142示出了根据本文所述的各种实施例的用于保护存储在存储器中的数据以防未授权访问的系统的框图;Figure 142 shows a block diagram of a system for protecting data stored in memory from unauthorized access, according to various embodiments described herein;
图143示出了根据本文所述的各种实施例的外科器械的功率源的透视图;Figure 143 shows a perspective view of a power source for a surgical instrument according to various embodiments described herein;
图144示出了联接到外科器械的图143的功率源的透视图;Figure 144 shows a perspective view of the power source of Figure 143 coupled to a surgical instrument;
图145示出了根据本文所述的各种实施例的处于不同构型的图143的功率源的LED;Figure 145 illustrates LEDs of the power source of Figure 143 in different configurations according to various embodiments described herein;
图146示出了根据本文所述的各种实施例的包括外壳的外科器械的侧视图;Figure 146 shows a side view of a surgical instrument including a housing according to various embodiments described herein;
图147示出了图146的外壳的侧视图,其中外部壳体被移除以暴露通过固定构件固定到外壳的可拆卸部件;Figure 147 shows a side view of the housing of Figure 146 with the outer housing removed to expose removable components secured to the housing by securing members;
图148示出了图147的外壳的侧视图,其中可拆卸部件从外壳移除;Figure 148 shows a side view of the housing of Figure 147 with the detachable parts removed from the housing;
图149为示出限定在端部执行器的表面中的可检测的压痕、凹口、或条形码印记的示意图;Figure 149 is a schematic diagram illustrating a detectable indentation, indentation, or barcode imprint defined in a surface of an end effector;
图150为可与条形码读取器一起使用的示例性条形码的示意图;Figure 150 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary barcode that may be used with a barcode reader;
图151为根据至少一个实施例的包括条形码的端部执行器的轴的局部侧视图;Figure 151 is a partial side view of a shaft of an end effector including a barcode in accordance with at least one embodiment;
图152为根据至少一个实施例的包括条形码的外科器械的端部执行器的轴的局部正视图;152 is a partial front view of a shaft of an end effector of a surgical instrument including a barcode, according to at least one embodiment;
图153为根据至少一个实施例的包括条形码读取器的外科器械的柄部的局部透视图;153 is a partial perspective view of a handle of a surgical instrument including a barcode reader, according to at least one embodiment;
图154为示出其中定位有端部执行器的图153的条形码读取器的剖面图;Figure 154 is a cross-sectional view showing the barcode reader of Figure 153 with an end effector positioned therein;
图155为根据至少一个实施例的外科器械的端部执行器和轴的分解透视图;Figure 155 is an exploded perspective view of an end effector and shaft of a surgical instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;
图156为根据至少一个实施例的外科器械的端部执行器和轴的分解透视图,其中端部执行器包括可释放地锁定在一起的击发构件的部分;Figure 156 is an exploded perspective view of an end effector and shaft of a surgical instrument according to at least one embodiment, wherein the end effector includes portions of a firing member releasably locked together;
图157为通过锁定构件锁定在一起的图156的击发构件部分的局部透视图;Figure 157 is a partial perspective view of the firing member portions of Figure 156 locked together by a locking member;
图158为图156的击发构件部分和锁定构件的局部透视图,其中示出击发构件的一部分被移除以显示将击发构件部分可释放地锁定在一起的锁定构件;158 is a partial perspective view of the firing member portion and locking member of FIG. 156, showing a portion of the firing member removed to reveal the locking member releasably locking the firing member portions together;
图159为释放致动器的图156的击发构件的分解图,所述释放致动器被构造成能够将锁定构件移动到解锁状态并且将击发构件部分解锁;159 is an exploded view of the firing member of FIG. 156 with a release actuator configured to move the locking member to an unlocked state and partially unlock the firing member;
图160为图159的释放致动器与对应的轴释放致动器之间的互连器的局部分解图;Figure 160 is a partial exploded view of the interconnect between the release actuator of Figure 159 and the corresponding shaft release actuator;
图161为图160的互连器的剖面图;Figure 161 is a cross-sectional view of the interconnector of Figure 160;
图162为包括马达、驱动轴、和滑动离合器的组件的分解透视图,所述滑动离合器被构造成能够在马达和驱动轴之间选择性地传输旋转;162 is an exploded perspective view of an assembly including a motor, a drive shaft, and a slip clutch configured to selectively transmit rotation between the motor and drive shaft;
图163为图162的组件的剖面图;Figure 163 is a cross-sectional view of the assembly of Figure 162;
图164为图162的滑动离合器的偏置元件的透视图;Figure 164 is a perspective view of a biasing element of the slip clutch of Figure 162;
图165为图162的组件的剖面图,其中示出处于中间位置的滑动离合器的离合器元件;Figure 165 is a cross-sectional view of the assembly of Figure 162 showing the clutch elements of the slip clutch in an intermediate position;
图166为图162的组件的剖面图,其中示出处于前向位置的图165的离合器元件;Figure 166 is a cross-sectional view of the assembly of Figure 162 showing the clutch element of Figure 165 in a forward position;
图167为图162的组件的剖面图,其中示出处于反向位置的图165的离合器元件;Figure 167 is a cross-sectional view of the assembly of Figure 162 showing the clutch element of Figure 165 in a reverse position;
图168为根据本公开的各种实施例的马达和齿轮组件的透视图;Figure 168 is a perspective view of a motor and gear assembly according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
图169为根据本公开的各种实施例的马达、齿轮组件、和音频反馈发生器的透视图;Figure 169 is a perspective view of a motor, gear assembly, and audio feedback generator according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
图170为根据本公开的各种实施例的图169的齿轮组件的盘上的截齿的正视图,其中示出沿顺时针方向旋转的盘以及接合图169的音频反馈发生器的响片的截齿;170 is an elevational view of a pick on a disc of the gear assembly of FIG. 169 showing the disc rotating in a clockwise direction and a clicker engaging the audio feedback generator of FIG. 169 in accordance with various embodiments of the present disclosure. Pick;
图171为根据本公开的各种实施例的图169的齿轮组件的盘上的截齿的正视图,其中示出沿逆时针方向旋转的盘以及接合图169的音频反馈发生器的响片的截齿;171 is an elevational view of a pick on a disc of the gear assembly of FIG. 169 showing the disc rotating in a counterclockwise direction and a clicker engaging the audio feedback generator of FIG. 169 in accordance with various embodiments of the present disclosure. Pick;
图172为根据本公开的各种实施例的马达、具有多个盘的齿轮组件、和音频反馈发生器的透视图;172 is a perspective view of a motor, a gear assembly having multiple discs, and an audio feedback generator, according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
图173为根据本公开的各种实施例的通过图172的音频反馈发生器在击发行程末端附近产生的反馈的图形表示;173 is a graphical representation of feedback generated by the audio feedback generator of FIG. 172 near the end of the firing stroke, according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
图174和图175为根据本公开的各种实施例的通过图172的音频反馈发生器在加载单元的关节运动极限附近产生的反馈的图形表示;174 and 175 are graphical representations of feedback generated by the audio feedback generator of FIG. 172 near the limits of articulation of a loading unit, according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
图176为示出用于操作外科器械的算法的示意图;Figure 176 is a schematic diagram illustrating an algorithm for operating a surgical instrument;
图177为示出用于操作外科器械的算法的另一个示意图;Figure 177 is another schematic diagram illustrating an algorithm for operating a surgical instrument;
图178为示出用于操作外科器械的算法的示意图;Figure 178 is a schematic diagram illustrating an algorithm for operating a surgical instrument;
图179为被构造成能够指示电池电压的电路;Figure 179 is a circuit configured to indicate battery voltage;
图180为被构造成能够指示电池被充电的闪烁器电路图;Figure 180 is a circuit diagram of a blinker configured to indicate that a battery is charged;
图181为根据至少一个实施例的与外科器械一起使用的诊断检查的示意图;Figure 181 is a schematic illustration of a diagnostic test for use with a surgical instrument, according to at least one embodiment;
图182为示出电池的放电以及电池的电量低于最低电量水平时的功率切断的示意图;Fig. 182 is a schematic diagram illustrating the discharge of a battery and power cut-off when the charge of the battery is below a minimum charge level;
图183为可保持的记录电池的操作和/或性能的信息表;Figure 183 is a table of information that may be maintained to record the operation and/or performance of the battery;
图184为电池诊断电路的示意图;Figure 184 is a schematic diagram of a battery diagnostic circuit;
图185为根据本公开的各种实施例的与外科器械一起使用的密封马达和齿轮组件的透视图;并且185 is a perspective view of a sealed motor and gear assembly for use with a surgical instrument according to various embodiments of the present disclosure; and
图186为根据本公开的各种实施例的图185的密封马达和齿轮组件的分解、正视、剖面图。186 is an exploded, front, cross-sectional view of the canned motor and gear assembly of FIG. 185, according to various embodiments of the present disclosure.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请的申请人还拥有以下专利申请,所述专利申请与本申请同一天提交并且全文各自以引用方式并入本文:The applicant of the present application also owns the following patent applications, which were filed on the same date as the present application and each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety:
-名称为FIRING MEMBER RETRACTION DEVICES FOR POWERED SURGICALINSTRUMENTS的美国专利申请,代理人案卷号END7293USNP/130016;- U.S. Patent Application entitled FIRING MEMBER RETRACTION DEVICES FOR POWERED SURGICALINSTRUMENTS, Attorney Docket No. END7293USNP/130016;
-名称为SECONDARY BATTERY ARRANGEMENTS FOR POWERED SURGICALINSTRUMENTS的美国专利申请,代理人案卷号END7294USNP/130017;- U.S. Patent Application entitled SECONDARY BATTERY ARRANGEMENTS FOR POWERED SURGICALINSTRUMENTS, Attorney Docket No. END7294USNP/130017;
-名称为ERROR DETECTION ARRANGEMENTS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTASSEMBLIES的美国专利申请,代理人案卷号END7295USNP/130018;- U.S. Patent Application entitled ERROR DETECTION ARRANGEMENTS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENT ASSEMBLIES, Attorney Docket No. END7295USNP/130018;
-名称为ATTACHMENT PORTIONS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENT ASSEMBLIES的美国专利申请,代理人案卷号END7296USNP/130019;- US Patent Application entitled ATTACHMENT PORTIONS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENT ASSEMBLIES, Attorney Docket No. END7296USNP/130019;
-名称为TAMPER PROOF CIRCUIT FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENT BATTERY PACK的美国专利申请,代理人案卷号END7297USNP/130020;- US Patent Application entitled TAMPER PROOF CIRCUIT FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENT BATTERY PACK, Attorney Docket No. END7297USNP/130020;
-名称为CLOSURE INDICATOR SYSTEMS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS的美国专利申请,代理人案卷号END7298USNP/130021;- U.S. Patent Application entitled CLOSURE INDICATOR SYSTEMS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, Attorney Docket No. END7298USNP/130021;
-名称为TORQUE OPTIMIZATION FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS 的美国专利申请,代理人案卷号END7299USNP/130022;- U.S. Patent Application entitled TORQUE OPTIMIZATION FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, Attorney Docket No. END7299USNP/130022;
-名称为CONDUCTOR ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRICALLY POWERED SURGICALINSTRUMENTS WITH ROTATABLE END EFFECTORS的美国专利申请,代理人案卷号END7301USNP/130024;- US Patent Application entitled CONDUCTOR ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRICALLY POWERED SURGICALINSTRUMENTS WITH ROTATABLE END EFFECTORS, Attorney Docket No. END7301USNP/130024;
-名称为END EFFECTOR DETECTION SYSTEMS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS的美国专利申请,代理人案卷号END7302USNP/130025;- U.S. Patent Application entitled END EFFECTOR DETECTION SYSTEMS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, Attorney Docket No. END7302USNP/130025;
-名称为FIRING TRIGGER LOCKOUT ARRANGEMENTS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS的美国专利申请,代理人案卷号END7303USNP/130026;- US Patent Application entitled FIRING TRIGGER LOCKOUT ARRANGEMENTS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, Attorney Docket No. END7303USNP/130026;
-名称为INTERACTIVE DISPLAYS的美国专利申请,代理人案卷号END7304USNP/130027;和- U.S. Patent Application entitled INTERACTIVE DISPLAYS, Attorney Docket No. END7304USNP/130027; and
-名称为MOTOR-POWERED ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS的美国专利申请,代理人案卷号END7305USNP/130028。-US Patent Application entitled MOTOR-POWERED ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, Attorney Docket No. END7305USNP/130028.
现在将描述某些示例性实施例,以从整体上理解本文所公开的装置和方法的结构、功能、制造和用途原理。这些实施例的一个或多个实例已在附图中示出。本领域的普通技术人员将会理解,在本文中具体描述并示出于附图中的装置和方法为非限制性的示例性实施例,并且本发明的多个实施例的范围仅由权利要求书限定。结合一个示例性实施例进行图解说明或描述的特征可与其他实施例的特征进行组合。这些修改形式和变化形式旨在包括在本发明的范围之内。Certain exemplary embodiments will now be described to provide an overall understanding of the principles of structure, function, manufacture, and use of the devices and methods disclosed herein. One or more examples of these embodiments are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the devices and methods specifically described herein and illustrated in the accompanying drawings are non-limiting exemplary embodiments and that the scope of the various embodiments of the present invention is limited only by the claims Book limited. Features illustrated or described in connection with one exemplary embodiment may be combined with features of other embodiments. Such modifications and variations are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.
术语“包括”(和包括的任何形式,例如“包括(comprises)”和“包括(comprising)”)、“具有”(和具有的任何形式,例如“具有(has)”和“具有(having)”)、“包含”(和包含的任何形式,例如“包含(includes)”、和“包含(including)”以及“含有”(和含有的任何形式,例如“含有(contains)”和“含有(containing)”)为开放式系动词。因此,“包括”、“具有”、“包含”或“含有”一个或多个元件的外科系统、装置、或设备具有这些一个或多个元件,但不限于仅具有这些一个或多个元件。同样,“包括”、“具有”、“包含”或“含有”一个或多个特征的系统、装置、或设备的元件具有这些一个或多个特征,但不限于仅具有这些一个或多个特征。The terms "comprise" (and any form of including, such as "comprises" and "comprising"), "having" (and any form of having, such as "has" and "having ”), “comprising” (and any form of containing, such as “includes”, and “including” and “containing” (and any form of containing, such as “contains” and “containing ( containing)") is an open-ended copula. Thus, a surgical system, device, or device that "comprises," "has," "comprises," or "contains" one or more elements has those one or more elements, but does not is limited to having only these one or more elements. Likewise, an element of a system, device, or device that "comprises", "has", "comprises" or "contains" one or more features has these one or more features, but Not limited to having only one or more of these features.
术语“近侧”和“远侧”在本文中是相对于操纵外科器械的柄部部分的临床医生来使用的。术语“近侧”是指最靠近临床医生的部分,并且术语“远侧”是指远离临床医生的部分。还应当理解,为简洁和清楚起见,本文可结合附图使用例如“竖直”、“水平”、“上”和“下”之类的空间术语。然而,外科手术器械在许多方向和位置中使用,并且这些术语并非限制性的和/或绝对的。The terms "proximal" and "distal" are used herein with respect to the clinician manipulating the handle portion of the surgical instrument. The term "proximal" refers to the portion closest to the clinician and the term "distal" refers to the portion remote from the clinician. It should also be understood that spatial terms such as "vertical," "horizontal," "upper," and "lower" may be used herein in connection with the drawings for the sake of brevity and clarity. However, surgical instruments are used in many orientations and positions, and these terms are not intended to be limiting and/or absolute.
提供各种示例性装置和方法以执行腹腔镜式和微创外科手术操作。然而,本领域的普通技术人员将容易理解,本文所公开的各种方法和装置可用于许多外科手术和应用中,包括例如与开放式外科手术相结合。继续参阅本具体实施方式,本领域中的普通技术人员将进一步理解,本文所公开的各种器械可以任何方式插入体内,诸如通过自然腔道、通过形成于组织中的切口或穿刺孔等。器械的工作部分或端部执行器部分可被直接插入患者体内或可通过具有工作通道的进入装置插入,外科器械的端部执行器及细长轴可通过所述工作通道而推进。Various exemplary devices and methods are provided for performing laparoscopic and minimally invasive surgical procedures. However, those of ordinary skill in the art will readily appreciate that the various methods and devices disclosed herein may be used in many surgical procedures and applications, including, for example, in conjunction with open surgery. Continuing to refer to the detailed description, those skilled in the art will further understand that various instruments disclosed herein can be inserted into the body in any way, such as through natural orifices, through incisions or puncture holes formed in tissues, and the like. The working or end effector portion of the instrument may be inserted directly into the patient or may be inserted through an access device having a working channel through which the end effector and elongated shaft of the surgical instrument may be advanced.
图1示出了动力外科器械10,其在许多方面可类似于例如Zemlok‘763和/或Zemlok‘344中公开的外科器械(包括各种特征结构、部件、及其子部件),这些专利的全文各自以引用方式并入本文。图1所示的外科器械10包括外壳12,所述外壳12具有柄部部分14以有利于器械的操纵和操作。因此,本文所用的术语“外壳”可涵盖手持式构造或可以其他方式手动操纵的构造。然而,术语“外壳”还可涵盖自动化外壳器械系统(例如,机器人控制的系统)的部分,所述自动化外壳器械系统不旨在为手持式的,而且可通过该系统的各个部件、部分、和/或致动器以其他方式进行操纵和致动。FIG. 1 shows a powered surgical instrument 10, which may be similar in many respects (including various features, components, and subcomponents thereof) to those disclosed, for example, in Zemlok '763 and/or Zemlok '344, the Each is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Surgical instrument 10 shown in FIG. 1 includes a housing 12 having a handle portion 14 to facilitate handling and operation of the instrument. Accordingly, the term "housing" as used herein may encompass hand-held configurations or configurations that can be otherwise manually manipulated. However, the term "housing" may also encompass parts of automated housing instrumentation systems (e.g., robotically controlled systems) that are not intended to be and/or the actuator is otherwise manipulated and actuated.
形式为内窥镜部分的细长轴组件16从外壳12伸出并且被构造成能够可操作地附接到外科端部执行器,所述外科端部执行器被构造成响应于对其施加的击发动作来执行至少一个外科手术。此类外科端部执行器可包括例如直线切割器、抓紧器或其他装置,所述其他装置可包括一对钳口,其中一个钳口可相对于另一个钳口选择性地运动或者在一些构型中两个钳口均可相对于彼此运动。以另一个示例的方式,外科端部执行器可包括被构造成能够切割和缝合组织的装置,例如,如图2和图3中所示的“加载单元”20。外科端部执行器(例如加载单元20)例如能够可释放地附接到动力外科器械10的细长轴组件16,如本文更详细所述。An elongate shaft assembly 16 in the form of an endoscopic portion protrudes from housing 12 and is configured to be operably attachable to a surgical end effector configured to respond to a force applied thereto. An action is fired to perform at least one surgical procedure. Such surgical end effectors may include, for example, linear cutters, graspers, or other devices that may include a pair of jaws, one of which is selectively movable relative to the other or in some configuration. Both jaws in the model are movable relative to each other. By way of another example, a surgical end effector may include a device configured to cut and staple tissue, such as a "loading unit" 20 as shown in FIGS. 2 and 3 . A surgical end effector, such as loading unit 20 , for example, is releasably attachable to elongate shaft assembly 16 of powered surgical instrument 10 , as described in greater detail herein.
图2和图3示出了可与外科器械10一起使用的加载单元20的一种示例性形式。此类加载单元20可类似于全文以引用方式并入本文的上述美国专利申请公布中公开的加载单元以及例如公开内容以引用方式并入本文的名称为SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTSWITH ROTATABLE STAPLE DEPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS的美国专利申请公布US 2012-0298719-A1中公开的加载单元。One exemplary form of loading unit 20 that may be used with surgical instrument 10 is shown in FIGS. 2 and 3 . Such loading unit 20 may be similar to the loading unit disclosed in the aforementioned U.S. Patent Application Publication, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, as well as, for example, U.S. Patent Application titled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTSWITH ROTATABLE STAPLE DEPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference The loading unit disclosed in publication US 2012-0298719-A1.
如在图2中可见,加载单元20包括括砧座组件22,所述砧座组件22被支撑以相对于操作地支撑其中的钉仓26的载体24而枢转行进。安装组件28可枢转地联接到仓载体24以形成关节运动接头27,所述关节运动接头27允许载体24围绕横向于纵向工具轴线“LA-LA”的关节运动轴线“AA-AA”枢转。参见图3,安装组件28可包括例如上部安装部分30和下部安装部分32。每个安装部分30、32可包括在其每一侧上的螺纹镗孔34,所述螺纹镗孔34的尺寸被设计成接纳螺栓(未示出)以将载体24的近侧端部固定到其上。一对中心定位的枢转构件36可通过一对联接构件38在上部安装部分和下部安装部分之间延伸,所述联接构件38接合外壳部分40的远侧端部。联接构件38可各自包括互锁近侧部分39,所述互锁近侧部分39被构造成能够容纳在形成于外壳部分40的近侧端部中的沟槽42中,以将安装组件30和外壳部分40保持在纵向固定位置。As can be seen in FIG. 2 , loading unit 20 includes an anvil assembly 22 supported for pivotal travel relative to a carrier 24 that operatively supports a staple cartridge 26 therein. Mount assembly 28 is pivotally coupled to cartridge carrier 24 to form an articulation joint 27 that allows carrier 24 to pivot about an articulation axis "AA-AA" transverse to longitudinal tool axis "LA-LA". . Referring to FIG. 3 , the mounting assembly 28 may include, for example, an upper mounting portion 30 and a lower mounting portion 32 . Each mounting portion 30, 32 may include a threaded bore 34 on each side thereof sized to receive a bolt (not shown) to secure the proximal end of the carrier 24 to the on it. A pair of centrally located pivot members 36 may extend between the upper and lower mounting portions by a pair of coupling members 38 that engage the distal end of the housing portion 40 . Coupling members 38 may each include an interlocking proximal portion 39 configured to be received in a groove 42 formed in a proximal end of housing portion 40 to couple mounting assembly 30 and The housing portion 40 remains in a longitudinally fixed position.
如在图3中进一步可见,加载单元20的外壳部分40可包括各自被构造成能够容纳在外部壳体50内的上部外壳半部44和下部外壳半部46。外壳半部44的近侧端部可包括用于可释放地接合细长轴组件16的远侧端部的接合块48。块48可例如与细长轴组件16的远侧端部形成“卡口型”联接。本文较详细地描述了各种联接构造。外壳半部44、46可限定用于可滑动地容纳可轴向运动的驱动梁60的通道47。第二关节运动连接件70的尺寸可设定成可滑动地定位在形成于外壳半部44、46之间的狭槽72中。一对“防爆”板74可定位在邻近与驱动梁60的远侧端部相邻的外壳部分40的远侧端部,以防止驱动梁60在载体24的关节运动过程中向外凸出。As further seen in FIG. 3 , housing portion 40 of loading unit 20 may include an upper housing half 44 and a lower housing half 46 each configured to be received within outer housing 50 . The proximal end of housing half 44 may include an engagement block 48 for releasably engaging the distal end of elongated shaft assembly 16 . Block 48 may, for example, form a “bayonet-type” coupling with the distal end of elongated shaft assembly 16 . Various coupling configurations are described in some detail herein. The housing halves 44 , 46 may define a channel 47 for slidably receiving an axially movable drive beam 60 . The second articulation link 70 may be sized to be slidably positioned within a slot 72 formed between the housing halves 44 , 46 . A pair of “blast” plates 74 may be positioned adjacent the distal end of housing portion 40 adjacent the distal end of drive beam 60 to prevent drive beam 60 from bulging outward during articulation of carrier 24 .
驱动梁60可包括远侧工作头62和近侧接合部分64。驱动梁60可由单个材料片或优选地由多个堆叠的片材制成。接合部分64可包括一对接合指状物,所述接合指状物的尺寸和构造被设计成以安装方式接合驱动构件66中形成的一对相应的保持狭槽。驱动构件66可包括近侧孔口67,所述近侧孔口67被构造成能够在加载单元20的近侧端部与外科器械10的细长轴组件接合时接纳击发杆的远侧端部。远侧工作头62可具有形成于其上的组织切割部分63。远侧工作头62还可包括一对销65,所述销65被构造成能够在远侧工作头62朝远侧驱动穿过钉仓26时接合砧座组件22以使其枢转到闭合位置,从而将组织夹持在砧座22和钉仓26之间。远侧工作头62上的组织切割部分63用于当支撑在钉仓26中的外科钉(未示出)以已知方式被驱动成与砧座22形成接触时切穿所夹持的组织。例如,远侧工作头62被构造成能够轴向地接合和推进可运动地支撑在钉仓26中的滑动件(未示出)。当驱动构件66沿远侧方向驱动滑动件时,滑动件接触与钉相关的推动器(未示出)并且使得推动器驱动钉离开仓26以与加载单元20的砧座22形成接合。Drive beam 60 may include a distal working head 62 and a proximal engagement portion 64 . Drive beam 60 may be made from a single sheet of material or preferably from a plurality of stacked sheets. The engagement portion 64 may include a pair of engagement fingers sized and configured to mountably engage a corresponding pair of retention slots formed in the drive member 66 . Drive member 66 may include a proximal aperture 67 configured to receive the distal end of the firing rod when the proximal end of loading unit 20 is engaged with the elongated shaft assembly of surgical instrument 10 . The distal working head 62 may have a tissue cutting portion 63 formed thereon. The distal working head 62 can also include a pair of pins 65 configured to engage the anvil assembly 22 to pivot to the closed position when the distal working head 62 is driven distally through the staple cartridge 26 , thereby clamping the tissue between the anvil 22 and the staple cartridge 26 . Tissue cutting portion 63 on distal working head 62 is used to cut through clamped tissue when surgical staples (not shown) supported in staple cartridge 26 are driven into contact with anvil 22 in a known manner. For example, distal working head 62 is configured to axially engage and advance a sled (not shown) movably supported within staple cartridge 26 . When drive member 66 drives the sled in the distal direction, the sled contacts a pusher (not shown) associated with the staple and causes the pusher to drive the staple out of cartridge 26 into engagement with anvil 22 of loading unit 20 .
如在图1中可见,外科器械10包括被构造成能够产生旋转致动动作的马达100,所述旋转致动动作可用于例如将击发动作施加到加载单元20,如将在下文中更详细地论述。在至少一种形式中,例如,马达100被构造成能够将旋转致动动作施加到通常标定为82的击发构件组件。在一种构造中,例如,击发构件组件82包括驱动管102,所述驱动管102可旋转地支撑在外壳12内并且具有形成于其中的内螺纹(未示出)。击发杆104的近侧螺纹部分被支撑以与驱动管102螺纹接合,使得驱动管102的旋转导致击发杆104的轴向运动。击发杆104可与加载单元20中的驱动梁60的内部螺纹交接。如上述引用的Zemlok‘763和Zemlok‘344中较详细地论述,驱动管102沿第一方向(例如,逆时针)的旋转导致击发杆104沿远侧方向推进驱动构件60。驱动构件60在加载单元20内沿远侧方向的初始推进导致砧座22朝钉仓26枢转。砧座22由驱动构件60上的销65致动,所述销65用于在驱动构件60沿远侧方向“DD”进行初始驱动时使砧座22以凸轮方式运动到闭合位置。击发杆104和最终驱动构件60穿过加载单元20的附加远侧平移导致钉被驱动成与砧座22上的钉成形下表面形成接触。As can be seen in FIG. 1 , surgical instrument 10 includes a motor 100 configured to produce a rotational actuation motion that may be used, for example, to apply a firing motion to loading unit 20 , as will be discussed in greater detail below. . In at least one form, for example, the motor 100 is configured to apply a rotational actuation motion to a firing member assembly, generally designated 82 . In one configuration, for example, firing member assembly 82 includes a drive tube 102 rotatably supported within housing 12 and having internal threads (not shown) formed therein. A proximal threaded portion of firing rod 104 is supported for threaded engagement with drive tube 102 such that rotation of drive tube 102 causes axial movement of firing rod 104 . The firing rod 104 may interface with internal threads of the drive beam 60 in the loading unit 20 . As discussed in greater detail in Zemlok '763 and Zemlok '344 cited above, rotation of drive tube 102 in a first direction (eg, counterclockwise) causes firing rod 104 to advance drive member 60 in a distal direction. Initial advancement of drive member 60 in the distal direction within loading unit 20 causes anvil 22 to pivot toward cartridge 26 . The anvil 22 is actuated by a pin 65 on the drive member 60 for camming the anvil 22 to the closed position upon initial actuation of the drive member 60 in the distal direction "DD". Additional distal translation of the firing rod 104 and final drive member 60 through the loading unit 20 causes the staples to be driven into contact with the staple-forming lower surface on the anvil 22 .
如在图1中进一步可见,外科器械10可包括通常标定为109的关节运动系统。然而,外科器械10可包括本文详细公开的各种其他关节运动系统构造。在至少一种形式中,关节运动系统109可包括关节运动机构110,所述关节运动机构110包括关节运动马达112和手动关节运动钮114。关节运动马达112可通过动力关节运动开关116或者通过枢转手动关节运动钮114来致动。关节运动马达112的致动用于旋转关节运动机构110的关节运动齿轮118。关节运动机构110的致动可导致端部执行器(例如,加载单元20的仓/砧座部分)从其第一位置(其中其轴线与细长轴组件16的纵向工具轴线“LA-LA”基本上对准)运动到以下位置,其中端部执行器的轴线围绕例如关节运动轴线“AA-AA”相对于细长轴组件的纵向工具轴线“LA-LA”设置成一角度。有关关节运动机构110的各个方面的其他论述可存在于此前全文以引用方式并入本文的Zemlok‘763中。另外,整个公开内容以引用方式并入本文的名称为SURGICAL STAPLING APPARATUS WITH POWERED ARTICULATION的美国专利7,431,188公开了可结合外科器械10使用的马达动力的能够关节运动的端部执行器。As further seen in FIG. 1 , surgical instrument 10 may include an articulation system, generally designated 109 . However, surgical instrument 10 may include various other articulation system configurations disclosed in detail herein. In at least one form, articulation system 109 may include an articulation mechanism 110 including an articulation motor 112 and a manual articulation knob 114 . The articulation motor 112 can be actuated by a powered articulation switch 116 or by pivoting a manual articulation knob 114 . Actuation of the articulation motor 112 is used to rotate the articulation gear 118 of the articulation mechanism 110 . Actuation of the articulation mechanism 110 may cause the end effector (e.g., the cartridge/anvil portion of the loading unit 20) to move from its first position (wherein its axis is aligned with the longitudinal tool axis “LA-LA” of the elongated shaft assembly 16 substantially aligned) to a position in which the axis of the end effector is disposed at an angle relative to the longitudinal tool axis "LA-LA" of the elongated shaft assembly about, for example, the articulation axis "AA-AA". Additional discussion of various aspects of the articulation mechanism 110 can be found in Zemlok '763, previously incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Additionally, US Patent 7,431,188, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING APPARATUS WITH POWERED ARTICULATION, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference, discloses a motor-powered articulable end effector usable in conjunction with surgical instrument 10 .
在各种实施例中,外科器械可包括至少一个马达,所述至少一个马达可将击发动作施加到加载单元20并且/或者可将关节运动动作施加到关节运动系统109,如在别处更详细所述。马达100可例如由具有Zemlok‘763更详细描述的类型的功率源200来提供功率。例如,功率源200可包括可再充电电池(例如,铅基、镍基、锂离子基等等)。还可设想到,功率源200可包括至少一个一次性电池。一次性电池可例如为约9伏至约30伏。然而,可使用其他功率源。图1示出了其中功率源200包括多个电池单元202的一个示例。所使用的电池单元202的数量可取决于器械10的电流负载需求。In various embodiments, the surgical instrument can include at least one motor that can impart a firing motion to the loading unit 20 and/or can impart an articulation motion to the articulation system 109, as described in greater detail elsewhere. stated. The motor 100 may be powered, for example, by a power source 200 of the type described in more detail in Zemlok '763. For example, power source 200 may include a rechargeable battery (eg, lead-based, nickel-based, lithium-ion based, etc.). It is also contemplated that power source 200 may include at least one disposable battery. Primary batteries may be, for example, from about 9 volts to about 30 volts. However, other power sources may be used. FIG. 1 shows an example in which a power source 200 includes a plurality of battery cells 202 . The number of battery cells 202 used may depend on the current load requirements of the instrument 10 .
在某些实施例中,外科器械10可包括辅助功率源以用于对外科器械10的至少一个马达提供功率。例如,现在参见图129,外科器械10可包括功率系统2000,所述功率系统2000可被构造成能够提供能量以用于外科器械10的操作。如图129所示,功率系统2000可布置在例如外壳12的柄部部分14中并且可包括主功率源2002和辅助或备用功率源2004。主功率源2002可被构造成能够在正常操作期间提供能量以用于外科器械10的操作,并且辅助功率源2004可被构造成能够在主功率源2002不能提供能量以用于外科器械10的操作时(例如,在主功率源2002耗尽和/或与外科器械10断开时)至少以有限的容量提供能量以用于外科器械10的操作。例如,辅助功率源2002可被构造成能够在外科手术期间在主功率源2002耗尽和/或与外科器械10断开的情况下提供能量以使外科器械10恢复到默认状态。In certain embodiments, surgical instrument 10 may include an auxiliary power source for powering at least one motor of surgical instrument 10 . For example, referring now to FIG. 129 , surgical instrument 10 may include a power system 2000 that may be configured to provide energy for operation of surgical instrument 10 . As shown in FIG. 129 , a power system 2000 may be disposed, for example, in the handle portion 14 of the housing 12 and may include a primary power source 2002 and an auxiliary or backup power source 2004 . Primary power source 2002 may be configured to provide energy for operation of surgical instrument 10 during normal operation, and auxiliary power source 2004 may be configured to provide energy for operation of surgical instrument 10 when primary power source 2002 is unable At least in a limited capacity, energy is provided for operation of surgical instrument 10 when primary power source 2002 is depleted and/or disconnected from surgical instrument 10 . For example, auxiliary power source 2002 may be configured to provide energy to restore surgical instrument 10 to a default state during a surgical procedure if primary power source 2002 is depleted and/or disconnected from surgical instrument 10 .
参见图1,如在别处更详细所述,功率源(例如功率源200)可提供功率以用于外科器械10的操作。例如,功率源200可对马达(例如马达100)提供功率以导致驱动管102沿第一方向的旋转并且最终导致击发杆104的轴向推进,由此将驱动梁60朝远侧驱动穿过加载单元20。另选地,功率源200可对马达100提供功率以导致驱动管102沿与第一方向相反的第二方向的旋转并且最终导致击发杆104的轴向回缩,由此可使驱动梁60朝近侧运动到其起始和/或默认位置。类似地,主功率源2002可被构造成能够在外科器械10的正常操作期间对马达100提供功率以推进和/或回缩击发杆104。另外,辅助功率源2004可被构造成能够在主功率源2002不能提供所需功率的情况下(例如,在主功率源2002耗尽和/或与外科器械10断开时)提供所需的功率以使击发杆104回缩到默认位置。Referring to FIG. 1 , a power source, such as power source 200 , may provide power for operation of surgical instrument 10 , as described in greater detail elsewhere. For example, power source 200 may power a motor (eg, motor 100 ) to cause rotation of drive tube 102 in a first direction and ultimately cause axial advancement of firing rod 104 , thereby driving drive beam 60 distally through the loading chamber. Unit 20. Alternatively, power source 200 may provide power to motor 100 to cause rotation of drive tube 102 in a second direction opposite the first direction and ultimately cause axial retraction of firing rod 104, thereby causing drive beam 60 to move toward Proximal motion to its home and/or default position. Similarly, primary power source 2002 may be configured to provide power to motor 100 to advance and/or retract firing rod 104 during normal operation of surgical instrument 10 . Additionally, the auxiliary power source 2004 can be configured to provide the required power in situations where the primary power source 2002 is unable to provide the required power (e.g., when the primary power source 2002 is depleted and/or disconnected from the surgical instrument 10) to retract the firing rod 104 to the default position.
对上文进行进一步描述,如在别处更详细所述,外科器械10可被构造成能够记录和存储外科手术期间有关外科器械10的多种信息,例如,端部执行器20(参见图2)的关节运动角度、端部执行器20的致动状态、传感器读数、击发次数、组织厚度、和/或击发杆104的位置。在某些示例中,此类信息可记录和存储在易失性或临时性存储器单元中,例如,随机存取存储器(RAM)单元,所述易失性或临时性存储器单元可需要功率以保持存储的信息。在外科器械10的正常操作期间,主功率源2002(类似于在别处更详细描述的其他功率源)可提供所需的功率以保持外科器械10的易失性或临时性存储器单元内的存储信息。另外,辅助功率源2004可在主功率源2002不能提供所需功率的情况下(例如,在主功率源2002耗尽和/或与外科器械10断开时)提供所需的功率以临时性地保持所存储的信息。Further to the above, as described in greater detail elsewhere, surgical instrument 10 can be configured to record and store various information about surgical instrument 10 during a surgical procedure, e.g., end effector 20 (see FIG. 2 ) The articulation angle of the end effector 20, the actuation state of the end effector 20, the sensor readings, the number of firings, the tissue thickness, and/or the position of the firing rod 104. In some examples, such information may be recorded and stored in volatile or temporary memory units, such as random access memory (RAM) units, which may require power to maintain stored information. During normal operation of surgical instrument 10, primary power source 2002 (similar to other power sources described in greater detail elsewhere) may provide the power needed to maintain stored information within volatile or temporary memory units of surgical instrument 10 . Additionally, the auxiliary power source 2004 may provide the required power to temporarily provide the required power in the event that the primary power source 2002 is unable to provide the required power (e.g., when the primary power source 2002 is depleted and/or disconnected from the surgical instrument 10). Keep the stored information.
在某些方面,外科器械10可包括具有Zemlok‘763所公开的类型和构造的控制系统2005,该专利全文以引用方式并入本文。有关此类控制系统2005的构造和操作的其他细节可得自该公布。例如,控制系统2005可被构造成能够通过使用者界面(例如,视觉或音频显示器)来向使用者产生或提供信息,例如警告或器械状态。控制系统2005所产生的信号或输入可例如响应于由使用者、器械部件提供的其他信号或输入,或者可为与器械10相关的一个或多个测量结果的函数。在外科器械10的正常操作期间,如在别处更详细所述,功率源(例如主功率源2002(参见图129))可提供所需的功率以允许控制系统2005执行其功能,包括通过使用者界面与使用者进行交互。另外,辅助功率源2004可在主功率源2002不能提供所需功率的情况下(例如,在主功率源2002耗尽和/或与外科器械10断开时)至少以有限的容量提供所需的功率以通过使用者界面与使用者进行临时性地交互。In certain aspects, surgical instrument 10 may include a control system 2005 of the type and configuration disclosed by Zemlok '763, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Additional details regarding the construction and operation of such a control system 2005 can be obtained from this publication. For example, control system 2005 may be configured to generate or provide information, such as warnings or instrument status, to a user through a user interface (eg, a visual or audio display). The signals or inputs generated by the control system 2005 may be, for example, in response to other signals or inputs provided by the user, instrument components, or may be a function of one or more measurements related to the instrument 10 . During normal operation of surgical instrument 10, as described in greater detail elsewhere, a power source, such as main power source 2002 (see FIG. The interface interacts with the user. Additionally, the auxiliary power source 2004 can provide the required power, at least in a limited capacity, in the event that the primary power source 2002 is unable to provide the required power (e.g., when the primary power source 2002 is depleted and/or disconnected from the surgical instrument 10). power to temporarily interact with the user through the user interface.
现在参见图130,功率系统2000可包括可连接到主功率源2002和辅助功率源2004的功率管理电路2006。功率管理电路2006可包括半导体、计算机芯片、或存储器,或者可与它们选择性地相联。功率管理电路2006可被构造成能够将模拟或数字输入或信号发送到外科器械10的各个部件(包括但不限于控制系统2005、主功率源2002、和/或辅助功率源2004),或者接收来自外科器械10的各个部件的模拟或数字输入或信号。在各个方面,功率管理电路2006可使用软件(所述软件可采用一个或多个算法)来进一步地调制输入信号以控制和监测外科器械10的各个部件,包括主功率源2002和/或辅助功率源2004。此类调制的输入信号可为由功率管理电路2006测量和/或计算的判据的函数,或者在一些情况下,可由另一个器械部件、使用者、或与功率管理电路2006可操作地通信的独立系统提供给功率管理电路2006。Referring now to FIG. 130 , a power system 2000 may include a power management circuit 2006 connectable to a primary power source 2002 and an auxiliary power source 2004 . Power management circuitry 2006 may include, or may be selectively associated with, semiconductors, computer chips, or memory. Power management circuitry 2006 may be configured to send analog or digital inputs or signals to various components of surgical instrument 10 (including but not limited to control system 2005, primary power source 2002, and/or auxiliary power source 2004), or to receive input from Analog or digital inputs or signals to various components of surgical instrument 10 . In various aspects, the power management circuit 2006 can use software (which can employ one or more algorithms) to further modulate the input signal to control and monitor various components of the surgical instrument 10, including the main power source 2002 and/or auxiliary power Source 2004. Such modulated input signals may be a function of criteria measured and/or calculated by power management circuitry 2006, or in some cases, may be generated by another instrument component, a user, or a person in operative communication with power management circuitry 2006. An independent system is provided to the power management circuit 2006 .
再次参见图129,主功率源2002可包括一个或多个电池单元,这取决于器械10的电流负载需求。在各个方面,如图129所示,主功率源2002可包括电池组2008,所述电池组2008可包括例如彼此可串联连接的多个电池单元2010。电池组2008可为可替换的。换句话讲,电池组2008可从外科器械10断开并且移出,并且可由另一个类似电池组替换。在某些方面,主功率源2002可包括可再充电电池(例如,铅基、镍基、锂离子基等等)。电池单元2008可为例如3伏锂电池单元,例如CR 123A电池单元,但例如在其他实施例中,可使用不同类型的电池单元,例如具有不同电压水平和/或不同化学品的电池单元。使用者可从外科器械10断开并且移出耗尽或用尽的电池组2008,并且连接已充电的电池组2008以对外科器械10提供功率。耗尽的电池组2008可随后进行充电和再利用。还可设想到,主功率源2002可包括至少一个一次性电池。在各个方面,一次性电池可为例如约9伏至约30伏。使用者可断开并且移出耗尽的一次性电池组2008,并且连接新的一次性电池组2008以对外科器械10提供功率。Referring again to FIG. 129 , the primary power source 2002 may include one or more battery cells, depending on the current load requirements of the instrument 10 . In various aspects, as shown in FIG. 129 , the primary power source 2002 can include a battery pack 2008 that can include, for example, a plurality of battery cells 2010 that can be connected in series with each other. Battery pack 2008 may be replaceable. In other words, the battery pack 2008 can be disconnected and removed from the surgical instrument 10, and can be replaced by another similar battery pack. In some aspects, primary power source 2002 may include a rechargeable battery (eg, lead-based, nickel-based, lithium-ion based, etc.). The battery cell 2008 may be, for example, a 3 volt lithium battery cell, such as a CR 123A battery cell, although in other embodiments, for example, a different type of battery cell may be used, such as a battery cell with a different voltage level and/or a different chemistry. A user may disconnect and remove the depleted or depleted battery pack 2008 from the surgical instrument 10 and connect the charged battery pack 2008 to provide power to the surgical instrument 10 . The depleted battery pack 2008 can then be charged and reused. It is also contemplated that primary power source 2002 may include at least one disposable battery. In various aspects, the disposable battery can be, for example, from about 9 volts to about 30 volts. The user can disconnect and remove the depleted disposable battery pack 2008 and connect a new disposable battery pack 2008 to power the surgical instrument 10 .
如上所述,电池组2008可包括可再充电电池单元并且可例如可移除地布置在外壳12的柄部部分14内。在此类情况下,电池组2008可利用充电器座进行充电。例如,如图131所示,充电器座2012可通过以下方式连接到电池组2008:将电池组2008从其在柄部部分14中的位置移出并且将其连接到充电器座2012。如图131所示,充电器座2012可包括用于对电池组2008充电的功率源2014。充电器座2012的功率源2014可为例如电池(或多个串联连接的电池)、或将例如来自输电干线的交流电转换为直流电的AC/DC转换器、或为用于对电池组2008充电的任何其他合适的功率源。充电器座2012还可包括指示器装置,例如LED、LCD显示器等,以显示电池组2008的充电状态。As noted above, the battery pack 2008 may include rechargeable battery cells and may be removably disposed within the handle portion 14 of the housing 12, for example. In such cases, battery pack 2008 may be charged using a charger dock. For example, as shown in FIG. 131 , charger base 2012 may be connected to battery pack 2008 by removing battery pack 2008 from its position in handle portion 14 and connecting it to charger base 2012 . As shown in FIG. 131 , the charger dock 2012 may include a power source 2014 for charging the battery pack 2008 . The power source 2014 of the charger base 2012 may be, for example, a battery (or a plurality of batteries connected in series), or an AC/DC converter that converts alternating current to direct current, for example from the mains, or a power source for charging the battery pack 2008. any other suitable power source. The charger base 2012 may also include indicator devices, such as LEDs, LCD displays, etc., to display the charging status of the battery pack 2008 .
另外,如图131所示,充电器座2012可包括例如一个或多个处理器2016、一个或多个存储器单元2018、和i/o接口2020、2022。充电器座2012可通过第一i/o接口2020与功率组2008连通(经由功率组的i/o接口)以允许例如将存储在功率组2008的存储器中的数据下载到充电器座2012的存储器2020。在各种情况下,随后可经由第二i/o接口2022将下载的数据下载到另一个计算机装置,以供例如医院系统(在该医院系统中执行涉及器械10的手术)、外科室、器械经销商、器械制造商等进行评估和分析。Additionally, as shown in FIG. 131 , the charger dock 2012 may include, for example, one or more processors 2016 , one or more memory units 2018 , and i/o interfaces 2020 , 2022 . The charger base 2012 can communicate with the power pack 2008 through the first i/o interface 2020 (via the power pack's i/o interface) to allow, for example, data stored in the memory of the power pack 2008 to be downloaded to the memory of the charger base 2012 2020. In various cases, the downloaded data can then be downloaded via the second i/o interface 2022 to another computer device for use, for example, in a hospital system (in which a procedure involving the instrument 10 is performed), a surgical room, an instrument Distributors, device manufacturers, etc. for evaluation and analysis.
充电器座2012还可包括电量计2024以用于测量整个电池组2008的电池单元上的电量。电量计2024可与处理器2016连通,使得处理器2016可实时地确定电池组2008的适用性,以用于确保电池按预期方式来工作。The charger stand 2012 may also include a fuel gauge 2024 for measuring the charge on the battery cells of the overall battery pack 2008 . Fuel gauge 2024 may be in communication with processor 2016 such that processor 2016 may determine the suitability of battery pack 2008 in real time for use in ensuring that the battery is functioning as intended.
再次参见图129,辅助功率源2004可包括可设置在例如柄部部分14内的一个或多个电池单元2026。电池单元2026可为可再充电的(例如,铅基、镍基、锂离子基等等)。例如,电池单元2026可为3伏锂电池单元,例如,CR 123A电池单元。另外,电池单元2026可被构造成能够在不从器械10移出的情况下进行再充电。例如,当主功率源2002连接到器械10时,可使用主功率源2002对电池单元2026充电。Referring again to FIG. 129 , the auxiliary power source 2004 may include one or more battery cells 2026 that may be disposed within the handle portion 14, for example. The battery cells 2026 may be rechargeable (eg, lead-based, nickel-based, lithium-ion based, etc.). For example, battery cell 2026 may be a 3 volt lithium battery cell, such as a CR 123A battery cell. Additionally, the battery unit 2026 may be configured to be rechargeable without being removed from the instrument 10 . For example, battery unit 2026 may be charged using primary power source 2002 when primary power source 2002 is connected to instrument 10 .
参见图132,示出了功率管理电路2006的示例性实施例。除了别的以外,功率管理电路2006可被构造成能够监测与主功率源2002和/或辅助功率源2004的操作相关的电参数。例如,功率管理电路2006可被构造成能够监测主功率源2002和/或辅助功率源2004中的功率水平。如图132所示,功率管理电路2006可包括电量计2028,所述电量计2028可被构造成能够测量整个主功率源2002和/或辅助功率源2004上的电量。功率管理电路2006还可包括非易失性存储器2030(例如,闪存或ROM存储器)和一个或多个处理器2032。处理器2032可连接到并且可控制存储器2030。另外,处理器2032可连接到电量计2028以读取电量计2028的读数以及以其他方式控制电量计2028。另外,处理器2032可控制功率管理电路2006的输出装置,例如LED。Referring to FIG. 132, an exemplary embodiment of a power management circuit 2006 is shown. Power management circuitry 2006 may be configured to monitor electrical parameters related to the operation of primary power source 2002 and/or auxiliary power source 2004, among other things. For example, power management circuitry 2006 may be configured to monitor power levels in primary power source 2002 and/or secondary power source 2004 . As shown in FIG. 132 , the power management circuit 2006 may include a fuel gauge 2028 that may be configured to measure the power across the primary power source 2002 and/or the auxiliary power source 2004 . Power management circuitry 2006 may also include non-volatile memory 2030 (eg, flash or ROM memory) and one or more processors 2032 . The processor 2032 can be connected to and can control the memory 2030 . Additionally, processor 2032 may be connected to fuel gauge 2028 to read fuel gauge 2028 and otherwise control fuel gauge 2028 . In addition, the processor 2032 can control output devices of the power management circuit 2006, such as LEDs.
读者将会知道,电量计2024和/或2028可被构造成能够测量电压、电量、电阻、和/或电流。在某些示例中,电量计2024和/或2028可包括电池容量测量电路,所述电池容量测量电路可被构造成能够测量预定负载下的电压状态。The reader will appreciate that fuel gauges 2024 and/or 2028 may be configured to measure voltage, charge, resistance, and/or current. In some examples, fuel gauges 2024 and/or 2028 may include battery capacity measurement circuitry that may be configured to measure a voltage state at a predetermined load.
对上文进行进一步描述,处理器2032可将有关主功率源2002和/或辅助功率源2004的信息存储在存储器2030中。所述信息可包括(除了别的以外)可用的总电量、使用次数、和/或性能。另外,存储在存储器2030中的信息可包括功率管理电路2006可读取和存储的主功率源2002的ID值。此类ID可为例如功率管理电路2006通过RFID转发器2034读取的RFID。RFID转发器2034可从包括RFID标签的功率源读取RFID。ID值可被读取、存储在存储器2030中、并且通过处理器2032来与存储在存储器2030中或存储在与功率管理电路2006相关联的另一个存储器中的可接受的ID值列表进行比较,以确定例如与读取的ID值相关的可拆卸/可替换的主功率源2002是否被授权和/或适当。在此类情况下,如果处理器2032确定与读取的ID值相关的可拆卸/可替换的部件未被授权,则功率管理电路2006可被构造成能够阻止器械10的使用,例如通过断开开关(未示出)以阻止功率被递送到器械10。可被处理器2032用于评估以确定部件是否被授权和/或适当的各种参数包括例如日期代码、部件型号/类型、制造商、地域信息、和/或早前的错误代码。Further to the above, processor 2032 may store information regarding primary power source 2002 and/or secondary power source 2004 in memory 2030 . The information may include (among other things) total power available, number of uses, and/or performance. Additionally, the information stored in memory 2030 may include an ID value for primary power source 2002 that power management circuitry 2006 may read and store. Such an ID may be, for example, an RFID read by the power management circuit 2006 via the RFID transponder 2034 . The RFID transponder 2034 can read RFID from a power source including an RFID tag. The ID value may be read, stored in memory 2030, and compared by processor 2032 to a list of acceptable ID values stored in memory 2030 or in another memory associated with power management circuit 2006, to determine if the removable/replaceable primary power source 2002 associated with the read ID value is authorized and/or appropriate, for example. In such cases, if the processor 2032 determines that the removable/replaceable component associated with the read ID value is not authorized, the power management circuit 2006 may be configured to prevent use of the instrument 10, such as by disconnecting the A switch (not shown) prevents power from being delivered to the instrument 10 . Various parameters that may be evaluated by processor 2032 to determine whether a part is authorized and/or appropriate include, for example, date code, part model/type, manufacturer, geographic information, and/or previous error codes.
对上文进行进一步描述,功率管理电路2006还可包括i/o接口2036以用于与另一个装置(例如计算机)连通,从而允许存储在存储器2030中的数据被下载到另一个装置以供例如医院系统(在该医院系统中执行涉及器械10的手术)、外科室、器械经销商、和/或器械制造商进行评估和分析。I/o接口2036可为例如有线或无线接口。Further to the above, the power management circuit 2006 may also include an i/o interface 2036 for communicating with another device, such as a computer, thereby allowing data stored in the memory 2030 to be downloaded to another device for, e.g. The evaluation and analysis is performed by the hospital system in which the procedure involving the instrument 10 is performed, the surgical department, the instrument distributor, and/or the instrument manufacturer. I/o interface 2036 may be, for example, a wired or wireless interface.
参见图133所示的框图,功率管理电路2006可将功率从主功率源2002和辅助功率源2004选择性地传输到外科器械10。例如,处理器2032可被编程以在主功率源2002可用于对器械10提供功率时允许功率从主功率源2002传输到器械10并且在主功率源2002不能对器械10提供功率时允许功率从辅助功率源2004传输到器械10。Referring to the block diagram shown in FIG. 133 , power management circuitry 2006 can selectively transfer power to surgical instrument 10 from primary power source 2002 and secondary power source 2004 . For example, processor 2032 may be programmed to allow power to be transferred from primary power source 2002 to instrument 10 when primary power source 2002 is available to provide power to instrument 10 and to allow power to be transferred from auxiliary Power source 2004 is delivered to instrument 10 .
在器械10的正常操作期间,处理器2032在主电池源2002被检测和授权后(如上所述)可允许主功率源2002对器械10提供功率。主功率源2002可持续对器械10提供功率,直至主功率源2002达到或下降到低于预定的最低电量水平,例如,当主功率源2002断开和/或耗尽时。功率管理电路2006可用于确定主功率源2002何时达到或下降到低于预定的最低电量水平。例如,处理器2032可被构造成能够使用电量计2028或另一个类似电量计来监测主功率源2002的电量水平并且检测电量水平何时达到或下降到低于存储在功率管理电路2006的存储器2030中的预定最低水平。此时,处理器2032可提示使用者来替换主功率源2002。功率管理电路2006可包括指示器,例如,LCD显示器、一个或多个LED,所述指示器被启动以提示器械10的使用者来替换主功率源2002。此外,处理器2032可被构造成能够在检测到主功率源2002的电量水平已达到或下降到低于预定最低水平时将器械10的供能从主功率源2002切换到辅助功率源2004。读者将会知道,可使用附加指示器来向使用者提供附加反馈。例如,指示器可用于向使用者提示器械10正从主功率源2002切换到辅助功率源2004,反之亦然。During normal operation of the instrument 10, the processor 2032 may allow the primary power source 2002 to provide power to the instrument 10 after the primary battery source 2002 is detected and authorized (as described above). Primary power source 2002 continues to provide power to instrument 10 until primary power source 2002 reaches or falls below a predetermined minimum charge level, eg, when primary power source 2002 is disconnected and/or depleted. Power management circuitry 2006 may be used to determine when primary power source 2002 has reached or dropped below a predetermined minimum charge level. For example, processor 2032 may be configured to monitor the charge level of primary power source 2002 using fuel gauge 2028 or another similar fuel gauge and detect when the charge level reaches or drops below a level stored in memory 2030 of power management circuitry 2006. The predetermined minimum level in . At this time, the processor 2032 may prompt the user to replace the main power source 2002 . Power management circuitry 2006 may include an indicator, such as an LCD display, one or more LEDs, that is activated to prompt a user of instrument 10 to replace primary power source 2002 . Additionally, processor 2032 may be configured to switch power to instrument 10 from primary power source 2002 to secondary power source 2004 upon detection that the charge level of primary power source 2002 has reached or dropped below a predetermined minimum level. The reader will appreciate that additional indicators can be used to provide additional feedback to the user. For example, an indicator may be used to alert the user that the instrument 10 is switching from the primary power source 2002 to the auxiliary power source 2004, and vice versa.
对上文进行进一步描述,处理器2032可被编程以在主功率源2002连接到外科器械10时允许主功率源2002对辅助功率源2004充电。在某些示例中,辅助功率源2004一旦被主功率源2002完全充电到预定最高功率水平就可保持空闲,前提条件是主功率源2002保持能够对器械10提供功率。另外,功率管理电路2006可用于确定辅助功率源2004何时被充分充电。例如,处理器2032可被构造成能够使用电量计2028监测辅助功率源2004的电量水平,直至电量水平达到可存储在功率管理电路2006的存储器2030中的预定最高水平,此时处理器2032可停止主功率源2002对辅助功率源2004充电。功率管理电路2006可包括指示器,例如,LCD显示器、一个或多个LED等,所述指示器可被启动以在辅助功率源2004被充分充电时提示器械10的使用者。Further to the above, processor 2032 may be programmed to allow primary power source 2002 to charge secondary power source 2004 when primary power source 2002 is connected to surgical instrument 10 . In some examples, the auxiliary power source 2004 may remain idle once fully charged by the primary power source 2002 to a predetermined maximum power level, provided that the primary power source 2002 remains capable of providing power to the instrument 10 . Additionally, power management circuitry 2006 may be used to determine when auxiliary power source 2004 is sufficiently charged. For example, the processor 2032 can be configured to monitor the charge level of the auxiliary power source 2004 using the fuel gauge 2028 until the charge level reaches a predetermined maximum level that can be stored in the memory 2030 of the power management circuit 2006, at which point the processor 2032 can stop Primary power source 2002 charges auxiliary power source 2004 . Power management circuitry 2006 may include an indicator, such as an LCD display, one or more LEDs, etc., that may be activated to alert the user of instrument 10 when auxiliary power source 2004 is sufficiently charged.
再次参见图129,主功率源2002可容纳在器械10的柄部部分14的腔室2038内。为了替换主功率源2002,可移除柄部部分14的外部壳体以暴露腔室2038。在某些示例中,触发器或开关可与柄部部分14的外部壳体相关联,使得尝试移除柄部部分14的外部壳体可被处理器2032理解为触发事件以从主功率源2002切换到辅助功率源2004。Referring again to FIG. 129 , primary power source 2002 may be housed within chamber 2038 of handle portion 14 of instrument 10 . To replace primary power source 2002 , the outer housing of handle portion 14 may be removed to expose chamber 2038 . In some examples, a trigger or switch may be associated with the outer housing of the handle portion 14 such that an attempt to remove the outer housing of the handle portion 14 may be interpreted by the processor 2032 as triggering an event to receive power from the main power source 2002. Switch to auxiliary power source 2004 .
在利用新的主功率源2002替换外科器械10的主功率源2002时,功率管理电路2006可检查新的主功率源2002的授权,如上所述,并且在确认此授权后,功率管理电路2006可允许新的主功率源2002向器械10传输功率。另外,主功率源2002可对辅助功率源2004充电,如上所述。When replacing primary power source 2002 of surgical instrument 10 with a new primary power source 2002, power management circuitry 2006 may check for authorization of new primary power source 2002, as described above, and upon validating such authorization, power management circuitry 2006 may The new primary power source 2002 is allowed to deliver power to the instrument 10 . Additionally, primary power source 2002 may charge secondary power source 2004, as described above.
外科端部执行器(例如加载单元20(图2和图3))可操作地联接到动力外科器械10(图1)的细长轴组件16。例如,现在参见图38-58,外科端部执行器(例如一次性加载单元(DLU)5502)能够可释放地附接到外科器械,例如,动力外科器械10(图1)。在各种实施例中,外科器械可包括轴5520,所述轴5520可接合例如DLU 5502。在各种实施例中,衬圈(例如,可旋转衬圈5580)可相对于轴5520可释放地锁定DLU 5502。此外,在各种实施例中,衬圈5580的旋转可有利于击发组件和/或关节运动组件的附接和/或对准,如本文所述。A surgical end effector, such as loading unit 20 (FIGS. 2 and 3), is operably coupled to elongate shaft assembly 16 of powered surgical instrument 10 (FIG. 1). For example, referring now to FIGS. 38-58 , a surgical end effector (eg, disposable loading unit (DLU) 5502 ) can be releasably attachable to a surgical instrument, eg, powered surgical instrument 10 ( FIG. 1 ). In various embodiments, a surgical instrument can include a shaft 5520 that can engage a DLU 5502, for example. In various embodiments, a collar (eg, rotatable collar 5580 ) can releasably lock DLU 5502 relative to shaft 5520 . Additionally, in various embodiments, rotation of the collar 5580 can facilitate attachment and/or alignment of the firing assembly and/or articulation assembly, as described herein.
在各种实施例中,DLU 5502可包括远侧附接部分5504,并且轴5520可包括外管5554和近侧附接部分5522。当DLU 5502固定到轴5520(图39)时,DLU 5502的远侧附接部分5504可接纳轴5520的近侧附接部分5522。此外,可旋转衬圈5580可定位在轴5520的近侧附接部分5522周围,使得DLU 5502的远侧附接部分5504也可定位在可旋转衬圈5580内。可旋转衬圈5580可固定到轴5502和/或近侧附接部分5504,并且在某些实施例中可旋转地固定到例如轴5502的近侧附接部分5504。在某些实施例中,当DLU 5502固定到轴5520时,轴5520的近侧附接部分可接纳DLU5502的远侧附接部分。此外,在某些实施例中,衬圈5580可旋转地固定到DLU 5502。In various embodiments, DLU 5502 can include distal attachment portion 5504 and shaft 5520 can include outer tube 5554 and proximal attachment portion 5522 . The distal attachment portion 5504 of the DLU 5502 can receive the proximal attachment portion 5522 of the shaft 5520 when the DLU 5502 is secured to the shaft 5520 ( FIG. 39 ). Additionally, a rotatable collar 5580 can be positioned around the proximal attachment portion 5522 of the shaft 5520 such that the distal attachment portion 5504 of the DLU 5502 can also be positioned within the rotatable collar 5580 . The rotatable collar 5580 can be fixed to the shaft 5502 and/or the proximal attachment portion 5504, and in some embodiments is rotatably fixed to the proximal attachment portion 5504 of the shaft 5502, for example. In certain embodiments, the proximal attachment portion of the shaft 5520 can receive the distal attachment portion of the DLU 5502 when the DLU 5502 is secured to the shaft 5520 . Additionally, in some embodiments, collar 5580 is rotatably secured to DLU 5502 .
仍参见图38-58,当DLU 5502在非附接位置和附接位置之间相对于外科器械的轴5520运动时,DLU 5502可沿着由轴5520限定的纵向轴线平移。当DLU 5502从非附接位置运动到附接位置时,DLU 5502的远侧附接部分5504可插入轴5520的近侧附接部分5522内。例如,当DLU 5502在非附接位置和附接位置之间运动时,DLU 5502可沿着方向A(图39)平移。在某些实施例中,远侧附接部分5504和近侧附接部分5522之间的沟槽-狭槽接合可沿着由轴5520限定的纵向轴线引导DLU 5502。主要参见图42,远侧附接部分5504可包括导轨5514。此外,主要参见图44,近侧附接部分5522可包括导槽5534。导槽5534的尺寸和构造可被设计成在DLU 5502的近侧附接部分5504插入轴5520的远侧附接部分5522内时接纳并且引导导轨5514。例如,导槽5534可包括纵向狭槽,并且导轨5514可包括例如纵向脊。在某些实施例中,导槽5534和导轨5514可阻止DLU 5502相对于由轴5520限定的纵向轴线的扭转和/或旋转。Still referring to FIGS. 38-58 , the DLU 5502 can translate along the longitudinal axis defined by the shaft 5520 as the DLU 5502 moves relative to the shaft 5520 of the surgical instrument between the unattached position and the attached position. The distal attachment portion 5504 of the DLU 5502 can be inserted into the proximal attachment portion 5522 of the shaft 5520 when the DLU 5502 is moved from the unattached position to the attached position. For example, DLU 5502 may translate along direction A (FIG. 39) as DLU 5502 is moved between an unattached position and an attached position. In certain embodiments, the groove-slot engagement between the distal attachment portion 5504 and the proximal attachment portion 5522 can guide the DLU 5502 along the longitudinal axis defined by the shaft 5520 . Referring primarily to FIG. 42 , the distal attachment portion 5504 can include a rail 5514 . Additionally, referring primarily to FIG. 44 , the proximal attachment portion 5522 can include a channel 5534 . Guide slot 5534 can be sized and configured to receive and guide guide rail 5514 when proximal attachment portion 5504 of DLU 5502 is inserted into distal attachment portion 5522 of shaft 5520 . For example, the channels 5534 may include longitudinal slots, and the rails 5514 may include, for example, longitudinal ridges. In certain embodiments, the guide slot 5534 and guide rail 5514 can prevent twisting and/or rotation of the DLU 5502 relative to the longitudinal axis defined by the shaft 5520 .
主要参见图38,远侧附接部分5504可包括第一对准标记5510(例如,第一箭头),并且轴5520和/或衬圈5580可包括第二对准标记5590(例如,第二箭头)。第一对准标记5510和第二对准标记5590的对准可使导轨5514和导槽5534对准,这可有利于远侧附接部分5504附接到近侧附接部分5522。如本文所述,DLU 5502沿着纵向路径朝轴5520的平移可相对于轴5520可释放地锁定DLU 5502。在此类实施例中,可不需要LU 5502相对于轴5520的旋转,以相对于轴5520附接DLU 5502。事实上,可通过近侧附接部分5522和远侧附接部分5504之间的沟槽-狭槽接合来限制和/或阻止DLU 5502相对于轴5520的旋转,如本文所述。在各种实施例中,衬圈5580可相对于LU 5502和/或轴5520旋转以将DLU 5502可释放地锁定到轴5520。例如,如本文所述,衬圈5580可从初始取向(图53)旋转到第二取向(图54)并且随后返回到初始取向(图57)以将DLU 5502锁定到轴5520。Referring primarily to FIG. 38 , the distal attachment portion 5504 can include a first alignment mark 5510 (e.g., a first arrow), and the shaft 5520 and/or collar 5580 can include a second alignment mark 5590 (e.g., a second arrow ). Alignment of first alignment mark 5510 and second alignment mark 5590 can align guide rail 5514 with guide slot 5534 , which can facilitate attachment of distal attachment portion 5504 to proximal attachment portion 5522 . Translation of the DLU 5502 along the longitudinal path toward the axis 5520 can releasably lock the DLU 5502 relative to the axis 5520, as described herein. In such embodiments, rotation of the LU 5502 relative to the shaft 5520 may not be required to attach the DLU 5502 relative to the shaft 5520 . In fact, rotation of the DLU 5502 relative to the shaft 5520 can be limited and/or prevented by the groove-slot engagement between the proximal attachment portion 5522 and the distal attachment portion 5504, as described herein. In various embodiments, collar 5580 is rotatable relative to LU 5502 and/or shaft 5520 to releasably lock DLU 5502 to shaft 5520 . For example, collar 5580 may be rotated from an initial orientation ( FIG. 53 ) to a second orientation ( FIG. 54 ) and then back to the original orientation ( FIG. 57 ) to lock DLU 5502 to shaft 5520 as described herein.
主要参见图42和图43,DLU 5502的近侧部分5504可包括旋转键或肋5506。当DLU5502在非附接位置(图38)和附接位置(图39)之间沿着方向A(图39)运动时,旋转键5506可影响衬圈5580的旋转。例如,旋转键5506可使衬圈5580沿着方向B(图39)从初始取向旋转和/或偏置到第二取向。当衬圈5580偏置到第二取向时,远侧附接部分5504可插入近侧附接部分5522内。此外,当远侧附接部分5504完全插入近侧附接部分5522内时,旋转键5506可允许衬圈5580沿着方向C(图39)从第二取向旋转到初始取向。方向C可例如与方向B相反。如本文所述,当衬圈5580返回到初始取向时,衬圈5580可相对于近侧附接部分5522锁定远侧附接部分5504。仍参见图42和图43,旋转键5506可包括位于其近侧端部的旋转坡道5508。旋转坡道5508可接合轴5520的元件以影响例如旋转衬圈5580的旋转。Referring primarily to FIGS. 42 and 43 , the proximal portion 5504 of the DLU 5502 can include a rotational key or rib 5506 . Rotation key 5506 can effect rotation of collar 5580 as DLU 5502 is moved in direction A ( FIG. 39 ) between an unattached position ( FIG. 38 ) and an attached position ( FIG. 39 ). For example, rotation key 5506 may rotate and/or bias collar 5580 in direction B (FIG. 39) from an initial orientation to a second orientation. Distal attachment portion 5504 can be inserted into proximal attachment portion 5522 when collar 5580 is biased to the second orientation. Additionally, the rotation key 5506 can allow the collar 5580 to be rotated in direction C ( FIG. 39 ) from the second orientation to the initial orientation when the distal attachment portion 5504 is fully inserted into the proximal attachment portion 5522 . Direction C may be opposite to direction B, for example. As described herein, the collar 5580 can lock the distal attachment portion 5504 relative to the proximal attachment portion 5522 when the collar 5580 is returned to the original orientation. Still referring to FIGS. 42 and 43 , the rotation key 5506 can include a rotation ramp 5508 at its proximal end. Rotation ramp 5508 may engage elements of shaft 5520 to effect rotation of, for example, rotation collar 5580 .
在各种实施例中,旋转坡道5508可影响定位在轴5520内的击发轴5540的旋转。例如,主要参见图47-50,击发轴5540可包括可从击发轴5540径向向外延伸的击发轴旋转器5544。当DLU 5502插入轴5520内时,旋转键5506的旋转坡道5508可接合击发轴旋转器5544。在各种实施例中,旋转坡道5508可旋转击发轴旋转器5544,所述击发轴旋转器5544可旋转击发轴5540。例如,击发轴5540和击发轴旋转器5544可在第一取向(图53)和第二取向(图54)之间沿着方向B(图54)旋转。仍参见图47-50,击发轴5540可与可旋转衬圈5580接合。例如,可旋转衬圈5580可包括旋转器沟槽5584,所述旋转器沟槽5584的构造和尺寸可被设计成接纳并且/或者保持击发轴旋转器5544。击发轴旋转器5544可被旋转器沟槽5584保持,使得击发轴旋转器5544的旋转导致旋转衬圈5580旋转。在此类实施例中,将DLU 5502插入轴5520内可例如通过击发轴旋转器5544沿方向B的旋转来导致可旋转衬圈5580沿方向B的旋转(图54)。In various embodiments, the rotation ramp 5508 can affect the rotation of the firing shaft 5540 positioned within the shaft 5520 . For example, referring primarily to FIGS. 47-50 , the firing shaft 5540 can include a firing shaft rotator 5544 that can extend radially outward from the firing shaft 5540 . The rotation ramp 5508 of the rotation key 5506 can engage the firing shaft rotator 5544 when the DLU 5502 is inserted into the shaft 5520 . In various embodiments, rotation ramp 5508 can rotate firing shaft rotator 5544 , which can rotate firing shaft 5540 . For example, the firing shaft 5540 and the firing shaft rotator 5544 are rotatable in direction B (FIG. 54) between a first orientation (FIG. 53) and a second orientation (FIG. 54). Still referring to FIGS. 47-50 , the firing shaft 5540 can be engaged with a rotatable collar 5580 . For example, rotatable collar 5580 may include rotator groove 5584 that may be configured and dimensioned to receive and/or retain firing shaft rotator 5544 . The firing shaft rotator 5544 can be retained by the rotator groove 5584 such that rotation of the firing shaft rotator 5544 causes the rotating collar 5580 to rotate. In such embodiments, insertion of DLU 5502 into shaft 5520 may cause rotation of rotatable collar 5580 in direction B, eg, by rotation of firing shaft rotator 5544 in direction B ( FIG. 54 ).
主要参见图44和图45,近侧附接部分5522可包括旋转键狭槽5524,所述旋转键狭槽5524可在远侧附接部分5504插入近侧附接部分5522内时接纳旋转键5506。在各种实施例中,旋转键狭槽5524可包括间隙凹口5526以用于接纳击发轴旋转器5544。例如,旋转键5506的近侧端部处的旋转坡道5508可使击发轴旋转器5544旋转到第二取向并且旋转到间隙凹口5526(图54)内。当DLU 5502插入轴5520内时,旋转键5506可继续沿着旋转键狭槽5524运动。此外,当旋转键5506的远侧端部5509运动通过击发轴旋转器5544时,击发轴旋转器5544可反向旋转到第一取向(图58),这可相应地使可旋转衬圈5580反向旋转到其初始取向。Referring primarily to FIGS. 44 and 45 , the proximal attachment portion 5522 can include a rotation key slot 5524 that can receive the rotation key 5506 when the distal attachment portion 5504 is inserted into the proximal attachment portion 5522 . In various embodiments, the rotation key slot 5524 can include a clearance notch 5526 for receiving the firing shaft rotator 5544 . For example, the rotation ramp 5508 at the proximal end of the rotation key 5506 can rotate the firing shaft rotator 5544 to the second orientation and into the clearance notch 5526 ( FIG. 54 ). The rotation key 5506 can continue to move along the rotation key slot 5524 when the DLU 5502 is inserted into the shaft 5520 . In addition, when the distal end 5509 of the rotation key 5506 is moved past the firing shaft rotator 5544, the firing shaft rotator 5544 can be counter-rotated to the first orientation ( FIG. 58 ), which can correspondingly cause the rotatable collar 5580 to counter-rotate. rotate to its initial orientation.
在各种实施例中,可旋转衬圈5580可相对于轴5520和/或近侧附接部分5522偏置成初始取向。例如,弹簧5592可将锁定衬圈5580偏置到初始取向。弹簧5592可包括可相对于轴5520进行固定的近侧端部5594和可相对于衬圈5580进行固定的远侧端部5596。例如,弹簧5592的近侧端部5594可保持在轴5520的近侧弹簧狭槽5538(图51)中,并且弹簧5592的远侧端部5596可保持在例如可旋转衬圈5580的远侧弹簧狭槽5588(图46)中。在此类实施例中,衬圈5580的旋转可相对于弹簧5592的近侧端部5594移动弹簧5592的远侧端部5596,这可产生扭转力。因此,衬圈5580可阻止从初始取向到第二取向的旋转,并且当衬圈旋转到第二取向时,弹簧5592可将衬圈5580反向偏置到初始取向。由于击发轴旋转器5544与衬圈5580接合,弹簧5592还可将击发轴5540偏置到其第一取向。In various embodiments, rotatable collar 5580 can be biased into an initial orientation relative to shaft 5520 and/or proximal attachment portion 5522 . For example, spring 5592 can bias locking collar 5580 into an initial orientation. The spring 5592 can include a proximal end 5594 that can be fixed relative to the shaft 5520 and a distal end 5596 that can be fixed relative to the collar 5580 . For example, the proximal end 5594 of the spring 5592 can be retained in the proximal spring slot 5538 ( FIG. 51 ) of the shaft 5520 and the distal end 5596 of the spring 5592 can be retained in the distal spring of the rotatable collar 5580 , for example. in slot 5588 (FIG. 46). In such embodiments, rotation of the collar 5580 can move the distal end 5596 of the spring 5592 relative to the proximal end 5594 of the spring 5592, which can create a torsional force. Accordingly, the collar 5580 can resist rotation from the initial orientation to the second orientation, and the spring 5592 can back-bias the collar 5580 to the initial orientation when the collar is rotated to the second orientation. The spring 5592 can also bias the firing shaft 5540 to its first orientation due to the engagement of the firing shaft rotator 5544 with the collar 5580 .
在各种实施例中,可旋转衬圈5580可包括将DLU 5502锁定到轴5520的锁定棘爪5582。主要参见图46,锁定棘爪5582可从可旋转衬圈5580的内周边径向向内延伸。在各种实施例中,锁定棘爪5582可延伸到近侧附接部分5522中的棘爪狭槽5536(图44)内。主要参见图44,棘爪狭槽5536可形成导槽5534中的凹口。在各种实施例中,棘爪狭槽5536可从导槽5534延伸,并且可垂直于或基本上垂直于例如导槽5534。此外,当可旋转衬圈5580相对于轴5520在初始取向和第二取向之间旋转时,锁定棘爪5582可沿着棘爪狭槽5536运动。In various embodiments, rotatable collar 5580 can include locking detents 5582 that lock DLU 5502 to shaft 5520 . Referring primarily to FIG. 46 , locking pawls 5582 can extend radially inwardly from the inner periphery of rotatable collar 5580 . In various embodiments, locking detents 5582 can extend into detent slots 5536 ( FIG. 44 ) in proximal attachment portion 5522 . Referring primarily to FIG. 44 , the detent slot 5536 can form a notch in the channel 5534 . In various embodiments, the detent slot 5536 can extend from the channel 5534 and can be perpendicular or substantially perpendicular to the channel 5534, for example. Additionally, locking pawl 5582 can move along pawl slot 5536 when rotatable collar 5580 is rotated relative to shaft 5520 between an initial orientation and a second orientation.
在各种实施例中,锁定棘爪5582可接合DLU 5502的远侧附接部分5504以相对于轴5520锁定DLU 5502。例如,再次参见图42,远侧附接部分5504可包括导轨5514,所述导轨5514可具有限定于其中的锁定凹口5516。锁定凹口5516的构造和尺寸可被设计成在DLU5502完全插入近侧附接部分5522内时接纳可旋转衬圈5580的锁定棘爪5582。例如,当远侧附接部分5504完全插入近侧附接部分5522内时,远侧附接部分5504的锁定凹口5516可与近侧附接部分5522的棘爪狭槽5536对准。因此,锁定棘爪5582可沿着近侧附接部分5522中的棘爪狭槽5536滑动并且滑动到远侧附接部分中的锁定凹口5516内。此外,锁定棘爪5582可通过扭转弹簧5592偏置成与锁定凹口5516接合。例如,在击发轴旋转器5544离开旋转键5506的远侧端部5509之后,击发轴5540可反向偏置到第一取向并且可旋转衬圈5580可通过扭转弹簧5592反向偏置到初始取向。此外,当衬圈5580从第二取向反向旋转到初始取向时,其锁定棘爪5582可与导轨5514中的锁定凹口5516对准并且接合。In various embodiments, locking pawl 5582 can engage distal attachment portion 5504 of DLU 5502 to lock DLU 5502 relative to shaft 5520 . For example, referring again to FIG. 42 , the distal attachment portion 5504 can include a rail 5514 that can have a locking notch 5516 defined therein. Locking notches 5516 may be configured and sized to receive locking pawls 5582 of rotatable collar 5580 when DLU 5502 is fully inserted into proximal attachment portion 5522 . For example, locking notch 5516 of distal attachment portion 5504 can align with detent slot 5536 of proximal attachment portion 5522 when distal attachment portion 5504 is fully inserted into proximal attachment portion 5522 . Accordingly, the locking pawl 5582 can slide along the detent slot 5536 in the proximal attachment portion 5522 and into the locking notch 5516 in the distal attachment portion. Additionally, locking pawl 5582 may be biased by torsion spring 5592 into engagement with locking notch 5516 . For example, after the firing shaft rotator 5544 exits the distal end 5509 of the rotation key 5506, the firing shaft 5540 can be reverse biased to the first orientation and the rotatable collar 5580 can be reverse biased to the initial orientation by the torsion spring 5592 . Furthermore, when the collar 5580 is counter-rotated from the second orientation to the initial orientation, its locking detent 5582 can align with and engage the locking notch 5516 in the rail 5514 .
在各种实施例中,衬圈5580的旋转可有利于击发组件的附接和/或对准。例如,击发轴5540可在近侧端部5546和远侧端部5542之间延伸。近侧端部5546可具有旋转接头,所述旋转接头可允许击发轴5540在第一构型和第二构型之间的旋转。此外,远侧端部5542可具有用于附接DLU 5502的元件的联接器。击发轴5540的旋转可有利于切割元件的附接。例如,当击发轴5540的远侧端部5542处的联接器旋转时,联接器可接合并且连接到DLU 5502中的切割元件。在某些实施例中,联接器可包括卡口座,所述卡口座可接合DLU 5502中的切割元件的对应卡口接收器。主要参见图40和图41,击发组件还可包括例如围绕击发轴5540定位在近侧端部5546和远侧端部5542之间的套管5550。In various embodiments, rotation of the collar 5580 can facilitate attachment and/or alignment of the firing assembly. For example, firing shaft 5540 can extend between proximal end 5546 and distal end 5542 . The proximal end 5546 can have a swivel joint that can allow rotation of the firing shaft 5540 between the first configuration and the second configuration. Additionally, the distal end 5542 may have couplers for attaching elements of the DLU 5502 . Rotation of the firing shaft 5540 can facilitate attachment of the cutting elements. For example, when the coupler at the distal end 5542 of the firing shaft 5540 is rotated, the coupler can engage and connect to a cutting element in the DLU 5502 . In certain embodiments, the coupler can include a bayonet socket that can engage a corresponding bayonet receptacle of a cutting element in the DLU 5502 . Referring primarily to FIGS. 40 and 41 , the firing assembly can also include a sleeve 5550 positioned between the proximal end 5546 and the distal end 5542 about the firing shaft 5540 , for example.
在各种实施例中,当击发轴5540在轴5520内旋转时,击发轴5540可旋转成与DLU5502中的击发轴狭槽5518对准。例如,当DLU 5502完全插入并且附接到轴5520时,击发轴旋转器5544可与击发轴狭槽5518对准。然而,在各种实施例中,当DLU 5502仅部分插入轴5520内时,击发轴旋转器5544可通过旋转键5506旋转成不与击发轴狭槽5518对准。换句话讲,击发轴旋转器5544可在击发轴5540处于第一取向时与击发轴狭槽5514对准,并且可在击发轴5540旋转到第二取向时与击发轴狭槽5514不对准。在此类实施例中,当DLU 5502仅部分插入轴5520内时并且/或者在DLU 5502通过可旋转衬圈5580可释放地锁定到轴5520之前,击发轴旋转器5544的击发路径可被远侧附接部分5504阻挡。击发轴5540和衬圈5580的整合可确保DLU 5502在击发轴5540可击发和/或推进之前牢固地附接到轴5520。例如,外科器械不能击发,直至DLU 5502中的切割元件联接到击发轴5540并且/或者直至击发轴5540例如在轴5520内适当地对准。In various embodiments, when the firing shaft 5540 is rotated within the shaft 5520, the firing shaft 5540 can be rotated into alignment with the firing shaft slot 5518 in the DLU 5502. For example, firing shaft rotator 5544 may align with firing shaft slot 5518 when DLU 5502 is fully inserted and attached to shaft 5520 . However, in various embodiments, the firing shaft rotator 5544 can be rotated by the rotation key 5506 out of alignment with the firing shaft slot 5518 when the DLU 5502 is only partially inserted into the shaft 5520 . In other words, the firing shaft rotator 5544 can be aligned with the firing shaft slot 5514 when the firing shaft 5540 is in the first orientation, and can be misaligned with the firing shaft slot 5514 when the firing shaft 5540 is rotated to the second orientation. In such embodiments, when the DLU 5502 is only partially inserted into the shaft 5520 and/or before the DLU 5502 is releasably locked to the shaft 5520 by the rotatable collar 5580, the firing path of the firing shaft rotator 5544 can be displaced distally. Attachment portion 5504 blocks. The integration of the firing shaft 5540 and the collar 5580 can ensure that the DLU 5502 is securely attached to the shaft 5520 before the firing shaft 5540 can be fired and/or advanced. For example, the surgical instrument cannot be fired until a cutting element in DLU 5502 is coupled to firing shaft 5540 and/or until firing shaft 5540 is properly aligned, eg, within shaft 5520 .
在某些实施例中,衬圈5580的旋转可有利于关节运动组件5559的附接和/或对准。主要参见图40和图41,关节运动组件5559可包括近侧关节运动杆5560、远侧关节运动杆5562、和关节运动连接器5566。此外,轴5520可包括近侧关节运动杆狭槽5528,并且DLU5502可包括例如远侧关节运动杆狭槽5512。在某些实施例中,近侧关节运动杆5560可与近侧关节运动杆狭槽5528对准,并且远侧关节运动杆5562可与远侧关节运动杆狭槽5512对准。现在参见图46,关节运动连接器5566可容纳在可旋转衬圈5580中。例如,可旋转衬圈5580可包括关节运动连接器狭槽5586,并且关节运动连接器5566能够可运动地定位在其中。In certain embodiments, rotation of collar 5580 may facilitate attachment and/or alignment of articulation assembly 5559 . Referring primarily to FIGS. 40 and 41 , the articulation assembly 5559 can include a proximal articulation rod 5560 , a distal articulation rod 5562 , and an articulation connector 5566 . Additionally, the shaft 5520 can include a proximal articulation rod slot 5528 and the DLU 5502 can include a distal articulation rod slot 5512, for example. In certain embodiments, the proximal articulation rod 5560 can be aligned with the proximal articulation rod slot 5528 and the distal articulation rod 5562 can be aligned with the distal articulation rod slot 5512 . Referring now to FIG. 46 , articulation connector 5566 may be received within rotatable collar 5580 . For example, rotatable collar 5580 can include articulation connector slot 5586, and articulation connector 5566 can be movably positioned therein.
在各种实施例中,再次参见图40和图41,近侧关节运动杆5560可具有近侧凹口5572,并且远侧关节运动杆5562可具有远侧凹口5574。此外,关节运动连接器5566可包括近侧关节运动凸耳5568和远侧关节运动凸耳5572。近侧关节运动凸耳5568可保持在近侧关节运动杆5560的近侧凹口5572中。在某些实施例中,远侧关节运动凸耳5570能够可操作地接合远侧关节运动杆5562的远侧凹口5574。如本文所述,可旋转衬圈5580可在初始构型和第二构型之间旋转。当衬圈5580旋转时,容纳在其中的关节运动连接器5566也可相对于由轴5520限定的纵向轴线旋转。在各种实施例中,当关节运动连接器5566旋转时,关节运动连接器5566的近侧关节运动凸耳5568可保持定位在近侧关节运动杆5560的近侧凹口5572中。此外,当关节运动连接器5566与衬圈5580从第二取向旋转到初始取向时,关节运动连接器5566的远侧关节运动凸耳5570可运动成与远侧关节运动杆5562的远侧凹口5574接合。例如,当DLU 5502完全插入轴5508内时,远侧关节运动杆5562的远侧凹口5574可与关节运动连接器5566的远侧关节运动凸耳5568对准。在此类实施例中,当可旋转衬圈5580反向旋转到初始构型时,远侧关节运动凸耳5568可滑动到远侧关节运动杆5562的远侧凹口5574内。当远侧关节运动凸耳5568定位在远侧凹口5574中时,关节运动组件5559可为已完全组装的。In various embodiments, referring again to FIGS. 40 and 41 , the proximal articulation bar 5560 can have a proximal notch 5572 and the distal articulation bar 5562 can have a distal notch 5574 . Additionally, articulation connector 5566 can include proximal articulation lug 5568 and distal articulation lug 5572 . The proximal articulation lug 5568 can be retained in the proximal notch 5572 of the proximal articulation rod 5560 . In certain embodiments, the distal articulation lug 5570 can be operatively engaged with the distal notch 5574 of the distal articulation rod 5562 . As described herein, rotatable collar 5580 is rotatable between an initial configuration and a second configuration. As collar 5580 is rotated, articulation connector 5566 received therein may also rotate relative to a longitudinal axis defined by shaft 5520 . In various embodiments, the proximal articulation lug 5568 of the articulation connector 5566 can remain positioned in the proximal notch 5572 of the proximal articulation rod 5560 as the articulation connector 5566 is rotated. Further, the distal articulation lug 5570 of the articulation connector 5566 is movable into a distal notch of the distal articulation rod 5562 when the articulation connector 5566 and collar 5580 are rotated from the second orientation to the initial orientation. 5574 engagement. For example, the distal notch 5574 of the distal articulation rod 5562 can align with the distal articulation lug 5568 of the articulation connector 5566 when the DLU 5502 is fully inserted into the shaft 5508 . In such embodiments, the distal articulation lug 5568 can slide into the distal notch 5574 of the distal articulation rod 5562 when the rotatable collar 5580 is counter-rotated to the original configuration. When the distal articulation lugs 5568 are positioned in the distal recesses 5574, the articulation assembly 5559 can be fully assembled.
主要参见图45,在各种实施例中,近侧关节运动杆狭槽5528可包括第一间隙5530和第二间隙5532。关节运动连接器5566的近侧关节运动凸耳5568和远侧关节运动凸耳5570可分别延伸到第一间隙5530和第二间隙5532内。在某些实施例中,当衬圈5580旋转时并且/或者当关节运动组件5559例如进行关节运动时,第一间隙5530和第二间隙5532可提供空间以供近侧关节运动凸耳5568和远侧关节运动凸耳5570运动。Referring primarily to FIG. 45 , in various embodiments, the proximal articulation rod slot 5528 can include a first gap 5530 and a second gap 5532 . The proximal articulation lug 5568 and the distal articulation lug 5570 of the articulation connector 5566 can extend into the first gap 5530 and the second gap 5532, respectively. In certain embodiments, the first gap 5530 and the second gap 5532 can provide space for the proximal articulation lug 5568 and the distal lug 5568 when the collar 5580 is rotated and/or when the articulation assembly 5559 is articulated, for example. Side articulation lug 5570 movement.
现在参见图51-58,为了将DLU 5502连接到外科器械的轴5520,使用者可使DLU5502的对准标记5510与轴5520和/或衬圈5580(图51)的对准标记5590对准。在保持对准标记5510、5590的对准期间,使用者可相对于轴5520沿着由轴5520限定的纵向轴线移动DLU5502。使用者可沿着直线或基本上直线的路径移动DLU 5502,并且在各种实施例中,不必相对于例如轴5520旋转DLU。主要参见图53,DLU 5502可继续相对于轴5520平移,并且远侧附接部分5504的导轨5514可装配到轴5520的近侧附接部分5522中的导槽5534(图44)内。当远侧附接部分5504运动到近侧附接部分5522内时,导槽5534可引导导轨5514并且可保持例如对准标记5510、5590的对准。换句话讲,导槽5534和导轨5514可阻止DLU 5502相对于轴5520的纵向轴线的旋转。主要参见图52,关节运动连接器5522的近侧关节运动凸耳5568可延伸到第一间隙5530内并且可定位在近侧关节运动杆5562的近侧凹口5572中,并且关节运动连接器5522的远侧关节运动凸耳5570可延伸穿过例如第二间隙5532。Referring now to FIGS. 51-58 , to couple the DLU 5502 to the shaft 5520 of a surgical instrument, a user may align the alignment marks 5510 of the DLU 5502 with the alignment marks 5590 of the shaft 5520 and/or collar 5580 ( FIG. 51 ). While maintaining the alignment of the alignment marks 5510 , 5590 , the user can move the DLU 5502 relative to the shaft 5520 along the longitudinal axis defined by the shaft 5520 . A user may move the DLU 5502 along a straight or substantially straight path, and in various embodiments, it is not necessary to rotate the DLU relative to, for example, the axis 5520 . Referring primarily to FIG. 53 , the DLU 5502 can continue to translate relative to the shaft 5520 and the guide rail 5514 of the distal attachment portion 5504 can fit into the guide slot 5534 in the proximal attachment portion 5522 of the shaft 5520 ( FIG. 44 ). As the distal attachment portion 5504 is moved into the proximal attachment portion 5522, the guide slot 5534 can guide the guide rail 5514 and can maintain alignment of, for example, the alignment marks 5510, 5590. In other words, the guide slot 5534 and guide rail 5514 can prevent rotation of the DLU 5502 relative to the longitudinal axis of the shaft 5520 . Referring primarily to FIG. 52 , the proximal articulation lug 5568 of the articulation connector 5522 can extend into the first gap 5530 and can be positioned within the proximal recess 5572 of the proximal articulation rod 5562 and the articulation connector 5522 The distal articulation lug 5570 of the can extend through the second gap 5532, for example.
主要参见图54,当远侧附接部分5504插入近侧附接部分5522内时,旋转键5506的旋转键坡道5508可邻接击发轴旋转器5544。旋转键坡道5508可将击发轴旋转器5544引导并且/或者导向到从旋转键狭槽5524延伸的间隙凹口5526内。此外,当击发轴旋转器5544运动到间隙凹口5526内时,击发轴5540可沿着方向B旋转。击发轴5540可从第一取向旋转到第二取向。击发轴5540的此类旋转可有利于击发轴5540的远侧端部5542与DLU 5502中的切割元件的附接。此外,击发轴旋转器5544的旋转可通过击发轴旋转器5544与衬圈5580中的击发轴旋转器沟槽5584(图46)的接合使衬圈5580沿着方向B旋转。衬圈5580可例如从初始取向旋转到第二取向。另外,当衬圈5580旋转时,锁定棘爪5582可沿着轴5520中的棘爪狭槽5536运动。另外,衬圈5580的旋转可使弹簧5592的远侧端部5596旋转,因为弹簧5592的远侧端部5596可保持在衬圈5580中的远侧弹簧狭槽5588(图46)内。远侧端部5596相对于近侧端部5594的移位可产生扭转回弹力,所述扭转回弹力可例如将衬圈5580从第二取向偏转到初始取向并且可例如击发轴5540从第二取向偏转到第一取向。Referring primarily to FIG. 54 , the rotation key ramp 5508 of the rotation key 5506 can abut the firing shaft rotator 5544 when the distal attachment portion 5504 is inserted into the proximal attachment portion 5522 . Rotation key ramp 5508 can guide firing shaft rotator 5544 and/or into clearance notch 5526 extending from rotation key slot 5524 . Additionally, the firing shaft 5540 can rotate in direction B when the firing shaft rotator 5544 is moved into the clearance notch 5526 . The firing shaft 5540 is rotatable from a first orientation to a second orientation. Such rotation of the firing shaft 5540 can facilitate attachment of the distal end 5542 of the firing shaft 5540 to the cutting elements in the DLU 5502 . Additionally, rotation of firing shaft rotator 5544 may rotate collar 5580 in direction B through engagement of firing shaft rotator 5544 with firing shaft rotator groove 5584 ( FIG. 46 ) in collar 5580 . The collar 5580 can be rotated, for example, from an initial orientation to a second orientation. Additionally, the locking pawl 5582 can move along the pawl slot 5536 in the shaft 5520 when the collar 5580 is rotated. Additionally, rotation of the collar 5580 can rotate the distal end 5596 of the spring 5592 as the distal end 5596 of the spring 5592 can be retained within the distal spring slot 5588 ( FIG. 46 ) in the collar 5580 . Displacement of the distal end 5596 relative to the proximal end 5594 can create a torsional resilience that can, for example, deflect the collar 5580 from the second orientation to the initial orientation and can, for example, change the firing shaft 5540 from the second orientation. Deflects to a first orientation.
主要参见图55,当衬圈5580朝第二取向旋转时,近侧关节运动凸耳5568可与近侧关节运动杆5560中的近侧凹口5572保持接合。此外,远侧关节运动凸耳5570可旋转以使得远侧关节运动凸耳5570提供用于DLU 5502的远侧关节运动杆5562的间隙。参见图56,当衬圈5580和定位在其中的关节运动连接器5566旋转到第二取向时,DLU 5502可完全插入轴5520内。在各种实施例中,当关节运动连接器5566旋转到第二取向时,远侧关节运动杆5562可离开关节运动连接器5566的远侧关节运动凸耳5570。此外,远侧关节运动凸耳5570能够与关节运动连接器5566中的远侧凹口5574可旋转地对准。仍参见图56,当DLU 5502完全插入轴5520内时,击发杆旋转器5544可离开旋转键5506的远侧端部5509。Referring primarily to FIG. 55 , the proximal articulation lug 5568 can remain engaged with the proximal notch 5572 in the proximal articulation rod 5560 when the collar 5580 is rotated toward the second orientation. Additionally, the distal articulation lug 5570 can be rotated such that the distal articulation lug 5570 provides clearance for the distal articulation rod 5562 of the DLU 5502 . Referring to Fig. 56, when the collar 5580 and the articulation connector 5566 positioned therein are rotated to the second orientation, the DLU 5502 can be fully inserted into the shaft 5520. In various embodiments, the distal articulation rod 5562 can clear the distal articulation lug 5570 of the articulation connector 5566 when the articulation connector 5566 is rotated to the second orientation. Additionally, distal articulation lug 5570 can be rotatably aligned with distal notch 5574 in articulation connector 5566 . Still referring to FIG. 56 , when the DLU 5502 is fully inserted into the shaft 5520 , the firing rod rotator 5544 can clear the distal end 5509 of the rotation key 5506 .
现在参见图57,当旋转键5506的远侧端部5509通过击发轴旋转器5544时,击发轴旋转器5544可沿着方向C旋转。例如,击发轴旋转器5544可沿着方向C从第二取向旋转到第一取向。此外,击发轴旋转器5544的旋转可导致衬圈5580沿着方向C从第二取向旋转到初始取向。在各种实施例中,弹簧5592可将击发杆5540偏置到其第一取向,并且可将衬圈5580偏置到其初始取向。例如,击发轴旋转器5544可定位在衬圈5580中的击发轴旋转器沟槽5584(图46)内,使得击发轴旋转器5544的旋转使衬圈5580旋转。由于关节运动连接器5566的远侧关节运动凸耳5570和远侧关节运动杆5562的远侧凹口5574的对准,关节运动连接器5566可随着衬圈5580的旋转而旋转,并且远侧关节运动凸耳5570可旋转成与远侧凹口5574接合。当远侧关节运动凸耳5570接合远侧凹口5574时,关节运动组件5559可为已组装的。此外,当击发轴旋转器5544沿方向C旋转时,击发轴5540的远侧端部5542可沿方向C旋转,这可有利于DLU 5502中的切割元件附接到击发轴5540的远侧端部5542。Referring now to FIG. 57 , the firing shaft rotator 5544 can rotate in direction C as the distal end 5509 of the rotation key 5506 passes the firing shaft rotator 5544 . For example, the firing shaft rotator 5544 can rotate along direction C from the second orientation to the first orientation. Additionally, rotation of firing shaft rotator 5544 can cause collar 5580 to rotate in direction C from the second orientation to the initial orientation. In various embodiments, the spring 5592 can bias the firing rod 5540 to its first orientation and can bias the collar 5580 to its initial orientation. For example, firing shaft rotator 5544 may be positioned within firing shaft rotator groove 5584 ( FIG. 46 ) in collar 5580 such that rotation of firing shaft rotator 5544 rotates collar 5580 . Due to the alignment of the distal articulation lug 5570 of the articulation connector 5566 and the distal notch 5574 of the distal articulation rod 5562, the articulation connector 5566 can rotate as the collar 5580 is rotated and the distal Articulation lug 5570 can be rotated into engagement with distal notch 5574 . Articulation assembly 5559 may be assembled when distal articulation lug 5570 engages distal notch 5574 . Furthermore, when the firing shaft rotator 5544 is rotated in the direction C, the distal end 5542 of the firing shaft 5540 can be rotated in the direction C, which can facilitate the attachment of cutting elements in the DLU 5502 to the distal end of the firing shaft 5540 5542.
现在参见图58,衬圈5580的旋转还可使衬圈5580的锁定棘爪5582旋转到远侧附接部分5504的导轨5514中的锁定凹口5516内。例如,当DLU5502完全插入轴5520内时,锁定凹口5516可与棘爪狭槽5536对准,使得锁定棘爪5582可通过棘爪狭槽5536旋转到锁定凹口5516内。如本文所述,在击发轴旋转器5544离开旋转键5506的远侧端部5509之后,弹簧5592可偏置衬圈5580以沿方向C(图57)旋转。仍参见图58,当击发轴旋转器5544沿方向C旋转时,击发轴旋转器5544可运动成与DLU 5502中的击发轴狭槽5518对准。击发轴旋转器5544与击发轴狭槽5518的对准可允许例如击发轴5540朝远侧推进以击发DLU 5502。Referring now to FIG. 58 , rotation of the collar 5580 may also rotate the locking detent 5582 of the collar 5580 into the locking notch 5516 in the rail 5514 of the distal attachment portion 5504 . For example, when DLU 5502 is fully inserted into shaft 5520 , locking notch 5516 can align with pawl slot 5536 such that locking pawl 5582 can be rotated through detent slot 5536 into locking notch 5516 . After the firing shaft rotator 5544 exits the distal end 5509 of the rotation key 5506, the spring 5592 can bias the collar 5580 to rotate in direction C (FIG. 57), as described herein. Still referring to FIG. 58 , when the firing shaft rotator 5544 is rotated in direction C, the firing shaft rotator 5544 can be moved into alignment with the firing shaft slot 5518 in the DLU 5502 . Alignment of the firing shaft rotator 5544 with the firing shaft slot 5518 can allow, for example, the firing shaft 5540 to be advanced distally to fire the DLU 5502 .
如本文所述,可旋转衬圈5580可相对于轴5520可释放地锁定DLU 5502。此外,衬圈5580的旋转可有利于例如关节运动组件5559的附接和/或对准、以及击发轴5540与DLU5502中的切割元件的附接和/或对准。此外,衬圈的旋转还可从轴解锁DLU 5502、断开关节运动组件5559、和/或DLU 5502中的切割元件断开击发轴5540。例如,当衬圈5580再次从初始取向旋转到第二取向时,锁定棘爪5582可脱离远侧附接部分5504中的锁定凹口5516。因此,远侧附接部分5504可例如沿着由轴5520限定的纵向轴线从近侧附接部分5522退出。在各种实施例中,DLU 5502可从轴5520脱离,而无需相对于轴5520旋转DLU 5502。然而,衬圈5580可相对于轴5520旋转,这例如可使远侧关节运动杆5562与衬圈5580中的关节运动连接器5566断开并且可使击发轴5540与DLU 5502中的切割元件断开。Rotatable collar 5580 may releasably lock DLU 5502 relative to shaft 5520 as described herein. Additionally, rotation of collar 5580 may facilitate, for example, the attachment and/or alignment of articulation assembly 5559 and the attachment and/or alignment of firing shaft 5540 with cutting elements in DLU 5502 . Additionally, rotation of the collar can also disconnect the firing shaft 5540 from the shaft unlocking DLU 5502 , disconnecting the articulation assembly 5559 , and/or the cutting element in the DLU 5502 . For example, locking detent 5582 can disengage locking notch 5516 in distal attachment portion 5504 when collar 5580 is rotated again from the initial orientation to the second orientation. Accordingly, the distal attachment portion 5504 can be withdrawn from the proximal attachment portion 5522 , for example, along the longitudinal axis defined by the shaft 5520 . In various embodiments, the DLU 5502 can be disengaged from the shaft 5520 without rotating the DLU 5502 relative to the shaft 5520 . However, the collar 5580 can be rotated relative to the shaft 5520, which can, for example, disconnect the distal articulation rod 5562 from the articulation connector 5566 in the collar 5580 and can disconnect the firing shaft 5540 from the cutting element in the DLU 5502 .
现在参见图59-62,一次性加载单元(DLU)或端部执行器5602能够可释放地附接到外科器械的轴5620。在各种实施例中,弹簧或多个弹簧例如可将DLU 5602相对于轴5620偏置成锁定位置。例如,DLU 5602能够通过卡口座可释放地附接到轴5620,并且弹簧可旋转DLU 5602从而通过卡口式连接将DLU 5602连接到轴5620。DLU 5602可包括远侧附接部分5604,并且轴5620可包括例如近侧附接部分5622。当DLU 5602固定到轴5620时,DLU 5602的远侧附接部分5604可接纳轴5620的近侧附接部分5622。在其他实施例中,当DLU 5602固定到轴5620时,轴5620的近侧附接部分可接纳DLU 5602的远侧附接部分。Referring now to FIGS. 59-62 , a disposable loading unit (DLU) or end effector 5602 can be releasably attached to a shaft 5620 of a surgical instrument. In various embodiments, a spring or springs, for example, can bias DLU 5602 relative to shaft 5620 into a locked position. For example, the DLU 5602 can be releasably attached to the shaft 5620 by a bayonet mount, and a spring can rotate the DLU 5602 to connect the DLU 5602 to the shaft 5620 by a bayonet connection. DLU 5602 can include distal attachment portion 5604 and shaft 5620 can include proximal attachment portion 5622, for example. The distal attachment portion 5604 of the DLU 5602 can receive the proximal attachment portion 5622 of the shaft 5620 when the DLU 5602 is secured to the shaft 5620 . In other embodiments, the proximal attachment portion of the shaft 5620 can receive the distal attachment portion of the DLU 5602 when the DLU 5602 is secured to the shaft 5620 .
在各种实施例中,DLU 5602的远侧附接部分5604可包括棘爪5606,所述棘爪5606可从远侧附接部分5604的一部分径向向外延伸。此外,棘爪5606可包括倾斜表面5608。如本文所述,当远侧附接部分5604插入近侧附接部分5622内时,棘爪5606的倾斜表面5608可接合弹簧(例如弹簧5636b)并且可使弹簧5636b变形。此外,棘爪5606可由近侧附接部分5622保持以将DLU 5602可释放地锁定到轴5622。主要参见图59,轴5620的近侧附接部分5622可限定腔体5624。在各种实施例中,腔体5624的构造和尺寸可被设计成接纳DLU 5602的远侧附接部分5604。此外,弹簧5636a、5636b可定位在腔体5624内。例如,第一弹簧5636a可定位在腔体5624的第一侧,并且第二弹簧5636b可定位在腔体5624的第二侧。弹簧5636a、5636b可相对于腔体5624对称或不对称。在各种实施例中,弹簧5636a、5636b的至少一部分可延伸到腔体5624内。例如,第二弹簧5636b的腿部5637可延伸到腔体5624内,并且第二弹簧5636的另一个腿部5637可例如保持在近侧附接部分5622中。In various embodiments, the distal attachment portion 5604 of the DLU 5602 can include a detent 5606 that can extend radially outward from a portion of the distal attachment portion 5604 . Additionally, the detent 5606 can include an angled surface 5608 . As described herein, when the distal attachment portion 5604 is inserted into the proximal attachment portion 5622, the sloped surface 5608 of the detent 5606 can engage a spring (eg, spring 5636b) and can deform the spring 5636b. Additionally, detent 5606 can be retained by proximal attachment portion 5622 to releasably lock DLU 5602 to shaft 5622 . Referring primarily to FIG. 59 , the proximal attachment portion 5622 of the shaft 5620 can define a cavity 5624 . In various embodiments, cavity 5624 can be configured and sized to receive distal attachment portion 5604 of DLU 5602 . Additionally, springs 5636a, 5636b may be positioned within cavity 5624. For example, a first spring 5636a can be positioned on a first side of the cavity 5624 and a second spring 5636b can be positioned on a second side of the cavity 5624 . The springs 5636a, 5636b may be symmetrical or asymmetrical with respect to the cavity 5624. In various embodiments, at least a portion of the springs 5636a, 5636b can extend into the cavity 5624. For example, a leg 5637 of the second spring 5636b can extend into the cavity 5624 and the other leg 5637 of the second spring 5636 can be retained in the proximal attachment portion 5622, for example.
仍参见图59,近侧附接部分5622还可包括锁定狭槽5638,所述锁定狭槽5638例如可限定在腔体5624中并且/或者可经由腔体5624触及。锁定狭槽5638的构造和尺寸可被设计成接纳例如棘爪5606。在各种实施例中,锁定狭槽5638可保持棘爪5606以相对于轴5620可释放地锁定DLU 5602。此外,在各种实施例中,近侧附接部分5622可包括闩锁5630。闩锁5630可在未闩锁位置(图59和图60)和闩锁位置(图61和图62)之间运动。在各种实施例中,闩锁5630可为弹簧加载的,并且弹簧5634可将闩锁5630偏置到闩锁位置。例如,闩锁5630可包括闩锁弹簧5634,所述闩锁弹簧5634可将闩锁5630偏置到和/或偏置成闩锁位置。闩锁位置可例如位于未闩锁位置的远侧。在某些实施例中,闩锁5630可包括拇指抓握件和/或脊5632以有利于闩锁5630从闩锁位置运动到未闩锁位置。例如,使用者可接合拇指抓握件5632并且朝近侧牵拉闩锁5630以对闩锁5630解锁。Still referring to FIG. 59 , the proximal attachment portion 5622 can also include a locking slot 5638 that can be defined in and/or accessible via the cavity 5624 , for example. Locking slot 5638 may be configured and sized to receive pawl 5606, for example. In various embodiments, locking slot 5638 can retain pawl 5606 to releasably lock DLU 5602 relative to shaft 5620 . Additionally, in various embodiments, the proximal attachment portion 5622 can include a latch 5630 . The latch 5630 is movable between an unlatched position (FIGS. 59 and 60) and a latched position (FIGS. 61 and 62). In various embodiments, the latch 5630 can be spring loaded, and a spring 5634 can bias the latch 5630 into the latched position. For example, the latch 5630 can include a latch spring 5634 that can bias the latch 5630 into and/or into a latched position. The latched position may, for example, be located distal to the unlatched position. In certain embodiments, the latch 5630 can include a thumb grip and/or a ridge 5632 to facilitate movement of the latch 5630 from the latched position to the unlatched position. For example, a user may engage thumb grip 5632 and pull latch 5630 proximally to unlock latch 5630 .
在各种实施例中,闩锁5630能够可操作地阻挡或至少部分地阻挡锁定狭槽5638。例如,当闩锁5630处于闩锁位置(图61和图62)时,闩锁5630的臂5635可延伸到锁定狭槽5638的至少一部分上。闩锁5630可覆盖或至少部分地覆盖锁定狭槽5638,并且可阻止和/或限制进入锁定狭槽5638。在某些实施例中,闩锁5630的臂5635可阻止棘爪5606运动和/或滑动到锁定狭槽5638内。此外,当闩锁5630处于闩锁位置时,闩锁5630可接合弹簧5636a、5636b。例如,参见图61和图62,闩锁5630可支撑弹簧5636b,使得弹簧5636b的变形被限制和/或阻止。此外,闩锁5630可支撑弹簧5636b,使得腔体5624不能接纳DLU 5602的远侧附接部分5604。例如,弹簧5636b的至少一部分可阻挡腔体5624,这可阻止远侧附接部分5604完全插入近侧附接部分5622内。在某些实施例中,近侧附接部分5622可包括多个弹簧,所述多个弹簧可将旋转力施加到远侧附接部分5604上以使远侧附接部分5604相对于近侧附接部分5622旋转。例如,近侧附接部分5622可包括一对弹簧或多于三个弹簧。在其他实施例中,近侧附接部分5622中的单个弹簧可试图使远侧附接部分5604相对于近侧附接部分5622旋转。除此之外或另选地,在各种实施例中,DLU 5602的远侧附接部分5602可包括例如至少一个弹簧,所述至少一个弹簧可使远侧附接部分5602相对于近侧附接部分5622旋转。In various embodiments, the latch 5630 can be operable to block, or at least partially block, the locking slot 5638 . For example, the arm 5635 of the latch 5630 can extend over at least a portion of the locking slot 5638 when the latch 5630 is in the latched position ( FIGS. 61 and 62 ). The latch 5630 can cover, or at least partially cover, the locking slot 5638 and can prevent and/or limit access to the locking slot 5638 . In certain embodiments, the arm 5635 of the latch 5630 can prevent the pawl 5606 from moving and/or sliding into the locking slot 5638 . Additionally, the latch 5630 can engage the springs 5636a, 5636b when the latch 5630 is in the latched position. For example, referring to FIGS. 61 and 62 , the latch 5630 can support the spring 5636b such that deformation of the spring 5636b is limited and/or prevented. Additionally, the latch 5630 can support the spring 5636b such that the cavity 5624 cannot receive the distal attachment portion 5604 of the DLU 5602 . For example, at least a portion of spring 5636b can block cavity 5624 , which can prevent distal attachment portion 5604 from being fully inserted into proximal attachment portion 5622 . In some embodiments, the proximal attachment portion 5622 can include a plurality of springs that can apply a rotational force to the distal attachment portion 5604 to keep the distal attachment portion 5604 relative to the proximal attachment portion. The joint part 5622 rotates. For example, proximal attachment portion 5622 may include a pair of springs or more than three springs. In other embodiments, a single spring in proximal attachment portion 5622 may attempt to rotate distal attachment portion 5604 relative to proximal attachment portion 5622 . Additionally or alternatively, in various embodiments, the distal attachment portion 5602 of the DLU 5602 can include, for example, at least one spring that can position the distal attachment portion 5602 relative to the proximal The joint part 5622 rotates.
在各种实施例中,当闩锁5630处于未闩锁位置(图59和图60)时,闩锁5630的臂5635可不阻挡和/或较少地阻挡锁定狭槽5638。例如,棘爪5606可装配穿过未闩锁的闩锁5630以装配到锁定狭槽5638内。此外,棘爪5606可穿过未闩锁的闩锁5630偏置到锁定狭槽5638内,如本文所述。此外,在各种实施例中,当闩锁5630处于未闩锁位置时,闩锁5630可脱离弹簧5636a、5636b。例如,闩锁5630未闩锁时,闩锁5630可不保护和/或限制弹簧5636a、5636b的变形。In various embodiments, the arm 5635 of the latch 5630 may not block and/or block the locking slot 5638 to a lesser extent when the latch 5630 is in the unlatched position ( FIGS. 59 and 60 ). For example, pawl 5606 may fit through unlatched latch 5630 to fit into locking slot 5638 . Additionally, the pawl 5606 can be biased through the unlatched latch 5630 into the locking slot 5638, as described herein. Additionally, in various embodiments, the latch 5630 can disengage the springs 5636a, 5636b when the latch 5630 is in the unlatched position. For example, the latch 5630 may not protect and/or limit deformation of the springs 5636a, 5636b when the latch 5630 is unlatched.
主要参见图59,当闩锁5630运动并且保持在例如近侧和/或未闩锁位置时,弹簧5636b可未被闩锁5630支撑。在此类实施例中,DLU 5602可沿着方向A运动,使得远侧附接部分5604相对于近侧附接部分5622运动。主要参见图60,远侧附接部分5604的棘爪5606可接合弹簧5636b,并且可例如使弹簧5636b压缩和/或变形。在某些实施例中,棘爪5606的倾斜表面5608可沿着弹簧5636b滑动,并且可移动弹簧5636b的自由腿部5637。弹簧5636b的变形可产生回弹力,使得弹簧5636b可将回弹力施加到棘爪5606上。现在参见图61,回弹力可导致棘爪5606的旋转。例如,棘爪5606可沿着方向B旋转到限定于腔体5624中的锁定狭槽5638内。在各种实施例中,当使用者释放闩锁5630时,闩锁弹簧5634可使闩锁5630返回到未闩锁位置。此外,当闩锁5630返回到未闩锁位置时,闩锁5630的臂5635可阻挡或部分地阻挡锁定狭槽5638。在此类实施例中,当棘爪5606保持在锁定狭槽5638中时,远侧附接部分5604的棘爪5606能够相对于近侧附接部分5622被可释放地锁定。此外,在某些实施例中,闩锁5630可抵靠棘爪5606保持和/或支撑弹簧5636b,直至闩锁再次运动到未闩锁位置。在各种实施例中,为了从轴5620释放DLU 5602,使用者可再次使闩锁5630从闩锁位置运动到未闩锁位置,使得棘爪5606可旋转离开锁定狭槽5638。在此类实施例中,棘爪5606的旋转再次使弹簧5636b压缩和/或变形,直至远侧附接部分5604从近侧附接部分5622退出。Referring primarily to FIG. 59 , the spring 5636b may be unsupported by the latch 5630 when the latch 5630 is moved and held in, for example, a proximal and/or unlatched position. In such embodiments, DLU 5602 is movable in direction A such that distal attachment portion 5604 moves relative to proximal attachment portion 5622 . Referring primarily to FIG. 60, the detent 5606 of the distal attachment portion 5604 can engage the spring 5636b and can compress and/or deform the spring 5636b, for example. In certain embodiments, the ramped surface 5608 of the pawl 5606 can slide along the spring 5636b and move the free leg 5637 of the spring 5636b. Deformation of the spring 5636b can generate a resilient force such that the spring 5636b can apply a resilient force to the pawl 5606 . Referring now to FIG. 61 , the resilient force can cause rotation of the pawl 5606 . For example, pawl 5606 can be rotated in direction B into locking slot 5638 defined in cavity 5624 . In various embodiments, when the user releases the latch 5630, the latch spring 5634 can return the latch 5630 to the unlatched position. Additionally, the arm 5635 of the latch 5630 can block or partially block the locking slot 5638 when the latch 5630 is returned to the unlatched position. In such embodiments, the detents 5606 of the distal attachment portion 5604 can be releasably locked relative to the proximal attachment portion 5622 while the detents 5606 are retained in the locking slots 5638 . Additionally, in some embodiments, the latch 5630 can hold and/or support the spring 5636b against the pawl 5606 until the latch is moved to the unlatched position again. In various embodiments, to release the DLU 5602 from the shaft 5620 , the user can again move the latch 5630 from the latched position to the unlatched position such that the pawl 5606 can rotate away from the locking slot 5638 . In such embodiments, rotation of the pawl 5606 again compresses and/or deforms the spring 5636b until the distal attachment portion 5604 is withdrawn from the proximal attachment portion 5622 .
对上文进行进一步描述,外科器械可被构造成能够识别或至少尝试识别已安装到外科器械的端部执行器。在某些实施例中,如下文进一步更详细所述,端部执行器可包括电触点,所述电触点可在端部执行器安装到轴时接合外科器械的轴上的对应电触点。在此类实施例中,外科器械的控制器可与端部执行器建立有线连接,并且控制器和端部执行器之间的信号通信可通过电触点来进行。如下文更详细所述,端部执行器可包括存储于其上的至少一个数据,所述至少一个数据可被控制器访问以识别端部执行器。所述至少一个数据可包括例如一个比特、多于一个比特、一个字节、或多于一个字节的信息。在某些其他实施例中,端部执行器可包括发射器,所述发射器可与外科器械的控制器进行无线信号通信。类似于上文所述,端部执行器可包括存储于其上的至少一个数据,所述至少一个数据可被发射到控制器以识别端部执行器。在此类实施例中,外科器械的控制器可包括接收器或使用接收器,所述接收器可接收来自端部执行器的发射。此类接收器可定位在例如外科器械的轴和/或柄部中。Further to the above, a surgical instrument may be configured to recognize, or at least attempt to recognize, an end effector mounted to the surgical instrument. In certain embodiments, as described in more detail further below, the end effector can include electrical contacts that can engage corresponding electrical contacts on the shaft of the surgical instrument when the end effector is mounted to the shaft. point. In such embodiments, the controller of the surgical instrument may establish a wired connection with the end effector, and signal communication between the controller and the end effector may occur through electrical contacts. As described in more detail below, the end effector can include at least one data stored thereon that can be accessed by the controller to identify the end effector. The at least one data may include, for example, one bit, more than one bit, one byte, or more than one byte of information. In certain other embodiments, the end effector may include a transmitter that may be in wireless signal communication with a controller of the surgical instrument. Similar to the above, the end effector may include at least one data stored thereon that may be transmitted to the controller to identify the end effector. In such embodiments, the controller of the surgical instrument can include or use a receiver that can receive transmissions from the end effector. Such receivers may be located, for example, in the shaft and/or handle of a surgical instrument.
读者将会知道,与控制器无线通信的端部执行器例如可被构造成能够发射无线信号。在各种情况下,端部执行器可被构造成能够发射一次或多于一次该信号。在某些情况下,端部执行器可被提示以在所需时刻发射信号和/或按照连续方式重复地发射信号。在一些情况下,端部执行器可包括开关,所述开关可在外科器械的端部执行器组装到外科器械之前、期间、和/或之后由外科器械的使用者进行操作。在各种实施例中,端部执行器开可包括通/断或功率开关,所述开关可被闭合或操作以启动端部执行器。在至少一个此类实施例中,端部执行器可包括至少一个功率源,例如电池,所述至少一个功率源可在通/断开关闭合时被发射器使用以发射信号。在端部执行器启动时,在各种情况下,端部执行器的控制器可被构造成能够产生信号并且通过发射器发射信号。在一些情况下,端部执行器可不发射信号,直至端部执行器被启动。此类构造可例如节省电池的功率。在某些实施例中,在端部执行器开关被致动之前,外科器械可布置在其可等到来自端部执行器的信号的操作模式。在各种情况下,外科器械可处于备用或低功率操作模式,其中一旦信号已被控制器接收,控制器就可将外科器械布置在全功率操作模式。在一些实施例中,端部执行器开关可指示端部执行器控制器以将信号发射到外科器械控制器。此类开关可包括或可不包括功率开关,然而,此类开关可被使用者选择性地致动以提示端部执行器在所需时刻和/或从后续所需时刻连续地发射信号。The reader will appreciate that an end effector in wireless communication with a controller may, for example, be configured to transmit wireless signals. In various cases, the end effector may be configured to transmit the signal one or more times. In some cases, the end effector may be prompted to fire signals at desired times and/or to fire signals repeatedly in a continuous fashion. In some cases, the end effector may include a switch operable by a user of the surgical instrument before, during, and/or after assembly of the end effector of the surgical instrument to the surgical instrument. In various embodiments, the end effector switch can include an on/off or power switch that can be closed or operated to activate the end effector. In at least one such embodiment, the end effector can include at least one power source, such as a battery, that can be used by the transmitter to transmit a signal when the on/off switch is closed. Upon activation of the end effector, the controller of the end effector may be configured, under various circumstances, to generate a signal and transmit the signal via the transmitter. In some cases, the end effector may not emit a signal until the end effector is activated. Such configurations may, for example, save power from the battery. In some embodiments, the surgical instrument may be placed in an operating mode in which it may wait for a signal from the end effector before the end effector switch is actuated. In various circumstances, the surgical instrument may be in a standby or low power mode of operation, wherein the controller may place the surgical instrument in a full power mode of operation once the signal has been received by the controller. In some embodiments, the end effector switch can instruct the end effector controller to transmit a signal to the surgical instrument controller. Such switches may or may not include a power switch, however, such switches may be selectively actuated by the user to prompt the end effector to continuously transmit signals at and/or from subsequent desired times.
现在转向图114,端部执行器(例如端部执行器9560)可包括可用于启动端部执行器9560的一个或多个电触点,例如触点9561。例如,现在转向图112,外科器械的轴9040可包括触点桥9562,所述触点桥9562可被构造成能够在端部执行器9560组装到轴9040时使触点9561中的两个或更多个短路或电连接。桥9562可接通电路,所述电路包括两个触点9561、电池9564、和限定在印刷电路板9565上的至少一个集成电路9566。对上文进行进一步描述,一旦电路被接通,电池9564就可对集成电路9566提供功率并且端部执行器9560可被启动。在各种情况下,限定在印刷电路板9565上的集成电路9566和天线9567可包括上文讨论的控制器和发射器。在某些实施例中,轴9040可包括偏置构件,例如,弹簧9563,所述偏置构件可被构造成能够将桥9562偏置成与电触点9561接触。在桥9562连接电触点9561之前和/或在端部执行器9560已脱离轴9040之后,电路可为打开的,来自电池9564的功率可不被提供到集成电路9566和/或提供到集成电路9566的功率可减小,并且端部执行器9560可处于未启动状态。由于上文所述,在此类实施例中,端部执行器的组装可因端部执行器组装到外科器械而被启动。在各种情况下,对上文进行进一步描述,端部执行器和外科器械可被构造和布置成使得端部执行器与外科器械的仅完整和适当组装将启动端部执行器。Turning now to FIG. 114 , an end effector, such as end effector 9560 , can include one or more electrical contacts, such as contact 9561 , that can be used to actuate end effector 9560 . For example, turning now to FIG. 112 , the shaft 9040 of a surgical instrument can include a contact bridge 9562 that can be configured to enable either or both of the contacts 9561 when the end effector 9560 is assembled to the shaft 9040. More short circuits or electrical connections. Bridge 9562 may complete an electrical circuit including two contacts 9561 , a battery 9564 , and at least one integrated circuit 9566 defined on a printed circuit board 9565 . Further to the above, once the circuit is turned on, the battery 9564 can provide power to the integrated circuit 9566 and the end effector 9560 can be activated. In various cases, the integrated circuit 9566 and antenna 9567 defined on the printed circuit board 9565 may include the controller and transmitter discussed above. In certain embodiments, the shaft 9040 can include a biasing member, such as a spring 9563 , which can be configured to bias the bridge 9562 into contact with the electrical contacts 9561 . Before the bridge 9562 connects the electrical contacts 9561 and/or after the end effector 9560 has been disengaged from the shaft 9040, the circuit may be open and power from the battery 9564 may not be provided to the integrated circuit 9566 and/or provided to the integrated circuit 9566 Power may be reduced and end effector 9560 may be inactive. As a result of the foregoing, in such embodiments, assembly of the end effector may be initiated by assembly of the end effector to the surgical instrument. In various cases, further to the above, the end effector and surgical instrument can be constructed and arranged such that only complete and proper assembly of the end effector and surgical instrument will activate the end effector.
如上所述,现在参见图111,端部执行器可附接到外科器械(由步骤9600所示)、被启动(由步骤9602所示)、并且随后通过外科器械进行评估(由步骤9604所示)。当外科器械正尝试评估来自启动的端部执行器的无线信号时,对上文进行进一步描述,外科器械可被构造成能够评价信号是否完整。在各种实施例中,端部执行器与外科器械之间的异步串行通信可用于评价由外科器械接收的信号是否完整。例如,端部执行器可发射包括起始位和/或停止位的信号,所述起始位在数据帧(例如,信息字节)之前,所述停止位在数据帧之后。在此类情况下,起始位、数据字节、和停止位可包括例如10位字符帧或位模式。在此类情况下,当外科器械的控制器可识别位模式的起始位和停止位时,控制器可假定在起始位和停止位之间接收的数据字节或数据位为正确的和/或换句话讲完整的。在各种情况下,起始位和/或停止位可包括下一信息字节被传输之前和/或前一信息字节被再次传送之前的停止周期。As mentioned above, referring now to FIG. 111 , the end effector can be attached to the surgical instrument (shown by step 9600), activated (shown by step 9602), and then evaluated by the surgical instrument (shown by step 9604 ). Further to the above, when a surgical instrument is attempting to evaluate a wireless signal from an activated end effector, the surgical instrument may be configured to evaluate the integrity of the signal. In various embodiments, asynchronous serial communication between the end effector and the surgical instrument can be used to evaluate the integrity of signals received by the surgical instrument. For example, the end effector may transmit a signal that includes a start bit that precedes a data frame (eg, an information byte) and/or a stop bit that follows a data frame. In such cases, the start bits, data bytes, and stop bits may comprise, for example, 10-bit character frames or bit patterns. In such cases, when the controller of the surgical instrument can recognize the start and stop bits of the bit pattern, the controller can assume that the data bytes or data bits received between the start and stop bits are correct and / Or in other words complete. In various cases, the start bit and/or the stop bit may include a stop period before the next byte of information is transmitted and/or before the previous byte of information is transmitted again.
对上文进行进一步描述,现在转向图110,外科器械的控制器可比较数据的位模式或某些位以确定其接收的塑化剂是否正确和/或换句话讲完整。在各种情况下,数据可被传输,以使得控制器可评估数据并且将数据与预期接收数据的位模式模板进行比较。例如,此类模板可被构造和布置成使得最显著数据位(例如,最左侧数据位)包括例如1。如果控制器能够识别出最显著数据位等于1,参见图110中的步骤9700,则控制器可对数据进行XOR操作并且将数据与可用于控制器的位模式模板进行比较,如步骤9702所示。XOR操作是已知的,并且为简明起见,其详细论述未提供于本文中。如果由外科器械接收的位模式匹配可用于控制器的位模式模板,则控制器将已识别出端部执行器。在识别出端部执行器时,控制器可访问例如可被控制器访问的存储器芯片中有关端部执行器的存储信息。如果控制器确定所接收的位模式中的最显著数据位不等于1,再次参见步骤9700,则控制器可执行移位操作。许多移位操作是已知的,例如,算术移位、逻辑移位和/或循环移位,所述移位操作可用于除去在所需位模式之前接收的异常数据位。在各种情况下,引导或最左侧0数据位可被除去,现在参见图110中的步骤9704,并且位模式可例如向左侧移位,直至引导位为1。此时,对上文进行进一步描述,可将移位的位模式与位模式模板进行比较以便识别端部执行器。如果移位的位模式不匹配位模式模板,则控制器可再次对位模式进行移位,直至位模式中的下一个1成为引导位并且可将新移位的位模式与位模式模板进行比较。此类移位和比较操作可被执行任何合适的次数,直至端部执行器被识别和/或外科器械认定端部执行器不能被识别。Further to the above, turning now to FIG. 110 , a controller of a surgical instrument may compare bit patterns or bits of data to determine whether the plasticizer it received is correct and/or otherwise complete. In various cases, the data can be transmitted such that the controller can evaluate the data and compare the data to a bit pattern template of expected received data. For example, such templates may be constructed and arranged such that the most significant data bit (eg, the leftmost data bit) comprises a 1, for example. If the controller can identify that the most significant data bit is equal to 1, see step 9700 in Figure 110, the controller can XOR the data and compare the data to a bit pattern template available to the controller, as shown in step 9702 . The XOR operation is known and a detailed discussion thereof is not provided herein for the sake of brevity. If the bit pattern received by the surgical instrument matches a bit pattern template available to the controller, then the controller will have identified the end effector. Upon identifying the end effector, the controller may access stored information about the end effector, eg, in a memory chip accessible by the controller. If the controller determines that the most significant data bit in the received bit pattern is not equal to 1, referring again to step 9700, the controller may perform a shift operation. Many shift operations are known, such as arithmetic shifts, logical shifts, and/or circular shifts, which can be used to remove outlier data bits received before the desired bit pattern. In various cases, leading or leftmost 0 data bits can be removed, see now step 9704 in FIG. 110, and the bit pattern can be shifted, eg, to the left, until the leading bit is 1. At this point, further to the above, the shifted bit pattern can be compared to the bit pattern template in order to identify the end effector. If the shifted bit pattern does not match the bit pattern template, the controller can shift the bit pattern again until the next 1 in the bit pattern becomes the leading bit and can compare the newly shifted bit pattern to the bit pattern template . Such shifting and comparing operations may be performed any suitable number of times until the end effector is identified and/or the surgical instrument determines that the end effector cannot be identified.
读者将会知道,外科器械可包括有关端部执行器的任何合适数字的信息。当端部执行器已被外科器械识别出时,对上文进行进一步描述,外科器械可访问有关端部执行器的存储信息。例如,此类存储信息可例如向外科器械指示:1)为了完成击发行程,端部执行器中的击发构件必须推进的距离,和/或2)外科器械的马达应向击发构件施加的最大功率量或扭矩。此类信息或信息集对于每个端部执行器而言可为独特的,因此以某种方式识别端部执行器允许外科器械按照所需方式来操作。如果不存在此类信息,则外科器械可不能辨识完全利用端部执行器所需的行程长度并且/或者不能适当地限制其施加到击发构件的功率。在各种情况下,外科器械可依赖于传感器,所述传感器被构造成能够检测击发行程何时已完成和/或施加到击发构件的功率是否过量。此类传感器可阻止外科器械的马达将超过率提供到并且损坏例如端部执行器的击发构件。The reader will appreciate that the surgical instrument may include information about any suitable number of end effectors. Further to the above, when the end effector has been identified by the surgical instrument, the surgical instrument may access stored information about the end effector. For example, such stored information may indicate to the surgical instrument, for example: 1) the distance the firing member in the end effector must be advanced in order to complete the firing stroke, and/or 2) the maximum power the surgical instrument's motor should apply to the firing member volume or torque. Such information or sets of information may be unique to each end effector, thus identifying the end effector in some way allows the surgical instrument to operate in the desired manner. In the absence of such information, the surgical instrument may not be able to recognize the stroke length required to fully utilize the end effector and/or may not be able to properly limit the power it applies to the firing member. In various circumstances, surgical instruments may rely on sensors configured to detect when the firing stroke has been completed and/or excessive power has been applied to the firing member. Such sensors may prevent the surgical instrument's motor from overpowering and damaging, for example, a firing member of an end effector.
对上文进行进一步描述,某些端部执行器相比于其他端部执行器可更加强固,因此某些端部执行器能够耐受来自外科器械的马达的较大力。对应地,其他端部执行器可不太强固,因此可仅能够耐受来自马达的较小力。为了使外科器械确定施加到任何特定端部执行器的适当力,对上文进行进一步描述,外科器械必须识别附接到外科器械的端部执行器。如果端部执行器不能识别端部执行器,则外科器械可使用默认的操作程序或模式。在默认的操作模式中,外科器械的控制器可将马达可施加到端部执行器的击发构件的功率限制在最小或默认功率。最小功率可被选择为使得无论所使用的端部执行器如何,马达均将不损坏端部执行器。在一些情况下,用于可与外科器械一起使用的最弱或最不强固端部执行器的参数可被默认操作模式使用,使得无论所使用的端部执行器如何,外科器械均不将超过率提供到端部执行器。在各种情况下,马达动力外科器械的出现可导致端部执行器被提供过功率。换句话讲,先前被手动驱动外科器械使用并且基本上不能被此类手动驱动外科器械损坏的端部执行器可易于被马达动力外科器械损坏。此外,此类先前端部执行器可不包括将被马达驱动外科器械识别的技术,并且由于本文所述的默认操作程序,此类先前端部执行器仍可甚至与马达驱动外科器械一起使用。也就是说,默认操作程序也可使用其他默认参数。例如,默认操作程序可使用最小或默认的击发行程长度。在各种情况下,默认操作程序可采用可与外科器械一起使用的端部执行器的最短行程长度。在此类情况下,无论所使用的端部执行器如何,击发构件将不与端部执行器的远侧端部碰撞或撞击。Further to the above, some end effectors may be more robust than others, so some end effectors are able to withstand greater forces from the motors of the surgical instruments. Correspondingly, other end effectors may be less robust and thus may only be able to withstand relatively small forces from the motor. In order for a surgical instrument to determine the appropriate force to apply to any particular end effector, further to the above, the surgical instrument must identify the end effector attached to the surgical instrument. If the end effector does not recognize the end effector, the surgical instrument may use a default operating program or mode. In the default mode of operation, the controller of the surgical instrument may limit the power that the motor can apply to the firing member of the end effector to a minimum or default power. The minimum power can be chosen such that regardless of the end effector used, the motor will not damage the end effector. In some cases, parameters for the weakest or least strong end effector that can be used with a surgical instrument may be used by the default mode of operation so that no matter what end effector is used, the surgical instrument will not exceed rate is provided to the end effector. In various circumstances, the advent of motor powered surgical instruments can result in the end effector being overpowered. In other words, end effectors that were previously used by manually driven surgical instruments and that are substantially indestructible by such manually driven surgical instruments may be susceptible to damage by motor powered surgical instruments. Furthermore, such anterior end effectors may not include technology that would be recognized by motor-driven surgical instruments, and may still be used even with motor-driven surgical instruments due to the default operating procedures described herein. That is, the default operating procedure may use other default parameters as well. For example, a default operating program may use a minimum or default firing stroke length. In each case, the default operating procedure may employ the shortest stroke length of the end effector usable with the surgical instrument. In such cases, regardless of the end effector used, the firing member will not collide or impinge with the distal end of the end effector.
读者将会知道,外科器械包括有关可与外科器械一起使用的端部执行器的存储信息,可用于外科器械的信息可需要进行更新。例如,如果有关特定端部执行器的优选操作参数随时间推移而变化,则存储在每个外科器械内的信息可需要进行更新。此外,例如,当新的端部执行器被开发以用于与外科器械一起使用时,外科器械可需要进行更新。就外科器械不及时进行更新的情况而言,外科器械可不能识别端部执行器,并且因此可使用本文所述的默认操作程序。在各种实施例中,外科器械可不包括有关可与外科器械一起使用的端部执行器或至少某些端部执行器的存储信息。在此类实施例中,端部执行器可包括与端部执行器相关的存储信息或参数。此类参数可被外科器械访问和/或可被传送到外科器械。在各种情况下,对上文进行进一步描述,端部执行器与外科器械的组装可导致端部执行器发射可被外科器械接收的信号。另外类似于上文所述,端部执行器可被提示以发射信号。在各种情况下,该信号可通过有线和/或无线连接发射到外科器械。在某些实施例中,外科器械可提示端部执行器以发射信号。The reader will be aware that surgical instruments include stored information about end effectors usable with the surgical instruments and that the information available for the surgical instruments may need to be updated. For example, information stored within each surgical instrument may need to be updated if preferred operating parameters for a particular end effector change over time. In addition, surgical instruments may need to be updated, for example, as new end effectors are developed for use with them. To the extent the surgical instrument is not updated in time, the surgical instrument may not recognize the end effector, and therefore the default operating procedures described herein may be used. In various embodiments, the surgical instrument may not include stored information about end effectors, or at least some end effectors, that may be used with the surgical instrument. In such embodiments, the end effector may include stored information or parameters associated with the end effector. Such parameters can be accessed by and/or can be communicated to the surgical instrument. In various cases, further to the above, assembly of the end effector with the surgical instrument can cause the end effector to emit a signal that can be received by the surgical instrument. Also similar to above, the end effector may be prompted to fire a signal. In various cases, the signal can be transmitted to the surgical instrument via a wired and/or wireless connection. In some embodiments, the surgical instrument may prompt the end effector to fire a signal.
对上文进行进一步描述,端部执行器可包括存储于其中的有关端部执行器的一个或多个参数。此类参数可存储在例如一个或多个存储器装置上。在各种情况下,此类参数可包括例如击发构件的所需击发速度、击发构件的所需回缩速度、击发构件将行进的距离或行程、由外科器械的马达施加到击发构件的最大扭矩、和/或在端部执行器事实上为关节运动式端部执行器的情况下端部执行器将进行关节运动的最大角度。某些关节运动式端部执行器公开于名称为ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A FIRING DRIVE的美国专利申请13/803,097中,该专利申请的全部公开内容以引用方式并入本文。就有关最大关节运动角度的参数而言,控制器可利用此参数来限制端部执行器的可关节运动部分进行关节运动的角度。在一些情况下,最大关节运动角度可为例如45度,如从外科器械轴的纵向轴线测得。就有关例如击发构件的击发速度和/或回缩速度的参数而言,此参数可传达例如用于击发构件的所需速度和/或马达的最大速度的百分比或分数。例如,当推进击发构件时,用于击发速度的值3可传达控制器应使马达例如在其最大速度的30%下操作。另外,例如,当回缩击发构件时,用于回缩速度的值5可传达控制器应使马达例如在其最大速度的50%下操作。就有关例如马达的最大扭矩的参数而言,此参数可传达例如马达的最大扭矩值和/或最大扭矩的百分比或分数。此外,就有关例如击发构件的行程长度的参数而言,此参数可传达击发构件将被推进和/或回缩的所需距离、和/或外科器械的最大行程长度的百分比或分数。例如,值60可指示击发行程应为例如60mm。在各种情况下,参数值可以任何合适的格式进行传送,包括例如二进制格式(包括数据位和/或字节)。参数阵列的示例性实施例示于图110A中。Further to the above, the end effector may include one or more parameters related to the end effector stored therein. Such parameters may be stored, for example, on one or more memory devices. In various cases, such parameters may include, for example, the desired firing speed of the firing member, the desired retraction speed of the firing member, the distance or stroke the firing member will travel, the maximum torque applied to the firing member by the motor of the surgical instrument , and/or the maximum angle that the end effector will articulate if the end effector is in fact an articulating end effector. Certain articulating end effectors are disclosed in US Patent Application 13/803,097, entitled ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A FIRING DRIVE, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. With regard to the parameter relating to the maximum articulation angle, the controller may utilize this parameter to limit the angle at which the articulable portion of the end effector can articulate. In some cases, the maximum articulation angle may be, for example, 45 degrees, as measured from the longitudinal axis of the surgical instrument shaft. With respect to parameters such as the firing speed and/or retraction speed of the firing member, this parameter may convey, for example, a percentage or fraction for the desired speed of the firing member and/or the maximum speed of the motor. For example, a value of 3 for firing speed may convey that the controller should cause the motor to operate, for example, at 30% of its maximum speed when advancing the firing member. Also, for example, a value of 5 for the retraction speed may communicate that the controller should cause the motor to operate, for example, at 50% of its maximum speed when retracting the firing member. In the case of parameters relating to, for example, the maximum torque of the motor, this parameter may convey, for example, a value for the maximum torque of the motor and/or a percentage or fraction of the maximum torque. Furthermore, for a parameter such as the stroke length of the firing member, this parameter may communicate the desired distance the firing member will be advanced and/or retracted, and/or a percentage or fraction of the maximum stroke length of the surgical instrument. For example, a value of 60 may indicate that the firing stroke should be, for example, 60 mm. In each case, parameter values may be communicated in any suitable format, including, for example, binary format (comprising bits and/or bytes). An exemplary embodiment of a parameter array is shown in Figure 110A.
在各种实施例中,对上文进行进一步描述,外科器械可被构造成能够按照特定的顺序从端部执行器获取参数。例如,从端部执行器发射的信号可包括例如起始位、用于第一参数(例如最大关节运动角度)的第一位模式、用于第二参数(例如击发速度)的第二位模式、用于第三参数(例如回缩速度)的第三位模式、用于第四参数(例如最大马达扭矩)的第四位模式、用于第五参数(例如行程长度)的第五位模式、和停止位。但这仅为一个示例。任何合适数量的参数可作为信号的一部分进行传送。此外,可使用任何合适数量的起始位和/或停止位。例如,起始位可在每个参数位模式之前并且/或者停止位可在每个参数位模式之后。如上所述,至少一个起始位和/或至少一个停止位的使用可有利于外科器械的控制器分析来自端部执行器的信号是否完整。在某些实施例中,可不使用起始位和/或停止位。此外,可从端部执行器发射多个信号,以便将端部执行器的参数传送到外科器械。In various embodiments, further to the above, the surgical instrument can be configured to obtain parameters from the end effector in a particular order. For example, a signal transmitted from an end effector may include, for example, a home bit, a first bit pattern for a first parameter (eg, maximum articulation angle), a second bit pattern for a second parameter (eg, firing speed) , a third bit pattern for a third parameter (e.g. retract speed), a fourth bit pattern for a fourth parameter (e.g. maximum motor torque), a fifth bit pattern for a fifth parameter (e.g. stroke length) , and stop bits. But this is just an example. Any suitable number of parameters may be communicated as part of the signal. Additionally, any suitable number of start bits and/or stop bits may be used. For example, a start bit may precede each parameter bit pattern and/or a stop bit may follow each parameter bit pattern. As mentioned above, the use of at least one start position and/or at least one stop position may facilitate the controller of the surgical instrument to analyze the integrity of the signal from the end effector. In some embodiments, start and/or stop bits may not be used. Additionally, a number of signals may be transmitted from the end effector to communicate parameters of the end effector to the surgical instrument.
在各种情况下,对上文进行进一步描述,外科器械的控制器可利用检验和来评价其已从端部执行器接收的信号是否完整和/或其已接收的信号是否为授权的,即,来自识别的端部执行器。检验和可包括用于确保数据被无误差地存储、发射、和/或接收的值。其可通过以下方式来产生:计算例如数据的二进制值并且利用某个算法将二进制值组合在一起。例如,可将数据的二进制值加在一起,但可使用各种其他算法。在其中有关某些端部执行器的参数被存储在外科器械的实施例中,如上所述,也可存储每个此类端部执行器的检验和。在使用中,外科器械的控制器可访问参数数据和检验和值,并且在由参数数据计算检验和值(即,计算出被计算的检验和值)之后,控制器可将计算的检验和值与存储的检验和值进行比较。如果计算的检验和值等于存储的检验和值,则控制器可假定从外科器械的存储器检索的全部数据为正确的。此时,控制器可随后根据从存储器上载的数据来操作外科器械。如果计算的检验和值不等于存储的检验和值,则控制器可假定所检索数据中的至少一个数据为不正确的。在各种情况下,对上文进行进一步描述,控制器可随后例如在默认操作程序下操作外科器械、锁定外科器械的击发触发器、和/或以其他方式将事件传送给外科器械的使用者。在某些情况下,控制器可重新尝试从外科器械的存储器上载数据并且重新执行上文所述的检验和计算和比较。如果重新计算的检验和值和存储的检验和值匹配,则控制器可随后根据从存储器上载的数据来操作外科器械。如果重新计算的检验和值和存储的检验和值不相等,则对上文进行进一步描述,控制器可随后例如在默认操作程序下操作外科器械、锁定外科器械的击发触发器、和/或以其他方式将事件传送给外科器械的使用者。In various cases, further to the above, the controller of the surgical instrument may use a checksum to evaluate whether the signal it has received from the end effector is complete and/or whether the signal it has received is authorized, i.e. , from the identified end effector. A checksum may include a value used to ensure that data is stored, transmitted, and/or received without error. It can be produced by computing, for example, the binary value of the data and combining the binary values together using some algorithm. For example, the binary values of the data could be added together, but various other algorithms could be used. In embodiments where parameters relating to certain end effectors are stored in the surgical instrument, as described above, a checksum for each such end effector may also be stored. In use, the controller of the surgical instrument can access the parameter data and the checksum value, and after calculating the checksum value from the parameter data (i.e., calculating the calculated checksum value), the controller can transfer the calculated checksum value to Compare with stored checksum value. If the calculated checksum value is equal to the stored checksum value, the controller may assume that all data retrieved from the surgical instrument's memory is correct. At this point, the controller can then operate the surgical instrument according to the data uploaded from the memory. If the calculated checksum value is not equal to the stored checksum value, the controller may assume that at least one of the retrieved data is incorrect. In various cases, further to the above, the controller may then operate the surgical instrument, for example, under a default operating program, lock the firing trigger of the surgical instrument, and/or otherwise communicate the event to the user of the surgical instrument . In some cases, the controller may re-attempt to upload data from the surgical instrument's memory and re-perform the checks and calculations and comparisons described above. If the recalculated checksum value matches the stored checksum value, the controller may then operate the surgical instrument according to the data uploaded from memory. If the recalculated checksum value and the stored checksum value are not equal, further to the above, the controller may then, for example, operate the surgical instrument under a default operating program, lock the firing trigger of the surgical instrument, and/or Other means communicate the event to the user of the surgical instrument.
在其中有关端部执行器的参数被存储在端部执行器的存储器中的实施例中,如上所述,检验和值也可存储在例如端部执行器中的存储器中。在使用中,外科器械的控制器可访问参数数据和存储的检验和值。在各种情况下,对上文进行进一步描述,端部执行器可发射一个或多个信号,所述一个或多个信号将参数和检验和值传送到外科器械。由于上文所述,存储的检验和值和参数可一起进行发射,并且为了本文的论述目的,由外科器械接收的外科器械可称为接收的检验和值。一旦参数数据已被接收,类似于上文所述,控制器就可由参数数据计算检验和值(即,计算出被计算的检验和值)并且将计算的检验和值与接收的检验和值进行比较。如果计算的检验和值等于接收的检验和值,则控制器可假定从端部执行器检索的全部参数数据为正确的。此时,控制器可随后根据从端部执行器上载的数据来操作外科器械。如果计算的检验和值不等于接收的检验和值,则控制器可假定所检索数据中的至少一个数据为不正确的。在各种情况下,对上文进行进一步描述,控制器可随后例如在默认操作程序下操作外科器械、锁定外科器械的击发触发器、和/或以其他方式将事件传送给外科器械的使用者。当参数数据通过例如一个或多个无线传输系统从端部执行器传送到外科器械时,此类事件可为较频繁的。在任何情况下,在某些情况下,控制器可重新尝试从端部执行器上载数据并且重新执行上文所述的检验和计算和比较。如果重新计算的检验和值和接收的检验和值匹配,则控制器可随后根据从端部执行器上载的数据来操作外科器械。如果重新计算的检验和值和接收的检验和值不相等,则对上文进行进一步描述,控制器可随后例如在默认操作程序下操作外科器械、锁定外科器械的击发触发器、和/或以其他方式将事件传送给外科器械的使用者。在各种情况下,由于上文所述,外科器械不需要存储有关端部执行器的任何信息,当利用端部执行器时所述信息用于操作外科器械。在此类情况下,有关用于确认数据完整性的端部执行器参数和检验和值的数据可完全存储在端部执行器上。外科器械可包括操作程序,所述操作程序仅需要来自端部执行器的足够输入以便使用端部执行器。用于可与外科器械一起使用的每个端部执行器的特定操作程序可为不需要的。单个操作程序可与每个端部执行器一起使用。由此,外科器械可不需要进行更新以包括例如用于附加端部执行器的操作程序和/或用于现有端部执行器的修改程序。In embodiments where the parameters related to the end effector are stored in a memory of the end effector, as described above, checksum values may also be stored, for example, in memory in the end effector. In use, the controller of the surgical instrument has access to parameter data and stored checksum values. In various cases, further to the above, the end effector may emit one or more signals that communicate parameters and checksum values to the surgical instrument. As a result of the foregoing, stored checksum values and parameters may be transmitted together, and for purposes of discussion herein, a surgical instrument received by a surgical instrument may be referred to as a received checksum value. Once the parameter data has been received, the controller may calculate a checksum value from the parameter data (i.e., calculate a calculated checksum value) and compare the calculated checksum value with the received checksum value, similar to that described above. Compare. If the calculated checksum value is equal to the received checksum value, the controller may assume that all parameter data retrieved from the end effector is correct. At this point, the controller can then operate the surgical instrument according to the data uploaded from the end effector. If the calculated checksum value is not equal to the received checksum value, the controller may assume that at least one of the retrieved data is incorrect. In various cases, further to the above, the controller may then operate the surgical instrument, for example, under a default operating program, lock the firing trigger of the surgical instrument, and/or otherwise communicate the event to the user of the surgical instrument . Such events may be more frequent when parametric data is transmitted from the end effector to the surgical instrument via, for example, one or more wireless transmission systems. In any case, in some cases, the controller may re-attempt to upload data from the end effector and re-perform the checks and calculations and comparisons described above. If the recalculated checksum value matches the received checksum value, the controller may then operate the surgical instrument according to the data uploaded from the end effector. If the recalculated checksum value and the received checksum value are not equal, further to the above, the controller may then, for example, operate the surgical instrument under a default operating program, lock the firing trigger of the surgical instrument, and/or Other means communicate the event to the user of the surgical instrument. In each case, due to the above, the surgical instrument does not need to store any information about the end effector that is used to operate the surgical instrument when the end effector is utilized. In such cases, data regarding end effector parameters and checksum values used to confirm data integrity may be stored entirely on the end effector. The surgical instrument may include an operating program that requires only sufficient input from the end effector to use the end effector. Specific operating procedures for each end effector that may be used with the surgical instrument may not be required. A single operating program can be used with each end effector. As such, surgical instruments may not need to be updated to include, for example, operating procedures for additional end effectors and/or modified procedures for existing end effectors.
除了或取代本文所述的用于识别附接到外科器械的端部执行器的无线通信系统,现在转向图149-154,根据至少一个实施例的外科器械可包括用于扫描和识别端部执行器的装置。图153示出了包括条形码读取器11022的柄部11020,所述条形码读取器11022可被构造成能够扫描位于图151、图152和图154所示的端部执行器11060上的图149和图150所示的条形码。类似于本文所公开的其他实施例,端部执行器11060可包括例如轴部分、砧座11062、和/或钉仓11064,其中端部执行器11060的一个或多个部分可包括其上的条形码。在一些实施例中,端部执行器11060可包括定位在砧座11062和钉仓11064中间的可移除部件11063,所述可移除部件11063可在端部执行器11060已组装到外科器械之前或之后被移除。在图151中,条形码11065被示为定位在端部执行器11060的轴部分上。在图152中,条形码11065被示为定位在可移除部件11063上。在各种实施例中,外科器械的柄部11020可包括被构造成能够读取端部执行器上的条形码的条形码读取器,例如条形码读取器11024。例如,主要参见图154,柄部11020可包括内部条形码读取器部分11022,所述内部条形码读取器部分11022被构造成能够读取限定在端部执行器11060的轴上的条形码11065。在至少一种此类情况下,条形码读取器部分11022可包括槽11026,所述槽11026的尺寸和构造被设计成接纳端部执行器11060的轴,其中条形码读取器11024可安装在限定于槽11026中的开口11027内和/或相对其进行安装,使得条形码读取器11024可读取条形码11065。读者将会知道,许多条形码读取器和条形码协议是已知的,并且可使用任何合适的条形码。在一些情况下,条形码可包括例如双向信息,所述双向信息允许条形码在两个不同方向上进行读取。在一些情况下,条形码可使用多个信息层。在一些情况下,条形码协议可包括前导信息,所述前导信息之后为如下信息,所述信息将识别端部执行器并且/或者以其他方式将信息提供给外科器械以允许外科器械操作或利用特定操作程序操作。在一些情况下,条形码读取器可发射一个或多个光束,所述一个或多个光束可接触构成条形码的多个峰和谷。在一些情况下,条形码的谷可延伸到和/或限定在端部执行器的轴外壳内。发射的光束可反射回其可被解译的条形码读取器。也就是说,柄部11020的条形码读取器11024定位和布置在槽11026内,使得发射和反射的光束限制在或至少基本上限制在条形码读取器部分11022内。这样,条形码读取器11024可不会意外地或无意地扫描可存在于外科套件中的不同端部执行器,即,并非即将组装到外科器械的端部执行器的端部执行器。In addition to or instead of the wireless communication system described herein for identifying an end effector attached to a surgical instrument, turning now to FIGS. device. FIG. 153 shows a handle 11020 that includes a barcode reader 11022 that can be configured to scan the barcode 149 located on the end effector 11060 shown in FIGS. 151 , 152 and 154. and the barcode shown in Figure 150. Similar to other embodiments disclosed herein, end effector 11060 can include, for example, a shaft portion, anvil block 11062, and/or staple cartridge 11064, wherein one or more portions of end effector 11060 can include a barcode thereon . In some embodiments, the end effector 11060 can include a removable member 11063 positioned intermediate the anvil 11062 and the staple cartridge 11064, which can be removed before the end effector 11060 has been assembled to the surgical instrument or be removed later. In FIG. 151 , a barcode 11065 is shown positioned on the shaft portion of the end effector 11060 . In FIG. 152 , barcode 11065 is shown positioned on removable member 11063 . In various embodiments, the handle 11020 of the surgical instrument can include a barcode reader, such as barcode reader 11024, configured to read a barcode on the end effector. For example, referring primarily to FIG. 154 , the handle 11020 can include an internal barcode reader portion 11022 configured to read a barcode 11065 defined on the shaft of the end effector 11060 . In at least one such instance, the barcode reader portion 11022 can include a slot 11026 sized and configured to receive the shaft of the end effector 11060, wherein the barcode reader 11024 can be mounted in a defined Mounted within and/or relative to opening 11027 in slot 11026 such that barcode reader 11024 can read barcode 11065 . The reader will be aware that many barcode readers and barcode protocols are known and any suitable barcode may be used. In some cases, barcodes may include, for example, bi-directional information that allows the barcode to be read in two different directions. In some cases, barcodes may use multiple layers of information. In some cases, the barcode protocol may include preamble information followed by information that will identify the end effector and/or otherwise provide information to the surgical instrument to allow the surgical instrument to operate or utilize specific Operation program operation. In some cases, a barcode reader may emit one or more light beams that may contact the various peaks and valleys that make up the barcode. In some cases, the valley of the barcode may extend into and/or be defined within the shaft housing of the end effector. The emitted beam can be reflected back to a barcode reader where it can be interpreted. That is, barcode reader 11024 of handle 11020 is positioned and arranged within slot 11026 such that emitted and reflected light beams are confined, or at least substantially confined, within barcode reader portion 11022 . In this way, the barcode reader 11024 may not accidentally or inadvertently scan a different end effector that may be present in a surgical kit, ie, an end effector that is not an end effector that is about to be assembled into a surgical instrument.
在各种情况下,对上文进行进一步描述,可在端部执行器组装到外科器械之前使端部执行器穿过外科器械的条形码读取器。在各种另选的实施例中,外科器械可包括可移动条形码读取器,所述可移动条形码读取器可用于在端部执行器已组装到外科器械之后来扫描端部执行器的条形码。在任何情况下,一旦端部执行器已被识别,在至少一些情况下,控制器就可访问被构造成能够使用识别的端部执行器的操作程序。在某个方面,条形码可包括引导加载器。在其他情况下,如本文在别处所述,条形码可向控制器提供必要的信息或参数以使用通用的操作系统。在一些情况下,可利用序列号来识别每个端部执行器,使得任何两个端部执行器即使可为相同类型的端部执行器也可在其上具有两个不同的条形码。在此类情况下,控制器可被构造成能够拒绝使用先前已被外科器械扫描的端部执行器。此类系统可例如阻止至少部分消耗的端部执行器被再次使用。In various cases, further to the above, the end effector may be passed through a barcode reader of the surgical instrument prior to assembly of the end effector to the surgical instrument. In various alternative embodiments, the surgical instrument can include a removable barcode reader that can be used to scan the barcode of the end effector after the end effector has been assembled to the surgical instrument . In any event, once the end effector has been identified, in at least some cases the controller has access to an operating program configured to enable use of the identified end effector. In a certain aspect, the barcode can include a bootloader. In other cases, as described elsewhere herein, the barcode may provide the controller with necessary information or parameters to use a common operating system. In some cases, a serial number may be utilized to identify each end effector such that any two end effectors may have two different barcodes on them even though they may be the same type of end effector. In such cases, the controller may be configured to deny use of an end effector that has been previously scanned by the surgical instrument. Such a system may, for example, prevent an at least partially spent end effector from being reused.
如上所述,端部执行器可被构造成能够通过有线连接和/或无线连接与外科器械通信。就有线连接而言,现在转向图115,端部执行器的近侧端部(例如端部执行器9960的近侧端部9969)可包括多个电触点9968,所述多个电触点9968可被布置成与设置在外科器械的轴9940的远侧端部9942之上和/或内部的多个电触点9948电连通。主要参见图116,每个电触点9968可包括至少部分地定位在元件腔体9965内的触点元件9967。每个电触点9968还可包括定位在触点元件9967和元件腔体9965的内侧壁中间的偏置构件,例如,弹簧9966。弹簧9966可被构造成能够径向向外偏置触点元件。触点元件9967从其突起的止挡件9964,所述止挡件9964可至少在端部执行器9960安装到轴9940之前被弹簧9966可运动地偏置成与元件腔体9965的另一个内侧壁接合。止挡件9964和元件腔体9965的侧壁之间的相互作用可阻止触点元件9967的向外运动。当端部执行器9960安装到轴9940时,轴电触点9948可对抗由弹簧9966施加的偏置力来向内推压电触点9968的触点元件9967,如图116所示。在各种情况下,每对触点9948和9968可接通电路或连通通道9950。尽管示出了三对触点,但可使用任何合适数量的触点和/或连通通道。在各种实施例中,参见图117,轴触点10048可各自包括可运动元件10047和偏置弹簧10046,所述偏置弹簧10046被构造成能够推压可运动元件10047以抵靠对应的端部执行器触点10068。在某些实施例中,现在转向图118,端部执行器触点和轴触点中的一者或两者可包括柔性部分。例如,端部执行器可包括柔性触点10168,所述柔性触点10168可弹性接合对应的轴触点9948。As noted above, the end effector may be configured to communicate with the surgical instrument via a wired connection and/or a wireless connection. In terms of wired connections, turning now to FIG. 115 , a proximal end of an end effector (e.g., proximal end 9969 of end effector 9960) can include a plurality of electrical contacts 9968 that 9968 may be arranged in electrical communication with a plurality of electrical contacts 9948 disposed on and/or within the distal end 9942 of the shaft 9940 of the surgical instrument. Referring primarily to FIG. 116 , each electrical contact 9968 can include a contact element 9967 positioned at least partially within the element cavity 9965 . Each electrical contact 9968 may also include a biasing member, such as a spring 9966 , positioned intermediate the contact element 9967 and the inner sidewall of the element cavity 9965 . The spring 9966 can be configured to bias the contact elements radially outward. A stop 9964 from which the contact element 9967 protrudes, which may be movably biased by a spring 9966 against the other inner side of the element cavity 9965 at least before the end effector 9960 is mounted to the shaft 9940 Wall joint. The interaction between the stop 9964 and the side walls of the element cavity 9965 can prevent outward movement of the contact element 9967. When the end effector 9960 is mounted to the shaft 9940, the shaft electrical contact 9948 can push the contact element 9967 of the electrical contact 9968 inwardly against the biasing force applied by the spring 9966, as shown in FIG. 116 . In various circumstances, each pair of contacts 9948 and 9968 can complete an electrical circuit or communication channel 9950 . Although three pairs of contacts are shown, any suitable number of contacts and/or communication channels may be used. In various embodiments, referring to FIG. 117 , the shaft contacts 10048 can each include a movable element 10047 and a bias spring 10046 configured to urge the movable element 10047 against a corresponding end External actuator contacts 10068. In certain embodiments, turning now to FIG. 118 , one or both of the end effector contact and the shaft contact may include a flexible portion. For example, the end effector can include flexible contacts 10168 that can resiliently engage corresponding shaft contacts 9948 .
就上文所述的实施例而言,在各种情况下,端部执行器可沿着纵向轴线安装到轴。在此类情况下,主要参见图115,最近侧端部执行器触点9968将首先与最远侧轴触点9948电接触。读者将会知道,当这些触点形成接合时,端部执行器9960仍未完全附接到轴9940。尽管这些触点之间的此类接合可为临时的,即,在端部执行器9960较深地安置在轴9940内之前,但外科器械控制器可混淆或误译来自端部执行器9960的一个或多个信号。在端部执行器9940被完全安置之前,随着端部执行器触点9968的纵向阵列渐进地接触轴触点9948的纵向阵列,可产生此类混淆。在各种实施例中,外科器械的控制器可被构造成能够忽略通过触点传输的信号,直至最近侧端部执行器触点9968与最近侧轴触点9948接合。现在转向图119和图120,一个触点对可不同于另一个触点对,使得控制器可识别该对触点何时已配对并且因此可识别端部执行器何时已被完全安置。例如,外科器械的端部执行器和轴可包括第一对触点10248a、10268a,第二对触点10248b、10268b,和第三对触点10248c、10268c,其中第三对触点可不同于第一对触点和第二对触点。当第一对触点10248a、10268a已配对时,触点元件10267a可被向内推压,使得触点元件10267a的第一连接部分10263a接触通信路径9950a的第一路径部分9951a并且触点元件10267a的第二连接部分10264a接触通信路径9950a的第二路径部分9952a。在触点元件10267a的该位置,第一路径部分9951a和第二路径部分9952a均可通过触点元件10267a传输信号。当第二对触点10248b、10268b已配对时,触点元件10267b可被向内推压,使得触点元件10267b的第一连接部分10263b接触通信路径9950b的第一路径部分9951b并且触点元件10267b的第二连接部分10264b接触通信路径9950b的第二路径部分9952b。在触点元件10267b的该位置,第一路径部分9951b和第二路径部分9952b均可通过触点元件10267b传输信号。当第三对触点10248c、10268c已配对时,触点元件10267c可被向内推压,使得触点元件10467c的第一连接部分10263c不接触通信路径9950c的第一路径部分9951c,触点元件10267c的第二连接部分10264c不接触通信路径9950c的第二路径部分9952c并且接触第一路径部分9951c。在触点元件10267a的该位置,第一路径部分9951c可通过触点元件10267c传输信号。由于上文所述,当端部执行器已完全安置时第一、第二和第三组可与其相应的通道路径具有特定的连接构造,并且控制器可被构造成能够此完全接合的构造是否适当。例如,当端部执行器初始插入轴内时,第三触点10264c可初始接触第一轴触点10248a。在该位置,仅两个路径部分(即,9951a和9952a)能够将信号从端部执行器传送到控制器,由此控制器可被构造成能够检测到互连之间的压降,所述压降不同于当端部执行器被完全安置而使五个路径部分(即,9951a、9952a、9951b、9952b、和9951c)能够传送信号时产生的压降。类似地,端部执行器可进一步地插入轴内,直至第三触点元件10267c接触第二轴触点10248b并且第二触点元件10267b接触第一轴触点10248a。在该位置,仅四个路径部分(即,9951a、9952a、9951b、和9952b)能够将信号从端部执行器传送到控制器,由此控制器可被构造成能够检测到互连之间的压降,所述压降不同于当端部执行器被完全安置而使五个路径部分(即,9951a、9952a、9951b、9952b、和9951c)能够传送信号时产生的压降。As with the embodiments described above, in each case, the end effector may be mounted to the shaft along the longitudinal axis. In such cases, referring primarily to FIG. 115 , the proximal-most end effector contact 9968 will first make electrical contact with the distal-most shaft contact 9948 . The reader will appreciate that when these contacts come into engagement, the end effector 9960 is still not fully attached to the shaft 9940. While such engagement between these contacts may be temporary, i.e., before the end effector 9960 is seated more deeply within the shaft 9940, the surgical instrument controller may confuse or misinterpret messages from the end effector 9960. one or more signals. Such confusion may arise as the longitudinal array of end effector contacts 9968 progressively contacts the longitudinal array of shaft contacts 9948 before the end effector 9940 is fully deployed. In various embodiments, the controller of the surgical instrument can be configured to ignore the signal transmitted through the contacts until the proximal-most end effector contact 9968 engages the proximal-most shaft contact 9948 . Turning now to FIGS. 119 and 120 , one contact pair can be different from the other so that the controller can recognize when the pair of contacts has mated and therefore can recognize when the end effector has been fully seated. For example, the end effector and shaft of a surgical instrument may include a first pair of contacts 10248a, 10268a, a second pair of contacts 10248b, 10268b, and a third pair of contacts 10248c, 10268c, wherein the third pair of contacts may be different from The first pair of contacts and the second pair of contacts. When the first pair of contacts 10248a, 10268a have been mated, the contact element 10267a can be pushed inwardly so that the first connection portion 10263a of the contact element 10267a contacts the first path portion 9951a of the communication path 9950a and the contact element 10267a The second connection portion 10264a of the communication path 9950a contacts the second path portion 9952a of the communication path 9950a. In this position of the contact element 10267a, both the first path portion 9951a and the second path portion 9952a can transmit signals through the contact element 10267a. When the second pair of contacts 10248b, 10268b have been mated, the contact element 10267b can be pushed inwardly so that the first connection portion 10263b of the contact element 10267b contacts the first path portion 9951b of the communication path 9950b and the contact element 10267b The second connection portion 10264b contacts the second path portion 9952b of the communication path 9950b. In this position of the contact element 10267b, both the first path portion 9951b and the second path portion 9952b can transmit signals through the contact element 10267b. When the third pair of contacts 10248c, 10268c has been mated, the contact element 10267c can be pushed inwardly so that the first connection portion 10263c of the contact element 10467c does not contact the first path portion 9951c of the communication path 9950c, the contact element The second connection portion 10264c of 10267c does not contact the second path portion 9952c of the communication path 9950c and contacts the first path portion 9951c. In this position of the contact element 10267a, the first path portion 9951c can transmit a signal through the contact element 10267c. As a result of the foregoing, the first, second, and third sets may have specific connection configurations with their respective channel paths when the end effector is fully deployed, and the controller may be configured to enable this fully engaged configuration whether appropriate. For example, when the end effector is initially inserted into the shaft, the third contact 10264c may initially contact the first shaft contact 10248a. In this position, only two path sections (i.e., 9951a and 9952a) are able to carry signals from the end effector to the controller, whereby the controller can be configured to detect a voltage drop between the interconnects, the The pressure drop is different than the pressure drop that occurs when the end effector is fully seated to enable the five path segments (ie, 9951a, 9952a, 9951b, 9952b, and 9951c) to transmit signals. Similarly, the end effector may be inserted further into the shaft until the third contact element 10267c contacts the second shaft contact 10248b and the second contact element 10267b contacts the first shaft contact 10248a. In this position, only four path segments (i.e., 9951a, 9952a, 9951b, and 9952b) can carry signals from the end effector to the controller, whereby the controller can be configured to be able to detect A pressure drop that differs from the pressure drop that occurs when the end effector is fully seated to enable the five path segments (ie, 9951a, 9952a, 9951b, 9952b, and 9951c) to transmit signals.
在某些情况下,当端部执行器组装到外科器械的细长轴时,操作者可接合端部执行器的驱动系统和/或关节运动系统以有利于例如端部执行器的闭合、击发、和/或关节运动。端部执行器可包括第一钳口、第二钳口和一个或多个传感器,所述一个或多个传感器被构造成能够检测第一钳口相对于第二钳口的位置。现在参见图121-124,端部执行器10360可包括第一钳口或砧座10362和第二钳口或钉仓10364,其中砧座10362可朝向和远离钉仓10364运动。通常,端部执行器10360通过套管针插入患者体内,在此处,端部执行器10360可不易于观察到,即使在内窥镜的辅助下亦是如此。因此,外科器械的使用者可不能容易地评价砧座10362相对于第二钳口10364的位置。为了有利于端部执行器的使用,如上所述,端部执行器10360可包括用于检测砧座10362的位置的传感器。在各种情况下,此类传感器可被构造成能够检测砧座10362和钉仓10364之间的间隙。某些传感器可被构造成能够检测砧座10362相对于钉仓10364的旋转位置。传感器公开于2013年3月13日提交的名称为STAPLECARTRIDGE TISSUE THICKNESS SENSOR SYSTEM的美国专利申请序列13/800,025和2013年3月13日提交的名称为STAPLE CARTRIDGE TISSUE THICKNESS SENSOR SYSTEM的美国专利申请序列13/800,067中。2013年3月13日提交的名称为STAPLE CARTRIDGE TISSUE THICKNESSSENSOR SYSTEM的美国专利申请序列13/800,025和2013年3月13日提交的名称为STAPLECARTRIDGE TISSUE THICKNESS SENSOR SYSTEM的美国专利申请序列13/800,067的整个公开内容以引用方式并入本文。无论所使用的传感器如何,砧座10362的位置可通过显示器传送给外科器械的使用者。此类显示器可位于外科器械的端部执行器10360和/或轴(例如轴10340)上。当显示器位于端部执行器上时,显示器可利用例如内窥镜进行观察。在此类情况下,显示器可定位在端部执行器上以使其不被套管针遮蔽,所述套管针允许端部执行器进入外科套件。换句话讲,显示器可被定位成使其在使用期间相对于套管针的远侧端部位于远侧。当显示器位于轴上时,显示器可定位在轴上以使其不被套管针遮蔽。换句话讲,显示器可被定位成使其在使用期间相对于套管针的近侧端部位于近侧。参见图121-124所示的实施例,显示器10390位于轴10340上。In some cases, when the end effector is assembled to the elongate shaft of the surgical instrument, the operator may engage the drive system and/or articulation system of the end effector to facilitate, for example, closing, firing, and/or closing of the end effector. , and/or joint movement. The end effector may include a first jaw, a second jaw, and one or more sensors configured to detect a position of the first jaw relative to the second jaw. Referring now to FIGS. 121-124 , an end effector 10360 can include a first jaw or anvil 10362 and a second jaw or staple cartridge 10364 , wherein the anvil 10362 can move toward and away from the staple cartridge 10364 . Typically, the end effector 10360 is inserted into the patient's body through a trocar, where the end effector 10360 may not be readily visible, even with the aid of an endoscope. Accordingly, a user of the surgical instrument may not be able to readily assess the position of the anvil 10362 relative to the second jaw 10364 . To facilitate use of the end effector, end effector 10360 may include sensors for detecting the position of anvil 10362, as described above. In various circumstances, such sensors can be configured to detect a gap between the anvil 10362 and the staple cartridge 10364. Certain sensors can be configured to detect the rotational position of the anvil 10362 relative to the staple cartridge 10364. Sensors are disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/800,025, filed March 13, 2013, entitled STAPLECARTRIDGE TISSUE THICKNESS SENSOR SYSTEM and U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/, filed March 13, 2013, entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGE TISSUE THICKNESS SENSOR SYSTEM 800,067 in. Entire disclosure of U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/800,025, filed March 13, 2013, entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGE TISSUE THICKNESS SENSOR SYSTEM, and U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/800,067, filed March 13, 2013, entitled STAPLECARTRIDGE TISSUE THICKNESS SENSOR SYSTEM The contents are incorporated herein by reference. Regardless of the sensor used, the position of the anvil 10362 can be communicated to the user of the surgical instrument via the display. Such displays may be located on the end effector 10360 and/or the shaft (eg, shaft 10340 ) of the surgical instrument. When the monitor is on the end effector, the monitor can be viewed using, for example, an endoscope. In such cases, the monitor may be positioned on the end effector so that it is not obscured by the trocar that allows the end effector to enter the surgical suite. In other words, the display may be positioned so that it is distal relative to the distal end of the trocar during use. When the monitor is on the shaft, the monitor can be positioned on the shaft so that it is not obscured by the trocar. In other words, the display may be positioned so that it is proximal relative to the proximal end of the trocar during use. Referring to the embodiment shown in FIGS. 121-124 , the display 10390 is located on the axis 10340 .
继续参见图121,端部执行器10360的砧座10362示为处于完全打开位置。在砧座10362的该位置,端部执行器10360的击发构件10330处于近侧位置并且还未朝远侧推进。如将在下文中更详细所述,击发构件10330朝远侧推进以使砧座10362朝钉仓10364运动。图121所示的击发构件10330的位置可表示击发构件10300的未击发、最近侧位置。当砧座10362处于其完全打开位置时,主要参见图125,砧座显示器10390可不被点亮。读者将会知道,砧座显示器10390可在若干不同位置中的一个内示出砧座10362的位置。砧座显示器10390碰巧能够显示砧座10362的五个可能位置;然而,可设想到其他实施例,所述实施例可包括使用多于五个指示器或少于五个指示器的砧座显示器。随着砧座10362从其打开位置运动到其闭合位置,显示器10390可利用指示器10391-10395连续地示出砧座10362的位置。指示器10391示出了处于轻微闭合位置的砧座10362。指示器10392、10393和10394示出了处于部分闭合位置的砧座10362。指示器10395示出了处于完全闭合或平行位置的砧座10362。在比较图121和图122时,读者将会知道,击发构件10330已朝远侧推进以至少部分地闭合砧座10362。当砧座10362处于图122所示的位置时,砧座位置传感器可检测砧座10362的新位置并且砧座显示器10390的指示器10391可被点亮,如图126所示。在比较图122和图123时,击发构件10330已朝远侧推进以进一步地闭合、但未完全闭合砧座10362。当砧座10362处于图123所示的位置时,砧座位置传感器可检测砧座10362的新位置并且指示器10393可被点亮,如图127所示。在进一步比较图122和图123时,读者将会知道,砧座10362已被旋转例如约10度并且如果砧座10362已被旋转例如仅约5度,则砧座显示器10390的指示器10392将已被点亮。在比较图123和图124时,击发构件10330已朝远侧推进以完全闭合砧座10362。当砧座10362处于图124所示的位置时,砧座位置传感器可检测砧座10362的新位置并且指示器10395可被点亮,如图128所示。在进一步比较图123和图124时,读者将会知道,砧座10362已被旋转例如约10度并且如果砧座10362已被旋转例如仅约5度,则砧座显示器10390的指示器10394将已被点亮。With continued reference to FIG. 121 , the anvil 10362 of the end effector 10360 is shown in a fully open position. In this position of the anvil 10362, the firing member 10330 of the end effector 10360 is in the proximal position and has not been advanced distally. As will be described in more detail below, the firing member 10330 is advanced distally to move the anvil 10362 toward the staple cartridge 10364. The position of firing member 10330 shown in FIG. 121 may represent an unfired, proximal-most position of firing member 10300 . When the anvil 10362 is in its fully open position, referring primarily to FIG. 125, the anvil display 10390 may not be illuminated. The reader will appreciate that the anvil display 10390 can show the position of the anvil 10362 in one of several different positions. Anvil display 10390 happens to be capable of displaying five possible positions of anvil 10362; however, other embodiments are contemplated that may include anvil displays that use more than five indicators or fewer than five indicators. As the anvil 10362 moves from its open position to its closed position, the display 10390 can continuously show the position of the anvil 10362 with the indicators 10391-10395. Indicator 10391 shows anvil 10362 in a slightly closed position. Indicators 10392, 10393 and 10394 show anvil 10362 in a partially closed position. Indicator 10395 shows anvil 10362 in a fully closed or parallel position. Upon comparing FIGS. 121 and 122 , the reader will appreciate that the firing member 10330 has been advanced distally to at least partially close the anvil 10362 . When the anvil 10362 is in the position shown in FIG. 122 , the anvil position sensor can detect the new position of the anvil 10362 and the indicator 10391 of the anvil display 10390 can be illuminated, as shown in FIG. 126 . When comparing FIGS. 122 and 123 , the firing member 10330 has been advanced distally to further close, but not fully close, the anvil 10362 . When the anvil 10362 is in the position shown in FIG. 123 , the anvil position sensor can detect the new position of the anvil 10362 and the indicator 10393 can be illuminated, as shown in FIG. 127 . 122 and 123, the reader will appreciate that the anvil 10362 has been rotated, for example, about 10 degrees and that if the anvil 10362 has been rotated, for example, only about 5 degrees, the indicator 10392 of the anvil display 10390 will have been rotated is lit. When comparing FIGS. 123 and 124 , the firing member 10330 has been advanced distally to fully close the anvil 10362 . When the anvil 10362 is in the position shown in FIG. 124 , the anvil position sensor can detect the new position of the anvil 10362 and the indicator 10395 can be illuminated, as shown in FIG. 128 . 123 and 124, the reader will appreciate that the anvil 10362 has been rotated, for example, about 10 degrees and that if the anvil 10362 has been rotated, for example, only about 5 degrees, the indicator 10394 of the anvil display 10390 will have been rotated is lit.
对上文进行进一步描述,端部执行器和/或外科器械可包括可被构造成能够控制砧座显示器10390的控制器。例如,当端部执行器包括砧座显示器10390,控制器可定位在端部执行器内。当外科器械的轴包括砧座显示器10390并且/或者外科器械的任何其他部分包括砧座显示器10390时,外科器械可包括控制器。在其他情况下,端部执行器和外科器械中的一者可包括砧座显示器10390,而端部执行器和外科器械中的另一者可包括控制器。在任何情况下,砧座位置传感器可与控制器进行信号通信。控制器可被构造成能够解译来自传感器的一个或多个信号以确定砧座10362的位置。控制器可与砧座显示器10390通信,以便点亮指示器10391-10395,如上所述。在各种情况下,每个指示器10391-10395可包括例如发光二极管。在此类情况下,每个发光二极管可被布置成与控制器的微处理器的输出通道电连通,使得控制器可选择性地点亮发光二极管,而这独立于其他发光二极管。在各种情况下,控制器可基于来自砧座传感器的数据连续地评估砧座10362的位置,并且利用此数据连续地更新被点亮的指示器。例如,当砧座10362正闭合或打开时,控制器可跟踪砧座10362的位置并且通过指示器10391-10395将此信息快速地显示给外科器械的使用者。此类情况可向使用者提供有关砧座10362的位置的实时或近实时反馈。在其他情况下,控制器可等待显示砧座10362的位置,直至砧座10362例如已停止运动或至少基本上停止运动一定时间段之后。读者将会知道,指示器10391-10395可表示砧座10362的分立位置;然而,可能情况是砧座10362可例如在其闭合时仅瞬时地穿过这些分立位置中的每一个。在各种情况下,控制器可利用算法以便确定哪个指示器将点亮。例如,控制器可应用算法,所述算法确定哪个指示器较精确地表示砧座10362的位置,即使砧座10362可不与可由指示器显示器10390表示的分立位置中的任何一个对准。在各种情况下,当砧座10362定位在由两个相邻指示器表示的两个分立位置中间时,控制器可点亮指示器显示器10390中的两个相邻指示器。Further to the above, the end effector and/or surgical instrument can include a controller that can be configured to control the anvil display 10390 . For example, when the end effector includes anvil display 10390, the controller can be positioned within the end effector. When the shaft of the surgical instrument includes the anvil display 10390 and/or any other portion of the surgical instrument includes the anvil display 10390, the surgical instrument may include a controller. In other cases, one of the end effector and surgical instrument may include anvil display 10390 while the other of the end effector and surgical instrument may include a controller. In any event, the anvil position sensor may be in signal communication with the controller. The controller can be configured to interpret one or more signals from the sensors to determine the position of the anvil 10362 . The controller can communicate with the anvil display 10390 to light the indicators 10391-10395, as described above. In various cases, each indicator 10391-10395 may comprise, for example, a light emitting diode. In such cases, each light emitting diode may be arranged in electrical communication with an output channel of the controller's microprocessor such that the controller may selectively illuminate the light emitting diode independently of the other light emitting diodes. In various circumstances, the controller may continuously evaluate the position of the anvil 10362 based on data from the anvil sensors, and utilize this data to continuously update the illuminated indicator. For example, when the anvil 10362 is closing or opening, the controller can track the position of the anvil 10362 and quickly display this information to the user of the surgical instrument via the indicators 10391-10395. Such events can provide real-time or near-real-time feedback to the user about the position of the anvil 10362. In other cases, the controller may wait to display the position of the anvil 10362 until, for example, after the anvil 10362 has stopped moving, or at least substantially stopped moving, for a period of time. The reader will appreciate that the indicators 10391-10395 may represent discrete positions of the anvil 10362; however, it may be the case that the anvil 10362 may only momentarily pass through each of these discrete positions, such as when it is closed. In various cases, the controller may utilize an algorithm in order to determine which indicator to illuminate. For example, the controller may apply an algorithm that determines which indicator more accurately represents the position of the anvil 10362 even though the anvil 10362 may not be aligned with any of the discrete positions that may be indicated by the indicator display 10390 . In various circumstances, the controller may illuminate two adjacent indicators in indicator display 10390 when anvil 10362 is positioned intermediate two discrete positions represented by the two adjacent indicators.
在各种情况下,对上文进行进一步描述,指示器10391-10395可各自包括发光二极管,所述发光二极管发射相同颜色的光或至少基本上相同颜色的光。在其他情况下,指示器10391-10395中的一个或多个可发射不同于另一个指示器10391-10395的颜色。例如,指示器10391可被构造成能够发射黄色,而指示器10392-10395可被构造成能够发射例如绿色。读者将会知道,参见图122,当砧座10362处于图122所示的部分闭合位置时,定位在砧座10362和仓10364之间的组织T可未被砧座10362充分地夹持,并且当与砧座10362的该位置相关的指示器10391被点亮黄色时,外科器械的使用者可被提醒以在移动端部执行器10360和/或继续击发过程之前保持谨慎。在一些情况下,指示器10361-10365中的每一个各自可被构造成能够发射多于一种颜色。例如,每个指示器10361-10365可包括被构造成能够发射绿色和红色的发光二极管。在此类情况下,指示器10361-10365可在指示砧座10362的该位置时发射绿色,如上所述,并且另选地,可在端部执行器10360和/或外科器械存在错误时发射红色。In various cases, further to the above, indicators 10391-10395 may each comprise light emitting diodes that emit light of the same color, or at least substantially the same color. In other cases, one or more of the indicators 10391-10395 may emit a different color than the other indicator 10391-10395. For example, indicator 10391 may be configured to emit yellow, while indicators 10392-10395 may be configured to emit green, for example. The reader will be aware, referring to FIG. 122 , that when the anvil 10362 is in the partially closed position shown in FIG. When the indicator 10391 associated with this position of the anvil 10362 is illuminated yellow, the user of the surgical instrument can be reminded to exercise caution before moving the end effector 10360 and/or continuing the firing process. In some cases, each of indicators 10361-10365 may be configured to emit more than one color each. For example, each indicator 10361-10365 may include a light emitting diode configured to emit green and red. In such cases, the indicators 10361-10365 may emit green when indicating this position of the anvil 10362, as described above, and alternatively, may emit red when there is an error with the end effector 10360 and/or the surgical instrument .
如上所述,端部执行器的砧座可相对于钉仓在打开位置和闭合位置之间运动,并且外科器械系统可被构造成能够检测砧座的运动并将砧座的运动传送给使用者。也就是说,可设想到其中钉仓可相对于砧座运动的实施例。在至少一个此类实施例中,砧座可为固定的或不能枢转的。当固定或不能枢转时,砧座可从端部执行器框架的一部分刚性地延伸;然而,砧座从其延伸的端部执行器框架的该部分以及钉仓可相对于外科器械的端部执行器的另一部分或轴进行关节运动。无论端部执行器是否能够进行关节运动,在此类实施例中,钉仓能够相对于砧座枢转。本文所述的用于检测砧座的运动的系统和方法可适用于检测钉仓的运动。此外,本文所述的用于显示砧座的运动的系统和方法可适用于显示钉仓的运动。As described above, the anvil of the end effector is movable relative to the staple cartridge between an open position and a closed position, and the surgical instrument system can be configured to detect and communicate the movement of the anvil to the user . That is, embodiments are contemplated in which the staple cartridge is movable relative to the anvil. In at least one such embodiment, the anvil may be fixed or non-pivotable. When fixed or unable to pivot, the anvil can rigidly extend from a portion of the end effector frame; however, the portion of the end effector frame from which the anvil extends and the staple cartridge can be positioned relative to the end of the surgical instrument Another part or shaft of the actuator is articulated. Whether or not the end effector is articulateable, in such embodiments, the staple cartridge is pivotable relative to the anvil. The systems and methods described herein for detecting movement of an anvil may be adapted to detect movement of a staple cartridge. Additionally, the systems and methods described herein for displaying motion of an anvil may be adapted for displaying motion of a staple cartridge.
在各种情况下,操作者可期望在击发行程期间回缩驱动构件。公开于Zemlok‘763中的外科器械采用回缩组件,所述回缩组件包括结合驱动管的手动驱动机械接口,所述驱动管通过使安装在柄部上的回缩杠杆进行棘轮运动来启动。如果在击发期间功率源中断或者马达或控制系统失效,此类构造据称允许外科医生回缩击发杆并且最终回缩加载单元驱动构件。然而,此类回缩组件可难以有效的操作,这是因为如下事实:马达和马达齿轮箱在棘轮运动(启动)期间保持接合。因此,该装置的回缩组件必须能够形成足够的扭矩以旋转齿轮箱中的齿轮以及马达轴,从而允许驱动管被手动地旋转。此类力的产生可将过度应力设置在回缩组件部件上,从而可导致回缩组件的重大故障。图1-28所示的外科器械10可被构造成能够具有独特和新型的回缩组件构造,由此可避免该问题和其他问题。In various circumstances, the operator may desire to retract the drive member during the firing stroke. The surgical instrument disclosed in Zemlok '763 employs a retraction assembly that includes a manually actuated mechanical interface in conjunction with a drive tube activated by ratcheting a retraction lever mounted on the handle. Such configurations purportedly allow the surgeon to retract the firing rod and ultimately the loading unit drive member if the power source is interrupted or the motor or control system fails during firing. However, such retraction assemblies can be difficult to operate efficiently due to the fact that the motor and motor gearbox remain engaged during ratchet movement (actuation). Therefore, the retraction assembly of the device must be able to develop sufficient torque to rotate the gears in the gearbox and the motor shaft to allow the drive tube to be rotated manually. The creation of such forces can place excessive stress on the retraction assembly components, which can lead to catastrophic failure of the retraction assembly. The surgical instrument 10 shown in FIGS. 1-28 can be configured to have a unique and novel retraction assembly configuration whereby this and other problems can be avoided.
例如,外科器械10可包括回缩组件120,所述回缩组件120包括具有顶部部分126和底部部分128的回缩底座124。在各种形式中,回缩组件120通过驱动齿轮130和回缩齿轮132与驱动管102机械地交接。参见图5。驱动齿轮130不可旋转地附接到驱动管102,使得驱动齿轮130的旋转对驱动管102施加旋转。驱动齿轮130和回缩齿轮132可包括锥齿轮等以允许它们之间的相互啮合接合,如图5所示。回缩齿轮132可联接到第一心轴134(图4和图5),所述第一心轴134基本上垂直于回缩底座124的顶部部分126和底部部分128并且在它们之间延伸。心轴134可被支撑以用于围绕心轴轴线“SA-SA”的旋转行进,所述心轴轴线“SA-SA”基本上垂直于外科器械10的纵向轴线“LA-LA”。参见图5。在各种形式中,回缩齿轮132可具有与其附接的第一正齿轮136。第一正齿轮136与第二正齿轮138交接,所述第二正齿轮138可操作地支撑在第二心轴137上,所述第二心轴137也即以基本上垂直的方式设置在回缩底座124的顶部部分126和底部部分128之间并且可围绕由其限定的第二轴轴线“SA’-SA’”旋转。第二正齿轮138被支撑以用于与第三正齿轮140啮合接合,所述第三正齿轮140设置在第一心轴134上。第三正齿轮140附接到单向离合器组件142的第一离合器部分144。离合器组件142还包括第一离合器部分144上方的可旋转地设置在第一心轴134上的第二离合器部分146。弹簧(未示出)可设置在第一离合器部分144和第二离合器部分146之间,由此将第一离合器部分144和第二离合器部分146保持在凸起的“非互锁”取向,如图5所示。For example, surgical instrument 10 may include a retraction assembly 120 including a retraction base 124 having a top portion 126 and a bottom portion 128 . In various forms, retraction assembly 120 mechanically interfaces with drive tube 102 via drive gear 130 and retraction gear 132 . See Figure 5. Drive gear 130 is non-rotatably attached to drive tube 102 such that rotation of drive gear 130 imparts rotation to drive tube 102 . The drive gear 130 and the retract gear 132 may include bevel gears or the like to allow intermeshing engagement therebetween, as shown in FIG. 5 . The retract gear 132 may be coupled to a first spindle 134 ( FIGS. 4 and 5 ) that extends substantially perpendicular to and between the top portion 126 and the bottom portion 128 of the retract base 124 . The mandrel 134 may be supported for rotational travel about a mandrel axis “SA-SA” that is substantially perpendicular to the longitudinal axis “LA-LA” of the surgical instrument 10 . See Figure 5. In various forms, the retraction gear 132 may have a first spur gear 136 attached thereto. The first spur gear 136 interfaces with a second spur gear 138 which is operatively supported on a second spindle 137 which is arranged in a substantially vertical manner on the back of the shaft. The top portion 126 and the bottom portion 128 of the retractable base 124 are between and rotatable about a second shaft axis "SA'-SA'" defined thereby. The second spur gear 138 is supported for meshing engagement with a third spur gear 140 disposed on the first spindle 134 . The third spur gear 140 is attached to the first clutch portion 144 of the one-way clutch assembly 142 . The clutch assembly 142 also includes a second clutch portion 146 rotatably disposed on the first spindle 134 above the first clutch portion 144 . A spring (not shown) may be disposed between the first clutch portion 144 and the second clutch portion 146, thereby maintaining the first clutch portion 144 and the second clutch portion 146 in a raised "non-interlocking" orientation, as Figure 5 shows.
应当理解,当驱动管102旋转时,驱动齿轮130将对第一正齿轮136、第二正齿轮138和第三正齿轮140以及对第一离合器部分144和相应的心轴134、137施加旋转。由于第二离合器部分146可围绕心轴134旋转并且可通过设置在它们之间的弹簧构造(未示出)偏置成不与第一离合器部分144接合,第一离合器部分144的旋转未被转换到第二离合器部分146。如在图5中可见,第一离合器部分144和第二离合器部分146包括多个互锁齿148,所述多个互锁齿各自具有平坦互锁表面和倾斜滑动表面。如将在下文中更详细所述,第二离合器部分146可由回缩杠杆150偏置成与第一离合器部分144啮合接合。齿148的滑动表面允许互锁表面彼此接触,使得第二离合器部分146的旋转导致第一离合器部分144旋转。第一离合器部分144的旋转同样还导致交接齿轮旋转,从而最终对驱动管102施加围绕纵向工具轴线LA-LA的旋转动作。It should be understood that as the drive tube 102 rotates, the drive gear 130 will impart rotation to the first spur gear 136 , the second spur gear 138 and the third spur gear 140 as well as to the first clutch portion 144 and respective spindles 134 , 137 . Since the second clutch portion 146 is rotatable about the spindle 134 and is biased out of engagement with the first clutch portion 144 by a spring arrangement (not shown) disposed therebetween, the rotation of the first clutch portion 144 is not translated. to the second clutch section 146 . As can be seen in FIG. 5 , the first clutch portion 144 and the second clutch portion 146 include a plurality of interlocking teeth 148 each having a flat interlocking surface and a sloped sliding surface. As will be described in greater detail below, the second clutch portion 146 may be biased by the retract lever 150 into meshing engagement with the first clutch portion 144 . The sliding surfaces of the teeth 148 allow the interlocking surfaces to contact each other such that rotation of the second clutch part 146 causes the first clutch part 144 to rotate. Rotation of the first clutch portion 144 also causes the transfer gear to rotate, ultimately imparting a rotational motion to the drive tube 102 about the longitudinal tool axis LA-LA.
现在参见图6,回缩杠杆150可包括细长柄部部分152,所述细长柄部部分152包括凸轮部分154。凸轮部分154可包括开口,所述开口可容纳单向滚针离合器(未示出),所述单向滚针离合器被支撑以与可附接到第一心轴134的配件(未示出)机械配合,从而允许回缩杠杆150围绕第一心轴134旋转。Zemlok‘763还描述了此类单向滚针离合器和配件构件的操作并且其全文以引用方式并入本文。在各种形式中,回缩杠杆150包括其上各自具有凸轮表面158的一个或多个凸轮构件156。在第一取向上,回缩杠杆150沿着外壳12的杠杆凹坑14进行设置,如图1所示。设置在第一离合器部分144和第二离合器部分146之间的弹簧用于偏置回缩杠杆150以抵靠回缩底座124的顶部部分126。如在图6中可见,凸轮构件156设置在回缩底座124的顶部部分126中的对应凸轮狭槽或凹坑160内。回缩杠杆150通过返回弹簧162保持在第一取向,所述返回弹簧162安装在回缩底座124的顶部部分126和回缩杠杆150的凸轮部分154之间。凸轮构件156和凸轮狭槽160还阻止回缩杠杆150的旋转。Referring now to FIG. 6 , retraction lever 150 may include an elongated handle portion 152 that includes a cam portion 154 . Cam portion 154 may include an opening that may accommodate a one-way needle clutch (not shown) that is supported for engagement with a fitting (not shown) that may be attached to first spindle 134 . The mechanical fit allows retraction lever 150 to rotate about first spindle 134 . Zemlok '763 also describes the operation of such one-way roller clutches and fitting components and is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In various forms, the retract lever 150 includes one or more cam members 156 each having a cam surface 158 thereon. In a first orientation, the retraction lever 150 is disposed along the lever pocket 14 of the housing 12, as shown in FIG. 1 . A spring disposed between the first clutch portion 144 and the second clutch portion 146 serves to bias the retract lever 150 against the top portion 126 of the retract mount 124 . As seen in FIG. 6 , the cam members 156 are disposed within corresponding cam slots or pockets 160 in the top portion 126 of the retract base 124 . The retract lever 150 is maintained in the first orientation by a return spring 162 mounted between the top portion 126 of the retract base 124 and the cam portion 154 of the retract lever 150 . Cam member 156 and cam slot 160 also prevent retraction lever 150 from rotating.
在使用中,当回缩杠杆150移出外壳12中的杠杆凹坑14(图1)时,凸轮构件156与对应的凸轮狭槽160交接以对抗定位在第一离合器部分144和第二离合器部分146之间的弹簧的偏置力沿着向下方向来偏置回缩杠杆150的凸轮部分154。此类向下运动压缩弹簧并且将第一离合器部分144和第二离合器部分146推压成互锁接合。凸轮部分154沿逆时针方向的旋转致动滚针离合器,所述滚针离合器与配件和第一心轴134交接。回缩杠杆150的连续致动使离合器组件142旋转,所述离合器组件142继而使正齿轮136、138、140以及回缩齿轮132和驱动齿轮130旋转。这继而使驱动管102围绕纵向工具轴线“LA-LA”旋转。由于击发杆104与驱动管102螺纹接合,驱动管102按上述方式的旋转导致击发杆104回缩(近侧轴向行进)到驱动管102内。In use, when the retraction lever 150 is moved out of the lever recess 14 ( FIG. 1 ) in the housing 12 , the cam member 156 interfaces with the corresponding cam slot 160 against positioning in the first clutch portion 144 and the second clutch portion 146 . The biasing force of the spring in between biases the cam portion 154 of the retraction lever 150 in a downward direction. Such downward movement compresses the spring and urges the first clutch part 144 and the second clutch part 146 into interlocking engagement. Rotation of the cam portion 154 in a counterclockwise direction actuates the needle roller clutch that interfaces with the fitting and the first spindle 134 . Continued actuation of retract lever 150 rotates clutch assembly 142 which in turn rotates spur gears 136 , 138 , 140 as well as retract gear 132 and drive gear 130 . This in turn rotates the drive tube 102 about the longitudinal tool axis "LA-LA". Since the firing rod 104 is threadedly engaged with the drive tube 102 , rotation of the drive tube 102 in the manner described above causes the firing rod 104 to retract (proximally axially travel) into the drive tube 102 .
在操作中,马达100可被构造成能够使驱动管102沿着与回缩方向相反的方向(例如,沿着顺时针方向)围绕纵向工具轴线“LA-LA”旋转。驱动管102的此类旋转导致击发杆104沿着远侧方向“DD”轴向地运动。击发杆104和加载单元20的驱动构件60的这种推进在本文中可称为“击发”动作。如在图5中可见,例如,齿轮组件170用于实现所需的驱动扭矩量以沿远侧方向“DD”驱动击发杆104,从而致动加载单元20。齿轮组件170可包括联接到马达100的齿轮箱外壳172。例如,齿轮箱外壳172可通过螺杆103或其他机械紧固件和/或紧固件构造联接到马达外壳101。齿轮组件170和马达100可统称为“驱动单元”,通常标定为186。In operation, the motor 100 may be configured to rotate the drive tube 102 about the longitudinal tool axis "LA-LA" in a direction opposite to the retraction direction (eg, in a clockwise direction). Such rotation of the drive tube 102 causes the firing rod 104 to move axially in the distal direction "DD". This advancement of the firing rod 104 and the drive member 60 of the loading unit 20 may be referred to herein as a "firing" action. As seen in FIG. 5 , for example, gear assembly 170 is used to achieve the desired amount of drive torque to drive firing rod 104 in the distal direction “DD” to actuate loading unit 20 . Gear assembly 170 may include a gearbox housing 172 coupled to motor 100 . For example, gearbox housing 172 may be coupled to motor housing 101 by screws 103 or other mechanical fasteners and/or fastener configurations. Gear assembly 170 and motor 100 may be collectively referred to as a “drive unit”, generally designated 186 .
齿轮箱外壳172可旋转地支撑在马达保持器部分190中,所述马达保持器部分190为一体形成的或者由外壳12以其他方式不可旋转地支撑。此类构造允许驱动单元186在外壳12内围绕纵向工具轴线“LA-LA”旋转,但阻止其在外壳12内的轴向运动。马达100可例如由具有Zemlok‘763更详细描述的类型的功率源200和/或功率系统2000(图129)来提供功率。The gearbox housing 172 is rotatably supported in a motor holder portion 190 that is integrally formed or otherwise non-rotatably supported by the housing 12 . Such a configuration allows the drive unit 186 to rotate about the longitudinal tool axis “LA-LA” within the housing 12 but prevents its axial movement within the housing 12 . The motor 100 may be powered, for example, by a power source 200 and/or power system 2000 (Fig. 129) of the type described in more detail in Zemlok '763.
为了有利于将电流提供到驱动单元180并且更具体地提供到马达100,可使用的独特的触点构造210。例如,触点构造210可包括支撑在马达外壳101上的环形负极马达触点212和环形正极马达触点114,如在图4中可见。固定的负极触点216可支撑在外壳12内以用于与负极马达触点112的滑动接触。类似地,当驱动单元180在外壳12内旋转时,固定的正极触点218可被支撑以用于与正极马达触点214的滑动接触。固定的负极触点216和正极触点218可包括柔性弹簧状触点以有利于驱动单元186在外壳12内的组装和调整。固定的负极触点216可通过负极引线220电联接到功率源200,并且固定的正极触点218可通过正极引线222电联接到功率源200。此类触点构造允许将电功率从功率源200提供到马达100,同时有利于驱动单元186在柄部外壳内围绕纵向工具轴线“LA-LA”的旋转。To facilitate the provision of electrical current to the drive unit 180 and more particularly to the motor 100, a unique contact configuration 210 may be used. For example, contact configuration 210 may include annular negative motor contact 212 and annular positive motor contact 114 supported on motor housing 101 , as seen in FIG. 4 . A fixed negative contact 216 may be supported within the housing 12 for sliding contact with the negative motor contact 112 . Similarly, fixed positive contact 218 may be supported for sliding contact with positive motor contact 214 as drive unit 180 rotates within housing 12 . Fixed negative and positive contacts 216 , 218 may include flexible spring-like contacts to facilitate assembly and adjustment of drive unit 186 within housing 12 . Stationary negative contact 216 may be electrically coupled to power source 200 via negative lead 220 and stationary positive contact 218 may be electrically coupled to power source 200 via positive lead 222 . Such a contact configuration allows electrical power to be provided from the power source 200 to the motor 100 while facilitating rotation of the drive unit 186 about the longitudinal tool axis "LA-LA" within the handle housing.
参见图5,齿轮组件170可包括可操作地联接到马达轴107的行星齿轮构造。在一种构造中,例如,环形齿轮173可形成于齿轮箱外壳172的内表面上。主太阳齿轮171可联接到马达轴107。主太阳齿轮171可被支撑以与支撑在第一行星齿轮架174上的多个第一行星齿轮175啮合接合,使得它们也与环形齿轮173啮合接合。第一太阳齿轮176可形成于或者说是附接到第一行星齿轮架174上,并且可被支撑以与支撑在第二行星齿轮架177上的多个第二行星齿轮178啮合接合。第二行星齿轮178也可被支撑以与环形齿轮173啮合接合。第二太阳齿轮179可形成于或者说是附接到第二行星齿轮架177上,并且可被支撑以与多个第三行星齿轮181啮合接合。第三行星齿轮181可支撑在第三行星齿轮架180上以与环形齿轮173啮合接合。第三太阳齿轮183可形成于或者说是附接到第三行星齿轮架180上并且与多个第四行星齿轮187啮合接合,所述多个第四行星齿轮187可附接到输出轴单元184,所述输出轴单元184通过轴承185可旋转地支撑在齿轮箱外壳172内。第四行星齿轮187也可被支撑以与环形齿轮173啮合接合。Referring to FIG. 5 , gear assembly 170 may include a planetary gear configuration operatively coupled to motor shaft 107 . In one configuration, for example, a ring gear 173 may be formed on an inner surface of the gearbox housing 172 . The main sun gear 171 may be coupled to the motor shaft 107 . The main sun gear 171 may be supported for meshing engagement with a plurality of first planet gears 175 supported on a first planet carrier 174 such that they are also in meshing engagement with the ring gear 173 . A first sun gear 176 may be formed on or otherwise attached to a first planet carrier 174 and may be supported for meshing engagement with a plurality of second planet gears 178 supported on a second planet carrier 177 . A second planet gear 178 may also be supported in meshing engagement with the ring gear 173 . The second sun gear 179 may be formed on or otherwise attached to the second planet carrier 177 and may be supported in meshing engagement with a plurality of third planet gears 181 . A third planetary gear 181 may be supported on the third planetary carrier 180 for meshing engagement with the ring gear 173 . The third sun gear 183 may be formed on or attached to the third planet carrier 180 and meshedly engaged with a plurality of fourth planet gears 187 which may be attached to the output shaft unit 184 , the output shaft unit 184 is rotatably supported in the gearbox housing 172 through a bearing 185 . A fourth planet gear 187 may also be supported in meshing engagement with the ring gear 173 .
图7示出了用于将驱动单元186可旋转地支撑在外壳12内的一种构造。如在该图中可见,马达保持器190的马达安装毂192可包括可旋转地支撑于其中的齿轮箱外壳段196。在一种构造中,例如,齿轮组件170通过轴承185可旋转地支撑在齿轮箱外壳段196中。类似地,马达100通过轴承198可旋转地支撑在马达安装外壳部分13内。也可使用将驱动单元186可旋转地支撑在外壳12内的其他方法。FIG. 7 shows one configuration for rotatably supporting drive unit 186 within housing 12 . As seen in this figure, the motor mounting hub 192 of the motor holder 190 may include a gearbox housing segment 196 rotatably supported therein. In one configuration, for example, gear assembly 170 is rotatably supported in gearbox housing segment 196 via bearings 185 . Similarly, motor 100 is rotatably supported within motor mounting housing portion 13 by bearings 198 . Other methods of rotatably supporting drive unit 186 within housing 12 may also be used.
输出轴单元184可操作地联接到具有Zemlok‘763所公开的类型和构造的离合器230(图5),该专利全文以引用方式并入本文。有关此类离合器230的构造和操作的其他细节可得自该公布。然而,在另选的实施例中,离合器230可由轴-轴联接器或套管构造替换,所述轴-轴联接器或套管构造用于有利于输出轴单元184直接联接到驱动管102。The output shaft unit 184 is operably coupled to a clutch 230 (FIG. 5) of the type and construction disclosed by Zemlok '763, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Additional details regarding the construction and operation of such clutches 230 are available from this publication. However, in alternative embodiments, clutch 230 may be replaced by a shaft-to-shaft coupling or sleeve configuration for facilitating direct coupling of output shaft unit 184 to drive tube 102 .
当公开于Zemlok‘763中的外科器械的可轴向运动的驱动梁被卡住或者器械的功率丢失时,使用者不得不使用回缩组件来将驱动梁向后回缩到初始位置以有利于加载单元的移除。然而,有效的回缩是困难的,因为回缩系统不得不产生所需的足够扭矩量以反转齿轮组件中的多个齿轮构造。因此,此类回缩系统可极其难以有效地操作。When the axially movable drive beam of the surgical instrument disclosed in Zemlok '763 gets stuck or power to the instrument is lost, the user has to use a retraction assembly to retract the drive beam back to its original position to facilitate Loading unit removal. Effective retraction, however, is difficult because the retraction system has to generate the required amount of sufficient torque to reverse the multiple gear configurations in the gear assembly. Accordingly, such retraction systems can be extremely difficult to operate effectively.
本文所公开的至少一个外科器械实施例采用独特和新型的可释放的驱动单元锁定系统(通常标定为240)以解决此问题。如将在下文中更详细所述,例如,当可释放的驱动单元锁定系统240处于“锁定”位置时,驱动单元186被阻止在柄部外壳12内旋转。当外科器械被“击发”时,驱动单元186保持在锁定位置,以有利来自马达100的马达扭矩通过齿轮组件170最终传递到驱动管102。当期望启动回缩组件120时,使驱动单元锁定系统240运动到“解锁”位置,以允许驱动单元186在外壳12内自由地旋转,由此无需产生足够的回缩扭矩来反转齿轮组件170中的齿轮构造。在回缩组件120的操作期间,齿轮组件170可保持可操作地联接在马达100和驱动管102之间。在此类实施例中,尽管齿轮组件170保持可操作地联接到马达100和驱动管102,但驱动单元186的自由旋转可降低当齿轮构造反转以回缩驱动管102时驱动齿轮组件170所需的扭矩。这种所需扭矩的降低可改善回缩系统的有效性。At least one surgical instrument embodiment disclosed herein employs a unique and novel releasable drive unit locking system, generally designated 240, to address this issue. As will be described in more detail below, for example, the drive unit 186 is prevented from rotating within the handle housing 12 when the releasable drive unit locking system 240 is in the "locked" position. When the surgical instrument is “fired,” the drive unit 186 remains in the locked position to facilitate the ultimate transfer of motor torque from the motor 100 through the gear assembly 170 to the drive tube 102 . When it is desired to actuate the retraction assembly 120, the drive unit locking system 240 is moved to an "unlocked" position to allow the drive unit 186 to rotate freely within the housing 12, thereby eliminating the need to generate sufficient retraction torque to reverse the gear assembly 170 Gear construction in . During operation of retraction assembly 120 , gear assembly 170 may remain operably coupled between motor 100 and drive tube 102 . In such embodiments, although the gear assembly 170 remains operably coupled to the motor 100 and drive tube 102, the free rotation of the drive unit 186 can reduce the pressure on the drive gear assembly 170 when the gear configuration is reversed to retract the drive tube 102. required torque. This reduction in required torque can improve the effectiveness of the retraction system.
如在图8中可见,例如,回缩组件120的第三正齿轮140可包括解锁凸轮141,所述解锁凸轮141被构造成能够致动驱动单元锁定系统240的锁定制转杆组件250。锁定制转杆组件250的一种形式示于图9-11中。如在图10中可见,例如,锁定制转杆组件250可包括制转杆构件252,所述制转杆构件252具有形成于其中的锁定凹口254。锁定凹口254的尺寸可被设计成允许形成于齿轮箱外壳172的外部周边周围的一系列间隔开的第一锁定楔形件256从中自由地穿过。参见例如图12和图13。制转杆锁定楔形件258形成于锁定制转杆252上以用于与第一锁定楔形件256中的任何一个锁定接合,如将在下文中更详细所述。如另在在图8-11中可见,锁定制转杆组件250还可包括制转杆引导杆260,所述制转杆引导杆260被构造成能够可滑动地接纳在马达安装毂192中的通道194内。制转杆弹簧262轴颈连接在制转杆引导杆260上并且定位在制转杆构件252和马达安装毂192之间以将制转杆构件252的凸轮接合部分264偏置成与第三正齿轮140接合。As can be seen in FIG. 8 , for example, third spur gear 140 of retraction assembly 120 may include an unlocking cam 141 configured to actuate locking pawl assembly 250 of drive unit locking system 240 . One form of locking pawl assembly 250 is shown in FIGS. 9-11. As seen in FIG. 10 , for example, the locking pawl assembly 250 may include a pawl member 252 having a locking notch 254 formed therein. The locking notches 254 may be sized to allow free passage therethrough of a series of spaced first locking wedges 256 formed about the outer perimeter of the gearbox housing 172 . See eg FIGS. 12 and 13 . A pawl locking wedge 258 is formed on the locking pawl 252 for locking engagement with either of the first locking wedges 256, as will be described in more detail below. As also seen in FIGS. 8-11 , the locking pawl assembly 250 may also include a pawl guide rod 260 configured to be slidably received in the motor mounting hub 192 Inside passage 194. A pawl spring 262 is journalled on the pawl guide rod 260 and positioned between the pawl member 252 and the motor mounting hub 192 to bias the cam engaging portion 264 of the pawl member 252 to align with the third positive direction. Gear 140 engages.
现在将参照图8、图13和图14来描述操作回缩组件120和驱动单元锁定系统240的一种方法。图13示出了处于锁定位置的驱动单元锁定系统240。如在该图中可见,制转杆构件252通过制转杆弹簧262偏置成远侧锁定位置。当处于该锁定位置时,制转杆构件252上的制转杆锁定楔形件258与齿轮箱外壳172上的第一锁定楔形件256中的相应一者锁定接合。当处于该位置时,回缩组件120还未被启动并且齿轮组件170被阻止在外壳12旋转。通过压下主功率开关80(图1)对马达100的操作导致驱动管102的旋转并且最终导致击发杆104的轴向推进,由此将驱动梁60朝远侧驱动穿过加载单元20。One method of operating the retraction assembly 120 and drive unit locking system 240 will now be described with reference to FIGS. 8 , 13 and 14 . Figure 13 shows the drive unit locking system 240 in a locked position. As can be seen in this figure, pawl member 252 is biased into the distal locked position by pawl spring 262 . When in the locked position, the pawl locking wedges 258 on the pawl member 252 are in locking engagement with a corresponding one of the first locking wedges 256 on the gearbox housing 172 . When in this position, the retraction assembly 120 has not been activated and the gear assembly 170 is prevented from rotating on the housing 12 . Operation of motor 100 by depressing main power switch 80 ( FIG. 1 ) results in rotation of drive tube 102 and ultimately axial advancement of firing rod 104 , thereby driving drive beam 60 distally through loading unit 20 .
如果例如驱动梁60被卡在夹持在加载单元20中的组织内、或者马达100的功率丢失、或者由于某种其他原因马达100不能反转驱动管102的旋转以最终回缩击发杆104,则临床医生可使用回缩组件120来手动地回缩击发杆104和驱动梁60。图8示出了处于未致动位置的回缩组件120(例如,当驱动单元锁定系统240处于锁定位置)。为了开始手动回缩过程,临床医生牵拉回缩杠杆150以离开柄部外壳12中的杠杆凹坑14(沿“R”方向---参见图6)。回缩杠杆150沿“R”方向的运动导致回缩杠杆150的凸轮部分154在回缩底座124内的旋转。回缩杠杆150沿“R”方向的此类初始旋转导致解锁凸轮141接合制转杆构件252的凸轮接合部分264以将制转杆构件252偏置到解锁位置,由此允许驱动单元186在柄部外壳12内自由地旋转。回缩底座中的凸轮狭槽160被设置并且具有足够的长度以有利于回缩杠杆150的凸轮部分154的这种旋转行进而无需离合器组件142的初始脱离。因此,凸轮狭槽160可长于定位在先前回缩底座构造中的凸轮狭槽,以有利于在施加致动动作来导致驱动管102旋转之前的驱动单元组件186的解锁。例如,在至少一种构造中,凸轮狭槽160可为细长的,以有利于使回缩杠杆150旋转约十五度。当临床医生继续沿“R”方向旋转回缩杠杆150时,凸轮接合部分264将沿着解锁凸轮141的外周边骑跨在第三正齿轮140上。回缩杠杆150沿“R”方向的继续旋转导致凸轮部分154上的凸轮构件156与其相应凸轮狭槽160的端部接合,以沿着向下方向偏置凸轮部分154。此向下运动压缩定位在第一离合器部分144和第二离合器部分146之间的弹簧,以使其上的齿148彼此啮合接合。凸轮部分154沿逆时针方向的继续旋转可致动滚针离合器,所述滚针离合器与配件和第一心轴交接。回缩杠杆150的连续致动使离合器组件142旋转,所述离合器组件142继而使正齿轮136、138、140以及回缩齿轮132和驱动齿轮130旋转。这继而旋转驱动管102并且驱动击发杆104。If, for example, drive beam 60 becomes lodged in tissue clamped in loading unit 20, or power to motor 100 is lost, or for some other reason motor 100 fails to reverse the rotation of drive tube 102 to eventually retract firing rod 104, A clinician may then use retraction assembly 120 to manually retract firing rod 104 and drive beam 60 . FIG. 8 shows retraction assembly 120 in an unactuated position (eg, when drive unit locking system 240 is in a locked position). To begin the manual retraction procedure, the clinician pulls the retraction lever 150 out of the lever pocket 14 in the handle housing 12 (in the "R" direction - see FIG. 6 ). Movement of the retract lever 150 in the “R” direction results in rotation of the cam portion 154 of the retract lever 150 within the retract base 124 . Such initial rotation of the retraction lever 150 in the "R" direction causes the unlocking cam 141 to engage the cam engaging portion 264 of the pawl member 252 to bias the pawl member 252 into the unlocked position, thereby allowing the drive unit 186 to move in the handle. It can freely rotate inside the external housing 12. The cam slot 160 in the retract base is configured and of sufficient length to facilitate such rotational travel of the cam portion 154 of the retract lever 150 without initial disengagement of the clutch assembly 142 . Accordingly, the cam slot 160 may be longer than the cam slot positioned in the previous retracted base configuration to facilitate unlocking of the drive unit assembly 186 prior to application of an actuation action to cause the drive tube 102 to rotate. For example, in at least one configuration, the cam slot 160 can be elongated to facilitate rotation of the retract lever 150 by about fifteen degrees. As the clinician continues to rotate the retraction lever 150 in the “R” direction, the cam engaging portion 264 will ride on the third spur gear 140 along the outer perimeter of the unlocking cam 141 . Continued rotation of the retract lever 150 in the "R" direction causes the cam member 156 on the cam portion 154 to engage the end of its corresponding cam slot 160 to bias the cam portion 154 in a downward direction. This downward movement compresses a spring positioned between the first clutch part 144 and the second clutch part 146 to bring the teeth 148 thereon into meshing engagement with each other. Continued rotation of the cam portion 154 in the counterclockwise direction actuates the needle clutch that interfaces with the accessory and the first spindle. Continued actuation of retract lever 150 rotates clutch assembly 142 which in turn rotates spur gears 136 , 138 , 140 as well as retract gear 132 and drive gear 130 . This in turn rotates the drive tube 102 and drives the firing rod 104 .
回缩杠杆150可被致动预定的行进量,直至回缩杠杆150的一部分邻接外壳12的一部分。然后,通过返回弹簧162使回缩杠杆150返回到其第一位置。此动作升高凸轮部分152,由此允许第二离合器部分146也向上运动并且脱离第一离合器部分144。滚针离合器可释放配件,由此允许回缩杠杆150返回到第一位置而不影响驱动管102的运动。一旦回缩杠杆150返回到第一位置,驱动单元186就再次保持在锁定位置。回缩杠杆150的棘轮运动或旋转可反复地重复,直至击发杆104已返回到所需位置。The retract lever 150 may be actuated a predetermined amount of travel until a portion of the retract lever 150 abuts a portion of the housing 12 . The retraction lever 150 is then returned to its first position by the return spring 162 . This action raises the cam portion 152 thereby allowing the second clutch portion 146 to also move up and disengage the first clutch portion 144 . The needle clutch may release the fitting, thereby allowing the retraction lever 150 to return to the first position without affecting the movement of the drive tube 102 . Once the retraction lever 150 is returned to the first position, the drive unit 186 remains in the locked position again. The ratcheting or rotation of retraction lever 150 may be repeated iteratively until firing rod 104 has returned to the desired position.
由于齿轮箱外壳172在此旋转动作的施加期间自由地旋转,因此相比于操作先前回缩组件所需的扭矩,旋转驱动管102和齿轮组件170内的齿轮所需的扭矩量显著降低。此类构造还有利地用于在齿轮组件170保持驱动地联接到马达轴107期间阻止将回缩组件所产生的扭矩力传递到马达轴107。换句话讲,在回缩组件120的操作期间,齿轮组件170可保持驱动地联接在马达轴107和驱动管102之间。此类构造不同于如下回缩构造,所述回缩构造公开于例如全文以引用方式并入本文的美国专利7,959,050中,但在回缩系统的启动期间导致传输部分的物理脱离或物理中断。Because gearbox housing 172 is free to rotate during application of this rotational action, the amount of torque required to rotate drive tube 102 and the gears within gear assembly 170 is significantly reduced as compared to the torque required to operate previous retraction assemblies. Such configurations also advantageously serve to resist the transfer of torque generated by the retraction assembly to the motor shaft 107 while the gear assembly 170 remains drivingly coupled to the motor shaft 107 . In other words, gear assembly 170 may remain drivingly coupled between motor shaft 107 and drive tube 102 during operation of retraction assembly 120 . Such configurations differ from the retracted configurations disclosed, for example, in US Patent 7,959,050, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, but result in physical disengagement or physical interruption of the transport portion during activation of the retracting system.
图15-18示出了除了下文描述的差异之外基本上类似于上述外科器械10的另一个外科器械310。如在图16中可见,器械310包括齿轮组件470,所述齿轮组件470包括例如可按上文所述的方式联接到马达100的齿轮箱外壳472。齿轮箱组件470和马达100可统称为“驱动单元”,通常标定为486。除了下文所述的差异之外,齿轮组件470可与齿轮组件170相同。15-18 illustrate another surgical instrument 310 that is substantially similar to surgical instrument 10 described above, except for the differences described below. As can be seen in FIG. 16 , instrument 310 includes a gear assembly 470 including a gearbox housing 472 that may be coupled to motor 100 in the manner described above, for example. Gearbox assembly 470 and motor 100 may collectively be referred to as a “drive unit,” generally designated 486 . Gear assembly 470 may be identical to gear assembly 170 except for the differences described below.
在至少一种构造中,齿轮箱外壳472不可旋转地支撑在马达保持器部分190中或者可与其一体形成,所述马达保持器部分190为一体形成的或者说是在外壳12内以本文所述的方式不可旋转地附接。由于在该构造中驱动单元486不旋转,其可直接以线连接到功率源。例如,马达100可按照Zemlok‘763所述的方式或其他合适的方式来提供功率。如在图16中可见,齿轮组件470可包括可操作地联接到马达轴107的行星齿轮构造。在一种构造中,例如,固定环形齿轮473可形成于齿轮箱外壳472的内表面上。主太阳齿轮471可附接到马达轴107。主太阳齿轮471可被支撑以与支撑在第一行星齿轮架474上的多个第一行星齿轮475啮合接合。第一行星齿轮475也可与环形齿轮473啮合接合。第一太阳齿轮476可形成于第一行星齿轮架474上并且与支撑在第二行星齿轮架477上的多个第二行星齿轮478啮合接合。第二行星齿轮478也可被支撑以与固定环形齿轮473啮合接合。第二太阳齿轮479可形成于或者附接到第二行星齿轮架477上,并且可被支撑以与支撑在第三行星齿轮架480上的多个第三行星齿轮481啮合接合。第三行星齿轮481与固定环形齿轮473啮合接合。第三太阳齿轮483可形成于或者说是附接到第三行星齿轮架480上。第三太阳齿轮483可被支撑以与多个第四行星齿轮487啮合接合,所述多个第四行星齿轮487可附接到输出轴单元484,所述输出轴单元484通过轴承185可旋转地支撑在齿轮箱外壳472内。所述多个第四行星齿轮487可与可锁定的环形齿轮485啮合接合,所述可锁定的环形齿轮485可旋转地安装在齿轮箱外壳472中。齿轮471、473、475、476、478、479、481和483在本文中可统称为齿轮系组件460。In at least one construction, gearbox housing 472 is non-rotatably supported or may be integrally formed with motor holder portion 190 that is integrally formed or otherwise within housing 12 as described herein. attached in a non-rotatable manner. Since the drive unit 486 does not rotate in this configuration, it can be directly wired to a power source. For example, motor 100 may be powered in the manner described in Zemlok '763 or in other suitable manner. As seen in FIG. 16 , gear assembly 470 may include a planetary gear configuration operatively coupled to motor shaft 107 . In one configuration, for example, a stationary ring gear 473 may be formed on an inner surface of the gearbox housing 472 . The main sun gear 471 may be attached to the motor shaft 107 . The main sun gear 471 may be supported for meshing engagement with a plurality of first planet gears 475 supported on a first planet carrier 474 . The first planet gears 475 are also in meshing engagement with the ring gear 473 . A first sun gear 476 may be formed on a first planetary carrier 474 and meshingly engaged with a plurality of second planetary gears 478 supported on a second planetary carrier 477 . A second planetary gear 478 may also be supported in meshing engagement with the stationary ring gear 473 . The second sun gear 479 may be formed on or attached to the second planetary carrier 477 and may be supported for meshing engagement with a plurality of third planetary gears 481 supported on the third planetary carrier 480 . The third planetary gear 481 is in meshing engagement with the fixed ring gear 473 . The third sun gear 483 may be formed on or otherwise attached to the third planet carrier 480 . The third sun gear 483 may be supported to meshingly engage with a plurality of fourth planetary gears 487 which may be attached to an output shaft unit 484 rotatably via a bearing 185 Supported within the gearbox housing 472 . The plurality of fourth planetary gears 487 can be meshedly engaged with a lockable ring gear 485 rotatably mounted in the gearbox housing 472 . Gears 471 , 473 , 475 , 476 , 478 , 479 , 481 , and 483 may be collectively referred to herein as gear train assembly 460 .
可锁定的环形齿轮485可旋转地安装在马达保持器部分190(图16)中的环形腔体490内。腔体490的尺寸被设计成允许可锁定的环形齿轮485在其中围绕纵向工具轴线“LA-LA”的自由旋转。可锁定的环形齿轮485可安装在环形通道490中并且随后通过插塞构件492保持固定,所述插塞构件492被按压到或者说是保持在环形通道490内。A lockable ring gear 485 is rotatably mounted within an annular cavity 490 in the motor holder portion 190 (FIG. 16). Cavity 490 is sized to allow free rotation of lockable ring gear 485 therein about longitudinal tool axis "LA-LA". The lockable ring gear 485 may be mounted in the annular channel 490 and then held in place by a plug member 492 which is pressed or otherwise retained within the annular channel 490 .
外科器械310还可包括驱动单元锁定系统540,所述驱动单元锁定系统540包括可运动的移位环组件542。在至少一种形式中,移位环组件542可包括例如移位环543,所述移位环543具有至少一个并且优选地多个例如销544形式的锁定构件。销544从移位环543突出并且被构造成能够与可锁定的环形齿轮485选择性地锁定接合。锁定销544中的每一个可滑动地接纳在插塞构件492中的相应通道546内。移位环542被支撑以用于通过附接到离合器夹具560的反转连接件550来轴向运动。如在图15中可见,离合器夹具560可包括弹簧夹具,所述弹簧夹具围绕第三正齿轮140的外周边的一部分进行夹持。离合器夹具560可在其上具有附接到移位器杆564的凸耳562。移位器杆564可为略微柔性的并且可枢转地联接到移位环542。在正常使用期间(即,当马达100正驱动击发杆104时),锁定销544与可锁定的环形齿轮475锁定接合,以阻止可锁定的环形齿轮475旋转,使得旋转扭矩被传递到输出轴单元484并且最终传递到驱动管102。Surgical instrument 310 may also include a drive unit locking system 540 including a movable shifting ring assembly 542 . In at least one form, the shift ring assembly 542 can include, for example, a shift ring 543 having at least one and preferably a plurality of locking members, such as in the form of pins 544 . Pin 544 protrudes from shift ring 543 and is configured for selective lockable engagement with lockable ring gear 485 . Each of the locking pins 544 is slidably received within a corresponding channel 546 in the plug member 492 . The shift ring 542 is supported for axial movement by an inversion link 550 attached to a clutch clamp 560 . As seen in FIG. 15 , the clutch clamp 560 may comprise a spring clamp that clamps around a portion of the outer perimeter of the third spur gear 140 . The clutch clamp 560 may have a lug 562 thereon that attaches to a shifter rod 564 . The shifter rod 564 may be somewhat flexible and pivotally coupled to the shifter ring 542 . During normal use (i.e., when the motor 100 is driving the firing rod 104), the locking pin 544 is in locking engagement with the lockable ring gear 475 to prevent the lockable ring gear 475 from rotating so that rotational torque is transmitted to the output shaft unit 484 and finally to the drive tube 102.
当临床医生期望使用回缩组件120来回缩击发杆104时,使回缩杠杆150从图15所示的起始位置沿“R”方向旋转。当回缩杠杆150旋转时,离合器夹具560与第三正齿轮140一起旋转,从而使得移位器杆564沿远侧方向“DD”移动移位环542。当移位环542沿远侧方向“DD”运动时,锁定销544运动成不与可锁定的环形齿轮485锁定接合,以允许可锁定的环形齿轮485相对于齿轮箱外壳472旋转。临床医生继续使回缩杠杆150棘轮运动到图18所示的端部位置。在例如至少一种构造中,回缩杠杆150需要仅旋转约十五度,以使得锁定销544脱离可锁定的环形齿轮485。在临床医生释放回缩杠杆150之后,返回弹簧162将使回缩杠杆150返回到起始位置并且临床医生可重复该过程,直至击发杆104回缩到期望的位置。由于可锁定的环形齿轮485在轴承外壳472内自由地旋转,因此驱动管102和输出轴单元484的旋转将不受齿轮组件470中的其他齿轮构造的抵制。由此,相比于在回缩过程中保持与齿轮组件中的齿轮构造可操作地接合的回缩构造,回缩击发杆104所需的棘轮运动扭矩量得以减小。此外,尽管所需的扭矩得以减小,但击发杆104可保持与齿轮组件470可操作地接合。换句话讲,击发杆104可保持可操作地联接到马达100。当移位环542接触马达安装毂192中的轴承185时,锁定销544锁定接合可锁定的环形齿轮485。在移位环接触马达安装毂192的轴承185或其他部分之后,离合器夹具560可被构造成能够相对于第三正齿轮140滑动。因此,驱动单元锁定系统540用于在将回缩动作施加至驱动管102期间有利于驱动单元的至少一部分在柄部外壳内的旋转,以减小回缩击发杆104所需的回缩扭矩量。When the clinician desires to retract the firing rod 104 using the retraction assembly 120 , the retraction lever 150 is rotated in the "R" direction from the starting position shown in FIG. 15 . As the retraction lever 150 is rotated, the clutch clamp 560 rotates with the third spur gear 140, causing the shifter rod 564 to move the shifter ring 542 in the distal direction “DD”. When the shift ring 542 is moved in the distal direction “DD”, the locking pin 544 moves out of locking engagement with the lockable ring gear 485 to allow the lockable ring gear 485 to rotate relative to the gearbox housing 472 . The clinician continues to ratchet the retraction lever 150 to the end position shown in FIG. 18 . In at least one configuration, for example, retraction lever 150 needs to be rotated only about fifteen degrees to disengage locking pin 544 from lockable ring gear 485 . After the clinician releases the retraction lever 150, the return spring 162 will return the retraction lever 150 to the starting position and the clinician can repeat the process until the firing rod 104 is retracted to the desired position. Since lockable ring gear 485 is free to rotate within bearing housing 472 , rotation of drive tube 102 and output shaft unit 484 will not be resisted by other gear configurations in gear assembly 470 . As such, the amount of ratchet movement torque required to retract the firing rod 104 is reduced compared to a retracted configuration that remains operably engaged with the gear configuration in the gear assembly during retraction. Additionally, firing rod 104 may remain operatively engaged with gear assembly 470 despite the reduced torque required. In other words, firing rod 104 may remain operably coupled to motor 100 . When the shift ring 542 contacts the bearing 185 in the motor mounting hub 192 , the locking pin 544 lockingly engages the lockable ring gear 485 . The clutch clip 560 may be configured to slide relative to the third spur gear 140 after the shift ring contacts the bearing 185 or other portion of the motor mounting hub 192 . Accordingly, the drive unit locking system 540 serves to facilitate rotation of at least a portion of the drive unit within the handle housing during application of retraction motion to the drive tube 102 to reduce the amount of retraction torque required to retract the firing rod 104 .
图19中的外科器械610与外科器械310基本上相同,不同的是离合器夹具560附接到第三正齿轮140以使得除去用于外科器械310中的反转连接件550。如在图18中可见,例如,移位器杆564直接连接到移位环542。回缩杆杠150按照上述方式的棘轮运动导致移位环542的运动并且导致锁定销544与可锁定的环形齿轮485的接合和脱离。Surgical instrument 610 in FIG. 19 is substantially the same as surgical instrument 310 except that clutch clamp 560 is attached to third spur gear 140 such that counter-rotating linkage 550 used in surgical instrument 310 is eliminated. As can be seen in FIG. 18 , for example, the shifter rod 564 is directly connected to the shifter ring 542 . Ratcheting of retraction lever 150 in the manner described above results in movement of shift ring 542 and in engagement and disengagement of locking pin 544 with lockable ring gear 485 .
图20和21示出了除了以下差异之外与外科器械610基本上相同的另一个外科器械610’。在该构造中,例如,至少两个“叶片型”锁定弹簧620和环形齿轮锁定构件622支撑在齿轮组件470’的齿轮箱外壳472’上。如在图20中可见,每个锁定弹簧620和对应的锁定构件622支撑在齿轮箱外壳472’中的狭槽624内。在该构造中,附接到移位环542的锁定销544’被构造成能够接触并且向内按压对应的锁定弹簧620,以将对应的环形齿轮锁定构件622挤压成与可锁定的环形齿轮485锁定接合。当处于该位置(示于图20中)时,可锁定的环形齿轮485被阻止相对于齿轮箱外壳472’旋转。当移位器杆564沿远侧方向“DD”牵拉移位环542时,锁定销544’脱离其对应的锁定弹簧620,这允许弹簧620挠曲到起始位置,以允许环形齿轮锁定构件622脱离可锁定的环形齿轮485,由此允许其相对于齿轮箱外壳472’旋转。因此,当回缩组件120启动时,可锁定的环形齿轮485相对于齿轮箱外壳472’自由地旋转,从而减小导致击发杆104沿近侧方向“PD”回缩所需的回缩扭矩量。20 and 21 illustrate another surgical instrument 610' that is substantially the same as surgical instrument 610 except for the following differences. In this configuration, for example, at least two "leaf-type" locking springs 620 and ring gear locking member 622 are supported on the gearbox housing 472' of the gear assembly 470'. As can be seen in Figure 20, each locking spring 620 and corresponding locking member 622 are supported within a slot 624 in the gearbox housing 472'. In this configuration, the locking pin 544' attached to the shift ring 542 is configured to contact and press the corresponding locking spring 620 inwardly to compress the corresponding ring gear locking member 622 into engagement with the lockable ring gear 485 locking engagement. When in this position (shown in FIG. 20 ), the lockable ring gear 485 is prevented from rotating relative to the gearbox housing 472'. When the shifter rod 564 pulls the shift ring 542 in the distal direction "DD", the locking pin 544' disengages its corresponding locking spring 620, which allows the spring 620 to flex to the starting position to allow the ring gear locking member 622 disengages lockable ring gear 485, thereby allowing it to rotate relative to gearbox housing 472'. Accordingly, when retraction assembly 120 is activated, lockable ring gear 485 is free to rotate relative to gearbox housing 472', thereby reducing the amount of retraction torque required to cause retraction of firing rod 104 in the proximal direction "PD". .
图22-24示出了如果在操作期间可操作地附接的外科器械的击发杆的远侧部分或其他部件被卡住或者用于推进击发杆组件的操作功率中断则用于选择性地手动回缩外科器械710的击发杆的远侧部分的另一个回缩组件构造。除了下文所述的差异之外,外科器械710在设计和操作上可类似于上文描述的和/或Zemlok‘763中公开的外科器械,该专利全文以引用方式并入本文。Figures 22-24 illustrate the use of selective manual firing if the distal portion or other component of the firing rod of an operably attached surgical instrument becomes jammed or the operating power for advancing the firing rod assembly is interrupted during operation. Another retraction assembly configuration that retracts the distal portion of the firing rod of the surgical instrument 710 . Except for the differences described below, surgical instrument 710 may be similar in design and operation to the surgical instruments described above and/or disclosed in Zemlok '763, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
如在图22-24中可见,外科器械710包括可操作地支撑击发杆组件720的外壳712。外壳712可例如可操作地支撑马达和齿轮组件(未示出),以用于将旋转动作施加到驱动管,从而可导致击发杆组件720按照本文所述的各种方式进行轴向运动。在至少一种构造中,击发杆组件720可包括按照本文所公开的各种方式与驱动管可操作地交接的近侧击发构件或杆部分722。在其他外科器械构造中,近侧击发杆部分722可与其他驱动构造和系统可操作地交接,所述其他驱动构造和系统被构造成能够将轴向动作施加到近侧击发杆部分722。As seen in FIGS. 22-24 , surgical instrument 710 includes a housing 712 that operably supports a firing rod assembly 720 . Housing 712 may, for example, operably support a motor and gear assembly (not shown) for imparting rotational motion to the drive tube that may cause axial movement of firing rod assembly 720 in various ways as described herein. In at least one configuration, the firing rod assembly 720 can include a proximal firing member or rod portion 722 that operably interfaces with the drive tube in various manners disclosed herein. In other surgical instrument configurations, the proximal firing rod portion 722 may operably interface with other drive configurations and systems configured to impart axial motion to the proximal firing rod portion 722 .
如在图22-24中进一步可见,击发杆组件720还可包括远侧击发构件或杆部分724,所述远侧击发构件或杆部分724按照本文所述的各种方式可操作地联接到加载单元20的可轴向运动的驱动梁60的近侧端部。回缩连杆组件732形式的回缩组件730可枢转地联接在近侧击发杆部分722和远侧击发杆部分724之间。在示出的构造中,回缩连杆组件732包括致动器连接件734,所述致动器连接件734具有销接到近侧击发杆部分722的连接件柄部部分736。回缩连杆组件732还包括销接到致动器连接件734和远侧击发杆部分724的远侧回缩连接件738,如图所示。在例示的实施例中,外壳712包括朝远侧延伸的关节运动外壳部分714,所述朝远侧延伸的关节运动外壳部分714还可包括朝远侧延伸的轴外壳段716。当回缩连杆组件732响应于击发杆组件720的轴向运动沿远侧方向和近侧方向轴向地运动时,轴外壳段716可用于轴向地支撑回缩连杆组件732。为了有利于回缩连杆组件732相对于轴外壳段716的轴向运动,致动器连接件734延伸穿过形成于轴外壳段716中的狭槽718,如图所示。As further seen in FIGS. 22-24 , the firing rod assembly 720 may also include a distal firing member or rod portion 724 that is operably coupled to the loading mechanism in various ways as described herein. The proximal end of the axially movable drive beam 60 of the unit 20 . A retraction assembly 730 in the form of a retraction link assembly 732 is pivotally coupled between the proximal firing rod portion 722 and the distal firing rod portion 724 . In the illustrated construction, the retraction linkage assembly 732 includes an actuator link 734 having a link handle portion 736 that pins to the proximal firing rod portion 722 . The retraction linkage assembly 732 also includes a distal retraction link 738 that is pinned to the actuator link 734 and the distal firing rod portion 724, as shown. In the illustrated embodiment, housing 712 includes a distally extending articulation housing portion 714 that may also include a distally extending shaft housing segment 716 . Shaft housing segment 716 may serve to axially support retraction link assembly 732 as retraction link assembly 732 moves axially in the distal and proximal directions in response to axial movement of firing rod assembly 720 . To facilitate axial movement of the retraction linkage assembly 732 relative to the shaft housing segment 716, the actuator link 734 extends through a slot 718 formed in the shaft housing segment 716, as shown.
图22示出了击发之前的击发杆组件720和回缩组件730的位置。图23示出了沿远侧方向“DD”击发之后的击发杆组件720和回缩组件730的位置。如果在击发过程中,临床医生希望将驱动梁60向后回缩到起始位置,则临床医生可仅握住致动器连接件734的连接件柄部部分736并且沿“R”方向进行枢转,如图24所示,由此沿近侧“PD”方向牵拉远侧击发杆部分724和驱动梁60。如图22和图23所示,在击发过程中,远侧击发杆部分724的近侧端部725可通常与近侧击发杆部分734的远侧端部735轴向地间隔开标定为“RD”的距离。例如,在通过驱动单元击发和正常回缩击发杆组件720期间,距离“RD”可保持不变。然而,当临床医生启动回缩组件时,远侧击发杆部分724的近侧端部725和近侧击发杆部分734的远侧端部735之间的距离(距离“RD’”)将小于距离“RD”。另外,如在图22中可见,驱动梁60的远侧工作头62的起始位置和远侧工作头62的结束位置之间(即,完整的击发行程之后)的距离由距离“FD”表示。如果需要,距离“RD”可为足够大的,以允许远侧击发杆部分724充分地回缩(即,运动到较靠近近侧击发杆部分722的远侧端部735),从而使工作头62从结束位置返回到其起始位置。换句话讲,远侧击发杆部分724可回缩至少等于或大于击发距离“FD”的回缩距离。在此类构造中,例如,如果工作头65被卡在或以其他方式停在其结束位置,则回缩组件的启动可完全回缩驱动梁60,以使远侧工作头62回到其起始位置,其中远侧工作头62可允许砧座22枢转打开并且释放组织。FIG. 22 shows the positions of the firing rod assembly 720 and the retraction assembly 730 prior to firing. 23 illustrates the positions of the firing rod assembly 720 and the retraction assembly 730 after firing in the distal direction "DD". If during firing, the clinician wishes to retract the drive beam 60 back to the starting position, the clinician can simply grasp the link handle portion 736 of the actuator link 734 and pivot in the "R" direction. 24, thereby pulling the distal firing rod portion 724 and drive beam 60 in the proximal "PD" direction. As shown in FIGS. 22 and 23 , during firing, the proximal end 725 of the distal firing rod portion 724 can be generally axially spaced apart from the distal end 735 of the proximal firing rod portion 734 and is designated “RD”. "the distance. For example, distance "RD" may remain constant during firing by the drive unit and normal retraction of firing rod assembly 720 . However, when the clinician activates the retraction assembly, the distance between the proximal end 725 of the distal firing rod portion 724 and the distal end 735 of the proximal firing rod portion 734 (distance "RD'") will be less than the distance "RD". Additionally, as can be seen in FIG. 22 , the distance between the starting position of the distal working head 62 of the drive beam 60 and the ending position of the distal working head 62 (i.e., after a full firing stroke) is represented by the distance "FD". . If desired, the distance "RD" may be large enough to allow the distal firing rod portion 724 to fully retract (i.e., move closer to the distal end 735 of the proximal firing rod portion 722) so that the working head 62 returns from the end position to its start position. In other words, the distal firing rod portion 724 is retractable a retraction distance at least equal to or greater than the firing distance "FD." In such configurations, for example, if the working head 65 is stuck or otherwise parked in its end position, activation of the retraction assembly can fully retract the drive beam 60 to return the distal working head 62 to its starting position. The starting position, wherein the distal working head 62 can allow the anvil 22 to pivot open and release tissue.
图25-28示出了可选择性地手动回缩的另选的击发杆组件720’。如图所示的击发杆组件720’包括可按照本文所公开的各种方式与驱动管可操作地交接的近侧击发杆部分722’。在其他外科器械构造中,近侧击发杆部分722’可与其他驱动构造和系统可操作地交接,所述其他驱动构造和系统被构造成能够将控制动作施加到近侧击发杆部分722’。击发杆组件720’还可包括远侧击发杆部分724’,所述远侧击发杆部分724’为至少部分地中空的并且按照本文所述的各种方式可操作地联接到加载单元20的可轴向运动的驱动梁60的端部。例如,远侧击发杆部分724’可在其中具有通道725,所述通道725的尺寸被设计成允许远侧击发杆部分724’在近侧击发杆部分722’上轴向地滑动回缩距离“RDD”。回缩距离可等于或大于击发距离“FD”,从而允许回缩组件730将驱动梁60回缩足够的距离,以便使其工作头62从结束位置“EP”运动到起始位置“SP”。参见图25。回缩组件730’可包括回缩闩锁732’。回缩闩锁732’可包括能够在闩锁位置(图25和图26)和未闩锁位置(图27和图28)之间运动的闩锁柄部735。当处于闩锁位置时,回缩闩锁732’附连远侧击发杆部分724’,以使其被阻止在近侧击发杆部分722’和远侧击发杆部分724’上轴向滑动。当处于该取向时,近侧击发杆部分722’基本上作为整体而运动。因此,当处于闩锁取向时,击发杆组件720’可沿远侧方向“DD”击发到其结束位置“EP”,如图26所示。如果在击发行程期间驱动梁60被卡住或者器械的功率中断或丢失(或由于其他原因),则临床医生可仅将回缩闩锁柄部735移动到未闩锁位置(图27)并且随后沿近侧方向“PD”手动地牵拉回缩闩锁732’,如图28所示。25-28 illustrate an alternative firing rod assembly 720' that can be selectively manually retracted. The firing bar assembly 720' as shown includes a proximal firing bar portion 722' that can operably interface with a drive tube in various ways as disclosed herein. In other surgical instrument configurations, the proximal firing rod portion 722' may operably interface with other drive configurations and systems configured to apply a control action to the proximal firing rod portion 722'. The firing rod assembly 720' can also include a distal firing rod portion 724' that is at least partially hollow and is operably coupled to a removable port of the loading unit 20 in various ways as described herein. The end of the drive beam 60 moves axially. For example, the distal firing rod portion 724' may have a channel 725 therein that is sized to allow the distal firing rod portion 724' to slide axially over the proximal firing rod portion 722' a retraction distance " RDD". The retraction distance may be equal to or greater than the firing distance "FD", allowing the retraction assembly 730 to retract the drive beam 60 a sufficient distance to move its working head 62 from the end position "EP" to the start position "SP". See Figure 25. The retraction assembly 730' can include a retraction latch 732'. The retracting latch 732' can include a latch handle 735 movable between a latched position (FIGS. 25 and 26) and an unlatched position (FIGS. 27 and 28). When in the latched position, the retraction latch 732' is attached to the distal firing rod portion 724' such that it is prevented from sliding axially on the proximal firing rod portion 722' and the distal firing rod portion 724'. When in this orientation, the proximal firing rod portion 722' moves substantially as a whole. Thus, when in the latched orientation, the firing rod assembly 720' can be fired in the distal direction "DD" to its end position "EP," as shown in FIG. 26 . If the drive beam 60 becomes stuck or power to the instrument is interrupted or lost (or for other reasons) during the firing stroke, the clinician can simply move the retracted latch handle 735 to the unlatched position ( FIG. 27 ) and then The retraction latch 732' is manually pulled in the proximal direction "PD," as shown in FIG. 28 .
本文所公开的各种回缩系统和构造可解决先前回缩构造常常遇到的某些缺陷,所述先前回缩构造用于回缩由外科端部执行器使用的马达动力驱动构件。例如,本文所公开的各种回缩构造可有利于将回缩动作手动地施加到驱动构件和/或相关联的驱动构造,而不会遇到通常由与马达相关联的齿轮/传输构造提供的阻力,同时允许齿轮/传输构造保持“驱动地”或物理地联接到马达。The various retraction systems and configurations disclosed herein can address certain deficiencies often encountered with previous retraction configurations used to retract motor-powered members used by surgical end effectors. For example, the various retraction configurations disclosed herein may facilitate the manual application of retraction action to the drive member and/or associated drive configuration without the encounters typically provided by the gear/transmission configuration associated with the motor. resistance while allowing the gear/transmission configuration to remain "drivingly" or physically coupled to the motor.
因此,至少一个示例包括可具有击发构件组件的外科器械,所述击发构件组件可包括被支撑以用于沿远侧方向和近侧方向选择性地轴向运动的部分。所述器械还可包括包括驱动单元,所述驱动单元包括具有马达轴的马达。齿轮组件可驱动地联接到马达轴并且包括输出轴组件,所述输出轴组件被构造成能够与击发构件组件交接,使得当马达轴沿第一旋转方向旋转时击发构件组件的该部分被沿远侧方向进行轴向地驱动并且当马达轴沿第二旋转方向旋转时击发构件的该部分被沿近侧方向进行轴向地驱动。外科器械还可包括回缩组件,所述回缩组件与击发构件组件交接以用于在马达停用时将其他旋转动作沿第二旋转方向手动地施加到击发构件组件。外科器械还可包括锁定装置,所述锁定装置与回缩组件和驱动单元交接,以用于在齿轮组件保持驱动地联接到马达轴期间阻止将其他旋转动作传递到马达轴。Accordingly, at least one example includes a surgical instrument that can have a firing member assembly that can include a portion supported for selective axial movement in distal and proximal directions. The instrument may also include a drive unit including a motor having a motor shaft. The gear assembly is drivably coupled to the motor shaft and includes an output shaft assembly configured to interface with the firing member assembly such that the portion of the firing member assembly is driven along the distal end when the motor shaft is rotated in the first rotational direction. The lateral direction is axially driven and the portion of the firing member is driven axially in the proximal direction when the motor shaft is rotated in the second rotational direction. The surgical instrument may also include a retraction assembly that interfaces with the firing member assembly for manually applying further rotational motion to the firing member assembly in the second rotational direction when the motor is deactivated. The surgical instrument may also include a locking device that interfaces with the retraction assembly and the drive unit for preventing transmission of further rotational motion to the motor shaft while the gear assembly remains drivingly coupled to the motor shaft.
根据另一个示例,外科器械可包括用于产生击发动作和回缩动作的驱动单元。所述器械还可包括外科端部执行器,所述外科端部执行器被构造成能够响应于对其施加的击发动作和回缩动作中的至少一个来执行至少一个外科功能。外科器械还可包括击发构件组件,所述击发构件组件可包括近侧击发构件部分,所述近侧击发构件部分与驱动单元可操作地交接并且被构造成能够从其可操作地接收旋转致动运动。击发构件组件还可包括远侧击发构件部分,所述远侧击发构件部分被支撑在近侧击发构件部分的远侧并且被构造成能够将击发动作和回缩动作传输到外科端部执行器。回缩组件可操作地联接到近侧击发构件部分和远侧击发构件部分。回缩组件可在未致动位置(其中回缩组件能够将击发动作和回缩动作从近侧击发构件部分传递到远侧击发构件部分)和致动位置(其中远侧击发构件部分相对于近侧击发构件部分轴向地运动)之间选择性地运动。According to another example, a surgical instrument may include a drive unit for generating a firing motion and a retracting motion. The instrument may also include a surgical end effector configured to perform at least one surgical function in response to at least one of a firing motion and a retracting motion applied thereto. The surgical instrument may also include a firing member assembly that may include a proximal firing member portion that operably interfaces with the drive unit and is configured to operably receive rotational actuation therefrom sports. The firing member assembly may also include a distal firing member portion supported distally of the proximal firing member portion and configured to transmit a firing motion and a retracting motion to the surgical end effector. A retraction assembly is operably coupled to the proximal firing member portion and the distal firing member portion. The retraction assembly can be in an unactuated position (wherein the retraction assembly is capable of firing and retracting motion from the proximal firing member portion to the distal firing member portion) and an actuated position (wherein the distal firing member portion is relative to the proximal firing member portion). The side firing member partially moves axially) between selectively moving.
另一个外科器械示例可包括柄部外壳,所述柄部外壳包括与其可操作地联接的细长轴组件。细长轴组件可在其中支撑可轴向运动的击发杆。加载单元可操作地联接到细长轴并且被构造成能够与击发杆交接。驱动管可旋转地支撑在柄部外壳内并且与击发杆可操作地交接。外科器械还可包括具有马达轴的马达。马达可操作地支撑在柄部外壳内并且可操作地联接到功率源。齿轮组件可驱动地联接到马达轴并且包括输出轴组件,所述输出轴组件被构造成能够与驱动管交接,使得当马达轴沿第一旋转方向旋转时驱动管沿远侧方向驱动击发杆并且当马达轴沿第二旋转方向旋转时驱动管沿近侧方向驱动击发杆。回缩组件可与驱动管交接以用于在马达停用时沿第二旋转方向手动地对其施加其他旋转动作。锁定装置可与回缩组件和齿轮组件交接,以用于在马达组件保持驱动地联接到马达轴期间阻止将其他旋转动作传递到马达轴。Another example surgical instrument may include a handle housing including an elongate shaft assembly operatively coupled thereto. An elongated shaft assembly may support an axially movable firing rod therein. A loading unit is operably coupled to the elongated shaft and configured to interface with the firing rod. A drive tube is rotatably supported within the handle housing and operatively interfaces with the firing rod. The surgical instrument may also include a motor having a motor shaft. A motor is operably supported within the handle housing and is operatively coupled to a power source. The gear assembly is drivably coupled to the motor shaft and includes an output shaft assembly configured to interface with the drive tube such that the drive tube drives the firing rod in a distal direction when the motor shaft is rotated in a first rotational direction and The drive tube drives the firing rod in the proximal direction when the motor shaft is rotated in the second rotational direction. The retraction assembly may interface with the drive tube for manually imparting further rotational motion thereto in the second rotational direction when the motor is deactivated. A locking device may interface with the retraction assembly and the gear assembly for preventing transmission of further rotational motion to the motor shaft while the motor assembly remains drivingly coupled to the motor shaft.
再次参见图1-3,在各种实施例中,外科器械10的马达100可操作地联接到击发元件(例如击发元件60),并且可在击发行程期间驱动击发元件60穿过端部执行器或DLU 20。例如,在击发行程期间,击发元件60可切割组织并且/或者将钉击发到组织内。电池可将电流提供到例如马达100,并且提供到马达100的电流可与由马达100产生的扭矩相关。此外,由马达100产生的扭矩可与由击发元件60施加的击发力相关。马达上的电压可与例如马达100的角速度相关,所述角速度可与击发元件60的速度相关。现在参见图63,马达可限定扭矩-电压曲线5802。在各种实施例中,扭矩-电压曲线5802可在最优化电压V下具有最大扭矩T1。在例如高于和/或低于最优化电压V的电压下,由马达产生的扭矩可小于最大扭矩T1。例如,在1/2V的电压下,扭矩-电压曲线5802可具有例如小于T1的扭矩T2。Referring again to FIGS. 1-3 , in various embodiments, the motor 100 of the surgical instrument 10 is operably coupled to a firing element (eg, firing element 60 ) and can drive the firing element 60 through the end effector during the firing stroke. or DLU 20. For example, during the firing stroke, firing element 60 may cut tissue and/or fire staples into tissue. The battery may provide electrical current to, for example, the motor 100 , and the electrical current provided to the motor 100 may be related to the torque produced by the motor 100 . Additionally, the torque generated by motor 100 may be related to the firing force applied by firing element 60 . The voltage on the motor may be related to, for example, the angular velocity of the motor 100 , which may be related to the velocity of the firing element 60 . Referring now to FIG. 63 , the motor can define a torque-voltage curve 5802 . In various embodiments, the torque-voltage curve 5802 may have a maximum torque T 1 at an optimized voltage V. At voltages, eg, above and/or below the optimum voltage V, the torque produced by the motor may be less than the maximum torque T 1 . For example, at a voltage of 1/2V, the torque-voltage curve 5802 may have, for example, a torque T 2 that is less than T 1 .
在各种实施例中,与马达进行信号通信的控制系统可将电流从电池提供到马达。在一些实施例中,控制系统可包括例如速度管理控件,所述速度管理控件可控制击发元件的速度。控制系统可包括例如可变电阻电路和/或电压调节电路,所述可变电阻电路和/或电压调节电路可控制提供到马达的电流和/或马达上的电压。在此类实施例中,控制系统可控制马达的扭矩和/或角速度,并且因此可控制联接到马达的击发元件的击发力和/或速度。例如,电压调节电路可调节马达上的电压以影响击发元件的速度。参见图63,如果电压调节电路例如将电压从理想电压V降到1/2V,则扭矩可降到小于最大扭矩T1的T2并且速度可例如调整为速度S2。In various embodiments, a control system in signal communication with the motor can provide electrical current from the battery to the motor. In some embodiments, the control system may include, for example, a speed management control that may control the speed of the firing element. The control system may include, for example, a variable resistance circuit and/or a voltage regulation circuit that may control the current supplied to the motor and/or the voltage across the motor. In such embodiments, the control system may control the torque and/or angular velocity of the motor, and thus may control the firing force and/or speed of a firing element coupled to the motor. For example, a voltage regulation circuit may regulate the voltage on the motor to affect the speed of the firing element. Referring to Fig. 63, if the voltage regulation circuit drops the voltage from the ideal voltage V to 1/2V for example, the torque can be reduced to T2 which is less than the maximum torque T1 and the speed can be adjusted to speed S2 for example.
在各种实施例中,控制系统可包括脉宽调制电路,并且控制系统可将电流脉冲提供到马达。主要参见图64(a)-65(b),电流可以恒定电压脉动。在各种实施例中,脉冲的占空比(即,每间隔或周期的脉冲的持续时间)可影响击发元件5804的击发速度。当占空比较高时(图64(a)),每个脉冲可为间隔的较长部分并且因此马达可例如以较快速度S1驱动击发元件5804。当占空比较低时(图64(b)),每个脉冲可为间隔的较短部分并且因此马达可例如以较慢速度S3驱动击发元件5804。在各种实施例中,脉宽调制电路可在马达的最优化电压V(图63)下来将电流脉冲提供到马达。在此类实施例中,可在不降低由马达产生的扭矩的情况下来控制击发元件5804的速度。例如,马达可例如在最优化电压V下操作以产生最大扭矩T1,并且可通过改变电压脉冲的宽度来使击发元件5804以降低的速度(例如速度S3)和/或任何合适的速度驱动穿过端部执行器。In various embodiments, the control system may include a pulse width modulation circuit, and the control system may provide current pulses to the motor. Referring primarily to Figures 64(a)-65(b), the current can be pulsed at a constant voltage. In various embodiments, the duty cycle of the pulses (ie, the duration of the pulses per interval or cycle) can affect the firing speed of the firing element 5804 . When the duty cycle is high (FIG. 64(a)), each pulse may be a longer portion of the interval and thus the motor may drive the firing element 5804, eg, at a faster speed S1. When the duty cycle is low (FIG. 64(b)), each pulse may be a shorter fraction of the interval and thus the motor may drive the firing element 5804, eg, at a slower speed S3. In various embodiments, a pulse width modulation circuit may provide current pulses to the motor at an optimum voltage V (FIG. 63) for the motor. In such embodiments, the speed of the firing element 5804 can be controlled without reducing the torque produced by the motor. For example, the motor may be operated, for example, at an optimized voltage V to produce a maximum torque T1 , and the firing element 5804 may be driven at a reduced speed (e.g., speed S3 ) and/or any suitable speed by varying the width of the voltage pulse. through the end effector.
在各种实施例中,电池可具有伏安极限或功率阈值。换句话讲,电池每单位时间可提供有限数量的能量。电池的功率阈值可与电池和/或电路设计相关。例如,电池和/或电路的热极限(例如,热容量和/或导线绝缘)可影响功率阈值。此外,电池的功率阈值可限制提供到马达的电流量。在各种实施例中,利用速度管理控制(例如,脉宽调制)的马达可不需要电池的最大伏安。例如,当电池在最大或最优化电压下提供电流脉冲以利用所需速度和最大或最优化扭矩驱动击发元件时,剩余电流可不用于驱动击发元件。在此类实施例中,剩余电流可用于产生附加扭矩。参见图66(a)-66(c),马达可包括例如附加或辅助线圈组并且剩余电流可被选择性地引导到附加线圈组以产生附加扭矩。在此类实施例中,马达可例如在较低速度下产生较大扭矩。在各种实施例中,控制系统可例如基于电池的伏安极限来最大化提供到辅助线圈组的剩余电流。此外,在某些实施例中,控制系统可在击发行程的至少一部分期间优化由马达产生的扭矩。In various embodiments, a battery may have a volt-ampere limit or a power threshold. In other words, a battery can provide a finite amount of energy per unit of time. The power threshold of a battery may be related to battery and/or circuit design. For example, thermal limitations of the battery and/or circuitry (eg, thermal capacity and/or wire insulation) may affect the power threshold. Additionally, the power threshold of the battery may limit the amount of current provided to the motor. In various embodiments, a motor utilizing speed management control (eg, pulse width modulation) may not require a maximum volt-ampere of the battery. For example, when the battery is providing a current pulse at a maximum or optimum voltage to drive the firing element with the desired speed and maximum or optimum torque, the remaining current may not be used to drive the firing element. In such embodiments, the residual current may be used to generate additional torque. 66(a)-66(c), the motor may include, for example, additional or auxiliary coil sets and residual current may be selectively directed to the additional coil sets to generate additional torque. In such embodiments, the motor may produce greater torque, eg, at lower speeds. In various embodiments, the control system may maximize the residual current provided to the auxiliary coil set, eg, based on the volt-ampere limit of the battery. Additionally, in some embodiments, the control system can optimize the torque produced by the motor during at least a portion of the firing stroke.
仍参见图66(a)-66(c),电池6002可将电流选择性地提供到马达6004。马达6004可包括例如主线圈组6006和辅助线圈组6008。在各种实施例中,与马达6004信号通信的控制系统6020可将电流选择性地引导到主线圈组6006和/或辅助线圈组6008。例如,控制系统6020可在第一操作状态期间将电流提供到主线圈组6006,并且可在第二操作期间将电流提供到例如主线圈组6006和辅助线圈组6008。在各种实施例中,开关(例如开关6010)可在打开位置和闭合位置之间运动以将电流选择性地提供到例如辅助线圈组6008。在各种实施例中,线圈组6006、6008可被单独地启动。此外,控制系统6020可包括脉宽调制电路6022,并且电池6002可将电流脉冲提供到例如线圈组6006、6008中的至少一个。在各种实施例中,主线圈组6006可联接到第一电路6030(图66(a)),并且第二线圈组可联接到独立于第一电路6030的第二电路6032(图66(a))。在其他实施例中,主线圈组6006和辅助线圈组6008可被布置成例如并联(图66(b))或串联(图66(c))。在某些实施例中,马达6004可包括例如至少一个附加主线圈组和/或至少一个附加辅助线圈组。Still referring to FIGS. 66( a )-66( c ), the battery 6002 can selectively provide electrical current to the motor 6004 . The motor 6004 may include, for example, a primary coil set 6006 and an auxiliary coil set 6008 . In various embodiments, a control system 6020 in signal communication with the motor 6004 can selectively direct current to the primary coil set 6006 and/or the auxiliary coil set 6008 . For example, the control system 6020 may provide current to the primary coil set 6006 during a first operating state, and may provide current to, for example, the primary coil set 6006 and the auxiliary coil set 6008 during a second operation. In various embodiments, a switch such as switch 6010 is movable between an open position and a closed position to selectively provide current to, for example, auxiliary coil set 6008 . In various embodiments, the coil sets 6006, 6008 may be activated individually. Additionally, the control system 6020 may include a pulse width modulation circuit 6022 and the battery 6002 may provide current pulses to at least one of the coil sets 6006, 6008, for example. In various embodiments, the primary coil set 6006 may be coupled to a first circuit 6030 (FIG. 66(a)), and the second coil set may be coupled to a second circuit 6032 independent of the first circuit 6030 (FIG. 66(a) )). In other embodiments, the primary coil set 6006 and the auxiliary coil set 6008 may be arranged, for example, in parallel (FIG. 66(b)) or in series (FIG. 66(c)). In some embodiments, the motor 6004 may include, for example, at least one additional primary coil set and/or at least one additional auxiliary coil set.
在各种实施例中,马达可在第一操作状态期间产生第一扭矩量,并且在第二操作状态期间产生第二扭矩量。第二扭矩量可例如大于第一扭矩量。此外,第二操作状态期间由辅助线圈组6006产生的附加扭矩可组织和/或限制击发元件在击发行期间的鄙闭锁。例如,参见图67,马达可在第一操作状态期间朝远侧驱动击发元件并且可在第二操作状态期间朝近侧驱动击发元件。在各种实施例中,相比于推进击发元件,马达可在回缩击发元件时产生更大的扭矩。在此类实施例中,可改善击发元件的回缩。如果击发元件被卡住,例如,组织对于击发元件而言太厚和/或太硬而不能切割和/或缝合,则例如可使用附加扭矩来回缩击发元件。仍参见图66,由马达产生的扭矩可在击发行程的“软”启动阶段5902期间逐渐地增加并且/或者可在击发行程的“软”止动阶段5904、5906期间逐渐地降低。例如,当推进击发元件时,马达可在击发行程开始时渐进地或缓慢地增加击发速度,并且可在击发元件完成击发行程的前向部分时渐进地或缓慢地降低击发速度。此外,在各种实施例中,马达可在回缩击发元件时立即或基本上立即产生最大扭矩和/或速度。马达可例如使用附加线圈组6008(图65(a)-(c))来最大化在回缩开始时产生的扭矩。In various embodiments, the motor can produce a first amount of torque during a first operating state and a second amount of torque during a second operating state. The second amount of torque may, for example, be greater than the first amount of torque. In addition, the additional torque generated by the auxiliary coil assembly 6006 during the second operating state can prevent and/or limit detent of the firing element during the firing row. For example, referring to Fig. 67, the motor can drive the firing element distally during a first operating state and can drive the firing element proximally during a second operating state. In various embodiments, the motor can generate greater torque when retracting the firing element than advancing the firing element. In such embodiments, retraction of the firing element may be improved. If the firing element is stuck, for example, the tissue is too thick and/or too hard for the firing element to cut and/or staple, then additional torque can be used, for example, to retract the firing element. Still referring to FIG. 66 , the torque produced by the motor may be gradually increased during the "soft" start phase 5902 of the firing stroke and/or may be gradually decreased during the "soft" detent phases 5904 , 5906 of the firing stroke. For example, when advancing the firing element, the motor can gradually or slowly increase the firing speed at the beginning of the firing stroke, and can gradually or slowly decrease the firing speed as the firing element completes the forward portion of the firing stroke. Additionally, in various embodiments, the motor can produce maximum torque and/or speed immediately or substantially immediately upon retraction of the firing element. The motor may, for example, use an additional coil set 6008 (FIGS. 65(a)-(c)) to maximize the torque generated at the onset of retraction.
参见图68,控制系统可控制击发元件以在击发行程的试验段5912期间以较慢速度运动。例如,当推进击发元件时,击发元件初始以较慢速度运动,以确保端部执行器的选择和/或布置适用于靶组织。此外,如本文更详细所述,外科医生可接合致动器,例如开关或按钮,以例如致动马达并且启动端部执行器钳口的打开和闭合、击发元件的运动、和/或加载单元的关节运动。当在马达驱动动作开始处使致动器接合时启动试验段(例如,图68所指示的试验段5912)可允许外科医生“试验”外科动作,以确保预期的和/或适当地外科动作已被启动。例如,在某些实施例中,第一按钮可启动沿第一方向的马达驱动的关节运动,并且第二按钮可启动沿第二方向的马达驱动的关节运动。当外科器械旋转和/或“倒置”取向时,第一和第二按钮的位置可从标准位置旋转或者变为“反向”,如从操作者的角度来看。如果第一方向为预期的关节运动方向,则可期望确保加载单元在试验段期间沿第一方向进行关节运动,即,第一按钮实际上被致动。类似地,如果第二方向为预期的关节运动方向,则可期望确保加载单元在试验段期间沿第二方向进行关节运动,即,第二按钮被致动。在某些实施例中,外科动作的初始部分期间的试验段可为临床医生提供时间以在非预期外科动作已被启动的情况下改变和/或修改外科动作。如本文更详细所述,脉宽调制电路(例如脉宽调制电路6022)可实现外科动作的初始部分期间的试验段。Referring to Fig. 68, the control system can control the firing element to move at a slower speed during the trial segment 5912 of the firing stroke. For example, when advancing the firing element, the firing element initially moves at a slower speed to ensure proper selection and/or placement of the end effector for the target tissue. Additionally, as described in greater detail herein, the surgeon may engage an actuator, such as a switch or button, to, for example, actuate a motor and initiate opening and closing of the end effector jaws, movement of the firing element, and/or loading unit joint movement. Activating a trial segment (e.g., trial segment 5912 indicated in FIG. 68 ) when engaging the actuator at the beginning of a motor-driven action may allow the surgeon to "trial" the surgical action to ensure that the intended and/or proper surgical action has been performed. is activated. For example, in some embodiments, a first button can initiate motor-driven articulation in a first direction, and a second button can initiate motor-driven articulation in a second direction. When the surgical instrument is rotated and/or "upside down" orientation, the position of the first and second buttons can be rotated from the standard position or changed to "reverse", as viewed from the operator's perspective. If the first direction is the intended direction of articulation, it may be desirable to ensure that the loading unit articulates in the first direction during the test segment, ie the first button is actually actuated. Similarly, if the second direction is the intended direction of articulation, it may be desirable to ensure that the loading unit articulates in the second direction during the test segment, ie the second button is actuated. In certain embodiments, a trial segment during the initial portion of a surgical procedure may provide the clinician time to change and/or modify the surgical procedure if an unintended surgical procedure has been initiated. As described in more detail herein, a pulse width modulation circuit (eg, pulse width modulation circuit 6022 ) can implement a trial segment during an initial portion of a surgical maneuver.
如上所述,马达控制器可被构造成能够利用脉宽调制操作马达6004。在各种情况下,马达控制器可例如将相同的脉宽调制用于主线圈组6006和辅助线圈组6008。在其他情况下,马达控制器可将第一脉宽调制信号用于主线圈组6006,并且将第二或不同脉宽调制信号用于辅助线圈组6008。在一些情况下,马达控制器可将脉宽调制信号用于线圈组6006、6008中的一者,但不用于另一者。此外,本文所述的教导内容可适用于具有多于两个线圈组的马达。例如,马达控制器可利用多个脉宽调制信号来操作多个线圈组。As noted above, the motor controller may be configured to operate the motor 6004 using pulse width modulation. In each case, the motor controller may, for example, use the same pulse width modulation for the primary coil set 6006 and the auxiliary coil set 6008 . In other cases, the motor controller may use a first pulse width modulated signal for the primary coil set 6006 and a second or different pulse width modulated signal for the auxiliary coil set 6008 . In some cases, the motor controller may use a pulse width modulated signal for one of the coil sets 6006, 6008 but not the other. Additionally, the teachings described herein are applicable to motors with more than two coil sets. For example, a motor controller may utilize multiple pulse width modulated signals to operate multiple coil sets.
在各种实施例中,马达可为例如有刷直流马达或无刷直流马达。在某些实施例中,马达可为步进马达,例如,混合步进马达。步进马达可提供旋转控制,使得编码器为不必要的。编码器的去除可例如降低马达的成本和/或复杂性。参见图69和图70,马达可为简化步进马达。例如,马达可包括围绕周边间隔开的四个电磁极。现在参见图71-74(c),马达可为混合步进马达。混合步进马达可包括例如永磁体和电磁体。In various embodiments, the motor may be, for example, a brushed DC motor or a brushless DC motor. In some embodiments, the motor may be a stepper motor, eg, a hybrid stepper motor. A stepper motor can provide rotational control, making an encoder unnecessary. Elimination of the encoder may, for example, reduce the cost and/or complexity of the motor. Referring to Figures 69 and 70, the motor may be a simplified stepper motor. For example, the motor may include four electromagnetic poles spaced around the perimeter. Referring now to Figures 71-74(c), the motor may be a hybrid stepper motor. Hybrid stepper motors may include, for example, permanent magnets and electromagnets.
公开于例如Zemlok‘763和Zemlok‘344中的现有外科器械构造使用两个独立马达。一个马达用于例如使驱动元件朝远侧推进穿过加载单元,这导致砧座的闭合、组织的切割、以及钉从支撑在加载单元中的钉仓的击发。另一个马达用于使加载单元围绕关节运动接头进行关节运动。有关用于使加载单元构造进行关节运动的其他细节还公开于美国专利7,431,188中,该专利的整个公开内容以引用方式并入本文。在此类装置中使用两个马达可增加复杂性并且增添外科器械的总体花费。例如,此类构造可使可在使用期间失效的回缩系统和其他机构的数量加倍。图29-31所示的外科器械810使用单个马达,所述马达可选择性地用于击发外科端部执行器和使外科端部执行器进行关节运动,所述外科端部执行器被构造成能够响应于对其施加的击发动作来执行至少一种外科手术。Existing surgical instrument configurations disclosed in eg Zemlok '763 and Zemlok '344 use two independent motors. A motor is used, for example, to advance the drive element distally through the loading unit, which results in closure of the anvil, cutting of tissue, and firing of staples from a staple cartridge supported in the loading unit. Another motor is used to articulate the loading unit about the articulation joint. Additional details for articulating the loading unit configuration are also disclosed in US Patent 7,431,188, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. The use of two motors in such devices can add complexity and add to the overall cost of the surgical instrument. For example, such configurations can double the number of retraction systems and other mechanisms that can fail during use. The surgical instrument 810 shown in FIGS. 29-31 utilizes a single motor that can be selectively used to fire and articulate a surgical end effector configured to At least one surgical procedure can be performed in response to a firing motion applied thereto.
在至少一种形式中,例如,外科器械810可使用本文详细描述的各种外科器械中所用的多个相同部件。例如,外科器械810包括其中可操作地支撑马达100的外壳12,所述马达100被构造成能够产生旋转致动运动。马达100可操作地联接到齿轮组件820,所述齿轮组件820具有与其相联的能够选择性定位的驱动联接器组件840,所述驱动联接器组件840将在下文中进行更详细地描述。外科器械810还可包括通常标定为859的关节运动系统,所述关节运动系统与细长轴组件可操作地交接以用于将关节运动动作施加到外科端部执行器。在一种形式中,例如,关节运动系统859可包括通常标定为860的关节运动致动机构,所述关节运动致动机构除下文所述的差异之外可基本上类似于Zemlok‘763和/或Zemlok‘344和/或美国专利7,431,188中所公开的关节运动致动机构。例如,外壳12可包括其中安装有可旋转构件92的圆筒部分90。可旋转构件92可与细长轴组件的近侧端部交接以有利于细长轴组件相对于外壳12的旋转。可旋转构件92可操作地支撑关节运动钮和如美国专利7,431,188所公开的滑动离合器构造。此构造的主关节运动齿轮94由图29和图30中的虚线表示。主关节运动齿轮94可通过如上述美国专利7,431,188中所述的滑动离合器连接到主轴95,使得主关节运动齿轮94的旋转将导致主轴95的对应旋转。如其中更详细所述,关节运动钮可用作关节运动位置指示器。主轴95与J-通道构件96可操作地交接,所述J-通道构件96与关节运动连接件组件97的近侧端部交接。在一种形式中,关节运动连接件组件97可包括与加载单元20中的关节运动连接件70(图3)交接的近侧关节运动连接件98。In at least one form, for example, surgical instrument 810 may utilize many of the same components used in the various surgical instruments described in detail herein. For example, surgical instrument 810 includes housing 12 in which motor 100 is operably supported, and motor 100 is configured to generate a rotational actuation motion. The motor 100 is operatively coupled to a gear assembly 820 having associated therewith a selectively positionable drive coupling assembly 840 which will be described in greater detail below. Surgical instrument 810 may also include an articulation system, generally designated 859, that operably interfaces with the elongated shaft assembly for imparting articulation motion to the surgical end effector. In one form, for example, articulation system 859 may include an articulation actuation mechanism, generally designated 860, which may be substantially similar to Zemlok '763 and/or Or the articulation actuation mechanism disclosed in Zemlok '344 and/or US Pat. No. 7,431,188. For example, housing 12 may include a cylindrical portion 90 in which a rotatable member 92 is mounted. Rotatable member 92 can interface with the proximal end of the elongated shaft assembly to facilitate rotation of the elongated shaft assembly relative to housing 12 . The rotatable member 92 operably supports the articulation knob and slipper clutch configuration as disclosed in US Pat. No. 7,431,188. The primary articulation gear 94 of this configuration is indicated by dashed lines in FIGS. 29 and 30 . The main articulation gear 94 may be connected to the main shaft 95 by a slipping clutch as described in the aforementioned US Patent 7,431,188 such that rotation of the main articulation gear 94 will cause a corresponding rotation of the main shaft 95 . As described in more detail therein, the articulation knob can be used as an articulation position indicator. Main shaft 95 operably interfaces with J-channel member 96 , which interfaces with the proximal end of articulation link assembly 97 . In one form, articulation link assembly 97 may include a proximal articulation link 98 that interfaces with articulation link 70 ( FIG. 3 ) in loading unit 20 .
关节运动机构860还可包括关节运动驱动系构造870,所述关节运动驱动系构造870与主关节运动齿轮94和驱动联接器组件840可操作地交接。如在图29和图30中可见,关节运动驱动系构造870可包括关节运动驱动轴872,所述关节运动驱动轴872附接到驱动联接器组件840的输出部,如将在下文更详细所述。第一关节运动驱动齿轮873附接到关节运动驱动轴并且与第二关节运动传递齿轮874上的中心齿轮座圈875啮合接合,所述第二关节运动传递齿轮874可旋转地支撑在可旋转构件92内。因此,第一关节运动驱动齿轮873的旋转导致第二中心关节运动传递齿轮874的旋转。如在图29和图30中进一步可见,“第三”关节运动轴齿轮877安装到其上具有“第四”关节运动蜗轮878的第二关节运动轴876。第三关节运动轴齿轮877与第二中心关节运动传递齿轮875啮合接合,使得第一关节运动驱动齿轮873的旋转最终导致第三关节运动轴齿轮877和第二关节运动轴876的旋转。第四关节运动蜗轮878与主关节运动齿轮94啮合接合,使得第四关节运动蜗轮878的旋转导致主关节运动驱动齿轮94的旋转并且最终导致将关节运动动作施加到关节运动连接件组件97。如将在下文更详细所述,当驱动联接器组件840处于关节运动控制取向时,关节运动驱动轴872由马达100进行旋转。Articulation mechanism 860 may also include an articulation drive train arrangement 870 that operably interfaces with primary articulation gear 94 and drive coupling assembly 840 . As seen in FIGS. 29 and 30 , the articulation drive train configuration 870 may include an articulation drive shaft 872 attached to the output of the drive coupling assembly 840 as will be described in more detail below. stated. A first articulation drive gear 873 is attached to the articulation drive shaft and meshes with a sun gear race 875 on a second articulation transfer gear 874 rotatably supported on the rotatable member Within 92. Thus, rotation of the first articulation drive gear 873 results in rotation of the second central articulation transfer gear 874 . As further seen in FIGS. 29 and 30 , a "third" articulation shaft gear 877 is mounted to a second articulation shaft 876 with a "fourth" articulation worm gear 878 thereon. The third articulation shaft gear 877 is in meshing engagement with the second central articulation transfer gear 875 such that rotation of the first articulation drive gear 873 ultimately results in rotation of the third articulation shaft gear 877 and the second articulation shaft 876 . The fourth articulation worm gear 878 is in meshing engagement with the main articulation gear 94 such that rotation of the fourth articulation worm gear 878 causes rotation of the main articulation drive gear 94 and ultimately results in imparting articulation motion to the articulation link assembly 97 . As will be described in more detail below, articulation drive shaft 872 is rotated by motor 100 when drive coupling assembly 840 is in the articulation control orientation.
如在图31中可见,马达100可操作地联接到齿轮组件820。齿轮组件820可包括联接到马达100的齿轮箱外壳822。例如,齿轮箱外壳822可通过螺杆103或其他机械紧固件和/或紧固件构造联接到马达外壳101。齿轮组件820可包括可操作地联接到马达轴107的行星齿轮构造821。在一种构造中,例如,环形齿轮823可形成于齿轮箱外壳822的内表面上。主太阳齿轮821联接到马达轴107。主太阳齿轮821与支撑在第一行星齿轮架824上的多个第一行星齿轮825啮合接合,使得它们也与环形齿轮823啮合接合。第一太阳齿轮826形成于或者说是附接到第一行星齿轮架824上,并且与支撑在第二行星齿轮架827上的多个第二行星齿轮828啮合接合。第二行星齿轮828也被支撑以与环形齿轮823啮合接合。第二太阳齿轮829形成于或者说是附接到第二行星齿轮架827上,并且与多个第三行星齿轮831啮合接合。第三行星齿轮831被支撑在第三行星齿轮架830上并且被支撑以与环形齿轮823啮合接合。第三太阳齿轮833形成于或者说是附接到第三行星齿轮架830上的轴延伸部832并且与附接到联接器齿轮的多个第四行星齿轮835啮合接合,所述联接器齿轮包括可旋转地支撑在轴延伸部832上的第四行星齿轮架834。另外,推力轴承836可轴颈连接在第四行星齿轮架834之间的轴延伸部832上。第四行星齿轮835与输出轴单元850啮合接合,所述输出轴单元850由齿轮箱外壳822可旋转地支撑。第二推力轴承836可支撑在第四行星齿轮和输出轴单元850之间,如在图30中可见。第四行星齿轮835被支撑以与内部齿轮座圈854啮合接合。As seen in FIG. 31 , motor 100 is operably coupled to gear assembly 820 . Gear assembly 820 may include a gearbox housing 822 coupled to motor 100 . For example, gearbox housing 822 may be coupled to motor housing 101 by screws 103 or other mechanical fasteners and/or fastener configurations. Gear assembly 820 may include a planetary gear arrangement 821 operably coupled to motor shaft 107 . In one configuration, for example, ring gear 823 may be formed on an inner surface of gearbox housing 822 . The main sun gear 821 is coupled to the motor shaft 107 . The main sun gear 821 is in meshing engagement with a plurality of first planetary gears 825 supported on a first planetary carrier 824 such that they are also in meshing engagement with the ring gear 823 . A first sun gear 826 is formed on or otherwise attached to the first planetary carrier 824 and is in meshing engagement with a plurality of second planetary gears 828 supported on the second planetary carrier 827 . A second planet gear 828 is also supported in meshing engagement with the ring gear 823 . The second sun gear 829 is formed on or otherwise attached to the second planet carrier 827 and is in meshing engagement with a plurality of third planet gears 831 . The third planetary gear 831 is supported on the third planetary carrier 830 and is supported in meshing engagement with the ring gear 823 . A third sun gear 833 is formed on or is attached to a shaft extension 832 on the third planet carrier 830 and is in meshing engagement with a plurality of fourth planet gears 835 attached to a coupling gear comprising A fourth planet carrier 834 is rotatably supported on the shaft extension 832 . Additionally, thrust bearings 836 may be journaled on shaft extension 832 between fourth planet carrier 834 . The fourth planetary gear 835 meshes with the output shaft unit 850 , which is rotatably supported by the gearbox housing 822 . A second thrust bearing 836 may be supported between the fourth planetary gear and the output shaft unit 850 as seen in FIG. 30 . The fourth planet gear 835 is supported in meshing engagement with the inner gear race 854 .
在例示的实施例中,输出轴单元850可操作地联接到具有Zemlok‘763所公开的类型和构造的离合器230,该专利全文以引用方式并入本文。有关此类离合器230的构造和操作的其他细节可得自该公布。然而,在另选的实施例中,离合器230可由轴-轴联接器或套管构造替换,所述轴-轴联接器或套管构造用于有利于输出轴单元850直接联接到驱动管102。In the illustrated embodiment, output shaft unit 850 is operably coupled to clutch 230 of the type and construction disclosed by Zemlok '763, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Additional details regarding the construction and operation of such clutches 230 are available from this publication. However, in alternative embodiments, clutch 230 may be replaced by a shaft-to-shaft coupling or sleeve configuration to facilitate direct coupling of output shaft unit 850 to drive tube 102 .
再次参见图31,主关节运动驱动齿轮837附接到关节运动驱动轴872并且与第四行星齿轮架834上的外部齿轮环838啮合接合。在各种形式中,驱动联接器组件840还可包括联接器选择器构件842,所述联接器选择器构件842可运动地联接到齿轮箱外壳822或外壳812的其他部分或者说是由其可运动地支撑。在至少一种构造中,联接器选择器构件842可与第一驱动轴保持器部分844和第一关节运动轴保持器部分846一起形成。第一驱动轴保持器部分844包括沟槽状、粗糙状等区域,所述沟槽状、粗糙状等区域被构造成能够不可运动地接合输出轴单元850上的第二驱动轴保持器部分845。类似地,第一关节运动轴保持器部分846包括沟槽状、粗糙状等区域,所述沟槽状、粗糙状等区域被构造成能够不可运动地接合第四行星齿轮架834上的第二关节运动轴保持器部分847。Referring again to FIG. 31 , primary articulation drive gear 837 is attached to articulation drive shaft 872 and is in meshing engagement with outer gear ring 838 on fourth planet carrier 834 . In various forms, the drive coupler assembly 840 may also include a coupler selector member 842 that is movably coupled to or otherwise movably coupled to the gearbox housing 822 or other portion of the housing 812 . Support athletically. In at least one configuration, a coupler selector member 842 may be formed with a first drive shaft retainer portion 844 and a first articulation shaft retainer portion 846 . The first drive shaft retainer portion 844 includes a grooved, roughened, etc. region configured to non-movably engage the second drive shaft retainer portion 845 on the output shaft unit 850 . Similarly, the first articulation shaft retainer portion 846 includes a grooved, roughened, etc. region configured to non-movably engage the second pin on the fourth planetary carrier 834 . Articulation shaft retainer portion 847 .
可参照图29和图30来理解联接器组件840的操作。如在图29中可见,联接器选择器构件842被枢转到关节运动位置,其中第一关节运动轴保持器部分846与输出轴单元850上的第二关节运动轴保持器部分847不可运动地接合。当处于该位置时,输出轴单元850被阻止围绕纵向轴线LA-LA旋转。因此,当处于该位置时,马达100的操作将导致第三太阳齿轮833的旋转,所述第三太阳齿轮833与第四行星齿轮835啮合接合。第四行星齿轮835的旋转将导致可自由旋转的第四行星齿轮架834的旋转。第四行星齿轮架834的此类旋转还将导致联接到关节运动驱动轴872的主关节运动齿轮837的旋转。关节运动驱动轴872的旋转将导致第一关节运动驱动齿轮873旋转并且驱动第二关节运动传递齿轮874。第二关节运动传递齿轮874的旋转导致第三关节运动传递齿轮和第四关节运动蜗轮878的旋转。第四关节运动蜗轮878的旋转将驱动主关节运动齿轮94,这将导致关节运动动作被施加到关节运动连接件97、70,从而最终导致加载单元20围绕关节运动接头的旋转。马达驱动轴107沿第一旋转方向的旋转将导致加载单元沿第一关节运动方向的关节运动,并且马达驱动轴107沿相反旋转方向的旋转将导致加载单元沿与第一关节运动方向相反的第二关节运动方向的关节运动。Operation of the coupler assembly 840 may be understood with reference to FIGS. 29 and 30 . As can be seen in FIG. 29 , the coupling selector member 842 is pivoted to an articulation position in which the first articulation shaft retainer portion 846 is immovably engaged with the second articulation shaft retainer portion 847 on the output shaft unit 850 join. When in this position, the output shaft unit 850 is prevented from rotating about the longitudinal axis LA-LA. Thus, when in this position, operation of the motor 100 will cause rotation of the third sun gear 833 which is in meshing engagement with the fourth planetary gears 835 . Rotation of the fourth planet gear 835 will result in rotation of the freely rotatable fourth planet gear carrier 834 . Such rotation of the fourth planet carrier 834 will also cause rotation of the main articulation gear 837 coupled to the articulation drive shaft 872 . Rotation of the articulation drive shaft 872 will cause the first articulation drive gear 873 to rotate and drive the second articulation transfer gear 874 . Rotation of the second articulation transfer gear 874 results in rotation of the third articulation transfer gear and the fourth articulation worm gear 878 . Rotation of the fourth articulation worm gear 878 will drive the main articulation gear 94, which will cause articulation motion to be applied to the articulation links 97, 70, ultimately causing rotation of the loading unit 20 about the articulation joint. Rotation of the motor drive shaft 107 in a first rotational direction will cause the loading unit to articulate in a first articulation direction, and rotation of the motor drive shaft 107 in the opposite rotational direction will cause the loading unit to articulate in a second articulation direction opposite to the first articulation direction. Joint movement in two joint movement directions.
接下来参见图30,联接器选择器构件842被枢转到驱动或击发位置,其中第一驱动轴保持器部分844与第四行星齿轮架834上的第二驱动轴保持器部分845不可运动的接合。当处于该位置时,第四行星齿轮架834被阻止围绕纵向轴线“LA-LA”旋转。因此,当处于该位置时,马达100的操作将导致第三太阳齿轮833的旋转。第三太阳齿轮833与支撑在第四行星齿轮架834上的第四行星齿轮835啮合接合。由于第四行星齿轮架834因第一关节运动轴保持器部分846与第四行星齿轮架834上的第二关节运动轴保持器部分847之间的不可运动接合而被阻止旋转,第四行星齿轮835的旋转将导致输出轴单元850的旋转。输出轴单元850可通过离合器组件230或通过直接联接来联接到驱动管102。因此,输出轴单元850的旋转导致驱动管102的旋转。如上所述,驱动管102的旋转导致击发杆(未示于图31中)的轴向运动。马达驱动轴107沿第一旋转方向的旋转将导致击发杆的远侧推进,并且马达驱动轴107沿相反方向的旋转将导致击发杆的近侧运动。在各种实施例中,加载单元20钳口的闭合(例如,砧座组件22相对于载体24的枢转)可使马达100与外科器械10的关节运动系统和/或击发系统联接和/或分离。例如,砧座组件22相对于载体24的闭合可使马达100与关节运动系统(例如,与关节运动驱动轴872)分离,并且可将马达100联接到击发系统(例如,输出轴单元850)。此外,砧座组件22相对于载体24的打开可使马达100与击发系统分离,并且可将马达100联接到关节运动系统。在此类实施例中,当加载单元20打开时马达100可影响加载单元20的关节运动,并且当加载单元20闭合时马达100可影响击发杆的击发。外科器械10可包括例如传感器和/或选择器。在某些实施例中,传感器可检测加载单元20钳口的闭合。此外,传感器可与选择器(例如联接器选择器构件842)进行信号通信。当砧座组件22例如相对于载体24打开和/或闭合时,选择器可使马达100与关节运动系统和/或击发系统联接和/或分离。相比于采用多个马达以使端部执行器进行关节运动并且击发端部执行器驱动构件的先前动力外科器械,采用本文所公开的各种驱动联接器构造的各种动力外科器械可代表巨大改进。Referring next to FIG. 30 , the coupling selector member 842 is pivoted to the driven or fired position, wherein the first drive shaft retainer portion 844 is immovable from the second drive shaft retainer portion 845 on the fourth planet carrier 834 join. When in this position, the fourth planet carrier 834 is prevented from rotating about the longitudinal axis "LA-LA". Thus, operation of the motor 100 will result in rotation of the third sun gear 833 when in this position. The third sun gear 833 meshes with the fourth planetary gear 835 supported on the fourth planetary gear carrier 834 . Since the fourth planetary gear carrier 834 is prevented from rotating due to the non-movable engagement between the first articulation shaft retainer portion 846 and the second articulation shaft retainer portion 847 on the fourth planetary gear carrier 834, the fourth planetary gear Rotation of 835 will result in rotation of output shaft unit 850 . The output shaft unit 850 may be coupled to the drive tube 102 through the clutch assembly 230 or through a direct coupling. Accordingly, rotation of the output shaft unit 850 results in rotation of the drive tube 102 . As noted above, rotation of the drive tube 102 results in axial movement of the firing rod (not shown in FIG. 31 ). Rotation of the motor drive shaft 107 in a first rotational direction will result in distal advancement of the firing rod, and rotation of the motor drive shaft 107 in the opposite direction will result in proximal movement of the firing rod. In various embodiments, closing of the jaws of the loading unit 20 (e.g., pivoting of the anvil assembly 22 relative to the carrier 24) may couple the motor 100 with the articulation system and/or the firing system of the surgical instrument 10 and/or separate. For example, closing of the anvil assembly 22 relative to the carrier 24 may decouple the motor 100 from the articulation system (eg, from the articulation drive shaft 872) and may couple the motor 100 to the firing system (eg, the output shaft unit 850). Additionally, opening of the anvil assembly 22 relative to the carrier 24 may decouple the motor 100 from the firing system and may couple the motor 100 to the articulation system. In such embodiments, the motor 100 may affect the articulation of the loading unit 20 when the loading unit 20 is open, and the motor 100 may affect the firing of the firing rod when the loading unit 20 is closed. Surgical instrument 10 may include, for example, sensors and/or selectors. In some embodiments, sensors may detect the closing of the loading unit 20 jaws. Additionally, a sensor may be in signal communication with a selector, such as coupler selector member 842 . The selector may couple and/or decouple the motor 100 from the articulation system and/or the firing system when the anvil assembly 22 is opened and/or closed, for example, relative to the carrier 24 . Various powered surgical instruments employing the various drive coupling configurations disclosed herein can represent a huge Improve.
例如,至少一个外科器械包括限定纵向工具轴线的细长轴组件。外科端部执行器可操作地联接到细长轴组件以用于相对其的选择性关节运动。外科端部执行器可被构造成能够响应于对其施加的击发动作来执行至少一个外科手术。关节运动系统可与细长轴组件可操作地交接以用于将关节运动动作施加到外科端部执行器。击发构件组件可与细长轴组件可操作地交接以用于将击发动作施加到外科端部执行器。外科器械还可包括被构造成能够产生旋转致动运动的马达。驱动联接器组件可与马达和关节运动系统交接,使得当驱动联接器组件处于第一构型时,马达的操作将导致致动动作被施加到关节运动系统,由此导致外科端部执行器相对于纵向工具轴线的关节运动,并且当驱动联接器组件处于第二构型时,马达的操作将导致致动动作被施加到击发构件组件,由此导致击发构件组件将至少一个击发动作施加到外科端部执行器。For example, at least one surgical instrument includes an elongated shaft assembly defining a longitudinal tool axis. A surgical end effector is operably coupled to the elongated shaft assembly for selective articulation therewith. The surgical end effector may be configured to perform at least one surgical procedure in response to a firing motion applied thereto. The articulation system can operably interface with the elongated shaft assembly for applying articulation motion to the surgical end effector. The firing member assembly can operably interface with the elongate shaft assembly for applying a firing motion to the surgical end effector. The surgical instrument may also include a motor configured to generate a rotational actuation motion. The drive coupling assembly can interface with the motor and the articulation system such that when the drive coupling assembly is in the first configuration, operation of the motor will cause an actuation motion to be applied to the articulation system, thereby causing the surgical end effector to relative Articulation about the longitudinal tool axis, and when the drive coupling assembly is in the second configuration, operation of the motor will cause the actuation motion to be applied to the firing member assembly, thereby causing the firing member assembly to apply at least one firing motion to the surgical end effector.
另一个外科器械示例可包括柄部,所述柄部具有可操作地联接到其的限定纵向工具轴线的细长轴组件。加载单元可操作地联接到细长轴组件并且被构造成能够响应于对其施加的击发动作来切断和缝合组织。加载单元可被构造成能够围绕关节运动接头相对于纵向工具轴线选择性地进行关节运动。外科器械还可包括关节运动系统,所述关节运动系统包括关节运动连接件组件,所述关节运动连接件组件由细长轴组件支撑并且被构造成能够与细长轴组件和加载单元中的一者中的关节运动接头部分可操作地交接。关节运动致动机构可由柄部支撑并且与关节运动连接件组件交接以对其施加关节运动致动动作。外科器械还可包括击发构件组件,所述击发构件组件与加载单元可操作地交接以对其施加击发动作。马达可由柄部可操作地支撑并且被构造成能够产生旋转致动运动。驱动联接器组件可与马达和关节运动致动机构交接,使得当驱动联接器组件处于第一构型时,马达的操作将导致致动动作被施加到关节运动系统,由此导致加载单元相对于纵向工具轴线的关节运动,并且当驱动联接器组件处于第二构型时,马达的操作将导致致动动作被施加到击发构件组件,由此导致击发构件组件将至少一个击发动作施加到加载单元。Another example surgical instrument may include a handle having an elongated shaft assembly operably coupled thereto defining a longitudinal tool axis. A loading unit is operably coupled to the elongate shaft assembly and is configured to sever and staple tissue in response to a firing action applied thereto. The loading unit may be configured to be selectively articulable about the articulation joint relative to the longitudinal tool axis. The surgical instrument may also include an articulation system including an articulation link assembly supported by the elongated shaft assembly and configured to engage one of the elongated shaft assembly and the loading unit. The articulation joint portions in the latter are operable to interface. An articulation actuation mechanism may be supported by the handle and interface with the articulation link assembly to impart an articulation actuation motion thereto. The surgical instrument may also include a firing member assembly that operably interfaces with the loading unit to apply a firing motion thereto. A motor may be operably supported by the handle and configured to generate a rotational actuation motion. The drive coupler assembly may interface with the motor and the articulation actuation mechanism such that when the drive coupler assembly is in the first configuration, operation of the motor will cause an actuation motion to be applied to the articulation system, thereby causing the loading unit to move relative to the Articulation of the longitudinal tool axis, and operation of the motor when the drive coupling assembly is in the second configuration will cause the actuating motion to be applied to the firing member assembly, thereby causing the firing member assembly to apply at least one firing motion to the loading unit .
另一个外科器械示例可包括限定纵向工具轴线的细长轴组件。外科端部执行器可操作地联接到细长轴组件以用于相对其的选择性关节运动。外科端部执行器可被构造成能够响应于对其施加的击发动作来执行至少一个外科手术。关节运动系统可与细长轴组件可操作地交接以用于将关节运动动作施加到外科端部执行器。击发构件组件可与细长轴组件可操作地交接以用于将击发动作施加到外科端部执行器。马达可被构造成能够产生旋转致动运动。外科器械还可包括以下装置,所述装置用于将输出动作从马达选择性地施加到关节运动系统和击发构件组件中的每一个。Another example surgical instrument may include an elongated shaft assembly defining a longitudinal tool axis. A surgical end effector is operably coupled to the elongated shaft assembly for selective articulation therewith. The surgical end effector may be configured to perform at least one surgical procedure in response to a firing motion applied thereto. The articulation system can operably interface with the elongated shaft assembly for applying articulation motion to the surgical end effector. The firing member assembly can operably interface with the elongate shaft assembly for applying a firing motion to the surgical end effector. The motor may be configured to generate a rotational actuation motion. The surgical instrument may also include means for selectively applying output motion from the motor to each of the articulation system and the firing member assembly.
在某些马达驱动外科器械中,马达可将触觉反馈提供给外科器械的操作者。例如,马达的旋转可例如根据马达旋转的方向和/或速度来产生振动动作或噪声。然而,各种马达可产生极小的噪声,并且因此对外科医生的触觉反馈可受到限制并且/或者可不被外科医生理解。例如,马达和/或传输设计中的各种修改和/或改进可降低由马达和/或传输设计产生的触觉噪声。在此类实施例中,可为有利的是修改马达和/或可操作地联接到马达的齿轮组件,以产生人工或故意的触觉反馈和/或其他感官反馈。在某些实施例中,外科器械可将反馈传送给外科医生,且无需使外科医生从操作位置转移目光。例如,马达和/或齿轮可产生触觉和/或听觉反馈以与外科医生通信。在此类实施例中,操作者无需观看显示屏例如来探知外科器械的操作状态或情况。如本文更详细所述,外科器械可传送例如马达的旋转方向,所述旋转方向可对应于例如击发构件的击发方向和/或加载单元的关节运动方向。除此之外或另选地,外科器械可例如在击发行程期间传送击发构件的速度和/或位置并且/或者可例如传送加载单元的关节运动的速度和/或程度。In some motor-driven surgical instruments, the motor may provide tactile feedback to the operator of the surgical instrument. For example, the rotation of the motor may generate vibrating motion or noise, eg, depending on the direction and/or speed of the motor rotation. However, the various motors may produce very little noise, and thus tactile feedback to the surgeon may be limited and/or may not be understood by the surgeon. For example, various modifications and/or improvements in the motor and/or transmission design may reduce tactile noise produced by the motor and/or transmission design. In such embodiments, it may be advantageous to modify the motor and/or a gear assembly operatively coupled to the motor to produce artificial or intentional tactile feedback and/or other sensory feedback. In some embodiments, the surgical instrument can communicate feedback to the surgeon without causing the surgeon to look away from the operating position. For example, motors and/or gears can generate tactile and/or audible feedback to communicate with the surgeon. In such embodiments, the operator need not look at the display screen, for example, to ascertain the operating status or condition of the surgical instrument. As described in greater detail herein, the surgical instrument may communicate, for example, a rotational direction of the motor, which may correspond to, for example, the firing direction of the firing member and/or the articulation direction of the loading unit. Additionally or alternatively, the surgical instrument may, for example, transmit the velocity and/or position of the firing member during the firing stroke and/or may, for example, transmit the velocity and/or degree of articulation of the loading unit.
在各种实施例中,如本文更详细所述,马达可操作地联接到击发组件和/或关节运动组件。现在参见图168,马达7010可驱动例如可接合齿轮组件7020的马达轴7014。在各种实施例中,键,例如马达轴7014上的键7016,可接合齿轮组件7020的一部分。在某些实施例中,齿轮组件7020可包括例如盘7022、7024,所述盘7022、7024可被构造成在通过键与马达轴7014接合时与马达轴7014一起旋转或轮转。例如,第一盘7022可包括沟槽(未示出)。此外,从马达轴7014延伸的第一键(未示出)可接合第一盘7022中的沟槽,使得第一盘7022在马达轴7014顺时针(CW)旋转时顺时针旋转并且在马达轴7014逆时针(CCW)旋转时逆时针旋转。在至少一个实施例中,第一键可在外科器械和/或其马达的整个操作期间保持与第一盘7022中的沟槽接合。In various embodiments, a motor is operably coupled to the firing assembly and/or the articulation assembly, as described in greater detail herein. Referring now to FIG. 168 , a motor 7010 can drive a motor shaft 7014 that can engage a gear assembly 7020 , for example. In various embodiments, a key, such as key 7016 on motor shaft 7014 , can engage a portion of gear assembly 7020 . In certain embodiments, the gear assembly 7020 can include, for example, plates 7022, 7024 that can be configured to rotate or cycle with the motor shaft 7014 when engaged with the motor shaft 7014 by a key. For example, the first plate 7022 may include grooves (not shown). In addition, a first key (not shown) extending from the motor shaft 7014 can engage a groove in the first disc 7022 such that the first disc 7022 rotates clockwise when the motor shaft 7014 rotates clockwise (CW) and on the motor shaft. The 7014 turns counterclockwise when turned counterclockwise (CCW). In at least one embodiment, the first key can remain engaged with the groove in the first disc 7022 throughout operation of the surgical instrument and/or its motor.
在某些实施例中,第一盘7022可相对于其沿马达轴7014的旋转轴线为平衡的。仍参见图168,块(例如块7026)可从第一盘7022延伸并且可将第一盘7022的质心移动成偏离第一盘7022的旋转轴线。例如,块7026可远离马达轴7014和/或远离第一盘7022的外周边延伸。换句话讲,块7026可打乱第一盘7022的平衡,导致第一盘7022的旋转失衡,并且因此在第一盘7022与马达轴7014一起旋转时产生离心力。因此,第一盘7022和块7026的旋转可产生触觉反馈,例如,外科器械外壳和/或柄部的振动或摇动。触觉反馈可对应于外科器械的操作状态或情况。此外,由第一盘7022和块7026的旋转产生的触觉反馈可依赖于马达轴7014的旋转速度。在此类实施例中,击发速度和/或关节运动速度也可例如被传送到外科医生。例如,第一盘7022可在马达轴7014较快地旋转时产生具有较高频率的触觉反馈并且在马达轴7014较慢地旋转时产生具有较低频率的触觉反馈。In certain embodiments, the first disk 7022 may be balanced relative to its axis of rotation along the motor shaft 7014 . Still referring to FIG. 168 , a mass (eg, mass 7026 ) can extend from the first disk 7022 and can move the center of mass of the first disk 7022 away from the axis of rotation of the first disk 7022 . For example, the block 7026 can extend away from the motor shaft 7014 and/or away from the outer perimeter of the first disc 7022 . In other words, the mass 7026 can upset the balance of the first disk 7022 , causing the rotation of the first disk 7022 to be out of balance, and thus create a centrifugal force when the first disk 7022 rotates with the motor shaft 7014 . Thus, rotation of the first disc 7022 and mass 7026 can generate tactile feedback, eg, vibration or shaking of the surgical instrument housing and/or handle. Haptic feedback may correspond to an operating state or condition of the surgical instrument. Additionally, the tactile feedback produced by the rotation of the first disk 7022 and mass 7026 may depend on the rotational speed of the motor shaft 7014 . In such embodiments, the firing speed and/or articulation speed may also be communicated, for example, to the surgeon. For example, the first disk 7022 may generate haptic feedback with a higher frequency when the motor shaft 7014 rotates faster and haptic feedback with a lower frequency when the motor shaft 7014 rotates slower.
类似于第一盘7022,在某些实施例中,第二盘7024可相对于其沿马达轴7014的旋转轴线为平衡的。仍参见图168,然而,块(例如,块7028)可从第二盘7024延伸并且可使其质心偏移。例如,块7028可远离马达轴7014和/或远离第二盘7024的外周边延伸。换句话讲,块7028可打乱第二盘7024的平衡,导致第二盘7024的旋转失衡,并且因此在第二盘7024与马达轴7014一起旋转时产生离心力。因此,第二盘7024和块7028的旋转可产生触觉反馈,例如,外科器械外壳和/或柄部的振动或摇动。触觉反馈可对应于外科器械的操作状态或情况。此外,由第二盘7024和块7028的旋转产生的触觉反馈可依赖于马达轴7014的旋转速度。在此类实施例中,击发速度和/或关节运动速度也可例如被传送到外科医生。在各种实施例中,第一盘7022和/或第二盘7024可包括例如类似于块7026和/或7028的附加块,所述附加块可例如进一步地有助于外科器械外壳和/或柄部的触觉响应。此外,在一些实施例中,马达轴7014可操作地接合齿轮组件7120的附加和/或不同盘以选择性地产生附加和/或不同的触觉反馈。Similar to the first disk 7022 , in some embodiments, the second disk 7024 may be balanced relative to its axis of rotation along the motor shaft 7014 . Still referring to Fig. 168, however, a mass (eg, mass 7028) may extend from the second disk 7024 and may have its center of mass offset. For example, the block 7028 may extend away from the motor shaft 7014 and/or away from the outer perimeter of the second disc 7024 . In other words, the mass 7028 can upset the balance of the second disk 7024 , causing the rotation of the second disk 7024 to be out of balance, and thus create a centrifugal force when the second disk 7024 rotates with the motor shaft 7014 . Thus, rotation of the second disc 7024 and mass 7028 can generate tactile feedback, eg, vibration or shaking of the surgical instrument housing and/or handle. Haptic feedback may correspond to an operating state or condition of the surgical instrument. Additionally, the tactile feedback produced by the rotation of the second disk 7024 and mass 7028 may depend on the rotational speed of the motor shaft 7014 . In such embodiments, the firing speed and/or articulation speed may also be communicated, for example, to the surgeon. In various embodiments, the first tray 7022 and/or the second tray 7024 can include, for example, additional blocks similar to blocks 7026 and/or 7028, which can, for example, further assist the surgical instrument housing and/or Tactile response of the handle. Additionally, in some embodiments, motor shaft 7014 is operable to engage additional and/or different discs of gear assembly 7120 to selectively generate additional and/or different tactile feedback.
仍参见图168,第二盘7024可包括内周边7026。在各种实施例中,第二键7016可从马达轴7014延伸,并且可通过内周边7030可操作地接合第二盘7024。内周边7030可包括例如多个平坦表面7032和相邻平坦表面7032之间的多个弧形表面7034。每对平坦表面7032和弧形表面7034可限定沟槽,所述沟槽可被构造成接纳第二键7016。在某些实施例中,当键7016沿第一方向旋转时,键7016可邻接平坦表面7032并且被固定和/或保持在第二盘7024的沟槽中。在此类构造中,第二盘7024可与马达轴7014一起沿第一方向旋转。此外,在某些实施例中,当键7016沿与第一方向相反的第二方向旋转时,键7016可旋转通过弧形表面7034并且可被固定和/或保持在内周边7030中的沟槽内。换句话讲,键7016可相对于第二盘7024旋转。在此类构造中,马达轴7014可相对于第二盘7024沿第二方向旋转。因此,当马达轴7014沿第一方向旋转时,键7016可仅接合第二盘7024并且导致第二盘7024旋转。在某些实施例中,第一方向可对应于CW旋转,并且在其他实施例中,第一方向可对应于CCW旋转。Still referring to FIG. 168 , the second disk 7024 can include an inner perimeter 7026 . In various embodiments, the second key 7016 can extend from the motor shaft 7014 and can operably engage the second plate 7024 via the inner perimeter 7030 . The inner perimeter 7030 can include, for example, a plurality of planar surfaces 7032 and a plurality of arcuate surfaces 7034 between adjacent planar surfaces 7032 . Each pair of planar surface 7032 and arcuate surface 7034 can define a groove that can be configured to receive second key 7016 . In some embodiments, the key 7016 can abut the planar surface 7032 and be secured and/or retained in the groove of the second disc 7024 when the key 7016 is rotated in the first direction. In such configurations, the second disk 7024 is rotatable with the motor shaft 7014 in the first direction. Additionally, in some embodiments, the key 7016 can be rotated through the arcuate surface 7034 and can be secured and/or retained by a groove in the inner perimeter 7030 when the key 7016 is rotated in a second direction opposite the first direction. Inside. In other words, the key 7016 is rotatable relative to the second disk 7024 . In such configurations, the motor shaft 7014 is rotatable in a second direction relative to the second disk 7024 . Thus, the key 7016 may only engage the second plate 7024 and cause the second plate 7024 to rotate when the motor shaft 7014 is rotated in the first direction. In some embodiments, the first direction may correspond to CW rotation, and in other embodiments, the first direction may correspond to CCW rotation.
如本文所述,由于第二盘7024的接合可取决于马达轴7014的旋转方向,因此第二盘7024可仅在马达轴7014沿一个方向旋转时(例如,在马达7010沿一个方向驱动击发构件和/或沿一个方向旋转加载单元时)旋转。例如,第二盘7024可仅例如在马达7010回缩击发构件或顺时针旋转加载单元时旋转。第二盘7024的此类选择性接合可影响由外科器械产生的触觉反馈。换句话讲,可基于第二盘7024的选择性接合来产生不同和/或较大的触觉反馈。例如,在其中第二盘7024仅在马达7010旋转以回缩击发构件时旋转的实施例中,相比于击发构件的推进期间,在回缩期间可产生更大的触觉反馈。在回缩期间,第二盘7024还可有助于触觉反馈的产生,这可导致反馈力的较高或较大总和。在此类实施例中,由第一盘7022、第二盘7024产生的较大触觉反馈可向外科医生指示击发构件正通过马达7010进行回缩。在各种实施例中,根据上文所述,当马达轴7014沿一个方向旋转时仅第一盘7022可旋转,并且当马达轴7014沿相反方向旋转时两个盘7022、7024均可旋转。由此,当马达轴7014沿不同方向旋转时,盘7022、7024可产生不同的反馈。As described herein, since the engagement of the second disc 7024 can depend on the direction of rotation of the motor shaft 7014, the second disc 7024 can only be used when the motor shaft 7014 is rotated in one direction (e.g., when the motor 7010 is driving the firing member in one direction). and/or when rotating the loading unit in one direction) rotation. For example, the second disc 7024 may only rotate, eg, when the motor 7010 retracts the firing member or rotates the loading unit clockwise. Such selective engagement of the second disc 7024 can affect the tactile feedback produced by the surgical instrument. In other words, different and/or greater tactile feedback may be generated based on selective engagement of the second disc 7024 . For example, in embodiments where the second disc 7024 rotates only when the motor 7010 rotates to retract the firing member, greater tactile feedback may be generated during retraction than during advancement of the firing member. During retraction, the second disk 7024 can also contribute to the generation of tactile feedback, which can result in a higher or greater sum of feedback forces. In such embodiments, the greater tactile feedback produced by the first disc 7022, the second disc 7024 may indicate to the surgeon that the firing member is being retracted by the motor 7010. In various embodiments, as described above, only the first disk 7022 is rotatable when the motor shaft 7014 is rotated in one direction, and both disks 7022, 7024 are rotatable when the motor shaft 7014 is rotated in the opposite direction. Thus, when the motor shaft 7014 is rotated in different directions, the disks 7022, 7024 can produce different feedbacks.
现在参见图169,在某些实施例中,马达7010可驱动可接合齿轮组件7120的马达轴7014。在各种实施例中,键,例如马达轴7014上的键7016,可接合齿轮组件7120。类似于齿轮组件7020,齿轮组件7120可包括多个盘,例如,第一盘7122和第二盘7124。第一盘7122和第二盘7124可被构造成在通过键与马达轴7014选择性地接合时与马达轴7014一起旋转或轮转。例如,第一盘7122可包括沟槽(未示出)。此外,从马达轴7014延伸的第一键(未示出)可接合第一盘7122的沟槽,使得第一盘7122与马达轴7014一起旋转。在某些实施例中,在使用期间,第一键可不能从第一盘7122的沟槽脱离。第二盘7124可包括例如内周边7130,其类似于第二盘7024的内周边7030。内周边7130可包括多个平坦表面7132和多个弧形表面7134。如本文相对于图168所述,键7016可根据马达轴7014的旋转方向来选择性地接合和脱离第二盘7124的内周边7130。例如,当马达轴7014沿第一方向旋转时,键7016可接合第二盘7124,由此导致第二盘7124与马达轴7014一起旋转。此外,当马达轴7014沿第二方向旋转时,键7016可保持脱离第二盘,使得键7016可相对于第二盘7024在其内周边7130内旋转。Referring now to FIG. 169 , in certain embodiments, a motor 7010 can drive a motor shaft 7014 that can engage a gear assembly 7120 . In various embodiments, a key, such as key 7016 on motor shaft 7014 , can engage gear assembly 7120 . Similar to gear assembly 7020 , gear assembly 7120 may include a plurality of discs, eg, a first disc 7122 and a second disc 7124 . The first disc 7122 and the second disc 7124 can be configured to rotate or cycle with the motor shaft 7014 when selectively engaged with the motor shaft 7014 by a key. For example, the first plate 7122 may include grooves (not shown). Additionally, a first key (not shown) extending from the motor shaft 7014 can engage a groove of the first plate 7122 such that the first plate 7122 rotates with the motor shaft 7014 . In some embodiments, the first key may not disengage from the groove of the first disc 7122 during use. The second disc 7124 can include, for example, an inner perimeter 7130 that is similar to the inner perimeter 7030 of the second disc 7024 . The inner perimeter 7130 can include a plurality of planar surfaces 7132 and a plurality of curved surfaces 7134 . As described herein with respect to FIG. 168 , key 7016 may selectively engage and disengage inner perimeter 7130 of second disc 7124 according to the direction of rotation of motor shaft 7014 . For example, key 7016 may engage second plate 7124 when motor shaft 7014 is rotated in a first direction, thereby causing second plate 7124 to rotate with motor shaft 7014 . Furthermore, when the motor shaft 7014 is rotated in the second direction, the key 7016 can remain disengaged from the second plate such that the key 7016 can rotate relative to the second plate 7024 within its inner perimeter 7130 .
在各种实施例中,第一盘7122可包括至少一个截齿7126,并且第二盘7124也可包括至少一个截齿7128。当盘7122、7124旋转时,截齿7126、7128可撞击音频反馈发生器7140的元件。例如,截齿7126、7128可撞击音频反馈发生器7140的响片7142、7144。在各种实施例中,当第一盘7122旋转时第一盘7122的截齿7126可撞击并且挠曲第一响片7142,并且当第二盘7124旋转时第二盘7124的截齿7128可撞击并且挠曲第二响片7144。响片7142、7144的撞击和挠曲可导致响片7142、7144谐振并且产生听觉信号。换句话讲,第一和第二盘7122的旋转可产生音频反馈。此外,旋转盘7122、7124的旋转速度和/或从第一盘7122和第二盘7124延伸的截齿的数量和构造可影响听觉信号的频率。在此类实施例中,马达的速度和击发元件的对应击发速度和/或加载单元的关节运动速度可例如被传送给外科医生。In various embodiments, the first disc 7122 can include at least one pick 7126 and the second disc 7124 can also include at least one pick 7128 . As the disks 7122, 7124 rotate, the picks 7126, 7128 may strike elements of the audio feedback generator 7140. For example, picks 7126 , 7128 may strike clickers 7142 , 7144 of audio feedback generator 7140 . In various embodiments, the picks 7126 of the first disc 7122 can strike and deflect the first clicker 7142 as the first disc 7122 rotates, and the picks 7128 of the second disc 7124 can rotate as the second disc 7124 rotates. The second clicker 7144 is struck and deflected. The impact and deflection of the clickers 7142, 7144 may cause the clickers 7142, 7144 to resonate and generate an audible signal. In other words, rotation of the first and second disks 7122 can generate audio feedback. Additionally, the rotational speed of the rotating disks 7122, 7124 and/or the number and configuration of picks extending from the first disk 7122 and the second disk 7124 may affect the frequency of the audible signal. In such embodiments, the speed of the motor and the corresponding firing speed of the firing element and/or the articulation speed of the loading unit may, for example, be communicated to the surgeon.
主要参见图170和图171,在各种实施例中,截齿7126、7128的几何形状可影响由音频反馈发生器7140产生的听觉信号。例如,截齿7126、7128可各自包括非衰减表面7150和衰减表面7152。非衰减表面7152可包括例如平坦表面并且衰减表面7152可包括例如弧形表面。在各种实施例中,在其中截齿7126的非衰减表面7150在旋转时位于截齿7126的衰减表面7152之前的情况下(图170),响片7142的谐振可被截齿7126的后端衰减表面7152衰减和/或停止。例如,衰减表面7152的弧形几何形状可接触挠曲的响片7126,以阻止和/或限制响片7126的振动或谐振。相反地,在其中截齿7126的衰减表面7152在旋转时位于截齿7126的非衰减表面7150之前的情况下(图171),响片7142的谐振可不被截齿7126的非衰减表面7150衰减。例如,非衰减表面7150的平坦几何形状可避免和/或限制与挠曲响片7126的接触,使得响片7126的谐振被允许和/或不太受限制。换句话讲,盘7122、1724和相关截齿7126、7128的旋转方向可影响由外科器械产生的听觉反馈。因此,可在外科器械的使用期间将其操作状态通知给外科器械的操作者,且无需使外科医生从外科部位转移目光。例如,音频信号可在击发构件回缩时被衰减并且可在击发构件推进时不被衰减。在其他实施例中,音频信号可在击发构件推进时被衰减并且可在击发构件回缩时不被衰减。此外,在一些实施例中,例如,衰减的听觉信号可与加载单元沿一个方向的关节运动相对应,并且未衰减的听觉信号可与加载单元沿另一个方向的关节运动相对应。在各种实施例中,至少一个音频反馈发生器可单独使用和/或可结合至少一个触觉反馈系统来使用。此外,在一些实施例中,至少一个触觉反馈系统可单独使用和/或可结合至少一个音频反馈发生器来使用。音频反馈和触觉反馈可将不同的操作状态传送给外科医生并且/或者可将例如有关相同操作状态的双重反馈提供给外科医生。Referring primarily to FIGS. 170 and 171 , in various embodiments, the geometry of the picks 7126 , 7128 can affect the audible signal produced by the audio feedback generator 7140 . For example, the picks 7126 , 7128 may each include a non-attenuating surface 7150 and an attenuating surface 7152 . The non-attenuating surface 7152 can include, for example, a flat surface and the attenuating surface 7152 can include, for example, a curved surface. In various embodiments, where the non-damping surface 7150 of the pick 7126 is positioned in front of the damping surface 7152 of the pick 7126 when rotated (FIG. 170), the resonance of the clicker 7142 can be suppressed by the rear end of the pick 7126. The decay surface 7152 decays and/or stops. For example, the arcuate geometry of the attenuation surface 7152 may contact the flexed clicker 7126 to prevent and/or limit vibration or resonance of the clicker 7126 . Conversely, in cases where the damping surface 7152 of the pick 7126 is positioned in front of the non-damping surface 7150 of the pick 7126 when rotated ( FIG. 171 ), the resonance of the clicker 7142 may not be damped by the non-damping surface 7150 of the pick 7126 . For example, the flat geometry of the non-attenuating surface 7150 can avoid and/or limit contact with the flex clicker 7126 such that resonance of the clicker 7126 is allowed and/or less restricted. In other words, the direction of rotation of the discs 7122, 1724 and associated picks 7126, 7128 can affect the audible feedback produced by the surgical instrument. Accordingly, the operator of the surgical instrument can be informed of its operating status during its use without causing the surgeon to look away from the surgical site. For example, the audio signal may be attenuated when the firing member is retracted and may not be attenuated when the firing member is advanced. In other embodiments, the audio signal may be attenuated when the firing member is advanced and may not be attenuated when the firing member is retracted. Also, in some embodiments, for example, an attenuated audible signal may correspond to loading unit articulation in one direction and an unattenuated audible signal may correspond to loading unit articulation in another direction. In various embodiments, at least one audio feedback generator may be used alone and/or may be used in conjunction with at least one haptic feedback system. Additionally, in some embodiments, at least one haptic feedback system may be used alone and/or may be used in conjunction with at least one audio feedback generator. Audio feedback and tactile feedback can communicate different operating states to the surgeon and/or can provide the surgeon with dual feedback about the same operating state, for example.
在各种实施例中,外科器械可在击发元件接近和/或到达击发行程末端时和/或在加载单元接近和/或到达关节运动极限时产生反馈。在各种实施例中,此反馈可不同于和/或附加于整个击发行程期间和/或加载单元进行关节运动时所产生的反馈。因此,外科器械可向使用者通知例如击发行程接近完成和/或已完成并且/或者可向操作者通知加载单元接近关节运动极限和/或已达到关节运动极限。In various embodiments, the surgical instrument may generate feedback as the firing element approaches and/or reaches the end of the firing stroke and/or as the loading unit approaches and/or reaches the limit of articulation. In various embodiments, this feedback may be different from and/or in addition to the feedback generated throughout the firing stroke and/or as the loading unit articulates. Accordingly, the surgical instrument may notify the user, for example, that the firing stroke is nearing completion and/or has been completed and/or may notify the operator that the loading unit is nearing and/or has reached the limit of articulation.
现在参见图172,马达7010和马达轴7014可与齿轮组件7120可操作地接合,如上文更详细所述。此外,齿轮组件7120的盘7122、7124可接触音频反馈发生器7240,所述音频反馈发生器7240可类似于例如音频反馈发生器7140。例如,盘7122、7124上的截齿7126、7128可挠曲音频反馈发生器7240的响片7242、7244,由此导致响片7242、7244谐振并且产生听觉反馈。此外,音频反馈发生器7240可相对于齿轮组件7120运动或平移。如下文更详细所述,音频反馈发生器7240可选择性地运动成与盘7122、7124上的响片7242、7244接合和/或不接合以选择性地产生听觉信号。在其他实施例中,马达、齿轮组件和/或其盘可运动,使得盘的截齿选择性地运动成与音频反馈发生器的响片接合和/或不接合以选择性地产生听觉信号。Referring now to FIG. 172, the motor 7010 and motor shaft 7014 can be operatively engaged with a gear assembly 7120, as described in greater detail above. Additionally, the discs 7122, 7124 of the gear assembly 7120 can contact an audio feedback generator 7240, which can be similar to the audio feedback generator 7140, for example. For example, picks 7126, 7128 on discs 7122, 7124 may deflect clickers 7242, 7244 of audio feedback generator 7240, thereby causing clickers 7242, 7244 to resonate and produce audible feedback. Additionally, audio feedback generator 7240 may move or translate relative to gear assembly 7120 . As described in more detail below, the audio feedback generator 7240 is selectively movable into and/or out of engagement with the clickers 7242, 7244 on the discs 7122, 7124 to selectively generate an audible signal. In other embodiments, the motor, the gear assembly, and/or its disc are movable such that the picks of the disc are selectively moved into engagement and/or out of engagement with the clickers of the audio feedback generator to selectively generate an audible signal.
在各种实施例中,当击发构件在击发行程期间运动时,音频反馈发生器7240可在外科器械中平移。例如,在击发行程开始处,音频反馈发生器7240可与盘7122、7124的截齿7126、7128不对准。此外,当击发构件朝远侧运动并且/或者接近击发行程末端时,音频反馈发生器7240可运动到和/或运动成与盘7122、7124的截齿7126、7128对准。在此类实施例中,音频反馈发生器7240可在击发构件接近和/或到达击发行程末端时产生听觉反馈。参见图173,例如,反馈发生器可在击发构件处于接近和/或到达击发行程末端的位置范围内产生反馈例如以将击发构件的位置传送给外科医生。在此类实施例中,外科器械可将击发行程末端传送给操作者。例如,再次参见图172,当击发构件接近击发行程的远侧端部时,至少一个截齿7126、7128可与至少一个响片7242、7244对准。此时,外科器械可产生反馈以将击发构件的位置传送给外科医生。当每个截齿7126、7128与响片7242、7242中的一个对准时,可将较大的和/或不同的反馈传送给外科医生。此外,当击发构件回缩时,至少一个截齿7126、7128可再次与响片7242、7244不对准,使得将减小的和/或不同的反馈传送给外科医生。因此,当反馈发生器运动穿过击发行程时,反馈发生器可基于击发构件的位置来将变化的反馈传送给操作者。此外,齿轮组件7120可包括可运动成与音频反馈发生器7240接合和/或不接合的附加盘和/或截齿,并且/或者音频反馈发生器7240可包括可运动成与截齿接合和/或不接合的附加响片。在各种实施例中,音频反馈发生器可将击发构件的另选和/或附加位置传送给外科医生。例如,音频反馈发生器可在沿击发和/或回缩路径的长度的中点和/或递增点处传送听觉反馈。In various embodiments, the audio feedback generator 7240 can translate within the surgical instrument as the firing member moves during the firing stroke. For example, the audio feedback generator 7240 may be misaligned with the picks 7126, 7128 of the discs 7122, 7124 at the beginning of the firing stroke. Additionally, the audio feedback generator 7240 can be moved into and/or into alignment with the picks 7126, 7128 of the discs 7122, 7124 as the firing member moves distally and/or approaches the end of the firing stroke. In such embodiments, the audio feedback generator 7240 can generate audible feedback as the firing member approaches and/or reaches the end of the firing stroke. Referring to FIG. 173, for example, the feedback generator can generate feedback over a range of positions of the firing member near and/or reaching the end of the firing stroke, for example, to communicate the position of the firing member to the surgeon. In such embodiments, the surgical instrument may communicate the end of the firing stroke to the operator. For example, referring again to FIG. 172, at least one pick 7126, 7128 can be aligned with at least one clicker 7242, 7244 as the firing member approaches the distal end of the firing stroke. At this point, the surgical instrument can generate feedback to communicate the position of the firing member to the surgeon. When each pick 7126, 7128 is aligned with one of the clickers 7242, 7242, greater and/or different feedback may be communicated to the surgeon. Additionally, when the firing member is retracted, the at least one pick 7126, 7128 can again be out of alignment with the clickers 7242, 7244, such that reduced and/or different feedback is communicated to the surgeon. Accordingly, the feedback generator may communicate varying feedback to the operator based on the position of the firing member as the feedback generator moves through the firing stroke. Additionally, the gear assembly 7120 may include additional discs and/or picks that are movable into engagement and/or disengagement with the audio feedback generator 7240, and/or the audio feedback generator 7240 may include additional discs and/or picks that are movable into engagement with the picks and/or the audio feedback generator 7240. or an additional clicker that does not engage. In various embodiments, the audio feedback generator may communicate alternative and/or additional positions of the firing member to the surgeon. For example, the audio feedback generator may deliver audible feedback at midpoints and/or incremental points along the length of the firing and/or retraction paths.
现在参见图174和图175,也可使用可运动的反馈发生器来将加载单元的关节运动极限传送给外科医生。例如,图172所示的音频反馈发生器7240例如可随着加载单元的关节运动而平移。例如,当加载单元处于非关节运动构型时,音频反馈发生器7240可与盘7122、7124的截齿7126、7128不对准。此外,当加载单元进行关节运动时,音频反馈发生器7240可运动到和/或运动成与盘7122、7124的截齿7126、7128对准。在此类实施例中,音频反馈发生器7240可在加载单元接近和/或到达关节运动极限时产生听觉反馈。例如,再次参见图174和图175,反馈发生器可在击发构件处于接近和/或到达击发行程末端的位置范围内产生反馈以将击发构件的位置传送给外科医生。在此类实施例中,外科器械可将关节运动极限传送给操作者。例如,再次参见图172,当加载单元接近其关节运动极限(例如,接近四十五度)时,至少一个截齿7126、7128可与至少一个响片7242、7244对准。此时,外科器械可产生反馈以将击发构件的位置传送给外科医生。当加载单元更接近和/或到达关节运动极限时,每个截齿7126、7128可与响片7242、7244中的一个对准,并且可将较大的和/或不同的反馈传送给外科医生。此外,当加载单元进行关节运动以返回到非关节运动、中性位置时,至少一个截齿7126、7128可再次与响片7242、7244不对准,使得将减小的和/或不同的反馈传送给外科医生。因此,当反馈发生器运动穿过击发行程时,反馈发生器可基于加载单元的构型来将变化的反馈传送给操作者。Referring now to FIGS. 174 and 175, a movable feedback generator may also be used to communicate the loading unit's articulation limits to the surgeon. For example, the audio feedback generator 7240 shown in FIG. 172 may translate, for example, as the loading unit articulates. For example, the audio feedback generator 7240 may be out of alignment with the picks 7126, 7128 of the discs 7122, 7124 when the loading unit is in the non-articulating configuration. Additionally, the audio feedback generator 7240 may be moved into and/or into alignment with the picks 7126, 7128 of the discs 7122, 7124 as the loading unit articulates. In such embodiments, the audio feedback generator 7240 may generate audible feedback as the loading unit approaches and/or reaches the limit of joint motion. For example, referring again to FIGS. 174 and 175 , the feedback generator can generate feedback to communicate the position of the firing member to the surgeon over a range of positions of the firing member near and/or reaching the end of the firing stroke. In such embodiments, the surgical instrument may communicate the articulation limits to the operator. For example, referring again to FIG. 172, at least one pick 7126, 7128 may be aligned with at least one clicker 7242, 7244 when the loading unit is nearing its articulation limit (eg, near forty-five degrees). At this point, the surgical instrument can generate feedback to communicate the position of the firing member to the surgeon. Each pick 7126, 7128 can align with one of the clickers 7242, 7244 as the loading unit moves closer to and/or reaches the limit of articulation and can communicate greater and/or different feedback to the surgeon . In addition, when the loading unit articulates to return to the non-articulating, neutral position, at least one pick 7126, 7128 can again be out of alignment with the clickers 7242, 7244 such that reduced and/or different feedback is transmitted to the surgeon. Accordingly, the feedback generator may communicate varying feedback to the operator based on the configuration of the loading unit as the feedback generator moves through the firing stroke.
在各种实施例中,可为有利的是保护外科器械的某些部件以防流体接触。例如,使用期间与体液的无意接触可损坏外科器械,并且可限制和/或缩短外科器械的生命周期。此外,可为有利的是保护外科器械的某些部件以防灭菌期间的流体接触。例如,与灭菌和/或清洁流体的无意接触可损坏外科器械,并且可妨碍和/或限制外科器械的可重复使用性。在各种实施例中,外科器械的某些部件可被密封和/或保护以防流体接触。例如,外科器械中的电子器件可密封在环氧树脂中进行保护以防流体。外科器械的运动部件(例如,马达和/或齿轮组件的部分)也可被密封和/或保护以防流体接触。此类密封可例如适应各种运动部件的旋转。此外,在各种实施例中,此类密封还可有利于热传递,使得在外科器械操作期间产生的热被较有效地耗散。In various embodiments, it may be advantageous to protect certain components of the surgical instrument from fluid contact. For example, inadvertent contact with bodily fluids during use can damage the surgical instrument and can limit and/or shorten the life cycle of the surgical instrument. Additionally, it may be advantageous to protect certain components of the surgical instrument from fluid contact during sterilization. For example, inadvertent contact with sterilizing and/or cleaning fluids can damage the surgical instrument and can prevent and/or limit the reusability of the surgical instrument. In various embodiments, certain components of the surgical instrument may be sealed and/or protected from fluid contact. For example, electronics in surgical instruments can be sealed in epoxy for protection from fluids. Moving parts of the surgical instrument (eg, portions of the motor and/or gear assembly) may also be sealed and/or protected from fluid contact. Such seals can accommodate, for example, the rotation of various moving parts. Furthermore, in various embodiments, such seals may also facilitate heat transfer so that heat generated during operation of the surgical instrument is more efficiently dissipated.
现在参见图185和图186,在某些实施例中,马达7510和/或齿轮组件7520可被密封和/或保护以防使用期间和/或灭菌处理期间的流体。马达7510可类似于例如马达100,并且齿轮组件7520可类似于例如齿轮组件170。为了密封和保护马达7510,马达外壳(例如橡胶套管)可定位在外科器械10(图1)的外壳12(图1)内的马达7510周围。此类橡胶套管可限制马达7510的热传递,并且马达7510可易于过热。在其他实施例中,再次参见图185和图186,马达外壳可包括例如可定位在马达7510周围的蛤壳覆盖件7516。在各种实施例中,蛤壳覆盖件7516可包括例如可关节运动和/或卡扣在一起的至少两个部分。蛤壳覆盖件7516可允许马达7510和/或马达轴的旋转。另外,在某些实施例中,蛤壳覆盖件7516可有利于其中保持的马达7510的热传递。类似于触点构造210的触点构造7512(图186)例如可用于将电流提供到马达7510。触点构造7512可包括例如正极环形触点7514a和负极环形触点7514b(图186),所述正极环形触点7514a和负极环形触点7514b例如可操作地连接到由蛤壳覆盖件7516保持的固定的正极触点7518a和负极触点7518b(图186)。此外,蛤壳覆盖件7516可包括环形密封件或垫圈7519,所述环形密封件或垫圈7519可例如邻接马达7510的周边并且将马达7510和触点构造7512密封在蛤壳覆盖件7516内。在某些实施例中,蛤壳覆盖件7516可包括金属材料,所述金属材料可例如有利于马达7510的热传递并且可防止马达7410的过热和/或损坏。Referring now to FIGS. 185 and 186 , in certain embodiments, the motor 7510 and/or the gear assembly 7520 can be sealed and/or protected from fluid during use and/or during sterilization processing. Motor 7510 may be similar to motor 100, for example, and gear assembly 7520 may be similar to gear assembly 170, for example. To seal and protect the motor 7510, a motor housing (eg, a rubber boot) may be positioned around the motor 7510 within the housing 12 (FIG. 1) of the surgical instrument 10 (FIG. 1). Such rubber boots can limit heat transfer to the motor 7510, and the motor 7510 can be prone to overheating. In other embodiments, referring again to FIGS. 185 and 186 , the motor housing can include a clamshell cover 7516 that can be positioned around the motor 7510 , for example. In various embodiments, the clamshell cover 7516 can include at least two portions that can be articulated and/or snapped together, for example. The clamshell cover 7516 may allow rotation of the motor 7510 and/or the motor shaft. Additionally, in certain embodiments, the clamshell cover 7516 can facilitate heat transfer from the motor 7510 held therein. A contact configuration 7512 ( FIG. 186 ) similar to contact configuration 210 may be used to provide electrical current to a motor 7510 , for example. The contact configuration 7512 can include, for example, a positive ring contact 7514a and a negative ring contact 7514b ( FIG. 186 ), which are operatively connected, for example, to a ring held by a clamshell cover 7516. Fixed positive and negative contacts 7518a, 7518b (FIG. 186). Additionally, the clamshell cover 7516 may include an annular seal or gasket 7519 that may, for example, abut the perimeter of the motor 7510 and seal the motor 7510 and contact arrangement 7512 within the clamshell cover 7516 . In certain embodiments, the clamshell cover 7516 can include a metallic material that can, for example, facilitate heat transfer to the motor 7510 and can prevent overheating and/or damage to the motor 7410 .
仍参见图185和图186,齿轮组件7520也可被密封和/或保护以防使用和/或灭菌期间的流体。例如,垫圈7522可定位在马达7510和齿轮组件7520的外壳之间,使得马达7510和齿轮组件7520形成不透流体的密封。此外,密封套管7530可围绕齿轮组件7520的外壳进行定位。密封套管7530可包括边缘7536,所述边缘7536可邻接蛤壳覆盖件7516和/或马达7510以在它们之间提供不透流体的密封。密封套管7530还可包括用于输出轴7524的开口7532。例如,齿轮组件7520的输出轴7524可延伸穿过开口7532,并且翅片7534可延伸到输出轴7524以提供不透流体的密封同时允许输出轴7524在开口7532内的旋转。在各种实施例中,密封套管7530和/或其边缘7536、垫圈和/或翅片7534可包括橡胶和/或另一种合适的材料以用于形成不透流体的密封。在各种实施例中,安装支架或马达保持器7540(类似于保持器190)例如可将密封的齿轮组件7520和马达7510保持在外科器械10(图1)的外壳12(图1)内。Still referring to FIGS. 185 and 186 , the gear assembly 7520 can also be sealed and/or protected from fluids during use and/or sterilization. For example, gasket 7522 may be positioned between the motor 7510 and the housing of gear assembly 7520 such that motor 7510 and gear assembly 7520 form a fluid-tight seal. Additionally, a sealing sleeve 7530 can be positioned around the housing of the gear assembly 7520 . The sealing sleeve 7530 can include a rim 7536 that can abut the clamshell cover 7516 and/or the motor 7510 to provide a fluid-tight seal therebetween. The sealing sleeve 7530 may also include an opening 7532 for the output shaft 7524 . For example, output shaft 7524 of gear assembly 7520 can extend through opening 7532 and fins 7534 can extend to output shaft 7524 to provide a fluid tight seal while allowing rotation of output shaft 7524 within opening 7532 . In various embodiments, the sealing sleeve 7530 and/or its rim 7536, gasket, and/or fins 7534 may comprise rubber and/or another suitable material for forming a fluid-tight seal. In various embodiments, a mounting bracket or motor retainer 7540 (similar to retainer 190 ), for example, can retain sealed gear assembly 7520 and motor 7510 within housing 12 ( FIG. 1 ) of surgical instrument 10 ( FIG. 1 ).
图32-37示出了另一个外科器械910,其可包括本文所公开的其他外科器械的许多特征。在至少一种形式中,外科器械910可包括通常标定为860的关节运动致动机构,所述关节运动致动机构除下文所述的差异之外可基本上类似于Zemlok‘763、Zemlok‘344和/或美国专利7,431,188中所公开的关节运动机构。在其他构造中,外科器械可包括如本文所述的各种形式的其他关节运动致动机构。如在图32中可见,器械910包括外壳12,所述外壳12可包括其上安装有可旋转构件92的圆筒形安装部分90。可旋转构件92与细长轴组件16的近侧端部交接以有利于细长轴组件16相对于外壳12的旋转。此类构造允许外科医生使细长轴组件16和联接到其的加载单元20(或其他形式的外科端部执行器)围绕纵向工具轴线“LA-LA”选择性地旋转。可旋转构件92可以不可移除地安装在圆筒部分90上或者其可被设计成与其选择性地分离。32-37 illustrate another surgical instrument 910 that can include many of the features of the other surgical instruments disclosed herein. In at least one form, the surgical instrument 910 can include an articulation actuation mechanism, generally designated 860, which can be substantially similar to Zemlok '763, Zemlok '344, except for the differences described below. and/or the articulation mechanism disclosed in US Pat. No. 7,431,188. In other configurations, the surgical instrument may include various forms of other articulation actuation mechanisms as described herein. As can be seen in Figure 32, the instrument 910 includes a housing 12 that may include a cylindrical mounting portion 90 on which a rotatable member 92 is mounted. Rotatable member 92 interfaces with the proximal end of elongated shaft assembly 16 to facilitate rotation of elongated shaft assembly 16 relative to housing 12 . Such configurations allow the surgeon to selectively rotate the elongated shaft assembly 16 and loading unit 20 (or other form of surgical end effector) coupled thereto about the longitudinal tool axis "LA-LA". Rotatable member 92 may be non-removably mounted on barrel portion 90 or it may be designed to be selectively detached therefrom.
如本文所公开,根据所采用的外科端部执行器的类型和/或构造,可期望将电流提供到端部执行器。例如,端部执行器可使用需要电来启动的传感器、灯、致动器等等。然而,在此类构造中,使外科端部执行器围绕纵向工具轴线“LA-LA”旋转的能力可受到严重限制,因为将功率从电功率源通过细长轴输送到外科端部执行器或加载单元的导体系统可卷绕并且受到严重损坏---尤其是在细长轴已旋转多于一转的情况下。本文所公开的各种外科器械可使用通常标定为930的导体管理系统,所述导体管理系统可避免上述问题的。As disclosed herein, depending on the type and/or configuration of the surgical end effector employed, it may be desirable to provide electrical current to the end effector. For example, end effectors may use sensors, lights, actuators, etc. that require electricity to activate. However, in such configurations, the ability to rotate the surgical end effector about the longitudinal tool axis "LA-LA" can be severely limited because power is delivered from the electrical power source through the elongated shaft to the surgical end effector or load The conductor system of the unit can wind up and be severely damaged - especially if the elongated shaft has been rotated more than one revolution. The various surgical instruments disclosed herein may utilize a conductor management system, generally designated 930, which avoids the problems described above.
再次参见图32,外科器械910可由电功率源200提供功率。电功率源可例如具有Zemlok‘763更详细描述的类型。例如,电功率源200可包括可再充电电池(例如,铅基、镍基、锂离子基等等)。还可设想到,电功率源200可包括至少一个一次性电池。在至少一个构造中,例如,一次性电池可为约9伏至约30伏。图32示出了其中电功率源200包括多个电池单元202的一个示例。所用电池单元的数量可取决于器械910的电流负载需求。还可设想到,电功率源可包括可用于外科套件中的交流源。例如,可使用外部功率线和插头(未示出)将交流电从外科套件中的出口输送到外科器械外壳和/或端部执行器中的各种部件、导体、传感器、开关、电路等。在其他应用中,外科器械910可从例如与其附接或者说是相联的机器人系统获得功率。Referring again to FIG. 32 , surgical instrument 910 may be powered by electrical power source 200 . The electrical power source may for example be of the type described in more detail by Zemlok '763. For example, electrical power source 200 may include a rechargeable battery (eg, lead-based, nickel-based, lithium-ion based, etc.). It is also contemplated that the electrical power source 200 may include at least one disposable battery. In at least one configuration, for example, the disposable battery can be from about 9 volts to about 30 volts. FIG. 32 shows an example in which the electrical power source 200 includes a plurality of battery cells 202 . The number of battery cells used may depend on the current load requirements of the instrument 910 . It is also contemplated that the source of electrical power may include an AC source that may be used in a surgical kit. For example, external power cords and plugs (not shown) may be used to deliver AC power from outlets in the surgical kit to various components, conductors, sensors, switches, circuits, etc. in the surgical instrument housing and/or end effector. In other applications, surgical instrument 910 may draw power from, for example, a robotic system to which it is attached or otherwise associated.
如在图32中进一步可见,导体管理系统930可包括主导体构件和线932,所述主导体构件和线932与电功率源200联接或者说是交接以用于从其接收功率。主导体构件932联接到支撑在可旋转构件92内的螺旋、卷轴、和/或可卷绕导体组件934。在一种构造中,例如,螺旋导体组件934可由带状导体936形成或者说是包括带状导体936,所述带状导体936以例如图36和37中所示的方式卷绕成螺旋形式。例如,螺旋导体组件934可由螺旋卷绕导体制成,所述螺旋卷绕导体可具有与螺旋卷绕弹簧(例如,扭转弹簧)类似的属性。在一种形式中,例如,导体936可卷绕成如图36和37所示的连续转或匝。在各种构造中,导体936可被卷绕一个或多个完整转。例如,图36和37所示的导体936被构造成多于四个完整转。As further seen in FIG. 32 , conductor management system 930 may include a primary conductor member and wire 932 coupled or otherwise interfaced with electrical power source 200 for receiving power therefrom. The main conductor member 932 is coupled to a helix, reel, and/or windable conductor assembly 934 supported within the rotatable member 92 . In one configuration, for example, the helical conductor assembly 934 may be formed from or include a strip conductor 936 wound into a helical form in the manner shown, for example, in FIGS. 36 and 37 . For example, the helical conductor assembly 934 may be made from a helically wound conductor, which may have similar properties to a helically wound spring (eg, a torsion spring). In one form, for example, conductor 936 may be wound in successive turns or turns as shown in FIGS. 36 and 37 . In various configurations, conductor 936 may be wound for one or more full turns. For example, the conductor 936 shown in FIGS. 36 and 37 is configured for more than four full turns.
在各种形式中,导体936具有第一端部938,所述第一端部938可例如固定到外壳12的圆筒部分90。此外,导体936还具有第二端部940,所述第二端部940附接到可旋转构件92或者说是由其支撑以用于与其一起旋转行进。因此,当可旋转构件92围绕圆筒部分90沿第一可旋转方向旋转时,螺旋卷绕导体936卷绕成较紧密形式。相反地,当可旋转构件92沿第二可旋转方向旋转时,螺旋卷绕导体936的紧密度可降低。在其中可旋转构件92可移除地支撑在圆筒部分90上的这些构型中,螺旋卷绕导体936的第一端部938可移除地支撑在圆筒部分90中的狭槽或其他安装腔体942中。参见例如图36和图37。此外,主导体构件932可通过连接器组件933可拆卸地联接到螺旋导体组件934。具体地,可拆卸的连接器组件933可用于将主导体构件932联接到螺旋卷绕导体936的第一端部938,以有利于可旋转构件92从圆筒部分90的移除。在其中可旋转部分92不旨在从圆筒部分移除的其他构造中,螺旋卷绕导体936的第一端部938可以不可移除地附连到圆筒部分90并且主导体构件932可永久性地附连(例如,焊接)到螺旋卷绕导体936的第一端部。In various forms, the conductor 936 has a first end 938 that may be secured to the cylindrical portion 90 of the housing 12 , for example. Additionally, the conductor 936 also has a second end 940 attached to or otherwise supported by the rotatable member 92 for rotational travel therewith. Thus, when the rotatable member 92 is rotated about the barrel portion 90 in the first rotatable direction, the helically wound conductor 936 is wound into a tighter form. Conversely, the tightness of the helically wound conductor 936 may decrease when the rotatable member 92 is rotated in the second rotatable direction. In these configurations in which the rotatable member 92 is removably supported on the barrel portion 90 , the first end 938 of the helically wound conductor 936 is removably supported in a slot or other slot in the barrel portion 90 . Installed in cavity 942. See, eg, Figures 36 and 37. Additionally, main conductor member 932 may be detachably coupled to helical conductor assembly 934 via connector assembly 933 . In particular, a detachable connector assembly 933 may be used to couple the main conductor member 932 to the first end 938 of the helically wound conductor 936 to facilitate removal of the rotatable member 92 from the barrel portion 90 . In other configurations in which the rotatable portion 92 is not intended to be removed from the barrel portion, the first end 938 of the helically wound conductor 936 may be non-removably attached to the barrel portion 90 and the main conductor member 932 may be permanently attached. is permanently attached (eg, soldered) to the first end of the helically wound conductor 936.
螺旋卷绕导体936的第二端部940可通过粘合剂、机械保持器、卡扣特征结构等不可移除地附连到可旋转构件92。在另选的构造中,螺旋卷绕导体936的第二端部940可以可移除地支撑在提供于可旋转构件92中的狭槽或其他安装特征结构中,以有利于从可旋转部分92拆卸螺旋卷绕导体936。如在图32和33中可见,辅助轴导体构件944附接到螺旋缆线组件934的第二端部940。辅助轴导体构件944可支撑在可旋转构件92内并且延伸穿过中空细长轴组件16。例如,辅助轴导体构件944可穿过细长轴组件16延伸到其远侧端部,以与附接到其的其他导体、传感器、动力部件等交接,所述其他导体、传感器、动力部件等与外科端部执行器、加载单元等相联。因此,当临床医生相对于外壳12旋转可旋转构件92时,螺旋导体组件934,并且更具体地,螺旋卷绕导体936将卷绕成略微较紧密的螺旋,同时有利于将功率从功率源200施加到外科端部执行器、加载单元等。如果临床医生相对于外壳12沿相反方向旋转可旋转构件92,则螺旋卷绕缆线936将略微解卷绕,同时仍有利于将功率从功率源200施加到外科端部执行器、加载单元等上的各种部件、传感器等。Second end 940 of helically wound conductor 936 may be non-removably attached to rotatable member 92 by adhesive, mechanical retainer, snap feature, or the like. In an alternative construction, the second end 940 of the helically wound conductor 936 may be removably supported in a slot or other mounting feature provided in the rotatable member 92 to facilitate access from the rotatable portion 92 . The helically wound conductor 936 is disassembled. As seen in FIGS. 32 and 33 , the secondary shaft conductor member 944 is attached to the second end 940 of the helical cable assembly 934 . Auxiliary shaft conductor member 944 may be supported within rotatable member 92 and extend through hollow elongated shaft assembly 16 . For example, auxiliary shaft conductor member 944 may extend through elongate shaft assembly 16 to its distal end to interface with other conductors, sensors, powered components, etc. attached thereto that communicate with Surgical end effector, loading unit, etc. Thus, when the clinician rotates the rotatable member 92 relative to the housing 12, the helical conductor assembly 934, and more specifically, the helically wound conductor 936, will wind into a slightly tighter helix while facilitating the transfer of power from the power source 200. Applied to surgical end effectors, loading units, etc. If the clinician rotates the rotatable member 92 in the opposite direction relative to the housing 12, the helically wound cable 936 will unwind slightly while still facilitating the application of power from the power source 200 to the surgical end effector, loading unit, etc. Various components, sensors, etc.
如在图34和35中进一步可见,导体管理系统930还可包括通常标定为950的旋转限制器组件。在至少一种构造中,例如,旋转限制器组件950包括限制器构件952,所述限制器构件952可运动地附接到可旋转构件92并且被构造成能够螺纹接合外壳12的圆筒90上的螺纹部分99。限制器952可包括一对相对凸块954,所述凸块954位于形成于可旋转构件92上的轴向翅片部分958的每一侧,如图33所示。当可旋转构件92在外壳12的圆筒部分90上旋转时,此类构造允许限制器952在可旋转构件92内轴向地运动。限制器构件952的相对端部960被构造成能够螺纹接合圆筒90的螺纹部分99。可旋转构件92的向内延伸的近侧止挡壁962和向内延伸的远侧止挡壁964用于限定当可旋转构件92在圆筒90上旋转时限制器942可轴向行进的行进距离“TD”。As further seen in FIGS. 34 and 35 , conductor management system 930 may also include a rotation limiter assembly, generally designated 950 . In at least one construction, for example, the rotation limiter assembly 950 includes a limiter member 952 movably attached to the rotatable member 92 and configured to threadably engage the barrel 90 of the housing 12 The threaded part 99. The limiter 952 may include a pair of opposing tabs 954 located on each side of an axial fin portion 958 formed on the rotatable member 92 as shown in FIG. 33 . Such a configuration allows the limiter 952 to move axially within the rotatable member 92 as the rotatable member 92 rotates on the cylindrical portion 90 of the housing 12 . The opposite end 960 of the restrictor member 952 is configured to threadably engage the threaded portion 99 of the barrel 90 . The inwardly extending proximal stop wall 962 and the inwardly extending distal stop wall 964 of the rotatable member 92 serve to limit the travel that the limiter 942 can travel axially when the rotatable member 92 is rotated on the barrel 90 Distance "TD".
图33示出了位于近侧止挡壁952和远侧止挡壁954之间的大致中间位置的限制器952。当处于该位置时,可旋转构件92相对于圆筒部分90沿第一方向的旋转将导致限制器沿远侧方向“DD”的轴向行进,直至限制器952接触远侧止挡壁964,如图34所示。同样,可旋转构件92相对于圆筒部分90沿相反方向的旋转导致限制器952沿近侧方向“PD”的轴向行进,直至其接触可旋转构件92的近侧止挡壁962。此构造由此限制可旋转构件92可围绕圆筒部分90完全旋转的次数,以避免螺旋导体组件934的意外损坏。例如,限制器组件950可允许临床医生使细长轴组件,并且更具体地可旋转构件92围绕圆筒部分90沿任一方向旋转至少一个完整转但不超过例如三个完整转。然而,转数,或更具体地,可旋转构件92在圆筒90上的可旋转行进量可通过调节行进距离“TD”的大小来调节。FIG. 33 shows the restrictor 952 in an approximately midway position between the proximal stop wall 952 and the distal stop wall 954 . When in this position, rotation of the rotatable member 92 relative to the barrel portion 90 in the first direction will cause the limiter to travel axially in the distal direction “DD” until the limiter 952 contacts the distal stop wall 964, As shown in Figure 34. Likewise, rotation of the rotatable member 92 in the opposite direction relative to the barrel portion 90 causes the limiter 952 to travel axially in the proximal direction “PD” until it contacts the proximal stop wall 962 of the rotatable member 92 . This configuration thereby limits the number of complete rotations the rotatable member 92 can make about the barrel portion 90 to avoid accidental damage to the helical conductor assembly 934 . For example, the limiter assembly 950 may allow a clinician to rotate the elongated shaft assembly, and more specifically, the rotatable member 92 about the barrel portion 90 for at least one full turn but no more than, for example, three full turns in either direction. However, the number of revolutions, or more specifically, the amount of rotatable travel of the rotatable member 92 on the barrel 90 can be adjusted by adjusting the magnitude of the travel distance "TD".
图33示出了处于“中性”或“中央”位置的限制器952,其中限制器居中设置在远侧止挡壁954和近侧止挡壁952之间。在至少一种形式中,当细长轴组件16和可旋转构件92处于对应的中性位置时,偏置构件980可用于将限制器952偏置到中性位置。当临床医生对可旋转部分92施加旋转运动时,细长轴组件16将以上述方式旋转。然而,当对可旋转构件92和细长轴组件16施加的旋转运动中断时,偏置构件980将使限制器952返回到中性位置。FIG. 33 shows the restrictor 952 in a "neutral" or "central" position, where the restrictor is centrally disposed between the distal stop wall 954 and the proximal stop wall 952 . In at least one form, biasing member 980 can be used to bias limiter 952 to a neutral position when elongated shaft assembly 16 and rotatable member 92 are in corresponding neutral positions. As the clinician applies rotational motion to rotatable portion 92, elongate shaft assembly 16 will rotate in the manner described above. However, when the applied rotational motion to rotatable member 92 and elongated shaft assembly 16 is interrupted, biasing member 980 will return limiter 952 to the neutral position.
例如,至少一个外科器械可包括外壳,所述外壳可包括可旋转构件,所述可旋转构件支撑在外壳的安装部分上,以用于在旋转范围上围绕其旋转。限定纵向工具轴线的细长轴组件可操作地联接到可旋转构件,以用于与其一起围绕纵向工具轴线旋转行进。外科器械还可包括电功率源并且包括导体管理系统。导体管理系统可包括卷轴导体组件,所述卷轴导体组件可支撑在可旋转构件中并且可包括第一导体端部和第二导体端部,所述第一导体端部固定到外壳的安装部分,所述第二导体端部固定到可旋转构件以用于与其一起在旋转范围上旋转。导体管理系统还可包括主导体,所述主导体可支撑在外壳内并且被构造成能够将功率从电功率源传输到卷轴导体组件。轴导体可联接到卷轴导体组件以用于将电功率传输到细长轴组件的远侧端部。For example, at least one surgical instrument may include a housing that may include a rotatable member supported on a mounting portion of the housing for rotation thereabout over a rotational range. An elongated shaft assembly defining a longitudinal tool axis is operatively coupled to the rotatable member for rotational travel therewith about the longitudinal tool axis. The surgical instrument may also include an electrical power source and include a conductor management system. The conductor management system may include a reeled conductor assembly that may be supported in the rotatable member and may include a first conductor end and a second conductor end, the first conductor end being secured to the mounting portion of the housing, The second conductor end is fixed to the rotatable member for rotation therewith over a range of rotation. The conductor management system may also include a primary conductor that may be supported within the housing and configured to transmit power from the electrical power source to the spool conductor assembly. A shaft conductor may be coupled to the spool conductor assembly for transmitting electrical power to the distal end of the elongated shaft assembly.
另一个外科器械示例可包括外壳,所述外壳可包括可旋转构件,所述可旋转构件支撑在外壳的安装部分上。外科器械还可包括细长轴组件,所述细长轴组件限定纵向工具轴线并且可操作地联接到可旋转构件,以用于与其一起围绕纵向工具轴线旋转行进。外科器械还可包括电功率源和用于通过延伸穿过细长轴组件的导体从电功率源传输功率的装置。外科器械还可包括以下装置,所述装置用于将可旋转构件围绕安装部分的旋转行进量限制到以下旋转行进范围,所述旋转行进范围包括围绕安装部分的至少一个完整转并且不超过三个完整转。Another example surgical instrument may include a housing that may include a rotatable member supported on a mounting portion of the housing. The surgical instrument may also include an elongate shaft assembly defining a longitudinal tool axis and operably coupled to the rotatable member for rotational travel therewith about the longitudinal tool axis. The surgical instrument may also include an electrical power source and means for transmitting power from the electrical power source via a conductor extending through the elongate shaft assembly. The surgical instrument may also include means for limiting the amount of rotational travel of the rotatable member about the mounting portion to a range of rotational travel that includes at least one full revolution around the mounting portion and no more than three full turn.
如本文所述,端部执行器可附接到外科器械。另外如本文所述,外科器械可包括击发驱动装置,所述击发驱动装置被构造成能够从包括钉仓的端部执行器击发钉。现在转到图94所示的示例性实施例,例如,外科器械9000可包括柄部9010,所述柄部9010包括外壳、抓握部分9012、击发致动器9014、和定位在外壳内的马达。外科器械9000还可包括具有击发杆9020的轴9040,所述击发杆9020可通过马达朝远侧推进和/或朝近侧回缩。在某些情况下,端部执行器可包括可围绕关节运动接头相对于近侧部分进行关节运动的远侧部分。在其他情况下,端部执行器可不具有关节运动接头。外科器械还可包括被构造成能够使端部执行器的至少一部分进行关节运动的关节运动驱动装置。再次参见图94所示的示例性实施例,例如,外科器械9000可包括可被构造成能够围绕关节运动接头驱动端部执行器的远侧部分的关节运动致动器9070。图94所示的端部执行器(即,端部执行器9060)碰巧不是能够关节运动的端部执行器;然而,能够关节运动的端部执行器可与外科器械9000一起使用。如果非关节运动的端部执行器,例如端部执行器9060,与外科器械9000一起使用,则关节运动致动器9070的操作可不影响端部执行器9060的操作。As described herein, an end effector can be attached to a surgical instrument. Also as described herein, a surgical instrument can include a firing drive configured to fire staples from an end effector that includes a staple cartridge. Turning now to the exemplary embodiment shown in FIG. 94, for example, a surgical instrument 9000 can include a handle 9010 that includes a housing, a grip portion 9012, a firing actuator 9014, and a motor positioned within the housing. . The surgical instrument 9000 can also include a shaft 9040 having a firing rod 9020 that can be advanced distally and/or retracted proximally by a motor. In some cases, the end effector can include a distal portion that is articulateable about an articulation joint relative to the proximal portion. In other cases, the end effector may not have an articulation joint. The surgical instrument may also include an articulation drive configured to articulate at least a portion of the end effector. Referring again to the exemplary embodiment shown in FIG. 94, for example, a surgical instrument 9000 can include an articulation actuator 9070 that can be configured to drive a distal portion of an end effector about an articulation joint. The end effector shown in FIG. 94 (ie, end effector 9060 ) happens not to be an articulable end effector; however, an articulable end effector may be used with surgical instrument 9000 . If a non-articulating end effector, such as end effector 9060, is used with surgical instrument 9000, operation of articulation actuator 9070 may not affect operation of end effector 9060.
对上文进行进一步描述,端部执行器可包括对应于外科器械的驱动系统的驱动系统。例如,端部执行器9060可包括击发构件,所述击发构件可在端部执行器9060组装到外科器械时与外科器械9000的击发杆9020可操作地接合。类似地,端部执行器可包括关节运动驱动器,所述关节运动驱动器可在端部执行器组装到外科器械时与外科器械的关节运动杆可操作地接合。此外,端部执行器9060例如可包括近侧连接部分9069,所述近侧连接部分9069可在端部执行器9060附接到外科器械9000时安装到外科器械9000的轴9040的远侧连接部分9042。在各种情况下,在端部执行器可被正确地使用之前,可需要端部执行器的连接部分、驱动系统、和关节运动系统与外科器械的正确组装。Further to the above, the end effector may include a drive system corresponding to a drive system of a surgical instrument. For example, end effector 9060 can include a firing member that can be operably engaged with firing rod 9020 of surgical instrument 9000 when end effector 9060 is assembled to the surgical instrument. Similarly, the end effector may include an articulation drive that is operably engageable with an articulation rod of the surgical instrument when the end effector is assembled to the surgical instrument. In addition, end effector 9060 can include, for example, a proximal connection portion 9069 that can be mounted to a distal connection portion of shaft 9040 of surgical instrument 9000 when end effector 9060 is attached to surgical instrument 9000 9042. In various situations, proper assembly of the end effector's connection portion, drive system, and articulation system with the surgical instrument may be required before the end effector can be properly used.
再次参见94,柄部9010可包括击发触发器9014,所述击发触发器9014在由外科器械9000的使用者致动时可被构造成能够操作柄部9010中的马达。在各种情况下,柄部9010可包括可被构造成能够检测击发触发器9014的致动的控制器。在一些情况下,击发触发器9014的致动可闭合与控制器进行信号通信的电路。在此类情况下,控制器可被构造成能够随后操作马达以朝远侧推进击发杆9020并且使端部执行器9060的钳口9062朝钳口9064运动。在一些情况下,柄部9010可包括至少一个传感器,所述传感器能检测施加到击发触发器9014的力和/或击发触发器9014运动的角度。一个或多个传感器可与控制器进行信号通信,其中控制器可被构造成能够基于来自传感器的一个或多个输入信号来调节马达的速度。柄部9010可包括安全开关9015,所述安全开关9015可需要在控制器将响应于来自击发触发器9014的输入来操作马达之前被压下。在各种情况下,安全开关9015可与控制器进行信号通信,其中控制器可电子锁定马达的使用,直至安全开关9015被压下。柄部9010还可包括回缩致动器9074,所述回缩致动器9074在致动时可导致马达沿相反方向操作,以回缩击发连9020并且允许钳口9062远离钳口9064运动。在各种情况下,回缩致动器9074的致动可闭合与控制器进行信号通信的电路。在一些情况下,安全开关9015可需要在控制器将响应于来自回缩致动器9074的输入来沿其反相反方向操作马达之前被压下。Referring again to 94 , the handle 9010 can include a firing trigger 9014 that, when actuated by a user of the surgical instrument 9000 , can be configured to operate a motor in the handle 9010 . In various cases, handle 9010 can include a control that can be configured to detect actuation of firing trigger 9014 . In some cases, actuation of the firing trigger 9014 may close an electrical circuit in signal communication with the controller. In such cases, the controller can be configured to then operate the motor to advance the firing rod 9020 distally and move the jaws 9062 of the end effector 9060 towards the jaws 9064 . In some cases, handle 9010 can include at least one sensor capable of detecting a force applied to firing trigger 9014 and/or an angle of motion of firing trigger 9014 . The one or more sensors may be in signal communication with the controller, where the controller may be configured to adjust the speed of the motor based on the one or more input signals from the sensors. The handle 9010 may include a safety switch 9015 which may need to be depressed before the controller will operate the motor in response to input from the firing trigger 9014 . In various cases, the safety switch 9015 can be in signal communication with a controller, wherein the controller can electronically lock out use of the motor until the safety switch 9015 is depressed. The handle 9010 may also include a retraction actuator 9074 which, when actuated, may cause the motor to operate in the opposite direction to retract the firing battery 9020 and allow the jaws 9062 to move away from the jaws 9064 . In various circumstances, actuation of retraction actuator 9074 may close an electrical circuit in signal communication with the controller. In some cases, the safety switch 9015 may need to be depressed before the controller will operate the motor in its opposite direction in response to input from the retract actuator 9074 .
在外科器械9000的使用之前和/或期间,外科器械9000和/或外科器械9000的某些系统可失效、无效和/或有缺陷。在某些情况下,此类缺陷和/或解决其的方式可对于外科器械的使用者不是显而易见的,从而可导致使用者失败。此外,此类不确定性可增加解决缺陷或“错误”所需的时间。外科器械9000对上述情况加以改善。再次参见图94,外科器械9000的控制器可被构造成能够检测外科器械9000的错误并且经由一个或多个指示器将该错误传送给外科器械9000的使用者。外科器械9000可包括一个或多个指示器,所述一个或多个指示器在由控制器启动时可指示错误的性质并且或者说是使使用者注意在某些方面有缺陷的外科器械9000的系统。例如,外科器械9000可包括端部执行器指示器9086,所述端部执行器指示器9086被构造成能够例如指示端部执行器还未组装到外科器械9010的轴9040。在各种情况下,外科器械9000可包括传感器,所述传感器可被构造成能够检测端部执行器何时已组装到轴9040并且/或者对应地能够检测端部执行器何时还未组装到轴9040。传感器可与控制器进行信号通信,使得控制器可接收来自传感器的信号并且探知端部执行器是否已组装到轴9040。如果控制器探知端部执行器还未组装到轴9040,则控制器可致动端部执行器指示器9086。在各种情况下,端部执行器指示器9086可包括灯,例如红灯。在一些情况下,端部执行器指示器9086可包括发光二极管,例如红色发光二极管。除了或代替上文所述,外科器械9000可包括与控制器进行信号通信的传感器,所述控制器可被构造成能够检测附接到轴9040的端部执行器先前何时已被使用。例如,此类传感器可被构造成能够探知存储于端部执行器内的至少一些钉已被击发和/或可被构造成能够探知端部执行器内的钉击发构件先前已被推进。在这种情况下,控制器可致动端部执行器指示器9086。因此,端部执行器指示器9086的启动可向外科器械9000的使用者发信号通知存在与端部执行器相关的一些错误并且此类错误应该或必须在操作外科器械9000之前加以解决。读者从图94将会知道,端部执行器指示器9086与轴9040的远侧端部相邻,并且在各种情况下可被定位于轴9040的远侧连接部分9042之上或附近。在各种情况下,端部执行器指示器9086可被定位于端部执行器9060上。在任何情况下,当端部执行器指示器9086被点亮时,由于上文所述,外科器械9000的使用者可快速地探知存在错误并且错误在某些方面与端部执行器有关。端部执行器指示器9086的点亮可向使用者指示端部执行器可未完全组装到轴9040并且/或者端部执行器可需要进行替换。Before and/or during use of surgical instrument 9000, surgical instrument 9000 and/or certain systems of surgical instrument 9000 may be disabled, ineffective, and/or defective. In some instances, such deficiencies and/or ways to address them may not be apparent to a user of the surgical instrument, which may lead to user failure. Additionally, such uncertainty can increase the time required to resolve defects or "bugs." Surgical instrument 9000 improves on the above situation. Referring again to FIG. 94 , the controller of the surgical instrument 9000 can be configured to detect an error of the surgical instrument 9000 and communicate the error to a user of the surgical instrument 9000 via one or more indicators. Surgical instrument 9000 may include one or more indicators that, when activated by the controller, may indicate the nature of the error and otherwise draw the user's attention to surgical instrument 9000 that is defective in some respect system. For example, surgical instrument 9000 may include end effector indicator 9086 configured to, for example, indicate that an end effector has not been assembled to shaft 9040 of surgical instrument 9010 . In various circumstances, surgical instrument 9000 can include sensors that can be configured to detect when the end effector has been assembled to shaft 9040 and/or correspondingly be able to detect when the end effector has not been assembled to shaft 9040. Shaft 9040. The sensor can be in signal communication with the controller such that the controller can receive a signal from the sensor and ascertain whether the end effector has been assembled to the shaft 9040. If the controller ascertains that the end effector has not been assembled to the shaft 9040, the controller may actuate the end effector indicator 9086. In various instances, end effector indicator 9086 may comprise a light, such as a red light. In some cases, end effector indicator 9086 may comprise a light emitting diode, such as a red light emitting diode. In addition to, or instead of, the above, surgical instrument 9000 may include a sensor in signal communication with a controller that may be configured to detect when an end effector attached to shaft 9040 has been previously used. For example, such sensors may be configured to detect that at least some of the staples stored within the end effector have been fired and/or may be configured to detect that a staple firing member within the end effector has previously been advanced. In such a case, the controller may actuate the end effector indicator 9086. Thus, activation of end effector indicator 9086 may signal to a user of surgical instrument 9000 that there is some error related to the end effector and that such error should or must be addressed before operating surgical instrument 9000 . The reader will appreciate from FIG. 94 that the end effector indicator 9086 is adjacent the distal end of the shaft 9040 and may be positioned on or near the distal connecting portion 9042 of the shaft 9040 in various cases. In various circumstances, an end effector indicator 9086 can be positioned on the end effector 9060 . In any event, when the end effector indicator 9086 is illuminated, due to the above, the user of the surgical instrument 9000 can quickly ascertain that there is an error and that the error is in some way related to the end effector. Illumination of the end effector indicator 9086 may indicate to the user that the end effector may not be fully assembled to the shaft 9040 and/or that the end effector may need to be replaced.
除了或代替端部执行器指示器9086,外科器械可包括一个或多个指示器。例如,外科器械9000可包括击发触发器指示器9081。击发触发器指示器9081可与外科器械9000的控制器进行信号通信,使得当控制器检测到例如与外科器械9000的击发驱动装置相关的错误时,控制器可启动击发触发器指示器9081。如图94所示,击发触发器指示器9081可定位在击发触发器9014附近。在这种情况下,外科器械9000的使用者在观察到击发触发器指示器9081的致动时,可推断出已发生与击发驱动装置相关的错误并且可开始诊断错误源。在一些情况下,例如,当外科器械9000的电池在某些方面已有缺陷时,控制器可启动击发触发器指示器9081。例如,如果电池的电压低于所需水平,则例如电池可不能够以所需方式操作马达并且击发触发器指示器9081可指示需要替换电池。在各种情况下,当控制器点亮指示器(例如端部执行器指示器9086和/或击发触发器指示器9081)时,控制器可当前致使外科器械9000的一个或多个操作系统不能操作。例如,当端部执行器指示器9086和/或击发触发器指示器9081例如被点亮时,控制器可被构造成能够使击发触发器9014与马达可操作地脱离,使得击发触发器9014的致动并未操作马达。击发触发器9014与马达的此类操作性的脱离还可向外科器械9000的使用者指示外科器械可已经历错误并且使用者应查看外科器械9000的指示器以探知该错误的性质。In addition to or instead of end effector indicator 9086, the surgical instrument may include one or more indicators. For example, surgical instrument 9000 can include a firing trigger indicator 9081 . Firing trigger indicator 9081 can be in signal communication with a controller of surgical instrument 9000 such that when the controller detects an error, eg, related to a firing drive of surgical instrument 9000 , the controller can activate firing trigger indicator 9081 . As shown in FIG. 94 , a firing trigger indicator 9081 can be positioned adjacent to the firing trigger 9014 . In this case, a user of the surgical instrument 9000, upon observing the actuation of the firing trigger indicator 9081, can infer that an error has occurred related to the firing drive and can begin diagnosing the source of the error. In some cases, the controller may activate the firing trigger indicator 9081, for example, when the battery of the surgical instrument 9000 has been defective in some way. For example, if the voltage of the battery is below a desired level, the battery, for example, may not be able to operate the motor in the desired manner and the firing trigger indicator 9081 may indicate that the battery needs to be replaced. In various circumstances, when the controller illuminates an indicator (e.g., end effector indicator 9086 and/or firing trigger indicator 9081), the controller may currently cause one or more operating systems of the surgical instrument 9000 to disable operate. For example, when the end effector indicator 9086 and/or the firing trigger indicator 9081 are illuminated, for example, the controller can be configured to operably disengage the firing trigger 9014 from the motor such that the firing trigger 9014 Actuation does not operate the motor. Such operative disengagement of the firing trigger 9014 from the motor may also indicate to the user of the surgical instrument 9000 that the surgical instrument may have experienced an error and that the user should look at the indicators of the surgical instrument 9000 to ascertain the nature of the error.
再次参见图94的示例性实施例,外科器械9000可包括定位在回缩致动器9074附近的回缩致动器指示器9085。类似于上文所述,回缩致动器指示器9085可与控制器进行信号通信,其中如果控制器检测到例如与回缩驱动装置相关的错误,则控制器可点亮回缩致动器指示器9085。在各种情况下,如果在致动回缩致动器9074之前未压下安全开关9015,则控制器可点亮回缩致动器指示器9085。在此类情况下,回缩致动器指示器9085可用作压下安全开关9015的提示器。在某些情况下,外科器械9000可包括定位在安全开关9015附近的安全开关指示器9082。在一些情况下,当使用者在致动安全开关9015之前致动回缩致动器9074时,外科器械9000的控制器可点亮安全开关指示器9082。安全开关指示器9082可与控制器进行信号通信,其中如果控制器检测到例如击发系统不能在击发模式和回缩模式之间切换,则控制器可点亮安全开关指示器9082。外科器械9000可包括定位在关节运动致动器9070附近的关节运动致动器指示器9084。类似于上文所述,关节运动致动器指示器9084可与控制器进行信号通信,其中如果控制器检测到例如与关节运动驱动装置相关的错误,则控制器可点亮关节运动致动器指示器9084。外科器械9000可包括定位在轴连接部附近的轴指示器9083,所述轴连接部被构造成能够将轴9040附接到柄部9010。类似于上文所述,轴指示器9083可与控制器进行信号通信,其中如果控制器检测到例如与轴9040相关的错误,则控制器可点亮轴指示器9083。Referring again to the exemplary embodiment of FIG. 94 , the surgical instrument 9000 can include a retraction actuator indicator 9085 positioned adjacent the retraction actuator 9074 . Similar to that described above, the retract actuator indicator 9085 can be in signal communication with the controller, wherein the controller can illuminate the retract actuator if the controller detects an error, for example, related to the retract drive Indicator 9085. In various circumstances, if the safety switch 9015 is not depressed prior to actuating the retract actuator 9074, the controller may illuminate the retract actuator indicator 9085. In such cases, the retract actuator indicator 9085 can be used as a reminder that the safety switch 9015 is depressed. In some cases, surgical instrument 9000 can include safety switch indicator 9082 positioned adjacent safety switch 9015 . In some instances, the controller of surgical instrument 9000 may illuminate safety switch indicator 9082 when the user actuates retraction actuator 9074 prior to actuating safety switch 9015 . The safety switch indicator 9082 can be in signal communication with the controller, wherein the controller can illuminate the safety switch indicator 9082 if the controller detects, for example, that the firing system cannot be switched between a firing mode and a retracting mode. Surgical instrument 9000 can include articulation actuator indicator 9084 positioned adjacent articulation actuator 9070 . Similar to that described above, the articulation actuator indicator 9084 can be in signal communication with the controller, wherein the controller can illuminate the articulation actuator if the controller detects an error, for example, related to the articulation drive Indicator 9084. Surgical instrument 9000 can include shaft indicator 9083 positioned adjacent a shaft connection configured to enable attachment of shaft 9040 to handle 9010 . Similar to that described above, the shaft indicator 9083 can be in signal communication with the controller, wherein the controller can illuminate the shaft indicator 9083 if the controller detects an error, eg, related to the shaft 9040 .
现在转向图95,外科器械9100可包括具有指示器9190阵列的柄部9110,所述指示器9190阵列被构造成能够并且可操作以向外科器械9100的使用者指示可存在与外科器械9100和/或与其附接的端部执行器相关的一个或多个错误。指示器9190阵列可以任何合适的方式进行布置。在各种情况下,指示器9190阵列可被布置成例如外科器械9100和/或与其附接的端部执行器的形状或近似形状。在至少一种情况下,柄部9110的外表面例如可包括外科器械9100和/或附接到外科器械的端部执行器的图示。指示器9190阵列可相对于外科器械和端部执行器的轮廓以如下方式进行布置,所述方式被构造成能够传达正经历错误、已经历错误、和/或可需要评估以解决错误的外科器械9100和/或端部执行器的一部分。例如,该轮廓可被划分以示出端部执行器9060、轴9040、柄部9010、击发触发器9014、安全开关9015、反向致动器9074、和/或关节运动致动器9070。在各种情况下,例如,端部执行器指示器9192可定位在端部执行器9060的图示附近,轴指示器9193可定位在轴9040的图示附近,击发触发器指示器9191可定位在击发触发器9014的图示附近,安全开关指示器9195可定位在安全开关9015的图示附近,反向致动器指示器9196可定位在反向致动器9074的图示附近,并且/或者关节运动致动器指示器9194可定位在关节运动致动器9070的图示附近。在各种情况下,指示器9191、9192、9193、9194、9195、和/或9196中的每个可包括发光二极管。在一些情况下,每个发光二极管可包括红色发光二极管,所述红色发光二极管可由控制器点亮以指示错误的存在。在各种情况下,控制器可被构造成能够脉动发光二极管的点亮,这可减缩短使用者意识到指示器已被点亮所需的时间。在某些情况下,每个指示器可包括可发出多于一种颜色的发光二极管。在一些情况下,每个此类发光二极管可被构造成能够例如选择性地发射红色和绿色。如果未检测到与外科器械9100和/或与其附接的端部执行器的相关部分相关的错误,则控制器可被构造成能够利用绿色点亮发光二极管,或者另选地,如果检测到与外科器械9100和/或与其附接的端部执行器的相关部分相关的错误,则控制器可被构造成能够利用红色点亮发光二极管。Turning now to FIG. 95 , a surgical instrument 9100 can include a handle 9110 having an array of indicators 9190 configured to be capable and operable to indicate to a user of the surgical instrument 9100 that there may be a connection with the surgical instrument 9100 and/or or one or more errors related to the end effector to which it is attached. The array of indicators 9190 may be arranged in any suitable manner. In various instances, the array of indicators 9190 can be arranged, for example, in the shape or approximate shape of the surgical instrument 9100 and/or an end effector attached thereto. In at least one instance, an exterior surface of handle 9110 can include, for example, a representation of surgical instrument 9100 and/or an end effector attached to the surgical instrument. The array of indicators 9190 can be arranged relative to the contours of the surgical instrument and the end effector in a manner configured to communicate that a surgical instrument is experiencing an error, has experienced an error, and/or may require evaluation to resolve the error 9100 and/or part of the end effector. For example, the outline may be divided to show end effector 9060 , shaft 9040 , handle 9010 , firing trigger 9014 , safety switch 9015 , reverse actuator 9074 , and/or articulation actuator 9070 . In various cases, for example, end effector indicator 9192 can be positioned near the depiction of end effector 9060, shaft indicator 9193 can be positioned near the depiction of shaft 9040, and firing trigger indicator 9191 can be positioned Adjacent to the illustration of firing trigger 9014, safety switch indicator 9195 can be positioned adjacent to the illustration of safety switch 9015, reverse actuator indicator 9196 can be positioned adjacent to the illustration of reverse actuator 9074, and/or Alternatively, the articulation actuator indicator 9194 may be positioned near the representation of the articulation actuator 9070 . In various cases, each of indicators 9191, 9192, 9193, 9194, 9195, and/or 9196 may comprise a light emitting diode. In some cases, each LED may include a red LED that may be illuminated by the controller to indicate the presence of an error. In various cases, the controller can be configured to pulse the illumination of the light emitting diodes, which can reduce the time it takes for the user to realize that the indicator has been illuminated. In some cases, each indicator may include a light emitting diode that can emit more than one color. In some cases, each such light emitting diode may be configured to selectively emit red and green colors, for example. If no error is detected with respect to the surgical instrument 9100 and/or the relevant portion of the end effector to which it is attached, the controller can be configured to illuminate the light emitting diode with a green color, or alternatively, if an error with the associated portion of the end effector is detected In the event of an error related to the surgical instrument 9100 and/or the relevant portion of the end effector to which it is attached, the controller may be configured to illuminate the LED in red.
在一些情况下,如下文进一步更详细所述,例如当控制器点亮与致动器相关的指示器时,外科器械9000的控制器可锁定外科器械的致动器中的一者或多者,例如击发触发器9014、回缩致动器9074、和/或关节运动致动器9070。例如,控制器可在点亮击发触发器指示器9081时锁定击发触发器9014,可在点亮回缩致动器指示器9085时锁定回缩致动器9074,并且/或者可在点亮关节运动致动器指示器9084时锁定关节运动致动器9070。外科器械9000的柄部9010例如可包括击发触发器锁,所述击发触发器锁可被构造成能够选择性地“锁定”击发触发器9014并且阻止击发触发器9014被致动。击发触发器锁可阻止击发触发器9014被充分地致动以操作外科器械的马达。在至少一种此类情况下,击发触发器9014可被阻止闭合击发触发器开关。在某些情况下,外科器械9000的控制器除了致动击发触发器锁之外还可被构造成能够使其电子锁定击发触发器9014,即,阻止将电池功率提供到马达。在此类情况下,电子锁定和机械锁定可为冗余的;然而,机械锁定可向外科器械9000的使用者提供击发驱动装置已被可操作地停用的反馈。如上所述,外科器械9000的控制器还可例如通过击发触发器指示器9081提供反馈。通过这种方式,可向外科器械9000的使用者提供已发生错误的触觉反馈和/或视觉反馈。在一些情况下,触觉反馈可提示外科器械9000的使用者以开始搜索视觉反馈。例如,使用者可尝试致动击发触发器9014,并且在不能致动击发触发器9014时,使用者可随后查看该器械的点亮的指示器。在任何情况下,一旦错误已被解决,控制器就可通过停用击发触发器锁来解锁击发触发器9014。In some cases, as described in more detail further below, the controller of surgical instrument 9000 may lock one or more of the actuators of the surgical instrument, such as when the controller illuminates an indicator associated with the actuator , such as firing trigger 9014, retraction actuator 9074, and/or articulation actuator 9070. For example, the controller can lock the firing trigger 9014 when the firing trigger indicator 9081 is illuminated, the retract actuator 9074 can be locked when the retract actuator indicator 9085 is illuminated, and/or can be activated when the joint is illuminated. Articulation actuator 9070 is locked when motion actuator indicator 9084 is moved. The handle 9010 of the surgical instrument 9000 can include, for example, a firing trigger lock that can be configured to selectively "lock" the firing trigger 9014 and prevent the firing trigger 9014 from being actuated. A firing trigger lock can prevent the firing trigger 9014 from being actuated sufficiently to operate the motor of the surgical instrument. In at least one such condition, the firing trigger 9014 can be prevented from closing the firing trigger switch. In some cases, the controller of the surgical instrument 9000 may be configured to enable it to electronically lock the firing trigger 9014 in addition to actuating the firing trigger lock, ie, prevent battery power from being provided to the motor. In such cases, the electronic and mechanical locks may be redundant; however, the mechanical lock may provide feedback to the user of the surgical instrument 9000 that the firing drive has been operatively deactivated. The controller of the surgical instrument 9000 may also provide feedback, such as through the firing trigger indicator 9081, as described above. In this manner, tactile and/or visual feedback may be provided to a user of surgical instrument 9000 that an error has occurred. In some cases, tactile feedback may prompt a user of surgical instrument 9000 to begin searching for visual feedback. For example, a user may attempt to actuate the firing trigger 9014, and when the firing trigger 9014 cannot be actuated, the user may then view a lighted indicator of the instrument. In any event, once the error has been resolved, the controller can unlock the firing trigger 9014 by deactivating the firing trigger lock.
现在转到图100,外科器械9000可包括可被构造成能够锁定击发触发器9014的击发触发器锁9390。击发触发器锁9390能够在图100、101、和103所示的锁定状态与图102所示的解锁状态之间运动。当端部执行器未组装到外科器械9000的轴9040时,击发触发器锁9390可偏置成其锁定状态。在此锁定状态下,击发触发器锁9330可阻止或至少基本上阻止击发触发器9014的致动。更具体地,击发触发器锁9390可包括轴支架9391、小齿轮9392、和柄部支架9393、和偏置构件(例如弹簧),所述偏置构件可被构造成能够将轴支架9391偏置到近侧位置并且将柄部支架9393偏置到向下位置。轴支架9391的近侧位置和柄部支架9393的向下位置示于图101中。主要参见图101,柄部支架9393可包括孔9396并且击发触发器9014可包括突出部9395,所述突出部9395在柄部支架处于其向下位置时,突出部9395不与孔9396对准。更具体地,击发触发器9014可包括具有支点9397的摇臂开关,其中当柄部支架9393处于其向下位置时,击发触发器9014的摇动将导致从击发触发器9014延伸的至少一个突出部9395邻接柄部支架9393并且阻止击发触发器9014被完全致动。Turning now to FIG. 100 , surgical instrument 9000 can include a firing trigger lock 9390 that can be configured to lock firing trigger 9014 . The firing trigger lock 9390 is movable between a locked state shown in FIGS. 100 , 101 , and 103 and an unlocked state shown in FIG. 102 . When the end effector is not assembled to the shaft 9040 of the surgical instrument 9000, the firing trigger lock 9390 can be biased into its locked state. In this locked state, the firing trigger lock 9330 can prevent, or at least substantially prevent, actuation of the firing trigger 9014. More specifically, the firing trigger lock 9390 can include a shaft bracket 9391, a pinion 9392, and a handle bracket 9393, and a biasing member (such as a spring) that can be configured to bias the shaft bracket 9391 to the proximal position and bias the handle bracket 9393 to the downward position. The proximal position of the shaft support 9391 and the downward position of the handle support 9393 are shown in FIG. 101 . Referring primarily to FIG. 101 , the handle bracket 9393 can include a hole 9396 and the firing trigger 9014 can include a protrusion 9395 that does not align with the hole 9396 when the handle bracket is in its down position. More specifically, the firing trigger 9014 may comprise a rocker switch having a fulcrum 9397, wherein rocking of the firing trigger 9014 will cause at least one protrusion extending from the firing trigger 9014 when the handle bracket 9393 is in its down position. 9395 abuts handle bracket 9393 and prevents firing trigger 9014 from being fully actuated.
当端部执行器附接到轴9040时,对上文进行进一步描述,击发触发器锁9390可在其锁定构型和其解锁构型之间运动。在击发触发器锁9390的解锁构型中,主要参见图102,柄部支架9393可处于其向上位置。在柄部支架9393的向上位置中,限定在柄部支架9393中的孔9396与从击发触发器9014延伸的突出部9395对准。在此类情况下,可摇动击发触发器9014以致动击发触发器9014。更具体地,突出部9395可穿过孔9396,以允许击发触发器9014围绕支点9397的摇动。因此,根据上文所述,柄部支架9393在其向下位置和向上位置之间的运动分别锁定和解锁击发触发器9014。可使用各种机构来使柄部支架9393在其向下位置和其向上位置之间运动。在至少一个此类实施例中,再次参见图100,轴9040可包括击发锁定致动器9399,所述击发锁定致动器9399可在端部执行器组装到轴9040时通过端部执行器朝近侧移位。轴支架9391可被安装并且/或者可从击发锁定致动器9399朝近侧延伸,并且可包括限定于其上的齿9391a。齿9391a可与限定于小齿轮9392上的齿9392a啮合接合,使得当击发锁定致动器9399和轴支架9391朝近侧移位时,小齿轮9392可围绕轴线旋转。对应地,柄部支架9393可包括限定于其上的支架齿9393a,所述支架齿9393a也与小齿轮齿9392a啮合接合,因此,当朝近侧驱动轴支架9391时,柄部支架9393可从其向下位置驱动到其向上位置,由此解锁击发触发器9014。为了使柄部支架9393返回到其向下位置,可朝远侧运动轴支架9391,使得小齿轮9392沿相反方向旋转。在各种情况下,轴支架9391可因端部执行器从轴9040拆卸而朝远侧运动。Further to the above, when the end effector is attached to the shaft 9040, the firing trigger lock 9390 is movable between its locked configuration and its unlocked configuration. In the unlocked configuration of the firing trigger lock 9390, referring primarily to FIG. 102, the handle bracket 9393 can be in its upward position. In the upward position of handle bracket 9393 , aperture 9396 defined in handle bracket 9393 is aligned with protrusion 9395 extending from firing trigger 9014 . In such cases, the firing trigger 9014 may be shaken to actuate the firing trigger 9014. More specifically, protrusion 9395 may pass through aperture 9396 to allow rocking of firing trigger 9014 about fulcrum 9397 . Thus, movement of the handle bracket 9393 between its downward and upward positions locks and unlocks the firing trigger 9014, respectively, as described above. Various mechanisms may be used to move the handle bracket 9393 between its downward position and its upward position. In at least one such embodiment, referring again to FIG. 100 , the shaft 9040 can include a firing lock actuator 9399 that can be directed toward Proximal displacement. A shaft bracket 9391 can be mounted and/or can extend proximally from the firing lock actuator 9399 and can include teeth 9391a defined thereon. Teeth 9391a can be meshedly engaged with teeth 9392a defined on pinion gear 9392 such that pinion gear 9392 can rotate about an axis when firing lock actuator 9399 and shaft bracket 9391 are displaced proximally. Correspondingly, the handle bracket 9393 can include bracket teeth 9393a defined thereon that also meshingly engage the pinion teeth 9392a such that when the shaft bracket 9391 is driven proximally, the handle bracket 9393 can move from Its down position is driven to its up position, thereby unlocking the firing trigger 9014. To return the handle bracket 9393 to its down position, the shaft bracket 9391 can be moved distally, causing the pinion gear 9392 to rotate in the opposite direction. In various circumstances, the shaft bracket 9391 can be moved distally as a result of detachment of the end effector from the shaft 9040 .
现在转向图96-97,柄部9010例如可包括触发器锁9290。触发器锁9290可包括外壳9291、可部署锁定销9292、保持器9293、和偏置构件9294,所述偏置构件9294被构造成能够使锁定销9294在图96和图98所示的未部署位置与图97和图99所示的部署位置之间运动。在各种情况下,保持器9293可由受热影响的温度敏感材料构成。在至少一种此类情况下,温度敏感材料例如可被构造成能够在固体和流体(例如,液体、悬浮液、和/或气体)之间和/或例如在固体材料和半固体材料之间转变。当温度敏感材料在固体和液体之间转变或至少部分地转变时,保持器9293可释放锁定销9294,以锁定柄部9010的击发触发器和/或任何其他合适的触发器。在各种情况下,锁定销9294在被部署时可向后滑动和/或以其他方式接合击发触发器。柄部可例如包括任何合适数量的触发器锁9290等,以选择性地锁定任何合适数量的触发器和/或按钮。读者将会知道,触发器锁9290可为不可复位的。在此类情况下,致动的触发器锁9290可永久性地锁定例如柄部的击发触发器,以使得该器械可不再被使用。该器械的击发触发器和/或任何其他触发器的永久性锁定可意指该器械无论如何不能够再被使用,而在其他情况下,永久性锁定可为不易于复位的并且可需要该器械被发送到例如有资格的技术人员或机构,所述技术人员或机构可评价该器械是否应该进行检修和再使用或者该器械是否应该被丢弃。当保持器9293的热敏感材料已至少部分地转变成流体时,技术人员可假定该器械被暴露于超过热敏材料的转变温度的温度。在各种情况下,例如,热敏材料的转变温度可为固体材料例如溶化、蒸发、和/或升华的温度。在任何情况下,可选择保持器9293的热敏感材料以及转变温度,以使得锁定销9294的释放可指示外科器械已暴露于超过特定或阈值温度的温度。在各种情况下,如果外科器械暴露于过高的温度,则其可损坏。例如,外科器械包括例如固态电子器件,所述固体电子器件在暴露于此类过高温度时可损坏。在此类情况下,器械的阈值温度和保持器9293的转变温度可相等或至少基本上相等,其中因此可假定,当触发器锁9290还未致动时器械还未暴露于超过阈值温度的温度,并且对应地,当触发器锁9290已致动时器械已暴露于超过阈值温度的温度,并且由此外科器械可已损坏或者可至少需要对其是否已损坏进行评估。Turning now to FIGS. 96-97 , the handle 9010 can include a trigger lock 9290 , for example. The trigger lock 9290 can include a housing 9291, a deployable locking pin 9292, a retainer 9293, and a biasing member 9294 configured to enable the locking pin 9294 in the undeployed position shown in FIGS. 96 and 98 . position and the deployed position shown in FIGS. 97 and 99 . In various cases, retainer 9293 may be constructed of a temperature sensitive material that is affected by heat. In at least one such case, the temperature-sensitive material can be configured, for example, to be able to move between a solid and a fluid (e.g., a liquid, a suspension, and/or a gas) and/or, for example, between a solid material and a semi-solid material. change. When the temperature sensitive material transitions, or at least partially transitions, between solid and liquid, the retainer 9293 can release the locking pin 9294 to lock the firing trigger of the handle 9010 and/or any other suitable trigger. In various cases, the locking pin 9294 can slide rearwardly and/or otherwise engage the firing trigger when deployed. The handle may, for example, include any suitable number of trigger locks 9290, etc., to selectively lock any suitable number of triggers and/or buttons. The reader will be aware that flip-flop lock 9290 may not be resettable. In such cases, actuated trigger lock 9290 can permanently lock the firing trigger, such as the handle, so that the instrument can no longer be used. Permanent locking of the firing trigger of the instrument and/or any other trigger may mean that the instrument cannot be used again in any way, whereas in other cases the permanent locking may not be easily reset and may require the instrument is sent to, for example, a qualified technician or agency, who can evaluate whether the device should be serviced and reused or whether the device should be discarded. When the thermally sensitive material of the holder 9293 has at least partially transformed into a fluid, the skilled person may assume that the device was exposed to a temperature that exceeds the transition temperature of the thermally sensitive material. In various cases, for example, the transition temperature of the thermally sensitive material may be the temperature at which the solid material eg melts, evaporates, and/or sublimes. In any event, the thermally sensitive material and transition temperature of the retainer 9293 may be selected such that release of the locking pin 9294 may indicate that the surgical instrument has been exposed to a temperature above a specified or threshold temperature. In various circumstances, surgical instruments can be damaged if they are exposed to excessive temperatures. For example, surgical instruments include, for example, solid state electronics that can be damaged when exposed to such excessive temperatures. In such cases, the threshold temperature of the instrument and the transition temperature of the holder 9293 may be equal or at least substantially equal, wherein it may therefore be assumed that the instrument has not been exposed to temperatures exceeding the threshold temperature when the trigger lock 9290 has not been actuated , and correspondingly, the instrument has been exposed to a temperature that exceeds a threshold temperature when the trigger lock 9290 has been actuated, and thus the surgical instrument may have been damaged or may at least need to be evaluated as to whether it has been damaged.
对上文进行进一步描述,当对外科器械进行灭菌时,外科器械可暴露于超过阈值温度和/或转变温度的温度。许多灭菌过程是已知的,其中若干灭菌过程包括将外科器械暴露于热的步骤。除了或代替触发器锁3290,外科器械可包括至少一个温度传感器,所述至少一个温度传感器可评估外科器械所经受的温度。在各种情况下,温度传感器可与外科器械的控制器进行信号通信,从而可被构造成能够评价外科器械是否已暴露于超过阈值温度的温度。在至少一种此类情况下,控制器可包括能够评估从温度传感器接收的信号的微处理器和算法。如果控制器确定已达到和/或已超过阈值温度,则控制器可永久性地阻止该器械被操作。换句话讲,控制器可对外科器械施加电子锁定。类似于上文所述,器械的永久性锁定可意指可意指该器械无论如何不能够再被使用,而在其他情况下,永久性锁定可为不易于复位的并且可需要该器械被发送到例如有资格的技术人员或机构,所述技术人员或机构可评价该器械是否应该进行检修和再使用或者该器械是否应该被丢弃。读者将会知道,当外科器械进行灭菌时,可需要功率源来操作外科器械的控制器和/或传感器。外科器械的若干实施例包括在对外科器械灭菌之前移除的可移除电池或功率源,其中在此类情况下,可单独地对可移除电池进行灭菌和/或再处理。读者将会知道,一旦可移除功率源已从这些先前器械移除,控制器和/或传感器就可不具有足够的功率来监测外科器械的温度。本文所公开的外科器械的实施例可包括电池或功率源,所述电池或功率源在进行再处理时不从外科器械移除。此类电池可称为永久性电池,因为其在器械进行灭菌时可为控制器和/或温度传感器提供功率。在各种情况下,包括永久性电池的器械还可包括可移除的和/或可再充电的电池。在任何情况下,器械可具有足够的功率以检测和记录该器械所经受的温度。在至少一种情况下,器械的控制器可包括存储器芯片,所述存储器芯片被构造成能够将温度读数存储在例如温度寄存器中。在各种情况下,控制器可间歇地(即,以适当的采样速率)记录来自传感器的读数。在一些情况下,控制器可被构造成能够使得当其记录到高于特定温度的温度读数(即使低于阈值温度)时,控制器可增加采样速率。对应地,控制器可被构造成能够使得当其随后记录到低于特定温度的温度读数时,控制器可降低采样速率,例如返回到其初始采样速率。Further to the above, when a surgical instrument is sterilized, the surgical instrument may be exposed to temperatures above a threshold temperature and/or transition temperature. Many sterilization processes are known, several of which include the step of exposing the surgical instrument to heat. In addition to or instead of trigger lock 3290, the surgical instrument can include at least one temperature sensor that can assess the temperature to which the surgical instrument is exposed. In various instances, the temperature sensor can be in signal communication with a controller of the surgical instrument and thus can be configured to evaluate whether the surgical instrument has been exposed to a temperature that exceeds a threshold temperature. In at least one such case, the controller may include a microprocessor and an algorithm capable of evaluating signals received from the temperature sensor. If the controller determines that a threshold temperature has been reached and/or has been exceeded, the controller may permanently prevent the instrument from being operated. In other words, the controller can apply an electronic lock to the surgical instrument. Similar to the above, permanent locking of an instrument may mean that the instrument cannot be used again anyway, while in other cases the permanent locking may not be easily reset and may require the instrument to be sent To, for example, a qualified technician or agency who can evaluate whether the device should be serviced and reused or whether the device should be discarded. The reader will be aware that a power source may be required to operate the surgical instrument's controllers and/or sensors while the surgical instrument is being sterilized. Several embodiments of the surgical instrument include a removable battery or power source that is removed prior to sterilizing the surgical instrument, wherein in such cases the removable battery may be sterilized and/or reprocessed separately. The reader will be aware that once the removable power source has been removed from these previous instruments, the controller and/or sensor may not have sufficient power to monitor the temperature of the surgical instrument. Embodiments of the surgical instruments disclosed herein may include a battery or power source that is not removed from the surgical instrument for reprocessing. Such batteries may be referred to as permanent batteries because they provide power to the controller and/or temperature sensor while the instrument is being sterilized. In various cases, devices that include permanent batteries may also include removable and/or rechargeable batteries. In any event, the device may have sufficient power to detect and record the temperature to which the device is subjected. In at least one instance, the controller of the instrument may include a memory chip configured to store temperature readings in, for example, a temperature register. In various cases, the controller may record readings from the sensors intermittently (ie, at an appropriate sampling rate). In some cases, the controller may be configured such that when it registers a temperature reading above a certain temperature (even if below a threshold temperature), the controller may increase the sampling rate. Correspondingly, the controller may be configured such that when it subsequently records a temperature reading below a certain temperature, the controller may reduce the sampling rate, eg return to its initial sampling rate.
现在转向图99A,示出了用于控制器的算法。在某些情况下,此算法可包括例如在外科器械已经受灭菌处理之后首次使用时用于外科器械的启动程序。启动程序可在器械已开启之后开始。当端部执行器组装到器械时,器械可自动地开启。在至少一种此类情况下,端部执行器与外科器械的组装可闭合与控制器进行信号通信的开关。除了或代替上文所述,器械可在例如柄部上的按钮和/或开关被压下时开启。在任何情况下,控制器可随后评估存储于存储器芯片中的温度读数,如上所述。例如,控制器可评估所存储的温度读数中的任一个是否等于或大于阈值温度。如果控制器确定全部存储的温度读数低于阈值温度,则控制器可继续其正常启动程序。如果控制器确定一个或多个存储的温度读数等于或超过阈值温度,则控制器可继续另选的程序。在至少一种情况下,控制器可例如通过实施电子锁定和/或机械锁定来永久性地禁用该器械,如本申请在别处所述。在某些其他情况下,控制器可允许器械被使用,即使控制器已确定一个或多个存储的温度读数等于或超过阈值温度。控制器可将该确定结果存储于其存储器中并且/或者通过显示器(例如发光二极管)向使用者指示先前已超过阈值温度并且随后继续其正常启动程序。在各种情况下,控制器可将阈值温度作为绝对最大值,即,等于或高于阈值温度的单个温度读数足以触发另选的启动程序或者永久性地锁定该器械。在其他情况下,例如,控制器可被构造成能够评估等于或高于阈值温度的温度读数模式是否足以触发另选的启动程序或永久性地锁定该器械,因为时间和温度均可为器械是否已受累于灭菌过程的考虑因素。Turning now to Figure 99A, the algorithm for the controller is shown. In some cases, this algorithm may include, for example, a start-up procedure for the surgical instrument when it is used for the first time after it has been subjected to a sterilization process. The priming procedure may begin after the device has been switched on. The instrument may automatically open when the end effector is assembled to the instrument. In at least one such instance, assembly of the end effector with the surgical instrument may close a switch in signal communication with the controller. In addition to or instead of the above, the instrument may be activated when, for example, a button and/or switch on the handle is depressed. In any event, the controller can then evaluate the temperature readings stored in the memory chip, as described above. For example, the controller may evaluate whether any of the stored temperature readings are equal to or greater than a threshold temperature. If the controller determines that all stored temperature readings are below the threshold temperature, the controller may continue with its normal start-up procedure. If the controller determines that one or more stored temperature readings equals or exceeds the threshold temperature, the controller may continue with an alternative routine. In at least one instance, the controller may permanently disable the instrument, such as by implementing an electronic lockout and/or a mechanical lockout, as described elsewhere herein. In certain other circumstances, the controller may allow the instrument to be used even though the controller has determined that one or more stored temperature readings equal or exceed the threshold temperature. The controller may store this determination in its memory and/or indicate to the user via a display (eg a light emitting diode) that the threshold temperature has previously been exceeded and then continue with its normal start-up procedure. In various cases, the controller may take the threshold temperature as an absolute maximum, ie, a single temperature reading at or above the threshold temperature is sufficient to trigger an alternative activation procedure or permanently lock out the instrument. In other cases, for example, the controller may be configured to assess whether a pattern of temperature readings at or above a threshold temperature is sufficient to trigger an alternative activation procedure or to permanently lock out the device, since both time and temperature can be an indicator of whether the device Considerations that have been implicated in the sterilization process.
现在转向104-109,外科器械(例如外科器械9000)可包括柄部9410,所述柄部9410包括击发触发器锁定系统9490。柄部9410在许多方面类似于柄部9110,并且这些方面在本文中为简明起见不再赘述。类似于上文所述,击发触发器锁定系统9490可被构造成能够锁定和解锁击发触发器9414。另外类似于上文所述,击发触发器锁定系统9490可在端部执行器未组装到外科器械的轴9040时偏置到锁定状态(如图104-107所示),并且在端部执行器完全组装到轴9040时运动到解锁状态(如图108和109所示)。对上文进行进一步描述,主要参见图108和图109,当端部执行器组装到轴9040时,端部执行器可朝近侧推压感测构件9499。感测构件9499可穿过轴9040从轴9040的远侧端部延伸到其近侧端部。在使用中,当端部执行器组装到轴9040时,端部执行器可邻接感测构件9499的远侧端部并且朝近侧推压感测构件9499,如上文所述。如图108和图109所示,当朝近侧推压感测构件9499时,感测构件9499可接触击发触发器锁定系统9490的摆动臂9486并且使摆动臂9486向上旋转。摆动臂9486可包括经由销9487可枢转地安装到柄部外壳的端部,所述销9487被构造成能够允许摆动臂9486围绕轴线旋转。摆动臂9486还可包括可被感测构件9499接触的凸轮从动件部分9488。在使用中,感测构件9499可使摆动臂9486在向下位置和向上位置之间运动,以便使击发触发器锁定系统9490分别在锁定位置和解锁位置之间运动。击发触发器锁定系统9490还可包括安装到摆动臂9486的锁定销9485,所述锁定销9485在摆动臂9486向上旋转时可被向上牵拉,并且相应地在摆动臂9486向下旋转时可被向下推压。锁定销9485可包括枢转地安装到摆动臂9486的上端和当锁定销9485处于其向下位置时延伸穿过限定在击发触发器9481中的孔9483的下端。在各种情况下,孔9483可限定在从击发触发器9414延伸的臂9482中。当锁定销9485定位在孔9483内时,击发触发器9414不可围绕其支点9484枢转,并且因此击发触发器9414不可被使用者致动。当锁定销9485处于其向上位置时,锁定销9485不可定位在孔9483内,并且因此击发触发器9414可被使用者致动。当端部执行器从轴9040拆卸时,感测构件9499可从其近侧位置运动到其远侧位置。换句话讲,如果不存在附接到轴9040的端部执行器,则偏置构件(例如弹簧9489)可将摆动臂9486向下偏置,并且因此将击发触发器锁定系统9490偏置到其锁定状态。此外,当端部执行器未组装到轴9040时,弹簧9489可通过臂9482将偏置力施加到感测构件9499并且朝远侧推压感测构件9499。Turning now to 104-109, a surgical instrument, such as surgical instrument 9000, can include a handle 9410 that includes a firing trigger lockout system 9490. The handle 9410 is similar to the handle 9110 in many respects, and these aspects are not repeated herein for the sake of brevity. Similar to that described above, the firing trigger locking system 9490 can be configured to lock and unlock the firing trigger 9414 . Also similar to those described above, the firing trigger locking system 9490 can be biased to a locked state (as shown in FIGS. 104-107 ) when the end effector is not assembled to the shaft 9040 of the surgical instrument, and When fully assembled to shaft 9040 it moves to the unlocked state (as shown in Figures 108 and 109). Referring further to the above, referring primarily to FIGS. 108 and 109 , when the end effector is assembled to the shaft 9040 , the end effector can push the sensing member 9499 proximally. A sensing member 9499 can extend through the shaft 9040 from a distal end of the shaft 9040 to a proximal end thereof. In use, when the end effector is assembled to the shaft 9040, the end effector can abut the distal end of the sensing member 9499 and urge the sensing member 9499 proximally, as described above. As shown in FIGS. 108 and 109 , when the sensing member 9499 is pushed proximally, the sensing member 9499 can contact the swing arm 9486 of the firing trigger lockout system 9490 and rotate the swing arm 9486 upwardly. The swing arm 9486 can include an end pivotally mounted to the handle housing via a pin 9487 configured to allow the swing arm 9486 to rotate about an axis. The swing arm 9486 may also include a cam follower portion 9488 that may be contacted by a sensing member 9499 . In use, the sensing member 9499 can move the swing arm 9486 between a downward position and an upward position to move the firing trigger locking system 9490 between a locked position and an unlocked position, respectively. The firing trigger locking system 9490 can also include a locking pin 9485 mounted to the swing arm 9486 that can be pulled upward when the swing arm 9486 is rotated upward, and correspondingly can be pulled when the swing arm 9486 is rotated downward. Push down. The locking pin 9485 can include an upper end pivotally mounted to the swing arm 9486 and a lower end extending through an aperture 9483 defined in the firing trigger 9481 when the locking pin 9485 is in its downward position. In various circumstances, an aperture 9483 can be defined in an arm 9482 extending from the firing trigger 9414 . When the locking pin 9485 is positioned within the aperture 9483, the firing trigger 9414 cannot pivot about its fulcrum 9484, and thus the firing trigger 9414 cannot be actuated by the user. When the locking pin 9485 is in its upward position, the locking pin 9485 cannot be positioned within the aperture 9483, and thus the firing trigger 9414 can be actuated by the user. When the end effector is detached from the shaft 9040, the sensing member 9499 is movable from its proximal position to its distal position. In other words, if there is no end effector attached to the shaft 9040, a biasing member, such as a spring 9489, can bias the swing arm 9486 downward, and thus the firing trigger locking system 9490, to its locked state. Additionally, when the end effector is not assembled to the shaft 9040, the spring 9489 can apply a biasing force to the sensing member 9499 via the arm 9482 and urge the sensing member 9499 distally.
对上文进行进一步描述,感测构件9499和击发触发器锁定系统9490的操作可用于与外科器械的使用者通信。例如,当端部执行器未组装到轴9040时,感测构件9499被朝远侧偏置并且击发触发器9414将被锁定,其中如果使用者尝试致动击发触发器9414,使用者将快速地意识到外科器械的击发系统可存在错误。在该示例中,使用者将快速地意识到端部执行器需要被组装到轴9040以便使用外科器械。在各种情况下,如果端部执行器(尽管附接到轴9040)已被使用,则击发触发器可被锁定。在至少一种此类情况下,端部执行器可包括击发构件,所述击发构件在端部执行器组装到轴9040时如果定位在其最近侧位置则可朝近侧推压感测构件;然而,如果此击发构件在端部执行器组装到轴9040时已至少部分地推进,则感测构件不可被朝近侧推压并且因此击发触发器可保持锁定。同样,此类击发触发器锁定可向使用者传达击发驱动装置存在问题;即,在这种情况下,端部执行器已被使用。如果不存在此类触觉锁定,则使用者将经历以下情况,其中他们能够按下致动器但外科器械不响应按下的致动器,从而可能导致使用者的混淆。Further to the above, operation of sensing member 9499 and firing trigger lockout system 9490 may be used to communicate with a user of the surgical instrument. For example, when the end effector is not assembled to the shaft 9040, the sensing member 9499 is biased distally and the firing trigger 9414 will be locked, wherein if the user attempts to actuate the firing trigger 9414, the user will quickly It is recognized that errors can exist in the firing system of surgical instruments. In this example, the user will quickly realize that the end effector needs to be assembled to the shaft 9040 in order to use the surgical instrument. In various circumstances, if the end effector (albeit attached to the shaft 9040) has been used, the firing trigger may be locked. In at least one such case, the end effector can include a firing member that, if positioned in its proximal-most position when the end effector is assembled to the shaft 9040, can push the sensing member proximally; However, if this firing member has been at least partially advanced when the end effector is assembled to the shaft 9040, the sensing member cannot be pushed proximally and thus the firing trigger can remain locked. Also, such a firing trigger lockout can communicate to the user that there is a problem with the firing drive; ie, in this case, the end effector has been used. If there is no such tactile lock, the user will experience a situation where they are able to depress the actuator but the surgical instrument does not respond to the depressed actuator, potentially causing user confusion.
如上所述,将先前未击发的端部执行器组装到轴9040可朝近侧推压感测构件,以解锁击发触发器。在各种情况下,感测构件和击发触发器锁定系统可被构造成能够使得击发触发器不被解锁,直至端部执行器完全组装到轴9040。如果端部执行器仅部分地组装到9040,则感测构件可未被足够地移位以解锁击发触发器。同样,此类击发触发器锁定可向使用者传达击发驱动装置存在问题;即,在这种情况下,端部执行器还未完全组装到轴9040。As noted above, assembly of a previously unfired end effector to shaft 9040 may push the sensing member proximally to unlock the firing trigger. In various circumstances, the sensing member and firing trigger locking system can be configured to enable the firing trigger not to be unlocked until the end effector is fully assembled to the shaft 9040 . If the end effector is only partially assembled to 9040, the sensing member may not be displaced enough to unlock the firing trigger. Also, such a firing trigger lockout can communicate to the user that there is a problem with the firing drive; ie, the end effector has not been fully assembled to the shaft 9040 in this instance.
如本文所述,端部执行器可组装到外科器械,所述外科器械可包括被构造成能够识别端部执行器的控制器。在一些情况下,当控制器被启动时,控制器可被构造成能够评价端部执行器的标识。在某些情况下,现在转到图176,当电池插入柄部内时,控制器可被启动。除了或代替上文所述,当控制器被启动时,控制器可被构造成能够评价外科器械的状态。例如,控制器可被构造成能够评价闭合系统的闭合构件的位置、击发系统的击发构件的位置、和/或关节运动系统的关节运动构件的位置。在某些情况下,外科器械可包括绝对定位传感器以检测击发构件的位置。此类传感器公开于2013年3月14日提交的名称为ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A FIRING DRIVE的美国专利申请序列13/803,097中,该专利申请的全部公开内容以引用方式并入本文。在一些情况下,外科器械可包括行程末端寄存器。此类行程末端寄存器可包括机械开关、计数器和/或触发器;和/或电子开关、计数器和/或包括存储于非易失性存储器中的数据的触发器。在此类实施例中,控制器可估计先前击发行程是否已完成。此类实施例在多种情况下可为有益的。例如,控制器可在外科手术过程中意外地断开或者说是失去功率,并且当控制器再启动时,控制器不能估计该器械是否为首次初始化或者该器械是否处于先前击发行程的中部。行程末端寄存器可有助于控制器辨别这两种情况。此外,未被器械的功率丢失或中断导致丢失或复位的行程末端寄存器可允许控制器估计外科器械是否在击发行程期间已丢失功率。如果控制器确定先前击发行程还未完成,则控制器可被构造成能够:一、允许将功率提供到马达以完成击发行程,以及/或者,二、允许将功率提供到马达以使击发构件、闭合构件和/或关节运动构件回缩到其起始或未致动位置。在各种情况下,控制器可向外科器械的使用者提供继续击发行程或使器械的机械系统和/或电子系统返回到其初始或未致动位置的选项。在此类实施例中,外科器械不可使这些系统自动地返回到其初始或未致动位置。在任何情况下,一旦外科器械处于其起始或未致动状态,先前击发的端部执行器就可从外科器械拆卸并且/或者未击发的端部执行器就可组装到外科器械。在各种情况下,如本文所述,外科器械可随后识别、或者至少尝试识别未击发的端部执行器。As described herein, an end effector can be assembled to a surgical instrument that can include a controller configured to recognize the end effector. In some cases, the controller may be configured to evaluate the identity of the end effector when the controller is activated. In some cases, turning now to FIG. 176, the controller may be activated when the battery is inserted into the handle. In addition to, or instead of, the above, the controller may be configured to evaluate the status of the surgical instrument when the controller is activated. For example, the controller may be configured to evaluate the position of the closure member of the closure system, the firing member of the firing system, and/or the articulation member of the articulation system. In some cases, surgical instruments may include absolute position sensors to detect the position of the firing member. Such sensors are disclosed in US Patent Application Serial No. 13/803,097, filed March 14, 2013, entitled ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A FIRING DRIVE, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. In some cases, a surgical instrument may include an end-of-stroke register. Such end-of-trip registers may include mechanical switches, counters, and/or flip-flops; and/or electronic switches, counters, and/or flip-flops including data stored in non-volatile memory. In such embodiments, the controller may estimate whether a previous firing stroke has been completed. Such embodiments may be beneficial in a variety of circumstances. For example, the controller may be accidentally disconnected or otherwise lost power during a surgical procedure, and when the controller is restarted, the controller cannot estimate whether the instrument is initializing for the first time or whether the instrument is in the middle of a previous firing stroke. End-of-stroke registers can help the controller distinguish between these two situations. Additionally, an end-of-stroke register that is not lost or reset by a loss or interruption of power to the instrument may allow the controller to estimate whether the surgical instrument has lost power during the firing stroke. If the controller determines that the previous firing stroke has not been completed, the controller may be configured to: one, allow power to be supplied to the motor to complete the firing stroke, and/or, two, allow power to be supplied to the motor to cause the firing member, The closure member and/or articulation member retracts to its original or unactuated position. In various cases, the controller may provide the user of the surgical instrument with the option of continuing the firing stroke or returning the mechanical and/or electronic systems of the instrument to their original or non-actuated positions. In such embodiments, the surgical instrument cannot automatically return these systems to their original or non-actuated positions. In any event, once the surgical instrument is in its home or unactuated state, the previously fired end effector can be detached from the surgical instrument and/or the unfired end effector can be assembled to the surgical instrument. In various cases, the surgical instrument may subsequently identify, or at least attempt to identify, an unfired end effector, as described herein.
现在转到图177,外科器械的控制器可执行器械和/或电池的诊断检查。例如,在控制器启动时,外科器械可评估外科器械是否已暴露于超过外科器械的阈值温度的温度,如本文所述。另外,例如,外科器械可评估电池的可用功率、电压、和/或电流,同样如本文所述。如果器械不能通过这些诊断测试中的一个或多个,则控制器可不将功率提供到马达、物理地锁定器械、并且/或者向外科器械的使用者指示此类失败。在此类情况下,器械可将此类失败记录在其存储器中,使得测试数据可有助于技术人员稍后评估器械。假设器械通过这些诊断测试,则类似于上文所述,器械也可记录与通过诊断测试相关的测试数据。在任何情况下,器械可随后继续评估器械是否处于起始或未致动状态并且评价端部执行器的标识。如本文所述,公开了用于识别端部执行器的程序。本文还公开了用于评价“智能”端部执行器或“愚笨”端部执行器是否附接到外科器械的程序。在各种情况下,“智能”端部执行器可为以下端部执行器,所述端部执行器可将参数和/或操作程序的至少一部分提供给外科器械以作为识别过程的一部分。“智能”端部执行器可为设法识别外科器械使用端部执行器的方式的端部执行器。在某些情况下,“愚笨”端部执行器为不以任何方式识别其将与外科器械一起使用的方式。根据上文的示例性操作程序概述于图178中。Turning now to Fig. 177, the controller of the surgical instrument may perform a diagnostic check of the instrument and/or battery. For example, upon controller activation, the surgical instrument may evaluate whether the surgical instrument has been exposed to a temperature that exceeds the surgical instrument's threshold temperature, as described herein. Additionally, for example, the surgical instrument may evaluate the battery's available power, voltage, and/or current, also as described herein. If the instrument fails one or more of these diagnostic tests, the controller may not provide power to the motor, physically lock the instrument, and/or indicate such failure to the user of the surgical instrument. In such cases, the instrument may record such failures in its memory so that the test data may assist a technician in evaluating the instrument at a later time. Assuming the device passes these diagnostic tests, the device may also record test data related to passing the diagnostic tests, similar to that described above. In any event, the instrument may then proceed to assess whether the instrument is in an initial or unactuated state and evaluate the identity of the end effector. As described herein, procedures for identifying end effectors are disclosed. Also disclosed herein is a procedure for evaluating whether a "smart" end effector or a "dumb" end effector is attached to a surgical instrument. In various cases, a "smart" end effector can be an end effector that can provide parameters and/or at least a portion of an operating program to a surgical instrument as part of the identification process. A "smart" end effector may be an end effector that seeks to recognize the manner in which a surgical instrument uses the end effector. In some cases, a "dumb" end effector is one that does not in any way identify the manner in which it will be used with the surgical instrument. An exemplary operating procedure according to the above is outlined in FIG. 178 .
如本文所述,电池可用于对外科器械提供功率。在各种情况下,外科器械和/或电池可被构造成能够评价电池是否可将足够的功率提供给外科器械以执行一种或多种功能。在某些情况下,外科器械和/或电池可被构造成能够向外科器械的使用者指示电池具有足够的功率以执行一种或多种功能。图179示出了能够指示电池的电压的电路。此类电路可存在于外科器械和/或电池中。在两种情况中的任一情况下,电路可包括可指示可由电池提供的电量、电压、和/或功率的多个指示器。例如,电路可包括三个指示器,所述三个指示器包括:被构造成能够指示电池包括至少第一电压的第一指示器、被构造成能够指示电池包括至少第二电压的第二指示器、和被构造成能够指示电池包括至少第三电压的第三指示器。如图179所示,电路12100可包括被布置成彼此并联的第一指示器电路12110、第二指示器电路12120、和第三指示器电路12130。当开关12101闭合时,来自电池的电势可施加在指示器电路12110、12120、和12130两端。第一指示器电路12110可包括齐纳二极管12111、发光二极管12112、和电阻器R1 12113。类似地,第二指示器电路12120可包括齐纳二极管12121、发光二极管12122、和电阻器R212123,并且第三指示器电路12130可包括齐纳二极管12131、发光二极管12132、和电阻器R3 12133。齐纳二极管12111、12121、和12131可各自具有不同的击穿电压。例如,第一齐纳二极管12111可具有例如11.5V的击穿电压,第二齐纳二极管12121可具有例如10V的击穿电压,并且第三齐纳二极管12131可具有例如8V的击穿电压。在此类实施例中,如果电池的电压大于或等于11.5V,则LED 12112、12122、和12132将被点亮。全部LED的点亮可向外科器械的使用者指示电池具有满电量和/或具有至少足够的电量以执行外科器械所需的任何功能。如果电池的电压大于或等于10V,但小于11.5V,则LED 12112和12122将被点亮;然而,LED 12132将不被点亮。LED 12112和12122的点亮而LED 12132的不点亮可向外科器械的使用者指示电池具有小于满电量但至少足够的电量以执行外科器械所需的任何功能。如果电池的电压大于或等于8V,但小于10V,则LED 12112将被点亮;然而,LED 12122和12132将不被点亮。LED12112的点亮而LED 12122和12132的不点亮可向外科器械的使用者指示电池正接近其电量的终点并且可具有或可不具有足够的电量以执行外科器械所需的某些功能。LED的这种显示可指示电池可需要进行替换。如果电池的电压小于8V,LED 12112、12122、和12132中的任何一者将不被点亮。LED的这种显示可指示电池不能用于牢靠地执行外科器械的任何功能。尽管电路12100使用三个指示器电路12110、12120、和12130,但电路可包括多于三个指示器电路,所述多于三个指示器电路包括具有不同击穿电压的齐纳二极管。此类实施例可例如提供电池的电压的较精细等级指示。可设想到使用仅两个指示器电路的其他实施例。As described herein, batteries can be used to power surgical instruments. In various cases, the surgical instrument and/or battery can be configured to enable an evaluation of whether the battery can provide sufficient power to the surgical instrument to perform one or more functions. In some cases, a surgical instrument and/or battery may be configured to indicate to a user of the surgical instrument that the battery has sufficient power to perform one or more functions. Figure 179 shows a circuit capable of indicating the voltage of a battery. Such circuits may be present in surgical instruments and/or batteries. In either case, the circuitry may include indicators that may indicate the charge, voltage, and/or power that may be provided by the battery. For example, the circuit may include three indicators including: a first indicator configured to indicate that the battery includes at least a first voltage, a second indicator configured to indicate that the battery includes at least a second voltage indicator, and a third indicator configured to indicate that the battery includes at least a third voltage. As shown in FIG. 179, the circuit 12100 may include a first indicator circuit 12110, a second indicator circuit 12120, and a third indicator circuit 12130 arranged in parallel with each other. When switch 12101 is closed, a potential from the battery can be applied across indicator circuits 12110 , 12120 , and 12130 . The first indicator circuit 12110 may include a Zener diode 12111 , a light emitting diode 12112 , and a resistor R1 12113 . Similarly, the second indicator circuit 12120 may include a Zener diode 12121 , a light emitting diode 12122 , and a resistor R2 12123 , and the third indicator circuit 12130 may include a Zener diode 12131 , a light emitting diode 12132 , and a resistor R3 12133 . Zener diodes 12111, 12121, and 12131 may each have a different breakdown voltage. For example, the first Zener diode 12111 may have a breakdown voltage of eg 11.5V, the second Zener diode 12121 may have a breakdown voltage of eg 10V, and the third Zener diode 12131 may have a breakdown voltage of eg 8V. In such embodiments, LEDs 12112, 12122, and 12132 will be illuminated if the voltage of the battery is greater than or equal to 11.5V. Illumination of all LEDs may indicate to the user of the surgical instrument that the battery has a full charge and/or has at least sufficient charge to perform any functions required by the surgical instrument. If the voltage of the battery is greater than or equal to 10V, but less than 11.5V, LEDs 12112 and 12122 will be illuminated; however, LED 12132 will not be illuminated. Illumination of LEDs 12112 and 12122 and non-illumination of LED 12132 may indicate to the user of the surgical instrument that the battery has less than a full charge but at least sufficient charge to perform whatever functions the surgical instrument requires. If the voltage of the battery is greater than or equal to 8V, but less than 10V, LED 12112 will be illuminated; however, LEDs 12122 and 12132 will not be illuminated. Illumination of LED 12112 and non-illumination of LEDs 12122 and 12132 may indicate to the user of the surgical instrument that the battery is approaching the end of its charge and may or may not have sufficient charge to perform certain functions required by the surgical instrument. This display of the LED may indicate that the battery may need to be replaced. If the voltage of the battery is less than 8V, any of the LEDs 12112, 12122, and 12132 will not be lit. This display of the LED may indicate that the battery is not available to reliably perform any function of the surgical instrument. Although circuit 12100 uses three indicator circuits 12110, 12120, and 12130, the circuit may include more than three indicator circuits including Zener diodes with different breakdown voltages. Such embodiments may, for example, provide a finer level indication of the voltage of the battery. Other embodiments using only two indicator circuits are conceivable.
在各种情况下,电池可包括电路,所述电路被构造成能够指示电池被充电和/或具有足够的电量以使其可与外科器械一起使用。在某些情况下,外科器械可包括电路,所述电路被构造成能够指示附接到外科器械的电池被充电和/或具有足够的电量以使其可与外科器械一起使用。在两种情况中的任一情况下,现在转向图180,电路12200可包括微处理器12201,所述微处理器12201包括与电池连通的一个或多个门极,所述电池可为例如9V电池。电路12200还可包括电容器12202,例如10微法拉电容器,所述电容器12202可从包括二极管12203和电阻器12204的电路接收功率。电路12200还可包括位于电容器12202的放电路径中的LED 12205和电阻器12206。此类电路可导致LED 12205间歇式脉动,前提条件是电池可将足够的功率提供到电路12200。在此类情况下,使用者可识别脉动的LED 12205并且将知道电池具有将与外科器械一起使用的至少一些功率(即使不具有足够的功率)。如果使用者未识别到LED 12205为脉动的,则使用者可假设电池缺乏将被使用的足够功率。In various cases, the battery may include circuitry configured to indicate that the battery is charged and/or has sufficient charge to allow it to be used with the surgical instrument. In some cases, a surgical instrument may include circuitry configured to indicate that a battery attached to the surgical instrument is charged and/or has sufficient charge to allow it to be used with the surgical instrument. In either case, turning now to FIG. 180, the circuit 12200 may include a microprocessor 12201 including one or more gates in communication with a battery, which may be, for example, a 9V Battery. The circuit 12200 may also include a capacitor 12202 , for example a 10 microfarad capacitor, which may receive power from a circuit including a diode 12203 and a resistor 12204 . Circuit 12200 may also include LED 12205 and resistor 12206 in the discharge path of capacitor 12202. Such a circuit can cause the LED 12205 to pulse intermittently, provided the battery can provide sufficient power to the circuit 12200. In such cases, the user can recognize the pulsating LED 12205 and will know that the battery has at least some power (even if not enough power) to use with the surgical instrument. If the user does not recognize the LED 12205 as pulsating, the user may assume that the battery lacks sufficient power to be used.
在各种情况下,如本文所述并且参见图284,电池和/或被构造成能够与电池一起使用的外科器械可包括诊断电路,所述诊断电路被构造成能够评估电池可提供的功率、电压、和/或电流。现在转向图184,公开了电池诊断电路12300。此类电路可被构造成能够评估已与外科器械一起使用之前、正与外科器械一起使用期间、和/或已与外科器械一起使用之后的电池。在各种情况下,电池可使用多于一次,并且在各种情况下,电池可为可再充电的或不可再充电的。电池的使用以及在电池的诊断评估期间获得的信息可存储于电池和/或外科器械中的存储器芯片中。图183示出了信息表12400,所述信息表12400代表可记录在存储器芯片上的信息的类型。例如,可记录使用次数。对于每次使用,例如,可记录电池充电或再充电的最大电压和/或最大电流。对于每次使用,例如,可记录使用期间经受的电流容量、以mA使用的电流、以Ah使用的电流、和/或最小电压。对于每次使用,例如,可记录电池充电的时间、电池使用的时间、充电时的电池的温度、和/或使用时的电池的温度。这些仅为可存储的信息的一些示例。在各种情况下,外科器械和/或技术人员可使用此类信息来评估例如电池的先前性能和/或电池被进一步使用的适用性。In various cases, as described herein and referring to FIG. 284 , batteries and/or surgical instruments configured to be used with batteries may include diagnostic circuitry configured to assess the power, voltage, and/or current. Turning now to FIG. 184 , a battery diagnostic circuit 12300 is disclosed. Such circuitry may be configured to enable evaluation of the battery before it has been used with the surgical instrument, during its use with the surgical instrument, and/or after it has been used with the surgical instrument. In various cases, the battery can be used more than once, and in various cases, the battery can be rechargeable or non-rechargeable. Battery usage and information obtained during diagnostic evaluation of the battery may be stored in the battery and/or in a memory chip in the surgical instrument. Fig. 183 shows an information table 12400 representing types of information recordable on a memory chip. For example, the number of uses may be recorded. For each use, for example, the maximum voltage and/or maximum current at which the battery is charged or recharged may be recorded. For each use, for example, the current capacity experienced during use, the current used in mA, the current used in Ah, and/or the minimum voltage may be recorded. For each use, for example, the time the battery was charged, the time the battery was used, the temperature of the battery while charging, and/or the temperature of the battery while in use may be recorded. These are just some examples of information that may be stored. In various circumstances, the surgical instrument and/or technician may use such information to assess, for example, the battery's previous performance and/or the battery's suitability for further use.
在各种情况下,现在转向图182,电池和与电池一起使用的外科器械可包括电路,所述电路用于在电池的电量一旦下降到低于最低电量水平就切断电池。在一些情况下,锂离子电池单元如果在最低电量水平之下使用则可具有热事故,并且阻止电池在该最低电量水平之下使用的切断电路可阻止此类热事故发生。In various cases, turning now to FIG. 182, batteries and surgical instruments used with batteries may include circuitry for shutting down the batteries once their charge drops below a minimum charge level. In some cases, lithium-ion battery cells can have thermal accidents if used below a minimum charge level, and a cut-off circuit that prevents the battery from being used below that minimum charge level can prevent such thermal accidents from occurring.
在各种情况下,现在转向图181,外科器械可包括控制器,所述控制器被构造成能够执行器械和/或组装到其的电池的诊断检查。例如,控制器可包括时钟和存储器芯片,所述存储器芯片被构造成能够评估和记录器械和/或电池何时已被使用。在某些情况下,如果器械和/或电池距其上次使用时间已有太长时间,则控制器可被构造成能够禁用该器械和/或电池。在某些情况下,器械和/或电池可包括一个或多个传感器,所述一个或多个传感器传感器可被构造成能够评估器械和/或电池的各种状态,例如温度、湿度、和/或器械和/或电池暴露于该温度和/或湿度的时间。控制器可被构造成能够评估传感器是否正确地操作,并且如果不是,则控制器可禁用该器械和/或电池。控制器还可被构造成能够评估器械和/或电池已使用的次数,并且如果使用超过特定数量,则禁用该器械和/或电池。控制器还可被构造成能够评估电池可提供的功率,如本文所述,并且如果可用功率不足,则禁用该器械和/或电池。In various cases, turning now to FIG. 181 , a surgical instrument may include a controller configured to perform a diagnostic check of the instrument and/or batteries assembled thereto. For example, the controller may include a clock and a memory chip configured to evaluate and record when the instrument and/or battery have been used. In some cases, the controller may be configured to disable the device and/or battery if it has been too long since the device and/or battery was last used. In some cases, the device and/or battery may include one or more sensors that may be configured to assess various states of the device and/or battery, such as temperature, humidity, and/or or the duration of exposure of the device and/or battery to this temperature and/or humidity. The controller may be configured to be able to assess whether the sensor is operating correctly, and if not, the controller may disable the instrument and/or the battery. The controller may also be configured to be able to assess the number of times the device and/or battery has been used, and disable the device and/or battery if usage exceeds a certain amount. The controller can also be configured to evaluate the power available from the battery, as described herein, and disable the device and/or the battery if the available power is insufficient.
如本文所述,外科器械可包括用于采集反馈和/或其他器械状态信息的各种传感器。此外,外科器械可包括用于将反馈和/或器械状态信息提供给使用者的感官指示器。在某些情况下,内窥镜可与外科器械结合使用,以将附加的反馈和/或器械状态信息提供给使用者。如本文所述,例如,内窥镜和外科器械可与显示器进行信号通信,所述显示器可显示来自内窥镜和/或来自外科器械的传感器的反馈。现在参见图75-93,内窥镜5018(图93)可与显示器5002(图75)进行信号通信。在某些实施例中,显示器5002可包括例如平视显示器(HUD)和/或视频监视器。此外,显示器5002可为例如等离子屏幕、LCD屏幕、或电致发光屏幕。在各种实施例中,显示器5002可播放可包括例如视频反馈的第一信息层5010。视频反馈可为例如由内窥镜5018(图93)在手术部位观察的图像反馈,并且可示出例如由内窥镜5018观察的外科器械5020的至少一部分。As described herein, surgical instruments may include various sensors for collecting feedback and/or other instrument status information. Additionally, surgical instruments may include sensory indicators for providing feedback and/or instrument status information to a user. In some cases, endoscopes may be used in conjunction with surgical instruments to provide additional feedback and/or instrument status information to the user. As described herein, for example, the endoscope and surgical instrument may be in signal communication with a display that may display feedback from sensors of the endoscope and/or from the surgical instrument. Referring now to FIGS. 75-93, the endoscope 5018 (FIG. 93) can be in signal communication with the display 5002 (FIG. 75). In some embodiments, display 5002 may include, for example, a heads-up display (HUD) and/or a video monitor. Additionally, display 5002 may be, for example, a plasma screen, an LCD screen, or an electroluminescent screen. In various embodiments, the display 5002 can play a first layer of information 5010 that can include, for example, video feedback. The video feed can be an image feed of the surgical site as viewed by the endoscope 5018 ( FIG. 93 ), for example, and can show at least a portion of the surgical instrument 5020 as viewed by the endoscope 5018 , for example.
在各种实施例中,显示器5002可包括触摸屏5004。主要参见图75,使用者可与触摸屏5004进行交互以与显示器5002和外科器械5020相互作用。例如,触摸屏5004可与显示器5002进行通信,并且触摸屏5004的输入可调整和/或修改示于显示器5002上的信息。在此类实施例中,使用者可与显示器5002进行通信,而不使用显示器的附加输入,例如键盘和/或计算机鼠标。换句话讲,可不需要附加的输入工具和/或部件来调整和/或修改示于显示器5002上的信息。此外,在各种实施例中,触摸屏5004可易于进行清洁和/或灭菌。例如,触摸屏5004可包括平坦表面,所述平坦表面可易于在外科套件和/或手术室内擦拭清洁。除此之外或另选地,触摸屏5004可与外科器械5020直接地和/或间接地通信,使得触摸屏5004的输入对外科器械5020提供输入。使用者可为例如外科医生、操作者、和/或助手。In various embodiments, the display 5002 may include a touch screen 5004 . Referring primarily to FIG. 75 , a user can interact with touch screen 5004 to interact with display 5002 and surgical instrument 5020 . For example, touchscreen 5004 can be in communication with display 5002, and input to touchscreen 5004 can adjust and/or modify information shown on display 5002. In such embodiments, a user may communicate with the display 5002 without additional input from the display, such as a keyboard and/or a computer mouse. In other words, no additional input tools and/or components may be required to adjust and/or modify the information shown on display 5002 . Additionally, in various embodiments, touch screen 5004 can be easily cleaned and/or sterilized. For example, touch screen 5004 can include a flat surface that can be easily wiped clean in a surgical suite and/or operating room. Additionally or alternatively, touchscreen 5004 may communicate directly and/or indirectly with surgical instrument 5020 such that input to touchscreen 5004 provides input to surgical instrument 5020 . A user may be, for example, a surgeon, operator, and/or assistant.
在各种实施例中,触摸屏5004可例如定位在显示器5002的至少一部分上,并且可移除地固定到显示器5002。例如,触摸屏5004可与多个显示器兼容,并且能够可释放地附接和脱离至少一个显示器。此外,在某些实施例中,触摸屏5004可为独立显示器,其可独立于显示器5002来操作。例如,可拆卸的LCD屏幕可包括触摸屏5004,并且可拆卸的LCD屏幕可叠加在显示器5002的至少一部分上。在其他实施例中,触摸屏5004可集成到显示器5002内。触摸屏5004可使用例如电阻技术、电容技术、超声束技术、和/或近场成像技术。In various embodiments, the touch screen 5004 can be positioned on at least a portion of the display 5002 and removably secured to the display 5002, for example. For example, touch screen 5004 can be compatible with multiple displays and can be releasably attached and detached from at least one display. Additionally, in some embodiments, touchscreen 5004 can be a stand-alone display that can operate independently of display 5002 . For example, a detachable LCD screen can include touch screen 5004 and the detachable LCD screen can be superimposed on at least a portion of display 5002 . In other embodiments, touch screen 5004 may be integrated into display 5002 . Touch screen 5004 may use, for example, resistive technology, capacitive technology, ultrasound beam technology, and/or near-field imaging technology.
主要参见图93,在各种实施例中,反馈控制器5016可与外科器械5020、内窥镜5018、和/或显示器5002进行信号通信。在某些实施例中,反馈控制器5016与内窥镜5018之间的有线和/或无线连接5017可将来自内窥镜5018的视频反馈提供到反馈控制器5016。此外,反馈控制器5016与外科器械5020和/或外科器械5020的微控制器之间的有线和/或无线连接5019可将由外科器械5020测量和/或检测的反馈数据提供到反馈控制器5016。例如,各种传感器描述于本文中以及全部公开内容全文以引用方式并入本文的Zemlock‘263和Zemlock‘344中,并且各种传感器可检测反馈和/或器械状态信息。另外,反馈控制器5016和显示器5002之间的有线和/或无线连接5015可将来自外科器械5020的反馈数据和/或来自内窥镜5018的视频反馈提供到显示器5002。在至少一个实施例中,视频反馈可示于显示器5002上的第一信息层5010中,并且反馈数据可示于显示器5004上的第二信息层5012中。在其中包括触摸屏5004的可拆卸的LCD显示器定位在显示器5002上的实施例中,反馈控制器5016与可拆卸的LCD显示器之间的有线和/或无线连接可例如将反馈数据提供到可拆卸的LCD显示器并且/或者可将反馈数据从LCD显示器提供到反馈控制器5010。Referring primarily to FIG. 93 , in various embodiments, the feedback controller 5016 can be in signal communication with the surgical instrument 5020 , the endoscope 5018 , and/or the display 5002 . In certain embodiments, a wired and/or wireless connection 5017 between the feedback controller 5016 and the endoscope 5018 may provide video feedback from the endoscope 5018 to the feedback controller 5016. Additionally, a wired and/or wireless connection 5019 between feedback controller 5016 and surgical instrument 5020 and/or a microcontroller of surgical instrument 5020 may provide feedback data measured and/or detected by surgical instrument 5020 to feedback controller 5016 . For example, various sensors are described herein and in Zemlock '263 and Zemlock '344, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, and various sensors may detect feedback and/or instrument status information. Additionally, wired and/or wireless connection 5015 between feedback controller 5016 and display 5002 may provide feedback data from surgical instrument 5020 and/or video feedback from endoscope 5018 to display 5002 . In at least one embodiment, video feedback can be shown in a first information layer 5010 on display 5002 and feedback data can be shown in a second information layer 5012 on display 5004 . In embodiments where a detachable LCD display including touch screen 5004 is positioned on display 5002, a wired and/or wireless connection between feedback controller 5016 and the detachable LCD display may, for example, provide feedback data to the detachable LCD display. LCD display and/or feedback data may be provided from the LCD display to the feedback controller 5010.
主要参见图76,显示器5002可播放第一信息层5010,所述第一信息层5010可包括例如来自内窥镜5018(图93)的视频反馈。在各种情况下,视频反馈5010可包括作用于组织T的外科器械5020的图示。在各种实施例中,外科器械5020可类似于例如外科器械10(图1),并且联接到外科器械的一次性加载单元(DLU)和/或端部执行器5022可类似于例如加载单元20(图2)。外科器械5020的DLU 5022可相对于组织T进行关节运动,将组织T抓握和/或夹持在一对钳口之间,缝合组织T,并且/或者利用切割元件切割组织T,如本文所述。此外,可定位在手术部位处和/或附近的内窥镜5018可观察DLU 5022,并且可将视频反馈和/或记录传输到反馈控制器5016(图93)。在各种实施例中,显示器5002上的第一信息层5010中的视频反馈可为外科器械5020的操作者提供手术部位的现场视觉反馈。Referring primarily to FIG. 76, the display 5002 can play a first layer of information 5010, which can include, for example, video feedback from an endoscope 5018 (FIG. 93). In various circumstances, video feedback 5010 may include a graphical representation of surgical instrument 5020 acting on tissue T. In various embodiments, surgical instrument 5020 can be similar to, for example, surgical instrument 10 ( FIG. 1 ), and a disposable loading unit (DLU) and/or end effector 5022 coupled to the surgical instrument can be similar to, for example, loading unit 20 (figure 2). DLU 5022 of surgical instrument 5020 is articulated relative to tissue T, grasps and/or clamps tissue T between a pair of jaws, staples tissue T, and/or cuts tissue T with a cutting element, as described herein stated. Additionally, an endoscope 5018, which may be positioned at and/or near the surgical site, may view the DLU 5022 and may transmit video feedback and/or recordings to the feedback controller 5016 (FIG. 93). In various embodiments, video feedback in first information layer 5010 on display 5002 may provide an operator of surgical instrument 5020 with live visual feedback of the surgical site.
主要参见图77,显示器5002可显示第二信息层5012。此外,使用者可选择、移动、在尺寸方面调整、最小化、扩展、修改、和/或以其他方式调控第二信息层5012。例如,使用者可通过与触摸屏5004进行交互来调控第二信息层5012。如本文所述,第二信息层5012可包括来自外科器械5020的反馈数据和/或用于控制外科器械5020的控件。在各种实施例中,第二信息层5012可包括控制面板5030,并且触摸屏5004可用于选择和/或使用控制面板5030的特征结构。控制面板5030可通过触摸屏5004来折叠、调整尺寸、移动、和/或以其他方式调控。例如,使用者可通过选择最小化/最大化图标5032来最小化或折叠控制面板5030,并且可通过再选择最小化/最大化图标5032来最大化或展开控制面板5030。此外,使用者可例如通过在整个显示器5002上“拖放”控制面板5030来在显示器5002上移动控制面板5030。另外,使用者可通过“放大”和/或“缩小”触摸屏5004上的多个接触点来调整控制面板5030相对于显示器5002的尺寸。本领域的普通技术人员将会知道,可使用例如触摸屏5004的各种常规的和/或直观接触来修改和/或调控其第二信息层5012和/或控制面板5030。Referring primarily to FIG. 77 , the display 5002 can display a second information layer 5012 . Additionally, the user may select, move, resize, minimize, expand, modify, and/or otherwise manipulate the second information layer 5012 . For example, a user may manipulate the second information layer 5012 by interacting with the touch screen 5004 . Second layer of information 5012 may include feedback data from surgical instrument 5020 and/or controls for controlling surgical instrument 5020 as described herein. In various embodiments, the second information layer 5012 can include a control panel 5030 and the touch screen 5004 can be used to select and/or use features of the control panel 5030 . Control panel 5030 may be folded, resized, moved, and/or otherwise manipulated through touch screen 5004 . For example, the user can minimize or collapse the control panel 5030 by selecting the minimize/maximize icon 5032 and can maximize or expand the control panel 5030 by selecting the minimize/maximize icon 5032 again. In addition, a user may move control panel 5030 on display 5002 , for example, by “dragging and dropping” control panel 5030 across display 5002 . In addition, the user may adjust the size of the control panel 5030 relative to the display 5002 by “zooming in” and/or “zooming out” multiple points of contact on the touch screen 5004 . Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the second information layer 5012 and/or the control panel 5030 thereof may be modified and/or manipulated using various conventional and/or intuitive touches such as the touch screen 5004 .
仍参见图77,控制面板5030可包括多个菜单、类目、和/或类别。例如,控制面板5030可包括器械反馈菜单5036、显示菜单5060、和/或器械控制器菜单5070。使用者可使用控制面板5030来选择菜单和/或切换触摸屏5004的操作状态。例如,当使用者选择控制面板5030的器械控制器菜单5070时,触摸屏5004可将指令和/或控制传送到器械控制器5016(图93)和/或微控制器。在此类实施例中,如本文所述,触摸屏5004可在器械控制状态下操作。此外,当从控制面板5030选择显示菜单5060时,使用者可修改与第二信息层5012和/或显示器5002相关的设置。在此类实施例中,触摸屏5004可在设置修改状态下工作。除此之外或另选地,当器械反馈菜单5036被选择时,使用者可修改包含在第二信息层5012中的反馈数据。在此类实施例中,触摸屏5004可在反馈调控状态下操作。在各种实施例中,控制面板5030可包括额外的和/或更少的菜单、类目、和/或类别。此外,例如可根据使用者的偏好来修改控制面板5030的各种菜单、类目、和/或类别。菜单、类目、和/或类别可通过文字和/或符号示于第二信息层5012中。在各种实施例中,每个菜单5036、5060、5070下的类目可选择性地示于第二信息层5012中。例如,每个菜单5036、5060、5070下的类目可仅在相应的上覆菜单5036、5060、5070被使用者选择时才选择性地示于第二信息层5012中。在其他实施例中,使用者可例如手动地最小化和/或最大化对应于每个菜单5036、5060、和/或5070的类目和/或子类目。Still referring to FIG. 77, the control panel 5030 may include a plurality of menus, categories, and/or categories. For example, control panel 5030 may include instrument feedback menu 5036 , display menu 5060 , and/or instrument controller menu 5070 . The user can use the control panel 5030 to select menus and/or switch the operation state of the touch screen 5004 . For example, when a user selects the instrument controller menu 5070 of the control panel 5030, the touch screen 5004 may communicate instructions and/or controls to the instrument controller 5016 (FIG. 93) and/or the microcontroller. In such embodiments, the touchscreen 5004 is operable in an instrument control state, as described herein. Additionally, when display menu 5060 is selected from control panel 5030 , the user can modify settings related to second information layer 5012 and/or display 5002 . In such embodiments, the touch screen 5004 may operate in a setting modification state. Additionally or alternatively, the user may modify the feedback data contained in the second information layer 5012 when the instrument feedback menu 5036 is selected. In such embodiments, the touch screen 5004 is operable in a feedback-regulated state. In various embodiments, control panel 5030 may include additional and/or fewer menus, categories, and/or categories. In addition, various menus, categories, and/or categories of the control panel 5030 may be modified, for example, according to user preferences. Menus, categories, and/or categories may be displayed in the second information layer 5012 through text and/or symbols. In various embodiments, categories under each menu 5036 , 5060 , 5070 may optionally be shown in the second information layer 5012 . For example, categories under each menu 5036, 5060, 5070 may be selectively displayed in the second information layer 5012 only when the corresponding overlying menu 5036, 5060, 5070 is selected by the user. In other embodiments, the user may, for example, manually minimize and/or maximize the categories and/or subcategories corresponding to each menu 5036, 5060, and/or 5070.
仍参见图77,器械反馈菜单5036可包括多个反馈类目,并且可涉及外科手术期间由外科器械5020(图93)在测量和/或检测的反馈数据。如本文所述,外科器械5020可检测和/或测量例如可运动钳口在打开取向和闭合取向之间的位置、所夹持组织的厚度、所夹持组织上的夹持力、DLU 5022的关节运动、和/或击发元件的位置、速度、和/或力。此外,与外科器械5020进行信号通信的反馈控制器5016(图93)可将感测的反馈提供到显示器5002,所述显示器5002可将反馈提供在第二信息层5012中。如本文所述,例如可基于使用者对触摸屏5004的输入来修改显示于第二信息层5012中的反馈数据的选择、设置、和/或形式。Still referring to FIG. 77 , instrument feedback menu 5036 may include a number of feedback categories and may relate to feedback data being measured and/or detected by surgical instrument 5020 ( FIG. 93 ) during a surgical procedure. As described herein, the surgical instrument 5020 can detect and/or measure, for example, the position of the movable jaws between the open and closed orientations, the thickness of the clamped tissue, the clamping force on the clamped tissue, the position of the DLU 5022 Articulation, and/or position, velocity, and/or force of a firing element. Additionally, a feedback controller 5016 ( FIG. 93 ) in signal communication with the surgical instrument 5020 can provide sensed feedback to the display 5002 , which can provide the feedback in the second information layer 5012 . As described herein, the selection, setting, and/or form of feedback data displayed in the second information layer 5012 can be modified, for example, based on user input to the touchscreen 5004 .
在各种实施例中,控制面板5030的显示菜单5060可涉及多个类目,例如,单位体系5062和/或数据模式5064。在某些实施例中,使用者可选择单位体系类目5062以在单位体系之间(例如,在公制单位和美国惯用单位之间)切换。另外,使用者可选择例如数据模式类目5064,以在反馈数据的数字表示类型(图79-81)和/或反馈数据的图形表示类型(图82-83)之间切换。反馈数据的数字表示可显示为例如数值和/或百分比。此外,反馈数据的图形表示可显示为例如时间函数(图82)和/或距离函数(图83)。如本文所述,使用者可从控制面板5030选择器械控制器菜单5070,以输入用于外科器械5020(图93)的指令,所述指令可经由例如器械控制器5016(图93)和/或微控制器来执行。In various embodiments, the display menu 5060 of the control panel 5030 can relate to multiple categories, eg, unit system 5062 and/or data schema 5064 . In some embodiments, the user may select the unit system category 5062 to switch between unit systems (eg, between metric units and US customary units). In addition, the user may select, for example, data mode category 5064 to switch between types of numerical representations of feedback data (FIGS. 79-81) and/or types of graphical representations of feedback data (FIGS. 82-83). Numerical representations of feedback data may be displayed, for example, as numerical values and/or percentages. Additionally, graphical representations of feedback data may be displayed, for example, as a function of time (FIG. 82) and/or distance (FIG. 83). As described herein, the user can select the instrument controller menu 5070 from the control panel 5030 to enter commands for the surgical instrument 5020 (FIG. microcontroller to perform.
现在参见图78,第二信息层5012可覆盖显示器5002上的第一信息层5010的至少一部分。此外,触摸屏5004可允许使用者相对于显示器5002上的下面第一信息层5010中的视频反馈来调控第二信息层5012。例如,使用者可操作触摸屏5004,以选择、调控、重新格式化、在尺寸方面调整、和/或以其他方式修改显示在第二信息层5012中的信息。在某些实施例中,使用者可使用触摸屏5004,以相对于示于显示器5002上的第一信息层5010中的外科器械5020来调控第二信息层5012。使用者可选择例如其控制面板5030的菜单、类目和/或类别,并且第二信息层5012和/或控制面板5030可被调整以反映使用者的选择。在各种实施例中,使用者可从对应于具体特征结构或示于第一信息层5010中的外科器械5020的特征结构的器械反馈类别5036选择类别。对应于使用者所选类目的反馈可相对于外科器械5020的特定特征结构移动、自身定位、和/或“卡扣”到显示器5002上的某一位置。例如,所选的反馈可移动到靠近和/或覆盖示于第一信息层5010中的外科器械5020的特定特征结构的位置。Referring now to FIG. 78 , the second information layer 5012 can cover at least a portion of the first information layer 5010 on the display 5002 . Additionally, the touch screen 5004 may allow the user to manipulate the second information layer 5012 relative to the visual feedback in the underlying first information layer 5010 on the display 5002 . For example, a user may operate touchscreen 5004 to select, manipulate, reformat, resize, and/or otherwise modify information displayed in second information layer 5012 . In certain embodiments, a user may use touch screen 5004 to manipulate second information layer 5012 relative to surgical instrument 5020 in first information layer 5010 shown on display 5002 . A user may select, for example, menus, categories, and/or categories of their control panel 5030, and the second information layer 5012 and/or control panel 5030 may be adjusted to reflect the user's selection. In various embodiments, the user may select a category from the instrument feedback category 5036 corresponding to a particular feature or feature of the surgical instrument 5020 shown in the first layer of information 5010 . Feedback corresponding to a user-selected category may move relative to a particular feature of surgical instrument 5020 , position itself, and/or “snap” into a position on display 5002 . For example, the selected feedback may be moved to a location proximate to and/or overlaying a particular feature of the surgical instrument 5020 shown in the first layer of information 5010 .
参见图79和图80,如果使用者例如从器械反馈菜单5036选择刀进度类目5040,则与刀进度相关的感测数据和/或信息可例如相对于示于第一信息层5010中的DLU 5022的刀来移动和/或“卡扣”到第二信息层5012中的某一位置。此外,在使用者从器械反馈菜单5036选择期望的类目之后,控制面板5030可折叠和/或最小化。与刀进度相关的反馈数据5052可示于显示器5002上第一信息层5010所示的DLU 5022的检测刀附近,并且例如当刀平移和/或运动穿过DLU 5022时,可在刀靠近击发行程的起始处的第一位置(图79)和刀靠近击发行程的远侧端部的第二位置(图80)之间运动。例如,当刀已平移距离Xmm时,与刀进度相关的数据5052可定位在第一位置(图79)中,并且当刀已平移距离Ymm时,与刀进度相关的数据5052可定位在第二位置(图80)中。在此类实施例中,操作者可通过观察屏幕5002上的反馈数据5052来跟踪击发行程期间的刀进度。例如,当DLU 5022的刀例如被端部执行器钳口5024和/或组织T阻挡而不能观察时,操作者可基于反馈数据5052的变化值和/或反馈数据5052相对于下面第一信息层5010所示的DLU 5022的移动位置来跟踪和/或近似DLU 5020中的刀的位置。此外,显示器5002可结合刀进度的数字表示以及刀进度的图示表示和/或符号表示。例如,符号5054(例如箭头)例如可相对于下面第一信息层5010所示的DLU 5022移动和/或延伸,以示出穿过DLU 5022的刀进度。仍然参见附图79和图80,当刀例如从靠近击发行程(图79)的起始处的位置朝远侧向靠近击发行程(图80)的远侧端部的位置推进时,符号5054可例如朝远侧延伸。Referring to FIGS. 79 and 80 , if the user selects the knife progress category 5040 , for example, from the instrument feedback menu 5036 , sensory data and/or information related to knife progress may be displayed relative to the DLU in the first information layer 5010 , for example. 5022 to move and/or "snap" into position in the second information layer 5012. Additionally, after the user selects a desired category from the instrument feedback menu 5036, the control panel 5030 may be collapsed and/or minimized. Feedback data 5052 related to knife progress can be shown on the display 5002 in the vicinity of the detected knife of the DLU 5022 shown in the first information layer 5010 and, for example, as the knife translates and/or moves through the DLU 5022, when the knife approaches the firing stroke. Movement between a first position (FIG. 79) at the beginning of the knife and a second position (FIG. 80) of the knife near the distal end of the firing stroke. For example, when the knife has translated a distance Xmm, the data 5052 related to knife progress can be positioned in a first position (FIG. 79), and when the knife has translated a distance Ymm, the data 5052 related to knife progress can be positioned in a second position. location (Figure 80). In such embodiments, the operator can track the progress of the knife during the firing stroke by viewing the feedback data 5052 on the screen 5002 . For example, when the knife of the DLU 5022 cannot be viewed, for example, by the end effector jaws 5024 and/or the tissue T, the operator can base the change value of the feedback data 5052 and/or the feedback data 5052 on the underlying first layer of information. The moving position of the DLU 5022 shown at 5010 to track and/or approximate the position of the knife in the DLU 5020. Additionally, display 5002 may incorporate numerical representations of knife progress as well as graphical and/or symbolic representations of knife progress. For example, a symbol 5054 (eg, an arrow) may move and/or extend relative to the DLU 5022 shown on the first layer of information 5010 below, for example, to show the progress of the knife through the DLU 5022 . Still referring to FIGS. 79 and 80 , when the knife is advanced distally, for example, from a position near the beginning of the firing stroke ( FIG. 79 ) to a position near the distal end of the firing stroke ( FIG. 80 ), symbol 5054 may For example extending distally.
在各种实施例中,使用者可从器械反馈菜单5036选择反馈数据的一个或多个不同类目,并且反馈数据的不同类目可显示在显示器5002上的第二信息层5012中。在此类实施例中,当使用者从器械反馈菜单5036选择反馈数据的不同类目时,反馈数据的数字表示和/或符号表示可相对于下面第一信息层5010所示的DLU 5022移动到显示器5002上的适当位置。例如,如果使用者从器械反馈菜单5036选择钳口位置类目5038,则与可运动钳口在打开位置和夹持位置之间的位置相关的反馈数据例如可显示在第二信息层5012中,并且可移动到显示器5002上的外科器械5020的可运动钳口5024附近的位置。此外,如果选择刀速度类目5042,则与刀速度相关的反馈数据5058(图82)可显示在第二信息层5012中,并且可移动到显示器5002上的DLU 5022中的刀附近的位置,这类似于上文所述的数字数据5052和/或符号5054。例如,如果使用者选择组织厚度类目5044,则与所检测的组织厚度相关的反馈数据可显示在第二信息层5012中,并且可移动到显示器5002上的测量组织T附近的位置。此外,在至少一个实施例中,第二信息层5012可包括可显示所检测的组织厚度的标度和/或标尺。使用者可例如相对于第一信息层5010所示的下面组织T经由触摸屏5004来移动标尺,这可有利于使用者理解组织厚度变化。例如,如果使用者选择端部执行器关节运动类目5046,则与DLU 5022的关节运动相关的反馈数据5252(图84-88)可显示在第二信息层5012中,并且可移动到显示器5002上的DLU 5022的关节运动接头5026(图84和图85)附近的位置。例如,如果使用者选择击发力类目5048,则与由刀施加到组织上的击发力相关的反馈数据可显示在第二信息层5012中,并且可定位在显示器5002上的DLU 5022的刀附近。另外,例如,在击发行程期间,与由刀施加的击发力相关的反馈数据可随着刀相对于DLU 5022移动而在第二信息层5012中移动。此外,如果选择夹持力类目5050,则与组织T上的夹持力相关的反馈数据5158(图83)可示于第二信息层5012中,并且可在下面第一信息层5010所示的DLU5022附近移动。在此类实施例中,例如,与夹持力相关的反馈数据5158可示出夹持期间和/或整个击发行程中沿DLU 5022的长度和/或宽度的夹持压力变化。In various embodiments, the user may select one or more different categories of feedback data from the instrument feedback menu 5036 and the different categories of feedback data may be displayed in the second information layer 5012 on the display 5002 . In such embodiments, when the user selects a different category of feedback data from the instrument feedback menu 5036, the numerical and/or symbolic representation of the feedback data may be shifted to appropriate location on the display 5002. For example, if the user selects the jaw position category 5038 from the instrument feedback menu 5036, feedback data related to the position of the movable jaws between the open position and the clamped position may be displayed in the second information layer 5012, for example, And can be moved to a position near the movable jaw 5024 of the surgical instrument 5020 on the display 5002. Additionally, if the knife speed category 5042 is selected, feedback data 5058 (FIG. 82) related to knife speed can be displayed in the second information layer 5012 and can be moved to a location near the knife in the DLU 5022 on the display 5002, This is similar to numerical data 5052 and/or symbols 5054 described above. For example, if the user selects the tissue thickness category 5044 , feedback data related to the detected tissue thickness can be displayed in the second information layer 5012 and can be moved to a location near the measured tissue T on the display 5002 . Additionally, in at least one embodiment, the second information layer 5012 can include a scale and/or scale that can display the detected tissue thickness. The user can move the scale via the touch screen 5004, eg, relative to the underlying tissue T shown in the first information layer 5010, which can facilitate the user's understanding of tissue thickness variations. For example, if the user selects the end effector articulation category 5046, feedback data 5252 ( FIGS. 84-88 ) related to the articulation of the DLU 5022 can be displayed in the second information layer 5012 and can be moved to the display 5002 Position near the articulation joint 5026 ( FIGS. 84 and 85 ) of the DLU 5022 on the upper body. For example, if the user selects the percussion force category 5048, then feedback data related to the percussion force applied by the knife to the tissue can be displayed in the second information layer 5012 and can be located in the DLU 5022 on the display 5002. near the knife. Additionally, feedback data related to the firing force exerted by the knife may move within the second information layer 5012 as the knife moves relative to the DLU 5022, for example, during the firing stroke. Additionally, if the clamping force category 5050 is selected, feedback data 5158 (FIG. 83) related to clamping force on tissue T may be shown in the second information layer 5012, and may be shown below in the first information layer 5010. moving around the DLU5022. In such embodiments, for example, the clamping force related feedback data 5158 may show changes in clamping pressure along the length and/or width of the DLU 5022 during clamping and/or throughout the firing stroke.
在各种实施例中,第二信息层5012所示的反馈可随着第一信息层5010中的外科器械5020的对应特征结构而移动。例如,当DLU 5022围绕手术部位进行操纵时,DLU 5022可围绕显示器5002移动。在此类实施例中,与DLU 5022相关的反馈(例如钳口位置数据和/或关节运动数据)例如可与DLU 5022一起移动。相关反馈的移动可确保反馈保持在操作者的视野中,而无需操作者从显示器5002上的第一信息层5010所示的外科器械5020的对应特征结构转移目光。此外,相关反馈的移动可确保该反馈不阻挡操作者希望在显示器5002上观察的第一信息层5010所示的外科器械5020的特征结构。In various embodiments, the feedback shown by the second layer of information 5012 may move with corresponding features of the surgical instrument 5020 in the first layer of information 5010 . For example, DLU 5022 may move around display 5002 as DLU 5022 is maneuvered around a surgical site. In such embodiments, feedback related to DLU 5022 (eg, jaw position data and/or articulation data) may move with DLU 5022, for example. Movement of the associated feedback may ensure that the feedback remains in the operator's field of view without requiring the operator to look away from the corresponding feature of the surgical instrument 5020 shown on the first information layer 5010 on the display 5002 . Furthermore, the movement of the relevant feedback can ensure that the feedback does not block features of the surgical instrument 5020 shown in the first information layer 5010 that the operator wishes to view on the display 5002 .
在某些实施例中,使用者可选择多个反馈类目以同时在显示器5002上观察。此外,所选择的反馈可自动地布置在显示器5002上,以将相关数据按照不重叠的布置方式显示在第二信息层5012中。换句话讲,例如,显示在第二信息层5012中的反馈可不与显示在第二信息层5012中的其他反馈重叠;然而,此类反馈可与显示在显示器5002上的第一信息层5010的视频反馈重叠。在各种实施例中,当反馈数据相对于下面的第一信息层5010所示的外科器械5020移动和/或“卡扣”到屏幕上的某一位置时,使用者可通过将反馈数据“拖放”到第二信息层5012中的其他位置来替换默认位置。In some embodiments, the user can select multiple feedback categories to view on the display 5002 at the same time. Additionally, selected feedback can be automatically arranged on the display 5002 to display relevant data in the second information layer 5012 in a non-overlapping arrangement. In other words, for example, feedback displayed in the second information layer 5012 may not overlap other feedback displayed in the second information layer 5012; however, such feedback may overlap with the first information layer 5010 displayed on the display 5002 The video feed overlaps. In various embodiments, when the feedback data moves and/or "snaps" into place on the screen relative to the surgical instrument 5020 shown in the underlying first layer of information 5010, the user can click the feedback data " Drag and drop" to other locations in the second information layer 5012 to replace the default location.
现在参见图81,刀进度的符号表示5056(例如,刀和/或刀边缘的十字、靶心、和/或图形表示)可移动到与第一信息层5010所示的刀位置重叠的第二信息层5012中的位置。在某些实施例中,甚至当刀在显示器5002上不可见时(例如,如果刀的事先被阻挡),刀的符号表示5056可移动并且/或者跟随屏幕5002上的DLU 5022中的刀的检测位置。例如,在击发行程的起始处附近,符号表示5056可相对于的DLU 5022处于第一位置,并且在击发行程末端附近,符号表示5056相对于DLU 5022移动到第二位置。Referring now to FIG. 81 , a symbolic representation 5056 of knife progress (e.g., a cross, a bull's-eye, and/or a graphical representation of the knife and/or knife edge) can be moved to a second information layer that overlaps the knife position shown in the first information layer 5010. Location in layer 5012. In some embodiments, even when the knife is not visible on the display 5002 (e.g., if the knife was previously blocked), the symbolic representation 5056 of the knife can move and/or follow the detection of the knife in the DLU 5022 on the screen 5002 Location. For example, near the beginning of the firing stroke, symbolic representation 5056 may be in a first position relative to DLU 5022, and near the end of the firing stroke, symbolic representation 5056 may be moved to a second position relative to DLU 5022.
在各种实施例中,使用者经由触摸屏5004选择的反馈可“卡扣”到显示器5002上的拐角、边缘、和/或其他预定位置。例如,仍参见图81,与刀进度相关的数字数据5052可移动到显示器5002的拐角。除此之外或另选地,使用者可与触摸屏5004进行交互,以将数字数据5052移动到触摸屏5004上的不同位置。基于第一信息层5010中的下面外科器械5020的位置,使用者可将数字数据5052移动到第二信息层5012中的某一位置,使得DLU 5022的对应和/或特定特征结构不被数字数据5052阻挡和/或阻碍。除此之外或另选地,使用者可将数字数据5052移动到DLU 5022的对应特征结构附近的位置,使得使用者可易于同时观察对应的DLU 5022特征结构和数字数据5052。In various embodiments, feedback selected by the user via touchscreen 5004 may “snap” into corners, edges, and/or other predetermined locations on display 5002 . For example, still referring to FIG. 81 , numerical data 5052 related to knife progress can be moved to a corner of display 5002 . Additionally or alternatively, a user may interact with touch screen 5004 to move digital data 5052 to a different location on touch screen 5004 . Based on the location of the underlying surgical instrument 5020 in the first information layer 5010, the user can move the digital data 5052 to a position in the second information layer 5012 such that the corresponding and/or specific features of the DLU 5022 are not replaced by the digital data. 5052 blocking and/or hindering. Additionally or alternatively, the user can move the digital data 5052 to a location near the corresponding feature structure of the DLU 5022 so that the user can easily view the corresponding DLU 5022 feature structure and the digital data 5052 at the same time.
参见图84和图85,来自反馈控制器5016(图93)的反馈数据的符号表示5254(图85)可包含在第二信息层5012中。例如,DLU 5022的关节运动的符号表示5254(例如,张角和/或对弧)可示于第二信息层5012中,并且可移动到显示器5002上与第一信息层5010所示的外科器械5020的关节运动接头5026靠近和/或重叠的位置。例如,对弧可在由非关节运动的DLU 5022(图84)限定的轴线A和由关节运动的DLU 5022(图85)限定的轴线A’之间延伸。在某些实施例中,甚至当关节运动接头5026在屏幕上不可见时,关节运动角度的符号表示5254可见于第二信息层5012中。例如,如果关节运动接头5026未定位在内窥镜的视野内和/或被阻碍或阻挡,则关节运动角度的符号表示5254可向使用者提供关节运动的可见指示。在各种实施例中,符号表示5252可随着DLU 5022的运动和/或关节运动而调整和/或变化。例如,符号表示5254可为箭头弧或线,所述箭头弧或线可从DLU 5022的初始位置和/或非关节运动位置(图84)朝DLU 5022的关节运动位置(图85)(如通过器械5020所检测)延伸。此外,在各种实施例中,符号表示5254可相对于第一信息层所示的DLU 5022“卡扣”到某一位置,使得符号表示5254与DLU 5022重叠和/或对准。例如,主要参见图85,关节运动角度的符号表示5254可移动到显示器5002上的第一信息层5010所示的关节运动接头5026处和/或附近,并且可在由处于初始和/或非关节运动位置的DLU 5022限定的轴线A与当DLU 5022进行关节运动时由DLU 5022限定的轴线A’之间延长。Referring to FIGS. 84 and 85 , a symbolic representation 5254 ( FIG. 85 ) of feedback data from the feedback controller 5016 ( FIG. 93 ) may be included in the second information layer 5012 . For example, a symbolic representation 5254 of the articulation of the DLU 5022 (e.g., opening angle and/or anti-arc) can be shown in the second information layer 5012 and can be moved to the display 5002 with the surgical instrument shown in the first information layer 5010 Articulation joints 5026 of 5020 proximate and/or overlap locations. For example, an arc of alignment may extend between axis A defined by the non-articulating DLU 5022 (FIG. 84) and axis A' defined by the articulating DLU 5022 (FIG. 85). In some embodiments, the symbolic representation 5254 of the articulation angle is visible in the second information layer 5012 even when the articulation joint 5026 is not visible on the screen. For example, if the articulation joint 5026 is not positioned within the field of view of the endoscope and/or is obstructed or obstructed, the symbolic representation of the articulation angle 5254 can provide the user with a visual indication of the articulation. In various embodiments, symbolic representation 5252 may adjust and/or change as DLU 5022 moves and/or articulates. For example, symbolic representation 5254 may be an arrow arc or line that may move from an initial position and/or a non-articulation position (FIG. 84) of DLU 5022 toward an articulation position (FIG. 85) of DLU 5022 (eg, by Instrument 5020 detects) extension. Furthermore, in various embodiments, the symbolic representation 5254 may "snap" into a position relative to the DLU 5022 shown on the first layer of information such that the symbolic representation 5254 overlaps and/or aligns with the DLU 5022 . For example, referring primarily to FIG. 85 , the articulation angle symbolic representation 5254 can be moved to and/or near the articulation joint 5026 shown on the first information layer 5010 on the display 5002 and can be moved between initial and/or non-articulation joints. There is an elongation between the axis A defined by the DLU 5022 in the kinematic position and the axis A' defined by the DLU 5022 when the DLU 5022 is articulated.
此外,在各种实施例中,与DLU 5022的关节运动相关的数字数据5252可显示在显示器5002上的第二信息层5012中。此外,数据5252可随着DLU 5022的关节运动而变化。例如,第二信息层5012可在DLU 5022进行关节运动之前(图84)示出X°的关节运动,并且可在DLU 5022进行关节运动之后(图85)示出Y°的关节运动。在各种实施例中,与DLU 5022的关节运动相关的反馈数据5252可例如在第一信息层5010所示的外科器械5020的关节运动接头5026处和/或附近显示在第二信息层5012中。使用者可例如相对于显示在第一信息层5010中的视频反馈利用触摸屏5004来移动、在尺寸方面调整、最小化、和/或以其他方式调控显示在第二信息层5012中的关节运动数据5252。除此之外或另选地,使用者可与触摸屏5004进行交互,以将符号表示5254和/或数字数据5252移动到触摸屏5004上的不同位置。基于第一信息层5010中的下面外科器械5020的位置,使用者可将数字数据5252移动到第二信息层5012中的某一位置,使得DLU 5022的特定特征结构不被数字数据5252阻挡和/或阻碍。除此之外或另选地,使用者可将数字数据5252移动到DLU 5022的对应特征结构附近的位置,使得使用者可易于同时观察对应的DLU 5022特征结构和数字数据5252。Additionally, in various embodiments, digital data 5252 related to the articulation of the DLU 5022 may be displayed in the second information layer 5012 on the display 5002 . Additionally, data 5252 may change as DLU 5022 articulates. For example, the second information layer 5012 may show articulation of X° before articulation of DLU 5022 ( FIG. 84 ), and may show articulation of Y° after articulation of DLU 5022 ( FIG. 85 ). In various embodiments, feedback data 5252 related to articulation of the DLU 5022 may be displayed in the second information layer 5012, for example, at and/or near the articulation joint 5026 of the surgical instrument 5020 shown in the first information layer 5010 . A user may, for example, utilize the touchscreen 5004 to move, resize, minimize, and/or otherwise manipulate the articulation data displayed in the second information layer 5012 relative to the video feedback displayed in the first information layer 5010 5252. Additionally or alternatively, a user may interact with touch screen 5004 to move symbolic representation 5254 and/or numerical data 5252 to different locations on touch screen 5004 . Based on the location of the underlying surgical instrument 5020 in the first information layer 5010, the user can move the digital data 5252 to a location in the second information layer 5012 such that certain features of the DLU 5022 are not blocked by the digital data 5252 and/or or hinder. Additionally or alternatively, the user can move the digital data 5252 to a position near the corresponding feature structure of the DLU 5022 so that the user can easily view the corresponding DLU 5022 feature structure and the digital data 5252 at the same time.
现在参见图82,可例如通过触摸屏5004从控制面板5030的显示菜单5060选择图形表示。在此类实施例中,反馈5058的图形表示可显示在显示器5002上的第二信息层5012中。使用者可选择图形表示来观察来自外科器械5020和/或其控制器的相对于时间和/或空间的测量数据和/或感测数据。例如,使用者可期望观察整个击发行程中的击发元件的速度,并且因此可从器械反馈菜单5036(图78)选择刀速度类目5042(图78)。在此类实施例中,刀速度的图形表示5058可例如在击发行程期间持续获得数据点并且生长。在各种实施例中,在击发行程完成时,图形表示5058可示出刀的“软”启动周期5057和/或“软”止动周期5059。此外,图形表示5058可定位在显示器5002上,使得沿端部执行器钳口5024的长度的特定位置处的刀的速度对应于沿第一信息层5010所示的端部执行器钳口5022的长度的特定位置。例如,图形表示5058可开始于第一信息层5010所示的穿过DLU 5022的刀路径的起始处和/或附近,并且可终止于例如第一信息层5010所示的穿过DLU 5022的刀路径的末端处和/或附近。此外,如本文所述,图形表示5058可“卡扣”到屏幕上的适当位置,并且使用者可根据需要利用触摸屏5004来移动和/或在尺寸方面调整图形表示5058。在某些实施例中,击发速度的数字表示可与图形表示5058一起示于第二信息层5012中。Referring now to FIG. 82 , a graphical representation may be selected from display menu 5060 of control panel 5030 , for example, via touch screen 5004 . In such embodiments, a graphical representation of feedback 5058 may be displayed in second information layer 5012 on display 5002 . A user may select a graphical representation to view measured and/or sensed data from surgical instrument 5020 and/or its controller versus time and/or space. For example, a user may desire to observe the velocity of the firing element throughout the firing stroke, and thus may select the knife speed category 5042 (FIG. 78) from the instrument feedback menu 5036 (FIG. 78). In such embodiments, the graphical representation 5058 of knife velocity may continue to acquire data points and grow, for example, during the firing stroke. In various embodiments, the graphical representation 5058 may show a "soft" start period 5057 and/or a "soft" detent period 5059 of the knife upon completion of the firing stroke. Additionally, graphical representation 5058 may be positioned on display 5002 such that the velocity of the knife at a particular location along the length of end effector jaw 5024 corresponds to the velocity of end effector jaw 5022 shown in first layer of information 5010. A specific location for the length. For example, graphical representation 5058 may begin at and/or near the beginning of a knife path through DLU 5022 as shown in first layer of information 5010, and may end at, for example, a knife path through DLU 5022 as shown in first layer of information 5010. At and/or near the end of the toolpath. Additionally, as described herein, graphical representation 5058 may "snap" into place on the screen, and the user may utilize touch screen 5004 to move and/or resize graphical representation 5058 as desired. In certain embodiments, a numerical representation of the firing rate may be shown in the second information layer 5012 along with the graphical representation 5058 .
现在参见图83,在各种实施例中,使用者可期望观察沿端部执行器钳口5024的长度和/宽度的施加到组织T上的夹持力,并且因此,可从器械反馈菜单5036(图78)选择夹持力类目5050(图78)。在此类实施例中,夹持力的图形表示5158可示于第二信息层5012中。在一些实施例中,图形表示5158可相对于第一信息层5010所示的夹持组织布置在第二信息层5012中。例如,图形表示5158可开始于第一信息层5010所示的钳口5024的近侧端部处和/或附近,并且可例如终止于第一信息层5010所示的钳口5024的远侧端部处和/或附近。此外,如本文所述,图形表示5158可“卡扣”到屏幕上的适当位置,并且使用者可例如利用触摸屏5004来移动和/或在尺寸方面调整图形表示5158。在某些实施例中,图形表示可在使用期间有所变化以反应例如击发行程期间的夹持压力变化。Referring now to FIG. 83 , in various embodiments, the user may desire to observe the gripping force applied to the tissue T along the length and/or width of the end effector jaws 5024 and, accordingly, may obtain feedback from the instrument feedback menu 5036 (FIG. 78) Select the Clamping Force category 5050 (FIG. 78). In such embodiments, a graphical representation 5158 of clamping force may be shown in the second information layer 5012 . In some embodiments, the graphical representation 5158 may be arranged in the second information layer 5012 relative to the clamped tissue shown in the first information layer 5010 . For example, the graphical representation 5158 can begin at and/or near the proximal end of the jaw 5024 shown in the first layer of information 5010 and can end, for example, at the distal end of the jaw 5024 shown in the first layer of information 5010 at and/or nearby. Additionally, graphical representation 5158 may “snap” into place on the screen, and a user may move and/or resize graphical representation 5158 , eg, using touch screen 5004 , as described herein. In certain embodiments, the graphical representation may change during use to reflect changes in clamping pressure, for example, during the firing stroke.
参见图86-88,在各种实施例中,使用者可与触摸屏5004进行交互,以经由器械控制器5016和/或微控制器来将控制和/或指令输入到外科器械5020。例如,使用者可输入以下控制,所述控制涉及使DLU 5022进行关节运动、使端部执行器钳口5024夹持、推进和/或回缩切割元件、和/或从DLU 5022射出钉。在各种实施例中,使用者可经由触摸屏5004从控制面板5030选择器械控制器类目5070以启动器械控制状态,使得使用者可经由触摸屏5004控制外科器械5020。当触摸屏5004被启动以用于器械控制时,使用者可与触摸屏5004进行交互以控制外科器械5020。例如,使用者可与第二信息层5012中的控制按钮和/或图标进行交互并且/或者可与触摸屏5004上对应于下面外科器械5020的位置进行交互,以例如将指令输入到外科器械5020。86-88, in various embodiments, a user may interact with touch screen 5004 to input controls and/or instructions to surgical instrument 5020 via instrument controller 5016 and/or microcontroller. For example, a user may input controls that involve articulating the DLU 5022 , gripping the end effector jaws 5024 , advancing and/or retracting a cutting element, and/or firing staples from the DLU 5022 . In various embodiments, a user may select instrument controller category 5070 from control panel 5030 via touch screen 5004 to activate an instrument control state such that the user may control surgical instrument 5020 via touch screen 5004 . When touchscreen 5004 is activated for instrument control, a user may interact with touchscreen 5004 to control surgical instrument 5020 . For example, a user may interact with control buttons and/or icons in second information layer 5012 and/or may interact with a location on touch screen 5004 that corresponds to underlying surgical instrument 5020 to enter instructions into surgical instrument 5020, for example.
例如,参见图86,使用者可与触摸屏5004进行交互,以指示例如DLU 5022的期望的关节运动方向和程度。在某些实施例中,使用者可在触摸屏5004上从DLU 5022处和/附近朝端部执行器5002的期望关节运动位置拖动接触点。参见图86,使用者可描记从第一信息层5010所示的DLU 5022处和/或附近到DLU 5022的期望关节运动位置的线或弧5352。例如,弧5352可从和/或近似从由DLU 5022限定的轴线A延伸,并且弧5352可延伸到由DLU 5022的期望关节运动位置限定的轴线A’。此外,弧5352可例如沿由箭头5354指示的方向延伸。在某些实施例中,当使用者经由触摸屏5004输入期望的关节运动时,弧5352可不出现在第二信息层5010中。在各种实施例中,触摸屏5004可将期望的关节运动角度传送到器械控制器5016(图93)和/或微控制器,这可实现DLU 5022到期望关节运动角度的关节运动。现在参见图88,器械控制器5016(图93)和/或微控制器可例如基于使用者经由触摸屏5004的输入来实现DLU 5022到轴线A’的关节运动。For example, referring to FIG. 86, a user may interact with the touch screen 5004 to indicate a desired direction and degree of articulation of the DLU 5022, for example. In certain embodiments, a user may drag a contact point on touch screen 5004 from at and/near DLU 5022 toward a desired articulation position of end effector 5002 . Referring to FIG. 86 , the user may trace a line or arc 5352 from at and/or near the DLU 5022 shown in the first layer of information 5010 to the desired articulation position of the DLU 5022 . For example, arc 5352 can extend from and/or approximately from axis A defined by DLU 5022, and arc 5352 can extend to axis A' defined by a desired articulation position of DLU 5022. Furthermore, arc 5352 may extend, for example, in the direction indicated by arrow 5354 . In some embodiments, the arc 5352 may not appear in the second information layer 5010 when a user inputs a desired articulation via the touchscreen 5004 . In various embodiments, the touch screen 5004 can communicate the desired articulation angle to the instrument controller 5016 (FIG. 93) and/or microcontroller, which can effectuate the articulation of the DLU 5022 to the desired articulation angle. Referring now to FIG. 88 , instrument controller 5016 ( FIG. 93 ) and/or a microcontroller may effectuate articulation of DLU 5022 to axis A', eg, based on user input via touch screen 5004.
主要参见图87,在各种实施例中,使用者可与第一信息层5012中的控制按钮、示意图、和/或图标进行交互,以将指令输入到外科器械5020。例如,第一信息层5012可包括符号或图标5356,并且使用者可移动和/或调控图标5356,以实现DLU 5022的关节运动。在各种实施例中,图标5356可包括例如DLU 5022的示意图。此外,使用者可将图标5356拖动到关节运动取向和/或旋转取向,以实现DLU 5022的关节运动。在各种实施例中,线和/或弧5358可指示使用者期望的关节运动的方向和/或程度。例如,弧5358可从图标5356的非关节运动取向延伸到图标5356’的关节运动取向。关节运动的图标5356’可对应于例如DLU 5022的期望关节运动。现在参见图88,器械控制器5016和/或微控制器可例如基于使用者经由触摸屏5004的输入来实现DLU 5022到轴线A’的关节运动。例如,DLU 5022可关节运动到由弧5358限定的张角,所述弧5358介于图87所示的非关节运动图标5356和关节运动图标5356’之间。Referring primarily to FIG. 87 , in various embodiments, a user may interact with control buttons, schematics, and/or icons in the first information layer 5012 to input instructions to the surgical instrument 5020 . For example, first information layer 5012 may include symbols or icons 5356 , and icons 5356 may be moved and/or manipulated by a user to enable articulation of DLU 5022 . In various embodiments, icon 5356 may include, for example, a schematic diagram of DLU 5022 . Additionally, the user can drag the icon 5356 into an articulation orientation and/or a rotational orientation to enable articulation of the DLU 5022 . In various embodiments, the lines and/or arcs 5358 may indicate the direction and/or degree of articulation desired by the user. For example, arc 5358 may extend from the non-articulated orientation of icon 5356 to the articulated orientation of icon 5356′. Articulation icon 5356' may correspond to a desired articulation of DLU 5022, for example. Referring now to FIG. 88, the instrument controller 5016 and/or the microcontroller may effectuate articulation of the DLU 5022 to axis A', for example based on user input via the touch screen 5004. For example, the DLU 5022 can be articulated to an open angle defined by arc 5358, which is between non-articulation icon 5356 and articulation icon 5356' shown in FIG. 87 .
主要参见图89和图90,在各种实施例中,使用者可与触摸屏5004进行交互,以将与钳口5024闭合相关的指令输入到外科器械5020。在某些实施例中,使用者可在触摸屏5004上从可运动钳口5024处和/或附近朝可运动钳口5024的闭合取向拖动接触点,以启动钳口5024的闭合。例如,使用者可描记从第一信息层5010所示的可运动钳口5024处和/或附近到可运动钳口5024的期望闭合取向的线或弧5362(图89)。在各种实施例中,触摸屏5004可将闭合动作传送到器械控制器5016和/或微控制器,这可实现可运动钳口5024的闭合。在某些实施例中,由使用者描记在触摸屏5004上的弧5362可从或近似从由可运动钳口5024限定的轴线A延伸,并且弧5362可延伸到由可运动钳口5024的期望夹持取向限定的轴线A’(图90)。此外,弧5362可例如沿由箭头5364指示的方向延伸。现在参见图90,器械控制器5016和/或微控制器可例如基于使用者经由触摸屏5004的输入来实现可运动钳口5024到轴线A’的闭合。Referring primarily to FIGS. 89 and 90 , in various embodiments, a user can interact with the touchscreen 5004 to input commands to the surgical instrument 5020 related to the closure of the jaws 5024 . In certain embodiments, the user can drag a point of contact on the touch screen 5004 from at and/or near the movable jaw 5024 toward a closed orientation of the movable jaw 5024 to initiate the closing of the jaw 5024 . For example, the user may trace a line or arc 5362 from at and/or near the movable jaw 5024 shown in the first information layer 5010 to the desired closure orientation of the movable jaw 5024 (FIG. 89). In various embodiments, the touch screen 5004 can communicate the closing action to the instrument controller 5016 and/or microcontroller, which can effectuate the closing of the movable jaws 5024 . In certain embodiments, the arc 5362 traced by the user on the touch screen 5004 can extend from or approximately from the axis A defined by the movable jaw 5024, and the arc 5362 can extend to the desired grip by the movable jaw 5024. Hold the axis A' defined by the orientation (FIG. 90). Furthermore, arc 5362 may extend, for example, in the direction indicated by arrow 5364 . Referring now to FIG. 90, the instrument controller 5016 and/or microcontroller can effectuate the closing of the movable jaw 5024 to the axis A', eg, based on user input via the touch screen 5004.
现在参见图91和图92,在各种实施例中,使用者可与第一信息层5012中的控制按钮和/或图标进行交互,以将指令输入到外科器械5020。例如,第一信息层5012可包括控制界面5072,所述控制界面5072可包括例如按钮5074、5075、5076、5077、5078以用于将指令输入到器械控制器5016和/或微控制器。用于将指令输入到器械控制器5016(图93)和/或微控制器的按钮可涉及例如使DLU 5022进行关节运动、使钳口5024闭合和/或夹持、击发和/或回缩切割元件、和/或从DLU 5022射出钉。使用者可与触摸屏5004进行交互,以从控制界面5072选择按钮。主要参见图91,控制界面5072可包括例如停止/回缩按钮5474、暂停按钮5475、开始按钮5476、加速按钮5477、和/或减速按钮5478。使用者可例如接触开始按钮5476以启动击发行程和/或推进击发元件,接触暂停按钮5475以暂停击发行程,和/或接触停止/回缩按钮5474以停止击发行程和回缩击发元件。此外,使用者可与控制界面5072进行交互,以调节整个击发行程中的击发元件的速度。例如,使用者可接触加速按钮5477以增加击发元件的速度,并且使用者可接触减速按钮5478以降低击发元件的速度。使用者可例如在击发行程的“软”启动阶段之后和/或期间增加击发元件的速度,并且/或者可例如在到达击发行程末端的击发行程的“软”止动阶段降低击发元件的速度。在其他实施例中,控制界面5072可包括例如按钮和/或控件,以用于修改钳口5024的闭合和/或DLU 5022的关节运动。在各种实施例中,当从控制面板5030选择器械控制器5070菜单时和/或当使用者以其他方式选择器械控制状态时,控制界面5072可“卡扣”到第二信息层5012中的某一位置。使用者可例如相对于第一信息层5010和/或显示器5002来移动、调整和/或调控控制界面5072。Referring now to FIGS. 91 and 92 , in various embodiments, a user may interact with control buttons and/or icons in the first information layer 5012 to input instructions to the surgical instrument 5020 . For example, the first information layer 5012 can include a control interface 5072 that can include, for example, buttons 5074, 5075, 5076, 5077, 5078 for inputting instructions to the instrument controller 5016 and/or microcontroller. Buttons for inputting commands to the instrument controller 5016 (FIG. 93) and/or the microcontroller may involve, for example, articulating the DLU 5022, closing and/or clamping the jaws 5024, firing and/or retracting the cutting Components, and/or eject nails from the DLU 5022. A user may interact with touch screen 5004 to select buttons from control interface 5072 . Referring primarily to FIG. 91 , the control interface 5072 can include a stop/retract button 5474 , a pause button 5475 , a start button 5476 , an acceleration button 5477 , and/or a deceleration button 5478 , for example. The user can, for example, contact start button 5476 to initiate the firing stroke and/or advance the firing element, contact pause button 5475 to pause the firing stroke, and/or contact stop/retract button 5474 to stop the firing stroke and retract the firing element. Additionally, a user may interact with control interface 5072 to adjust the velocity of the firing element throughout the firing stroke. For example, the user may contact the accelerator button 5477 to increase the velocity of the firing element, and the user may contact the deceleration button 5478 to decrease the velocity of the firing element. The user may, for example, increase the velocity of the firing element after and/or during a "soft" start phase of the firing stroke, and/or may decrease the velocity of the firing element, eg, during a "soft" detent phase of the firing stroke reaching the end of the firing stroke. In other embodiments, the control interface 5072 may include buttons and/or controls for modifying the closure of the jaws 5024 and/or the articulation of the DLU 5022, for example. In various embodiments, the control interface 5072 can "snap" into the second information layer 5012 when the instrument controller 5070 menu is selected from the control panel 5030 and/or when the user otherwise selects an instrument control state. a certain location. A user may move, adjust and/or manipulate control interface 5072 , for example, relative to first information layer 5010 and/or display 5002 .
在各种实施例中,参见图92,第二信息层5012可包括例如进度条5480,所述进度条5480可指示DLU 5022中的击发元件的位置。进度条5480可在近侧端部5482和远侧端部5488之间延伸,并且可限定击发行程期间的击发元件的最近侧位置和最远侧位置。在各种实施例中,可例如沿着进度条5480来指示击发元件的位置。在某些实施例中,使用者可使用控制界面5072中的控件来调节击发行程。例如,使用者可与控制界面5072进行交互,以基于沿进度条5480的击发元件的指示位置来启动和/或终止击发行程的“软”启动阶段和/或“软”止动阶段。此外,进度条5480可包括测量标记和/或导标5484、5486,所述测量标记和/或导标5484、5486可被设定到例如进度条5480上的“软”启动和/或“软”止动阶段可开始和/或结束的位置。导标5484、5486可在击发行程期间向使用者提供视觉提示,以例如利用加速按钮5077启动和/或终止“软”启动周期,并且/或者利用减速按钮5078启动和/或终止“软”止动阶段。在各种实施例中,导标5484、5486的位置可由使用者预先设定。In various embodiments, referring to FIG. 92 , the second information layer 5012 can include, for example, a progress bar 5480 that can indicate the location of the firing element in the DLU 5022 . The progress bar 5480 can extend between the proximal end 5482 and the distal end 5488 and can define the proximal-most and distal-most positions of the firing element during the firing stroke. In various embodiments, the position of the firing element can be indicated, for example, along the progress bar 5480 . In some embodiments, the user can use the controls in the control interface 5072 to adjust the firing stroke. For example, a user may interact with control interface 5072 to initiate and/or terminate a “soft” start phase and/or a “soft” detent phase of the firing stroke based on the indicated position of the firing element along progress bar 5480 . Additionally, the progress bar 5480 may include measurement markers and/or guides 5484, 5486 that may be set to, for example, a "soft" start and/or "soft start" on the progress bar 5480. ” The position at which the detent phase can begin and/or end. The guides 5484, 5486 can provide visual cues to the user during the firing stroke to initiate and/or terminate a "soft" start cycle with the accelerator button 5077, and/or to initiate and/or terminate a "soft" stop with the deceleration button 5078, for example. moving stage. In various embodiments, the positions of the guides 5484, 5486 can be preset by the user.
仍参见图92,在各种实施例中,器械控制器5016和/或微控制器可基于导标5484、5486沿进度条5480的位置来自动地实现击发元件的速度变化。此外,使用者可与触摸屏5004进行交互,以移动和/或调控进度条5480并且由此修改击发行程的“软”启动和/或“软”止动阶段。例如,“软”启动和/或“软”止动阶段可被设定在近侧端部5482和远侧端部5488之间的沿进度条5480的预定位置处。在某些实施例中,使用者可与触摸屏5004进行交互,以移动和/或调节导标5484、5486沿进度条5480长度的位置。例如,使用者可通过拖动和释放导标5484、5486来将导标5484、5486设置在进度条5480上的多个位置之间,以延长和/或缩短击发行程的“软”启动和/或“软”止动阶段。在某些实施例中,使用者可与触摸屏5004进行交互,以移动和/或调节进度条5480的远侧端部5488的位置,从而延长和/或缩短击发行程。例如,使用者例如可朝近侧拖动远侧端部5488以缩短击发行程并且/或者可朝远侧拖动远侧端部5488以延长击发行程。在各种实施例中,器械控制器5016和/或微控制器可例如基于导标5484、5486和/或远侧端部5488沿进度条5480的修改位置来调节击发元件的速度和/或击发行程长度。Still referring to FIG. 92 , in various embodiments, the instrument controller 5016 and/or the microcontroller can automatically implement the velocity change of the firing element based on the position of the guide markers 5484 , 5486 along the progress bar 5480 . In addition, the user may interact with the touch screen 5004 to move and/or adjust the progress bar 5480 and thereby modify the "soft" start and/or "soft" stop phases of the firing stroke. For example, a "soft" start and/or "soft" stop phase may be set at a predetermined location along the progress bar 5480 between the proximal end 5482 and the distal end 5488 . In some embodiments, a user may interact with the touch screen 5004 to move and/or adjust the position of the guides 5484 , 5486 along the length of the progress bar 5480 . For example, the user can position the guides 5484, 5486 between various positions on the progress bar 5480 by dragging and releasing the guides 5484, 5486 to lengthen and/or shorten the "soft" start of the firing stroke and/or or "soft" stopping phase. In some embodiments, the user can interact with the touch screen 5004 to move and/or adjust the position of the distal end 5488 of the progress bar 5480 to lengthen and/or shorten the firing stroke. For example, a user, for example, can drag the distal end 5488 proximally to shorten the firing stroke and/or can drag the distal end 5488 distally to lengthen the firing stroke. In various embodiments, the instrument controller 5016 and/or the microcontroller can adjust the speed and/or firing of the firing element, for example, based on the modified position of the guides 5484, 5486 and/or the distal end 5488 along the progress bar 5480 stroke length.
在各种实施例中,外科器械10可包括至少一个停用机构。如本文更详细所述,此类停用机构可阻止最终使用者擅改外科器械。例如,现在参见图134,示出了功率源2500。功率源2500可用于将功率提供到外科器械(例如,外科器械10(参见图1)),并且在许多方面类似于本文档在别处描述的其他功率源(例如,功率源200(参见图1))和Zemlok‘763更详细描述的其他类型的功率源,该专利全文已以引用方式并入本文。为了保护功率源2500以防擅改,功率源2500可被构造成能够在其被擅改的情况下变得不能操作或失活。例如,功率源2500可例如通过停止接收、存储、和/或传输能量而变得失活。阻止篡改可确保功率源2500在与外科器械10一起使用期间的正确操作。In various embodiments, surgical instrument 10 may include at least one deactivation mechanism. As described in more detail herein, such deactivation mechanisms can deter the end user from tampering with the surgical instrument. For example, referring now to FIG. 134, a power source 2500 is shown. Power source 2500 may be used to provide power to a surgical instrument (e.g., surgical instrument 10 (see FIG. 1)), and is similar in many respects to other power sources described elsewhere in this document (e.g., power source 200 (see FIG. 1) ) and other types of power sources described in more detail in Zemlok '763, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. To protect power source 2500 from tampering, power source 2500 may be configured to become inoperable or deactivated if it is tampered with. For example, power source 2500 may become inactive, such as by ceasing to receive, store, and/or transmit energy. Deterring tampering may ensure proper operation of power source 2500 during use with surgical instrument 10 .
参见图134和图135,功率源2500可包括外部壳体2502,所述外部壳体2502可包封功率源2500的各种部件,例如电池组2510。壳体2502可包括第一壳体2504和可分离地联接到第一壳体2504的第二壳体2506,如图135所示。在某些情况下,壳体2504和壳体2056可由热塑性材料(例如,聚碳酸酯)形成。另选地,可使用具有适当特性的其他材料。此外,壳体2504和壳体2506可通过一种或多种紧固技术(例如,粘合剂、焊接、互锁结构、和/或螺钉)进行相互联接。在一个示例中,壳体2504和壳体2506可经由卡扣配合型接合来固定到一起。在另一个示例中,壳体2504和壳体2506可通过紧固构件2508固定到一起,如图135所示。Referring to FIGS. 134 and 135 , the power source 2500 can include an outer housing 2502 that can enclose various components of the power source 2500 , such as a battery pack 2510 . Housing 2502 may include a first housing 2504 and a second housing 2506 detachably coupled to first housing 2504, as shown in FIG. 135 . In some cases, housing 2504 and housing 2056 may be formed from a thermoplastic material (eg, polycarbonate). Alternatively, other materials with suitable properties may be used. Additionally, housing 2504 and housing 2506 may be coupled to each other by one or more fastening techniques (eg, adhesives, welding, interlocking structures, and/or screws). In one example, housing 2504 and housing 2506 may be secured together via a snap-fit type engagement. In another example, housing 2504 and housing 2506 may be secured together by fastening members 2508, as shown in FIG. 135 .
参见图135-137,功率源2500可包括停用机构2512,所述停用机构2512可在功率源2500受到损害的情况下使得功率源2500不能操作。例如,如果壳体2502被擅改,则停用机构2512可使得功率源2500不能操作。如图135-137所示,停用机构2512可包括电路2514,所述电路2514可包括可断开部分2516(参见图136)。在某些示例中,可断开部分2516可由可易于断裂的导电材料构成。如图136所示,电路2514可联接到电池组2510并且可允许电流流过,前提条件是可断开部分2516保持完整。如图137所示,断开可断开部分2516可中断电路2514,由此终止通过其的电流流动。对上文进行进一步描述,如图135所示,电路2514可被定位成使得可断开部分2516可在第一壳体2504和第二壳体2506彼此分开时断裂,这可使得在不尽力修复断裂电路2514的情况下,功率源2500不能为外科器械10接收、存储、和/或提供功率。135-137, the power source 2500 can include a disabling mechanism 2512 that can render the power source 2500 inoperable if the power source 2500 is compromised. For example, disabling mechanism 2512 may render power source 2500 inoperable if housing 2502 has been tampered with. As shown in FIGS. 135-137, the deactivation mechanism 2512 may include an electrical circuit 2514, which may include a disconnectable portion 2516 (see FIG. 136). In some examples, the breakable portion 2516 can be constructed of a conductive material that can be easily broken. As shown in FIG. 136, a circuit 2514 can be coupled to the battery pack 2510 and can allow current to flow provided the disconnectable portion 2516 remains intact. As shown in FIG. 137, opening breakable portion 2516 may interrupt electrical circuit 2514, thereby terminating current flow therethrough. Further to the above, as shown in FIG. 135 , the electrical circuit 2514 can be positioned such that the breakable portion 2516 can break when the first housing 2504 and the second housing 2506 are separated from each other, which can make repairs without effort In the event of a break in circuit 2514 , power source 2500 cannot receive, store, and/or provide power to surgical instrument 10 .
参见图135,功率源2500可包括一个或多个电池单元,这取决于器械10的电流负载需求。在各种方面中,功率源2500可包括电池组,例如电池组2510,所述电池组可包括可彼此串联连接的多个电池单元。功率源2500可为可替换的。在某些方面,功率源2500可包括可再充电电池(例如,铅基、镍基、锂离子基等等)。电池单元可为例如3伏锂电池单元,例如CR123A电池单元,但在其他实施例中,可使用不同类型的电池单元(包括具有不同电压水平和/或不同化学品的电池单元)。使用者可从外科器械10断开和移出耗尽的功率源2500并且在其位置中连接已充电的功率源2500。耗尽的功率源2500可随后进行充电和再利用。还可设想到,功率源2500可包括至少一个一次性电池。在各个方面,一次性电池可为约9伏至约30伏。使用者可断开和移出耗尽的一次性功率源2500,并且连接新的一次性功率源2500以对外科器械10提供功率。Referring to FIG. 135 , the power source 2500 may include one or more battery cells, depending on the current load requirements of the instrument 10 . In various aspects, power source 2500 can include a battery pack, such as battery pack 2510, which can include a plurality of battery cells that can be connected in series with one another. Power source 2500 may be replaceable. In some aspects, power source 2500 can include a rechargeable battery (eg, lead-based, nickel-based, lithium-ion based, etc.). The battery cells may be, for example, 3 volt lithium cells, such as CR123A cells, although in other embodiments, different types of cells (including cells with different voltage levels and/or different chemistries) may be used. The user may disconnect and remove the depleted power source 2500 from the surgical instrument 10 and connect the charged power source 2500 in its place. The depleted power source 2500 can then be recharged and reused. It is also contemplated that power source 2500 may include at least one disposable battery. In various aspects, the primary battery can be from about 9 volts to about 30 volts. The user can disconnect and remove the depleted disposable power source 2500 and connect a new disposable power source 2500 to power the surgical instrument 10 .
如上所述,功率源2500可包括可再充电电池单元并且能够可移除地布置在例如外壳12的柄部部分14内(参见图1)。在此类情况下,功率源2500可利用充电器座进行充电,所述充电器座可包括用于对功率源2500充电的功率源。如果功率源2500被擅改,如上所述,则可使用停用机构(例如,停用机构2512)来阻止功率源2500被充电器座进行再充电。例如,电路2514可联接到电池组2510并且能够联接到充电器座,以允许充电器座对电池组2510进行再充电。如上所述,当第一壳体2504与第二壳体2506分开时,可断开部分2516(参见图135)可断开,由此中断流过电路2514的电流,这可阻止充电器座对电池组2510进行再充电。这可有利于阻止最终使用者擅改功率源2500,因为擅改功率源2500可使其不能行再充电以用于结合外科器械10的后续使用。As noted above, the power source 2500 may include a rechargeable battery cell and may be removably disposed within, for example, the handle portion 14 of the housing 12 (see FIG. 1 ). In such cases, power source 2500 may be charged using a charger dock, which may include a power source for charging power source 2500 . If power source 2500 has been tampered with, as described above, a disabling mechanism (eg, disabling mechanism 2512 ) can be used to prevent power source 2500 from being recharged by the charger dock. For example, circuit 2514 may be coupled to battery pack 2510 and can be coupled to a charger dock to allow the charger dock to recharge battery pack 2510 . As mentioned above, when the first housing 2504 is separated from the second housing 2506, the disconnectable portion 2516 (see FIG. 135 ) can be disconnected, thereby interrupting the current flow through the circuit 2514, which can prevent the charger base from being connected to the The battery pack 2510 is recharged. This may be beneficial in deterring an end user from tampering with power source 2500 , since tampering with power source 2500 may render it incapable of recharging for subsequent use in conjunction with surgical instrument 10 .
现在参见图138-141,功率源2500可包括数据存储单元,例如,存储器2552,所述数据存储单元可存储包括有关功率源2500的信息的数据,例如,总可用电量、使用次数、和/或性能。另外,存储器2552可存储有关外科器械10的数据,所述数据包括有关外科器械10在外科手术过程中的操作的各种信息(例如,各种传感器读数、击发次数、使用的仓数)和/或有关治疗患者的信息。存储器2552可包括用于存储软件的任何装置,所述装置包括但不限于ROM(只读存储器)、RAM(随机存取存储器)、PROM(可编程ROM)、EEPROM(电可擦除PROM)、和/或其他计算机可读介质。Referring now to FIGS. 138-141, the power source 2500 can include a data storage unit, such as a memory 2552, that can store data including information about the power source 2500, such as total available power, number of uses, and/or performance. Additionally, memory 2552 may store data regarding surgical instrument 10, including various information regarding the operation of surgical instrument 10 during a surgical procedure (e.g., various sensor readings, number of shots, number of cartridges used) and/or or information about treating patients. Memory 2552 may include any device for storing software, including but not limited to ROM (Read Only Memory), RAM (Random Access Memory), PROM (Programmable ROM), EEPROM (Electrically Erasable PROM), and/or other computer readable media.
对上文进行进一步描述,再次参见图138-141,功率源2500可包括数据访问入口,例如,I/O接口2550,以便访问存储于存储器2552中的数据。例如,I/O接口2550允许存储于功率源2500的存储器2552中的数据被下载到外部计算机装置以用于评估和分析。在某些情况下,I/O接口2550可为有线接口并且可操作地联接到停用机构2512,所述停用机构2512可包括可断裂连接部,所述可断裂连接部可被切断以阻止通过I/O接口2550的数据传输。类似于停用机构2512的可断开部分2516,停用机构2554的可断裂连接部可被定位成使其可在壳体2502被破裂时(例如,在第一壳体2504和第二壳体2506彼此分开时)被切断。Further to the above, referring again to FIGS. 138-141 , the power source 2500 may include a data access portal, eg, an I/O interface 2550 , to access data stored in the memory 2552 . For example, I/O interface 2550 allows data stored in memory 2552 of power source 2500 to be downloaded to an external computer device for evaluation and analysis. In some cases, I/O interface 2550 can be a wired interface and is operably coupled to disabling mechanism 2512, which can include a breakable connection that can be severed to prevent Data transfer through I/O interface 2550. Similar to the breakable portion 2516 of the deactivation mechanism 2512, the breakable connection of the deactivation mechanism 2554 can be positioned so that it can be broken when the housing 2502 is broken (e.g., between the first housing 2504 and the second housing 2504). 2506 when separated from each other) are cut off.
对上文进行进一步描述,如图139-141所示,I/O接口2550可包括连接器2555,所述连接器2555可被构造成能够接纳来自外部计算机装置的对应连接器2556例如以允许数据在存储器2552和计算机装置之间传送。此外,连接器2554可由覆盖件(例如,枢转覆盖件2559)保护,所述枢转覆盖件2559可被构造成能够在锁定位置(参见图139)(其中连接器2554为未暴露的)与解锁位置(参见图140)(其中连接器2554被暴露以接纳对应连接器2556)之间运动。在一个示例中,可使用螺钉2558将枢转覆盖件2559固定到壳体2502。本公开可设想到用于可恢复地覆盖联接器2556的其他装置。对上文进行进一步描述,在某些示例中,连接器2554和2556可包括钥匙和锁型接合,其中连接器2554和2556可包括例如独特的互补几何形状,由此阻止连接器2554接纳其他连接器,以便阻止或至少限制存储于存储器2552内的数据的未授权访问。在某些示例中,连接器2554可定位在壳体2502内,如图141所示,以进一步限制存储于存储器2552中的数据的未授权访问。在此类情况下,可通过分开壳体2502的第一壳体2504和第二壳体2506来访问连接器2554。然而,如上文更详细所述,停用机构2512可在壳体2502破裂时使得功率源2500不能操作,这可进一步阻止试图暴露连接器2554以访问存储于存储器2552中的数据。Further to the above, as shown in FIGS. 139-141, the I/O interface 2550 can include a connector 2555 that can be configured to receive a corresponding connector 2556 from an external computer device, for example to allow data Transfer between the memory 2552 and the computer device. Additionally, the connector 2554 can be protected by a cover (e.g., a pivoting cover 2559) that can be configured to be in a locked position (see FIG. 139) with the connector 2554 unexposed. Movement between an unlocked position (see FIG. 140 ) in which connector 2554 is exposed to receive a corresponding connector 2556 . In one example, pivot cover 2559 may be secured to housing 2502 using screws 2558 . Other means for recoverably covering coupler 2556 are contemplated by this disclosure. Further to the above, in some examples, connectors 2554 and 2556 can include a key and lock type engagement, where connectors 2554 and 2556 can include, for example, unique complementary geometries, thereby preventing connector 2554 from accepting other connections device in order to prevent or at least limit unauthorized access to data stored in memory 2552. In some examples, connector 2554 may be positioned within housing 2502 , as shown in FIG. 141 , to further limit unauthorized access to data stored in memory 2552 . In such cases, connector 2554 may be accessed by separating first housing 2504 and second housing 2506 of housing 2502 . However, as described in greater detail above, disabling mechanism 2512 may render power source 2500 inoperable if housing 2502 is ruptured, which may further discourage attempts to expose connector 2554 to access data stored in memory 2552 .
参见图142,功率源2500可包括可管理储存于存储器2552中的数据的处理器2560。为了保护此类数据以防未授权访问,处理器2560可联接到破裂感测机构2562。例如,处理器2560可联接到电路2514并且可被构造成能够检测可断开部分2516的断裂。在一个示例中,破坏感测机构2562可包括被构造成能够检测壳体2502中的破裂的一个或多个传感器。在任何情况下,当检测到破裂时,处理器2560可被编程以例如通过删除或加密数据来阻止对存储于存储器2552中的数据进行未授权访问。Referring to FIG. 142 , a power source 2500 can include a processor 2560 that can manage data stored in memory 2552 . To protect such data from unauthorized access, processor 2560 may be coupled to a breach sensing mechanism 2562 . For example, processor 2560 may be coupled to circuit 2514 and may be configured to detect breakage of breakable portion 2516 . In one example, breach sensing mechanism 2562 may include one or more sensors configured to detect a breach in housing 2502 . In any event, when a breach is detected, processor 2560 may be programmed to prevent unauthorized access to data stored in memory 2552, for example, by deleting or encrypting the data.
参见图143-145,示出了外科器械2600。外科器械2600在许多方面类似于外科器械10(参见图1)和/或外科器械2100(参见图146)。例如,外科器械2600可包括外壳组件2602,所述外壳组件2602类似于外科器械2100的外壳组件2102和/或外科器械10的外壳12。此外,外科器械2600可包括功率源2500’,所述功率源2500’可用于将功率提供到外科器械2600并且在许多方面类似于本文档在别处描述的其他功率源(例如,功率源2500(参见图134))和Zemlok‘763更详细描述的其他类型的功率源,该专利全文已以引用方式并入本文。此外,如图143所示,功率源2500’可包括电量水平指示器2660,所述电量水平指示器2660可被构造成能够向使用者提供有关功率源2500’的电量水平的反馈。反馈可具有例如声音和/或光形式。功率源2500’可包括一个或多个发光二极管(LED)。处理器2560例如可被编程以控制LED,从而向使用者提供有关功率源2500’的电量水平的反馈,所述电量水平可通过例如电量计来测量。143-145, a surgical instrument 2600 is shown. Surgical instrument 2600 is similar in many respects to surgical instrument 10 (see FIG. 1 ) and/or surgical instrument 2100 (see FIG. 146 ). For example, surgical instrument 2600 may include a housing assembly 2602 that is similar to housing assembly 2102 of surgical instrument 2100 and/or housing 12 of surgical instrument 10 . Additionally, surgical instrument 2600 can include a power source 2500' that can be used to provide power to surgical instrument 2600 and is similar in many respects to other power sources described elsewhere in this document (e.g., power source 2500 (see 134)) and other types of power sources described in more detail in Zemlok '763, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Additionally, as shown in FIG. 143, the power source 2500' can include a charge level indicator 2660 that can be configured to provide feedback to the user regarding the charge level of the power source 2500'. Feedback may be in the form of sound and/or light, for example. The power source 2500' may include one or more light emitting diodes (LEDs). Processor 2560 may, for example, be programmed to control LEDs to provide feedback to the user regarding the charge level of power source 2500', which may be measured by, for example, a fuel gauge.
如图143-145所示,功率源2500’可包括第一LED 2662和第二LED 2664。处理器2560可联接到LED 2662和2664并且可被编程以在从电量计接收到功率源被完全充电的信号时点亮LED 2662和2664两者。此外,处理器2560可被编程以在从电量计接收到功率源耗尽的信号时关闭LED 2662和LED 2664两者。此外,处理器2560可被编程以在从电量计接收到功率源具有用于外科器械2600的仅一次完整操作的足够电量的信号时仅点亮第一LED2662而不点亮第二LED 2664。本公开可设想到用于提示使用者功率源2500’的电量水平的其他装置。143-145, the power source 2500' can include a first LED 2662 and a second LED 2664. Processor 2560 may be coupled to LEDs 2662 and 2664 and may be programmed to illuminate both LEDs 2662 and 2664 upon receiving a signal from the fuel gauge that the power source is fully charged. Additionally, processor 2560 may be programmed to turn off both LED 2662 and LED 2664 upon receiving a signal from the fuel gauge that the power source is depleted. Additionally, the processor 2560 may be programmed to illuminate only the first LED 2662 and not the second LED 2664 upon receiving a signal from the fuel gauge that the power source has sufficient charge for only one complete operation of the surgical instrument 2600 . Other means for alerting the user of the charge level of the power source 2500' are contemplated by the present disclosure.
在某些实施例中,例如,外科器械10的各种部件可为可重复使用的并且各种部件可为可替换的。此外,外科器械10可被至少部分地组装、拆卸、和/或重新组装。例如,外科器械10可被至少部分地拆卸并且可例如与可重复使用的部件和替换部件进行重新组装。另外,外科器械10可在外科手术期间被至少部分地拆卸,以用于清洁、消毒、和/或再处理。随后,可例如重新组装外科器械10。如本文更详细所述,外科器械10的各种特征结构、组件和/或系统可有利于其拆卸和组装。例如,现在参见图146-148,示出了外科器械2100。外科器械2100在许多方面类似于外科器械10(参见图1)。例如,外科器械2100可包括类似于外科器械10的外壳12的外壳组件2102。此外,外壳组件2102可包括若干可拆卸部件2103,所述可拆卸部件2103能够可拆卸地固定到外壳主体2104,例如工作组件2106。外壳组件2102的其他部件能够可拆卸地固定到外壳主体2104。例如,外壳组件2102可包括可替换的功率源2108,所述可替换的功率源2108能够可拆卸地固定到外壳主体2104的柄部部分2110。功率源2108在许多方面类似于本文档在别处描述的其他功率源,例如,功率源200(参见图1)。In certain embodiments, for example, various components of surgical instrument 10 may be reusable and various components may be replaceable. Additionally, surgical instrument 10 may be at least partially assembled, disassembled, and/or reassembled. For example, surgical instrument 10 may be at least partially disassembled and reassembled, eg, with reusable and replacement components. Additionally, surgical instrument 10 may be at least partially disassembled during a surgical procedure for cleaning, disinfection, and/or reprocessing. Subsequently, surgical instrument 10 may be reassembled, for example. As described in greater detail herein, various features, components, and/or systems of surgical instrument 10 may facilitate its disassembly and assembly. For example, referring now to FIGS. 146-148 , a surgical instrument 2100 is shown. Surgical instrument 2100 is similar in many respects to surgical instrument 10 (see FIG. 1 ). For example, surgical instrument 2100 may include a housing assembly 2102 similar to housing 12 of surgical instrument 10 . Additionally, housing assembly 2102 may include a number of detachable components 2103 that can be removably secured to housing body 2104 , such as working assembly 2106 . Other components of housing assembly 2102 can be removably secured to housing body 2104 . For example, the housing assembly 2102 can include a replaceable power source 2108 that can be removably secured to the handle portion 2110 of the housing body 2104 . Power source 2108 is similar in many respects to other power sources described elsewhere in this document, eg, power source 200 (see FIG. 1 ).
再次参见图147,外壳组件2102或者其部件中的一些或全部可为可重复使用的。换句话讲,外壳组件2102或者其部件中的一些或全部可用于多个外科手术中,所述外科手术之间可需要对外壳组件2102进行清洁、消毒、和/或再处理。通过简单和可重复方式可恢复地拆卸外壳组件2102或移除其部件中的一些或全部(例如,工作组件2106)的能力可简化外壳组件2012的清洁、消毒、和/或再处理的步骤并且/或者可降低成本。Referring again to Fig. 147, housing assembly 2102 or some or all of its components may be reusable. In other words, housing assembly 2102, or some or all of its components, may be used in multiple surgical procedures between which cleaning, disinfection, and/or reprocessing of housing assembly 2102 may be required. The ability to reversibly disassemble housing assembly 2102 or remove some or all of its components (e.g., working assembly 2106) in a simple and repeatable manner can simplify the steps of cleaning, disinfecting, and/or reprocessing housing assembly 2012 and / Or can reduce costs.
参见图147,外壳组件2102可在外科手术之后被拆卸,并且所拆卸的外壳组件2102的部件(例如,外壳主体2104、工作组件2106和/或功率源2110)可单独地或结合其他部件进行清洁、消毒、和/或再处理,这取决于每个部件的特性和内部零件。在某些示例中,外壳主体2104可为一次性的。换句话讲,外壳组件2102可在外科手术之后被拆卸并且外壳主体2104可由新外壳主体2104替换。然而,剩余部件可进行清洁、消毒、和/或再处理,随后附接到新外壳主体2104。读者将会知道,外壳组件2102的其他部件也可为一次性的并且可由新的类似部件替换。147, the housing assembly 2102 can be disassembled following a surgical procedure, and the disassembled components of the housing assembly 2102 (e.g., housing body 2104, working assembly 2106, and/or power source 2110) can be cleaned individually or in combination with other components. , sterilized, and/or reprocessed, depending on the characteristics of each component and internal parts. In some examples, housing body 2104 may be disposable. In other words, the housing assembly 2102 can be disassembled after surgery and the housing body 2104 can be replaced with a new housing body 2104 . However, the remaining components may be cleaned, sterilized, and/or reprocessed before being attached to a new housing body 2104 . The reader will appreciate that other components of housing assembly 2102 may also be disposable and replaceable with new similar components.
再次参见图146-148,外壳主体2104可被构造成能够允许外壳组件2102以简单的、可预测的、和可重复的方式进行组装和拆卸。例如,外壳主体2104可包括第一罩部分2112(参见图147)和能够可释放地附接到第一罩部分2112的第二罩部分2114(参见图146)。在一个示例中,罩部分2112和2114可包括卡扣配合型接合。罩部分2112和2114可适于彼此配对接合。在一个示例中,罩部分2112可包括多个凹构件2116(参见图147),所述多个凹构件2116可呈圆柱形形状并且被构造成能够在罩部分2112和罩部分2114组装在一起时以卡扣配合接合方式接纳设置在罩部分2114上的对应凸构件(未示出)。Referring again to FIGS. 146-148, the housing body 2104 can be configured to allow the housing assembly 2102 to be assembled and disassembled in a simple, predictable, and repeatable manner. For example, the housing body 2104 can include a first cover portion 2112 (see FIG. 147 ) and a second cover portion 2114 (see FIG. 146 ) that is releasably attachable to the first cover portion 2112 . In one example, cover portions 2112 and 2114 may include a snap-fit type engagement. Cover portions 2112 and 2114 may be adapted for mating engagement with each other. In one example, the cover portion 2112 can include a plurality of female members 2116 (see FIG. 147 ), which can be cylindrical in shape and configured to enable the cover portion 2112 and cover portion 2114 to A corresponding male member (not shown) provided on the cover portion 2114 is received in a snap fit engagement.
对上文进行进一步描述,工作组件2106可嵌套在第一罩部分2112中。如图147所示,第二罩部分2114可被移除以暴露嵌套在第一罩部分2112中的工作组件2106,以便允许使用者从外壳主体2104移除工作组件2106。如图147所示,工作组件2106可包括马达2118,所述马达2118可产生旋转动作以作用于端部执行器(例如,图2所示的加载单元20的仓/砧座部分)。马达2118在许多方面类似于本文档在别处描述的其他马达,例如,马达100(参见图1)。此外,工作组件2106还可包括传输组件2120,所述传输组件2120能够可操作地联接到马达2118并且在许多方面类似于本文档中在别处描述的其他传输组件,例如,齿轮组件170(参见图5)。此外,工作组件2106还可包括击发构件组件2122,所述击发构件组件2122可将由马达2118产生的旋转动作转换成可通过击发杆2124传输到端部执行器的轴向动作。击发构件组件2122在许多方面类似于本文档在别处描述的其他驱动组件,例如,击发构件组件82。Further to the above, the working assembly 2106 can be nested within the first housing portion 2112 . As shown in FIG. 147 , second cover portion 2114 may be removed to expose working assembly 2106 nested within first cover portion 2112 to allow a user to remove working assembly 2106 from housing body 2104 . As shown in FIG. 147, working assembly 2106 can include a motor 2118 that can generate a rotational motion to act on an end effector (eg, the cartridge/anvil portion of loading unit 20 shown in FIG. 2). Motor 2118 is similar in many respects to other motors described elsewhere in this document, eg, motor 100 (see FIG. 1 ). In addition, working assembly 2106 may also include transmission assembly 2120, which can be operably coupled to motor 2118 and which is similar in many respects to other transmission assemblies described elsewhere in this document, for example, gear assembly 170 (see FIG. 5). In addition, working assembly 2106 can also include firing member assembly 2122 that can convert rotational motion generated by motor 2118 into axial motion that can be transmitted by firing rod 2124 to the end effector. Firing member assembly 2122 is similar in many respects to other drive assemblies described elsewhere in this document, eg, firing member assembly 82 .
参见图147和图148,第一罩部分2112可包括被设计并且隔开以接纳工作组件2106的多个隔室。例如,如图147所示,罩部分2112可包括被隔开以容纳马达2118的马达嵌套隔室2126。在某些示例中,马达嵌套隔室2126可设计成以特定布置方式适配马达2118,以确保精确的组装。此外,马达嵌套隔室2126可包括组装说明,所述组装说明可例如被模塑到马达嵌套隔室2126的壁上,以确保正确的组装。例如,马达嵌套隔室2126的侧壁可被构造成能够紧密地接纳马达2118。此外,侧面可至少在一些方面进行非对称地构造以沿仅一个方向(即,正确取向)接纳马达2118。Referring to FIGS. 147 and 148 , the first housing portion 2112 can include a plurality of compartments designed and spaced to receive the working assembly 2106 . For example, as shown in FIG. 147 , cover portion 2112 may include a motor nesting compartment 2126 partitioned to accommodate motor 2118 . In some examples, motor nesting compartment 2126 may be designed to fit motor 2118 in a specific arrangement to ensure precise assembly. Additionally, the motor nest compartment 2126 may include assembly instructions, which may, for example, be molded into the walls of the motor nest compartment 2126 to ensure proper assembly. For example, the side walls of the motor nest compartment 2126 may be configured to snugly receive the motor 2118 . Additionally, the sides may be configured asymmetrically in at least some respects to receive the motor 2118 in only one direction (ie, the correct orientation).
类似地,如图147所示,罩部分2112可包括传输组件嵌套隔室2128,所述传输组件嵌套隔室2128可被隔开以容纳传输组件2120。此外,在某些示例中,传输组件嵌套隔室2128被设计成以特定布置方式适配传输组件2120,以确保精确的组装。例如,传输组件嵌套隔室2128的侧壁可被构造成能够紧密地接纳传输组件2120。此外,侧面可在至少在一些方面中进行非对称地构造以沿仅一个方向(即,正确取向)接纳传输组件2120。此外,传输组件嵌套隔室2128可包括组装说明,所述组装说明可例如被模塑到传输组件嵌套隔室2128的壁上,以确保正确的组装。类似地,如图147所示,罩部分2112可包括击发构件嵌套隔室2130,所述击发构件嵌套隔室2130可被隔开以容纳击发构件组件2122。此外,在某些示例中,击发构件组件嵌套隔室2130被设计成以特定布置方式适配击发构件组件2122,以确保精确的组装。例如,击发构件组件嵌套隔室2130的侧壁可被构造成能够紧密地接纳击发构件组件2122。此外,侧面可在至少在一些方面中进行非对称地构造以沿仅一个方向(即,正确取向)接纳击发构件组件2122。此外,击发构件组件嵌套隔室2130可包括组装说明,所述组装说明可例如被模塑到击发构件组件嵌套隔室2130的壁上,以确保正确的组装。读者将会知道,工作组件2106的其他部件也可提供在罩部分2112内的独特设计的容纳隔室中。读者还将会知道,工作组件2106的电触点也可嵌入罩部分2112的隔室内,以使得当正确组装时,可在工作组件2106、外壳组件2102的其他部件(例如,功率源2108)和/或外科器械2100的其他部件之间建立电连接。Similarly, as shown in FIG. 147 , the housing portion 2112 can include a transport assembly nesting compartment 2128 that can be partitioned to accommodate the transport assembly 2120 . Additionally, in certain examples, transport assembly nesting compartment 2128 is designed to fit transport assembly 2120 in a specific arrangement to ensure precise assembly. For example, the side walls of the transport assembly nesting compartment 2128 can be configured to snugly receive the transport assembly 2120 . Additionally, the sides may be configured asymmetrically in at least some aspects to receive the transfer assembly 2120 in only one orientation (ie, the correct orientation). Additionally, the transport assembly nesting compartment 2128 may include assembly instructions, which may, for example, be molded into the walls of the transport assembly nesting compartment 2128 to ensure proper assembly. Similarly, as shown in FIG. 147 , the cover portion 2112 can include a firing member nesting compartment 2130 that can be partitioned to accommodate the firing member assembly 2122 . Additionally, in certain examples, firing member assembly nesting compartment 2130 is designed to fit firing member assembly 2122 in a specific arrangement to ensure precise assembly. For example, the side walls of firing member assembly nested compartment 2130 may be configured to snugly receive firing member assembly 2122 . Additionally, the sides may be asymmetrically configured in at least some aspects to receive firing member assembly 2122 in only one direction (ie, the correct orientation). Additionally, the firing member assembly nesting compartment 2130 may include assembly instructions that may, for example, be molded into the walls of the firing member assembly nesting compartment 2130 to ensure proper assembly. The reader will appreciate that other components of the working assembly 2106 may also be provided in uniquely designed containment compartments within the hood portion 2112 . The reader will also be aware that the electrical contacts of the working assembly 2106 may also be embedded within compartments of the cover portion 2112 so that, when properly assembled, there is contact between the working assembly 2106, other components of the housing assembly 2102 (e.g., the power source 2108), and Electrical connections are established between and/or other components of surgical instrument 2100 .
对上文进行进一步描述,工作组件2106能够可分离地联接到击发杆2124,如图147所示,这可允许使用者将工作组件2106作为单个单元来移除并且重新连接到外科器械2100,以简化工作组件2106的拆卸和重新组装。在一个示例中,如图147所示,击发构件组件2122可包括中空管状远侧部分2132,所述中空管状远侧部分2132可包括远侧开口,所述远侧开口能够例如以卡扣配合型接合来接纳并且可释放地锁定到击发杆2124的近侧部分2134。Further to the above, the working assembly 2106 can be detachably coupled to the firing rod 2124, as shown in FIG. Disassembly and reassembly of the working assembly 2106 is simplified. In one example, as shown in FIG. 147 , the firing member assembly 2122 can include a hollow tubular distal portion 2132 that can include a distal opening that can be configured, for example, in a snap-fit fashion. Engaged to receive and releasably lock to the proximal portion 2134 of the firing rod 2124.
再次参见图147和图148,外壳组件2102的其他部件可以类似于工作组件2106的方式嵌套在罩部分2112中的专用隔室中。例如,罩部分2112可包括功率源嵌套隔室2136,所述功率源嵌套隔室2136可被隔开以容纳功率源2108。此外,在某些示例中,功率源嵌套隔室2136可被设计成以特定布置方式适配功率源2108,以确保精确的组装。例如,功率源嵌套隔室2136的侧壁可被构造成能够紧密地接纳功率源2108。此外,侧面可至少在一些方面进行非对称地构造以沿仅一个方向(即,正确取向)接纳功率源2108。另外,功率源嵌套隔室2136可包括组装说明,所述组装说明可例如被模塑到功率源嵌套隔室2136的壁上,以确保正确的组装。Referring again to FIGS. 147 and 148 , other components of the housing assembly 2102 may nest in dedicated compartments in the housing portion 2112 in a manner similar to the working assembly 2106 . For example, cover portion 2112 may include a power source nesting compartment 2136 that may be partitioned to accommodate power source 2108 . Additionally, in some examples, power source nesting compartments 2136 may be designed to fit power sources 2108 in a specific arrangement to ensure precise assembly. For example, the side walls of power source nesting compartment 2136 may be configured to snugly receive power source 2108 . Additionally, the sides may be configured asymmetrically in at least some respects to receive the power source 2108 in only one direction (ie, the correct orientation). Additionally, the power source nesting compartment 2136 may include assembly instructions, which may, for example, be molded into the walls of the power source nesting compartment 2136 to ensure proper assembly.
对上文进行进一步描述,如图147和图148所示,某些使用者输入机构(例如,击发按钮2138和/或闭合开关2140)也可从外壳主体2104拆卸,所述外壳主体2104可包括被隔开以容纳击发按钮2138的击发按钮嵌套隔室2142和/或被隔开以容纳闭合开关2140的闭合开关嵌套隔室2144。此外,在某些示例中,击发按钮嵌套隔室2142可被设计成以特定布置方式适配击发按钮2138,以确保精确的组装。例如,击发按钮嵌套隔室2142的侧壁可被构造成能够紧密地接纳击发按钮2138。此外,侧面可在至少在一些方面中进行非对称地构造以沿仅一个方向(即,正确取向)接纳击发按钮2138。类似地,闭合开关嵌套隔室2144可被设计成以特定布置方式适配闭合开关2140,以确保精确的组装。例如,闭合开关嵌套隔室2144的侧壁可被构造成能够紧密地接纳闭合开关2140。此外,侧面可在至少在一些方面中进行非对称地构造以沿仅一个方向(即,正确取向)接纳闭合开关2140。此外,击发按钮嵌套隔室2142和/或闭合开关嵌套隔室2144可包括组装说明,所述组装说明可例如被模塑到击发按钮嵌套隔室2142和/或闭合开关嵌套隔室2144的壁上,以确保正确的组装。Further to the above, as shown in FIGS. 147 and 148, certain user input mechanisms (e.g., firing button 2138 and/or closing switch 2140) are also detachable from housing body 2104, which may include Firing button nesting compartment 2142 spaced to accommodate firing button 2138 and/or closing switch nesting compartment 2144 spaced to accommodate closing switch 2140 . Additionally, in some examples, the firing button nesting compartment 2142 may be designed to fit the firing button 2138 in a specific arrangement to ensure precise assembly. For example, the side walls of the firing button nesting compartment 2142 may be configured to snugly receive the firing button 2138 . Additionally, the sides may be configured asymmetrically in at least some aspects to receive the firing button 2138 in only one orientation (ie, the correct orientation). Similarly, the closure switch nesting compartment 2144 can be designed to fit the closure switch 2140 in a specific arrangement to ensure precise assembly. For example, the side walls of the closure switch nesting compartment 2144 may be configured to snugly receive the closure switch 2140 . Additionally, the sides may be configured asymmetrically in at least some aspects to receive the closure switch 2140 in only one orientation (ie, the correct orientation). Additionally, the firing button nesting compartment 2142 and/or the closing switch nesting compartment 2144 may include assembly instructions, which may, for example, be molded into the firing button nesting compartment 2142 and/or the closing switch nesting compartment 2144 wall to ensure proper assembly.
再次参见147和图148,除嵌套隔室之外,罩部分2112可包括固定机构,以将外壳组件2102中的一些或全部可拆卸部件2103固定在其相应隔室中,从而确保可拆卸部件2103保持嵌套在其相应隔室中。此类固定机构可包括固定构件,所述固定构件可在解锁构型(参见图148)和锁定构型(参见图147)之间运动,以将外壳组件2102的可拆卸部件2103锁定到其在罩部分2112中的相应隔室。读者将会知道,可使用单个或多个固定构件来将一个或多个可拆卸部件2103固定到罩部分2112。此外,固定机构还可包括安全特征结构,所述安全特征结构可在不正确组装的情况下阻止固定构件运动到锁定构型,以确保外壳组件2102的可拆卸部件2103的正确组装。如图147中的示例性实施例所示,工作组件2106可通过若干固定构件(例如,马达固定构件2148、传输组件固定构件2150、和/或击发构件组件固定构件2152)固定到罩部分2112。在某些示例中,如图147所示,可使用功率源固定构件2154、击发按钮固定构件2156、和闭合开关固定构件2158来分别固定功率源2108、击发按钮2138、和闭合开关2140。Referring again to FIG. 147 and FIG. 148 , in addition to the nesting compartments, the cover portion 2112 may include securing mechanisms to secure some or all of the removable components 2103 in the housing assembly 2102 in their respective compartments, thereby securing the removable components 2103 remain nested in their respective compartments. Such a securing mechanism may include a securing member movable between an unlocked configuration (see FIG. 148 ) and a locked configuration (see FIG. 147 ) to lock the removable part 2103 of the housing assembly 2102 into its position. Corresponding compartments in cover portion 2112. The reader will appreciate that single or multiple securing members may be used to secure the one or more removable components 2103 to the cover portion 2112. Additionally, the securing mechanism may also include a safety feature that may prevent movement of the securing member to the locked configuration in the event of improper assembly to ensure proper assembly of the detachable component 2103 of the housing assembly 2102 . As shown in the exemplary embodiment in FIG. 147, working assembly 2106 may be secured to cover portion 2112 by several securing members (eg, motor securing member 2148, transport assembly securing member 2150, and/or firing member assembly securing member 2152). In some examples, as shown in FIG. 147 , power source securing member 2154 , firing button securing member 2156 , and closing switch securing member 2158 may be used to secure power source 2108 , firing button 2138 , and closing switch 2140 , respectively.
固定构件可通过从解锁构型(参见图148)运动到锁定构型(参见图147)来夹持到可拆卸部件2103上。例如,马达固定构件2148可通过从解锁构型(参见图148)运动到锁定构型(参见图147)来夹持到马达2118上。在某些示例中,可拆卸部件2103中的一些或全部可包括轨道,所述轨道被构造成能够在固定构件从解锁构型运动到锁定构型时接纳固定构件。轨道可被定位成使得它们可仅在可拆卸部件2103正确地嵌套在罩部分2112中的相应隔室内时被对准以接纳运动的固定构件。例如,如果马达2118未正确地嵌套在马达嵌套隔室2126中,则马达固定构件2148可不与其轨道正确地对准,并且由此当马达固定构件2148从解锁构型运动到锁定构型时,马达固定构件2148可不进入轨道并且例如可邻接抵靠马达2118的外壁。在某些示例中,马达固定构件2148可被定位成使得如果当马达固定构件2148未处于锁定构型时使用者尝试组装罩部分2112和2114,则其可阻止第一罩部分2112与第二罩部分2114配合接合。该构造可提示使用者重新检查外壳组件2102的已组装部件是否正确组装。The securing member can be clamped to the removable part 2103 by moving from an unlocked configuration (see Fig. 148) to a locked configuration (see Fig. 147). For example, the motor securing member 2148 can be clamped to the motor 2118 by moving from an unlocked configuration (see FIG. 148 ) to a locked configuration (see FIG. 147 ). In some examples, some or all of the detachable components 2103 can include tracks configured to receive the securing member when the securing member is moved from the unlocked configuration to the locked configuration. The rails can be positioned such that they can only be aligned to receive the moving stationary member when the removable part 2103 is properly nested within the corresponding compartment in the cover portion 2112. For example, if the motor 2118 is not properly nested in the motor nesting compartment 2126, the motor securing member 2148 may not be properly aligned with its track, and thus when the motor securing member 2148 moves from the unlocked configuration to the locked configuration , the motor securing member 2148 may not enter the track and may abut against the outer wall of the motor 2118, for example. In some examples, the motor securing member 2148 can be positioned such that if a user attempts to assemble the housing portions 2112 and 2114 when the motor securing member 2148 is not in the locked configuration, it can prevent the first housing portion 2112 from connecting with the second housing. Portions 2114 are matingly engaged. This configuration may prompt the user to recheck that the assembled components of the housing assembly 2102 are properly assembled.
类似于马达固定构件2148,传输组件固定构件2150可接纳在传输组件2120上的专用轨道中,并且传输组件固定构件2150可被定位成使其仅在传输组件2120正确地嵌套在传输组件嵌套隔室2128中时才与其相应的轨道对准。另外,击发构件组件固定构件2152可接纳在例如击发构件组件2122上的专用轨道中,并且击发构件组件固定构件2152可被定位成使得其仅在击发构件组件2122正确地嵌套在击发构件组件嵌套隔室2130中时才与其相应的轨道对准。另外类似于马达固定构件2148,传输组件固定构件2150和/或击发构件组件固定构件2152可被定位成使得如果当传输组件固定构件2150和/或击发构件组件固定构件2152未处于锁定构型时使用者尝试组装罩部分2112和2114,则它们中的任一者可阻止第一罩部分2112与第二罩部分2114配合接合。如上所述,可拆卸部件2103中的一些可被拆卸,可一起作为组件重新附接到罩构件2112,并且可通过多个固定构件进行固定。例如,工作组件2106可通过马达固定构件2148、传输组件固定构件2150和/或击发构件组件固定构件2152固定到罩部分2112,如图147所示。此类构造可提供正确组装的附加保险度,因为工作组件2106中的任何一个部件的不正确组装可阻止其对应的固定构件到达锁定构型,这样如果使用者在固定构件中的至少一个未达到锁定构型时尝试组装罩部分2112和2114,则可阻止第一罩部分2112与第二罩部分2114配合接合。Similar to motor securing member 2148, transport assembly securing member 2150 may be received in a dedicated track on transport assembly 2120, and transport assembly securing member 2150 may be positioned such that it only nests properly within transport assembly 2120. Compartment 2128 is only aligned with its corresponding rail when in compartment 2128. Additionally, firing member assembly securing member 2152 may be received, for example, in a dedicated track on firing member assembly 2122, and firing member assembly securing member 2152 may be positioned such that it only nests when firing member assembly 2122 is properly nested within firing member assembly. Only when in the cover compartment 2130 is it aligned with its corresponding track. Also similar to motor securing member 2148, transmission assembly securing member 2150 and/or firing member assembly securing member 2152 may be positioned such that if used when transport assembly securing member 2150 and/or firing member assembly securing member 2152 is not in the locked configuration Either of them may prevent the mating engagement of the first cover part 2112 with the second cover part 2114 if the other attempts to assemble the cover parts 2112 and 2114. As noted above, some of the detachable components 2103 can be detached, reattached together as an assembly to the cover member 2112, and can be secured by a plurality of securing members. For example, working assembly 2106 may be secured to housing portion 2112 by motor securing member 2148, transport assembly securing member 2150, and/or firing member assembly securing member 2152, as shown in FIG. 147 . Such a configuration can provide an additional degree of assurance of proper assembly, because incorrect assembly of any one component in the working assembly 2106 can prevent its corresponding securing member from reaching the locked configuration, such that if the user fails to reach the locked configuration with at least one of the securing members Attempting to assemble cover portions 2112 and 2114 while in the locked configuration, mating engagement of first cover portion 2112 with second cover portion 2114 may be prevented.
再次参见图147和图148,固定构件中的一些或全部能够可枢转地附接到第一罩部分2112并且可相对于第一罩部分2112从解锁构型(参见图148)运动到锁定构型(参见图147),反之亦然。在某些示例中,第二罩部分2114可包括突起的固定构件(未示出),当在外壳组件2102的组装期间,罩部分2112和2114被对准以用于配合接合时,所述突起的固定构件被构造成能够接纳在嵌套在第一罩部分2112中的可拆卸部件2103中的对应接纳构件(未示出)内。突起的固定构件确保可拆卸部件2103保持固定在第一罩部分2112中。此外,如果使用者在突起的固定构件例如因可拆卸部件2103的未正确组装而未与其对应的接纳构件正确地对准时尝试组装罩部分2112和2114,则突起的固定构件可阻止第一罩部分2112与第二罩部分2114配合接合,这可提示使用者重新检查外壳组件2102的可拆卸部件2103的组装以便进行正确组装。读者将会知道,突起的固定构件和其相应的接纳构件的位置可被颠倒,以使得突起的固定构件能够从可拆卸部件2103突起并且可接纳在第二罩部分2114上的对应接纳构件中。在任何情况下,突起的固定构件和其对应的接纳构件彼此能够例如以卡扣配合型接合来可释放地附接。本公开可设想到其他接合机构。Referring again to FIGS. 147 and 148 , some or all of the securing members can be pivotally attached to the first cover portion 2112 and move relative to the first cover portion 2112 from an unlocked configuration (see FIG. 148 ) to a locked configuration. type (see Figure 147), and vice versa. In some examples, second cover portion 2114 may include a protruding securing member (not shown) that engages when cover portions 2112 and 2114 are aligned for mating engagement during assembly of housing assembly 2102 . The securing member is configured to be receivable within a corresponding receiving member (not shown) in the detachable part 2103 nested in the first cover portion 2112 . The protruding securing member ensures that the detachable part 2103 remains secured in the first housing portion 2112 . Furthermore, if a user attempts to assemble the cover portions 2112 and 2114 when the protruding securing members are not properly aligned with their corresponding receiving members, for example due to incorrect assembly of the detachable component 2103, the protruding securing members may prevent the first cover portion from 2112 matingly engages second cover portion 2114, which may prompt the user to recheck the assembly of detachable components 2103 of housing assembly 2102 for proper assembly. The reader will appreciate that the positions of the protruding securing members and their corresponding receiving members can be reversed so that the protruding securing members can protrude from the removable part 2103 and be receivable in corresponding receiving members on the second cover portion 2114 . In any case, the protruding securing member and its corresponding receiving member are releasably attachable to each other, for example in a snap-fit type engagement. Other engagement mechanisms are contemplated by this disclosure.
对上文进行进一步描述,可拆卸部件2103中的一些或全部可包括凸轮表面,所述凸轮表面被构造成能够在第一罩部分2112的固定构件从解锁构型(参见图148)运动到锁定构型(参见图147)时接纳这些固定构件。凸轮表面可设置在可拆卸的部件2103中的一些或全部的外表面上并且在锁定构型下可允许对应的固定构件将压力施加到可拆卸部件2103上。例如,马达2118可包括沿其轨道的凸轮表面。当马达固定构件2148从解锁构型(参见图148)运动到锁定构型(参见图147)时,马达固定构件2148可沿马达2118上的凸轮表面行进,从而可允许马达固定构件2148将递增的压力施加到马达2118上,其中例如在锁定构型下具有最大压力。施加到马达2118的压力可有助于将马达固定在马达嵌套隔室2126中。Further to the above, some or all of the removable components 2103 may include camming surfaces configured to enable movement of the fixed member of the first cover portion 2112 from an unlocked configuration (see FIG. 148 ) to a locked configuration. configuration (see Figure 147) to receive these securing members. Cam surfaces may be provided on the outer surfaces of some or all of the removable parts 2103 and may allow corresponding securing members to apply pressure to the removable parts 2103 in the locked configuration. For example, motor 2118 may include a cam surface along its track. As the motor securing member 2148 moves from the unlocked configuration (see FIG. 148 ) to the locked configuration (see FIG. 147 ), the motor securing member 2148 can travel along a cam surface on the motor 2118, which can allow the motor securing member 2148 to move incrementally Pressure is applied to the motor 2118 with maximum pressure, for example, in the locked configuration. Pressure applied to the motor 2118 may help secure the motor in the motor nest compartment 2126 .
如上所述,端部执行器可包括可朝远侧推进以缝合和/或切割组织的击发构件。现在参见图155,端部执行器11260可包括具有砧座11262的第一钳口和具有钉仓11264的第二钳口。端部执行器11260还可包括:一、从砧座11262和钉仓11264朝近侧延伸的外壳和/或框架11261;和二、可相对于外壳11261、砧座11262、和仓11264运动的击发构件11266。端部执行器11260还可包括关节运动接头11230,所述关节运动接头11230被构造成能够允许砧座11262和仓11264通过关节运动驱动器11268进行关节运动。使用时,端部执行器11260可组装到外科器械的轴11240,例如使得:一、端部执行器外壳11261联接到被构造成能够支撑端部执行器外壳11261的轴外壳11241;二、端部执行器击发构件11266联接到被构造成能够推进和回缩端部执行器击发构件11266的轴击发致动器11246;和/或三、端部执行器关节运动驱动器11268联接到被构造成能够推进和回缩端部执行器关节运动驱动器11268的轴关节运动致动器11248。使用时,击发构件11266可朝远侧推进,以使砧座11262从其中组织可定位在砧座11262和仓11264中间的打开位置运动到其中砧座11262压缩组织抵靠仓11264的闭合位置。在各种情况下,击发构件11266可包括在击发构件11266朝远侧推进时被构造成能够接合第一钳口的第一接合构件和被构造成能够接合第二钳口的第二接合构件,以使得砧座11262可通过接合构件来朝钉仓11264进行枢转。为了重新打开端部执行器并且允许砧座11262返回到其打开位置,击发构件11266必须被充分地回缩。在各种情况下,击发构件11266可卡在至少部分击发的位置中,并且因此砧座11262不可被重新打开,由此使得外科器械难以从手术部位移除。As noted above, the end effector can include a firing member that can be advanced distally to staple and/or cut tissue. Referring now to FIG. 155 , an end effector 11260 can include a first jaw having an anvil 11262 and a second jaw having a staple cartridge 11264 . End effector 11260 may also include: one, a housing and/or frame 11261 extending proximally from anvil 11262 and staple cartridge 11264; and two, a firing mechanism movable relative to housing 11261, anvil 11262, and cartridge 11264 Build 11266. End effector 11260 may also include articulation joint 11230 configured to allow articulation of anvil 11262 and cartridge 11264 via articulation drive 11268 . In use, the end effector 11260 can be assembled to the shaft 11240 of the surgical instrument, for example such that: one, the end effector housing 11261 is coupled to the shaft housing 11241 configured to support the end effector housing 11261; The effector firing member 11266 is coupled to the shaft firing actuator 11246 configured to advance and retract the end effector firing member 11266; and/or third, the end effector articulation drive 11268 is coupled to the and shaft articulation actuator 11248 that retracts end effector articulation drive 11268 . In use, the firing member 11266 can be advanced distally to move the anvil 11262 from an open position in which tissue can be positioned intermediate the anvil 11262 and the cartridge 11264 to a closed position in which the anvil 11262 compresses tissue against the cartridge 11264. In various instances, the firing member 11266 can include a first engagement member configured to engage the first jaw and a second engagement member configured to engage the second jaw when the firing member 11266 is advanced distally, Such that the anvil block 11262 can be pivoted toward the staple cartridge 11264 by engaging the member. In order to reopen the end effector and allow the anvil 11262 to return to its open position, the firing member 11266 must be fully retracted. In various circumstances, the firing member 11266 can become stuck in the at least partially fired position, and thus the anvil 11262 cannot be reopened, thereby making removal of the surgical instrument from the surgical site difficult.
现在转到图156-161,端部执行器(例如,端部执行器11360)可包括击发构件,所述击发构件可允许端部执行器11360的砧座11262被重新打开,即使端部执行器11360的击发构件被卡在至少部分击发的位置中。更具体地,端部执行器11360可包括击发构件11366,所述击发构件11366包括可分离部分11366a和11366b,所述可分离部分11366a和11366b在各种情况下可被构造成能够允许砧座11262和仓11264之间的相对运动。主要参见图157和图158,当锁11390处于锁定状态时,可分离部分11366a和11366b可通过锁11390保持在一起,如图158所示。相应地,当锁11390处于解锁状态时,可分离部分11366a和11366b可相对于彼此运动。击发构件11366的可分离部分11366a可包括第一侧向部分11363a、第二侧向部分11367a、以及定位在侧向部分11363a和11367a中间的切割构件部分11365a。在各种情况下,侧向部分11363a和11367a可经由延伸穿过限定于其中的孔11396a的一个或多个销(图157和158中未示出)来保持到切割构件部分11365a。击发构件11366的可分离部分11366b可包括第一侧向部分11363b、第二侧向部分11367b、以及定位在侧向部分11363b和11367b中间的切割构件部分11365b。在各种情况下,侧向部分11363b和11367b可经由与从其延伸的底脚11396接合的至少一个保持构件(图157和158中未示出)来保持到切割构件部分11365b。读者将会知道,前述保持销将可分离部分11363a的各种部件保持在一起,同时前述保持构件将可分离部分11363b的各种部件保持在一起。读者还将会知道,锁11390在处于其锁定位置时将可分离部分11363a和11363b保持在一起。在各种情况下,主要参见图158,锁11390可包括第一锁定构件11397a以及第二锁定构件11397b,所述第一锁定构件11397a被构造成能够接合第一切割构件部分11365a的第一锁定部分11361a,所述第二锁定构件11397b被构造成能够接合第二切割构件部分11365b的第二锁定部分11361b。第一锁定部分11361a和第二锁定部分11361b可被构造成能够将切割构件部分11365a和11365b协作地并且可释放地保持在一起。在各种情况下,锁定部分11397a、11397b可将切割构件部分11365a和11365b保持在一起,使得切割构件部分11365a和11365b的相应切割表面11395a和11395b形成连续的、或至少基本上连续的切割表面。再次参见图158,锁11390的锁定部分11397a、11397b可被构造成能够分别协作地接合并且保持切割构件部分11365a和11365b的键11361a和11361b。在各种情况下,锁定部分11397a、11397b可在它们之间限定凹口11398,凹口11398被构造成能够在锁11390处于其锁定位置时接纳键11361a和11361b。当锁11390朝近侧进行牵拉时,锁定部分11397a和11397b可脱离键11361a和11361b。此时,锁11390可不再将切割构件部分11365a和11365b保持在一起。在这种情况下,因此,可分离部分11366a和11366b可相对于彼此运动。例如,可分离部分11366a可在钳口11262重新打开时与钳口11262一起运动,并且对应地,可分离部分11366b可与仓11264保持在一起。根据上文所述,当击发构件11366卡在例如至少部分击发的位置中时,可朝近侧牵拉锁11390以解锁可分离部分11366a和11366b。Turning now to FIGS. 156-161 , an end effector (eg, end effector 11360 ) can include a firing member that can allow the anvil 11262 of the end effector 11360 to be reopened even if the end effector The firing member of 11360 is stuck in the at least partially fired position. More specifically, end effector 11360 can include firing member 11366 that includes detachable portions 11366a and 11366b that can be configured, under various circumstances, to allow anvil 11262 and the relative movement between the bin 11264. Referring primarily to FIGS. 157 and 158 , when the lock 11390 is in the locked state, the detachable portions 11366 a and 11366 b can be held together by the lock 11390 as shown in FIG. 158 . Accordingly, when the lock 11390 is in the unlocked state, the detachable portions 11366a and 11366b are movable relative to each other. The detachable portion 11366a of the firing member 11366 can include a first lateral portion 11363a, a second lateral portion 11367a, and a cutting member portion 11365a positioned intermediate the lateral portions 11363a and 11367a. In various cases, lateral portions 11363a and 11367a can be retained to cutting member portion 11365a via one or more pins (not shown in FIGS. 157 and 158 ) extending through apertures 11396a defined therein. The detachable portion 11366b of the firing member 11366 can include a first lateral portion 11363b, a second lateral portion 11367b, and a cutting member portion 11365b positioned intermediate the lateral portions 11363b and 11367b. In various cases, lateral portions 11363b and 11367b can be retained to cutting member portion 11365b via at least one retaining member (not shown in FIGS. 157 and 158 ) that engages feet 11396 extending therefrom. The reader will appreciate that the aforementioned retaining pins hold together the various components of the detachable portion 11363a, while the aforementioned retaining members hold together the various components of the detachable portion 11363b. The reader will also be aware that the lock 11390 holds the separable parts 11363a and 11363b together when in its locked position. In various cases, referring primarily to FIG. 158, the lock 11390 can include a first locking member 11397a and a second locking member 11397b configured to engage a first locking portion of the first cutting member portion 11365a 11361a, the second locking member 11397b is configured to engage a second locking portion 11361b of a second cutting member portion 11365b. The first locking portion 11361a and the second locking portion 11361b can be configured to cooperatively and releasably hold the cutting member portions 11365a and 11365b together. In various cases, the locking portions 11397a, 11397b can hold the cutting member portions 11365a and 11365b together such that the respective cutting surfaces 11395a and 11395b of the cutting member portions 11365a and 11365b form a continuous, or at least substantially continuous, cutting surface. Referring again to FIG. 158, locking portions 11397a, 11397b of lock 11390 can be configured to cooperatively engage and retain keys 11361a and 11361b of cutting member portions 11365a and 11365b, respectively. In various cases, the locking portions 11397a, 11397b can define a notch 11398 therebetween configured to receive the keys 11361a and 11361b when the lock 11390 is in its locked position. When lock 11390 is pulled proximally, locking portions 11397a and 11397b can disengage keys 11361a and 11361b. At this point, lock 11390 may no longer hold cutting member portions 11365a and 11365b together. In this case, therefore, the detachable portions 11366a and 11366b are movable relative to each other. For example, detachable portion 11366a can move with jaws 11262 as jaws 11262 reopen, and correspondingly, detachable portion 11366b can remain with cartridge 11264. As described above, when the firing member 11366 is stuck, eg, in an at least partially fired position, the lock 11390 can be pulled proximally to unlock the detachable portions 11366a and 11366b.
如上所述,可朝近侧牵拉锁11390,以解锁击发构件11366的可分离部分11366a和11366b。现在转到图159,可通过锁定杆11391朝近侧牵拉和/或朝远侧推压锁11390。锁定杆11391可定位在端部执行器11360内并且可包括近侧端部11392和远侧端部11393。锁定杆11391的远侧端部11393可与锁11390接合。更具体地,在至少一个实施例中,远侧端部11393可包括从其延伸的突起,所述突起能够可滑动地定位在限定于锁11390中的细长狭槽11399内。为了朝近侧牵拉锁11390,可朝近侧牵拉锁定杆11391,直至突起接触细长狭槽11399的近侧端部11394,其中锁定杆11391的动作可被传递到锁11390。对应地,突起可被构造成能够接触细长狭槽11399的远侧端部11395,以便朝远侧推压锁11390。读者将会知道,再次参见图156,击发构件11366可包括限定于其中的一个或多个纵向狭槽11369,所述一个或多个纵向狭槽11369可被构造成能够允许锁定杆突起穿过其延伸并且接合锁11390,如上所述。As described above, the lock 11390 can be pulled proximally to unlock the detachable portions 11366a and 11366b of the firing member 11366 . Turning now to FIG. 159 , the lock 11390 can be pulled proximally and/or pushed distally by the locking rod 11391 . Locking rod 11391 can be positioned within end effector 11360 and can include a proximal end 11392 and a distal end 11393 . The distal end 11393 of the locking rod 11391 can be engaged with the lock 11390 . More specifically, in at least one embodiment, the distal end 11393 can include a protrusion extending therefrom that can be slidably positioned within an elongated slot 11399 defined in the lock 11390 . To pull the lock 11390 proximally, the locking rod 11391 can be pulled proximally until the protrusion contacts the proximal end 11394 of the elongated slot 11399 , wherein the motion of the locking rod 11391 can be transferred to the lock 11390 . Correspondingly, the protrusion can be configured to contact the distal end 11395 of the elongated slot 11399 to push the lock 11390 distally. The reader will appreciate, referring again to FIG. 156 , that the firing member 11366 can include one or more longitudinal slots 11369 defined therein that can be configured to allow the locking rod to protrude therethrough. Extend and engage lock 11390, as described above.
对上文进行进一步描述,主要参见图156和图160,锁定杆11391的近侧端部11392可包括被构造成能够被外科器械的轴11340的锁定致动器11348接合的附接部分。主要参见图160,锁定致动器11348可包括具有凹口的远侧端部11349,所述凹口例如可被构造成能够接纳锁定杆11391的近侧端部11392。锁定致动器11348还可包括近侧端部11347,所述近侧端部11347可由外科器械的使用者朝近侧牵拉和/或朝远侧推压,以便使得锁定致动器11348和锁定杆11391分别朝近侧和/或朝远侧运动。在使用中,当端部执行器11360组装到轴11340时,锁定杆11391的近侧端部11392可组装到锁定致动器11348的远侧端部11349。Referring further to the above, referring primarily to FIGS. 156 and 160 , the proximal end 11392 of the locking rod 11391 can include an attachment portion configured to be engageable by the locking actuator 11348 of the shaft 11340 of the surgical instrument. Referring primarily to FIG. 160 , the locking actuator 11348 can include a distal end 11349 having a notch that can be configured to receive a proximal end 11392 of a locking rod 11391 , for example. The locking actuator 11348 can also include a proximal end 11347 that can be pulled proximally and/or pushed distally by a user of the surgical instrument to cause the locking actuator 11348 and the locked Rod 11391 moves proximally and/or distally, respectively. In use, the proximal end 11392 of the locking rod 11391 can be assembled to the distal end 11349 of the locking actuator 11348 when the end effector 11360 is assembled to the shaft 11340 .
如上所述,马达可用于推进和/或回缩击发构件,以部署来自端部执行器的紧固件并且/或者切割捕获在端部执行器内的组织。在各种情况下,马达可包括可旋转驱动轴,所述可旋转驱动轴的旋转可被转换成成平移运动并且传输到击发构件,例如切割构件和/或钉驱动器。在至少一种此类情况下,可旋转驱动轴可包括螺纹部分,所述螺纹部分与衬圈螺纹接合,所述衬圈包括限定于其中的螺纹孔,其中在使用中,衬圈可受到约束而不能旋转,使得驱动轴的旋转朝远侧推进驱动轴和/或朝近侧回缩驱动轴,这取决于驱动轴旋转的方向。在某些情况下,击发构件可被卡住和/或换句话讲可经受超过期望或预定的最大力或扭矩的力或扭矩。现在转到图162-167,马达组件12000可包括马达12010、轴12020、和滑动离合器组件12030,其中滑动离合器组件12030可限制马达12010可传输到轴12020的力或扭矩。在各种情况下,主要参见图162和图163,滑动离合器组件12030可在马达12010的可旋转驱动输出部12012与轴12020之间传输扭矩。现在参见图165-167,在各种情况下,驱动输出部12012可包括基本上圆形的外部轮廓部分12011和可为平坦的或至少基本上平坦的过渡表面12014。驱动输出部12012的外部轮廓还可包括限定于圆形轮廓部分12011和平坦表面12014之间的第一驱动肩部12016、以及限定于平坦表面12014的相对端和圆形轮廓部分12011之间的第二驱动肩部12018。As noted above, the motor may be used to advance and/or retract the firing member to deploy fasteners from the end effector and/or cut tissue trapped within the end effector. In various cases, the motor can include a rotatable drive shaft whose rotation can be converted into translational motion and transmitted to a firing member, such as a cutting member and/or a staple driver. In at least one such case, the rotatable drive shaft may include a threaded portion threadedly engaged with a collar, the collar including a threaded bore defined therein, wherein in use the collar may be constrained Rather, it cannot rotate such that rotation of the drive shaft advances the drive shaft distally and/or retracts the drive shaft proximally, depending on the direction in which the drive shaft rotates. In some cases, the firing member may become jammed and/or otherwise be subjected to a force or torque that exceeds a desired or predetermined maximum force or torque. Turning now to FIGS. 162-167 , motor assembly 12000 can include motor 12010 , shaft 12020 , and slip clutch assembly 12030 , wherein slip clutch assembly 12030 can limit the force or torque that motor 12010 can transmit to shaft 12020 . In various circumstances, referring primarily to FIGS. 162 and 163 , the slipper clutch assembly 12030 can transmit torque between the rotatable drive output 12012 of the motor 12010 and the shaft 12020 . Referring now to FIGS. 165-167 , in each case, the drive output 12012 can include a substantially circular outer profile portion 12011 and a transition surface 12014 that can be flat, or at least substantially flat. The outer profile of drive output 12012 may also include a first drive shoulder 12016 defined between circular profiled portion 12011 and planar surface 12014, and a second drive shoulder 12016 defined between an opposite end of planar surface 12014 and circular profiled portion 12011. Two drive shoulders 12018.
另外如图165-167所示,滑动离合组件12030可包括驱动元件12034,所述驱动元件12034通过偏置元件或弹簧12036偏置成与驱动输出部12012接合。驱动元件12034可至少部分地定位在限定于滑动离合组件12030的外壳12037中的保持狭槽内,使得驱动元件12034相对于外壳12037的运动可被限定在轴线上。读者将会知道,滑动离合组件的外壳12037可安装到轴12020,使得外壳12037和轴12020一起同步旋转。读者还将会知道,至少在某些情况下,驱动元件12034可将驱动输出部12012的旋转动作传输到外壳12037。更具体地,当驱动输出部12012沿如箭头12017所指示的第一方向旋转以朝远侧推进击发构件时,驱动输出部12012可相对于驱动元件12034旋转,直至第一驱动肩部12016与驱动元件12034接触。读者将会知道,第一驱动肩部12016可保持与驱动元件12034接触,前提条件是偏置构件12036能够抵抗或至少充分地抵抗驱动元件12034的径向向外运动。只要驱动元件12034与第一驱动肩部12016接触,马达12010就可使轴12020沿着朝远侧推进击发构件的方向旋转。在各种情况下,马达12010可将足够大的扭矩施加到驱动输出部12012,以使驱动元件12034径向向外移位,从而使得驱动输部出12012的第一驱动肩部12016滑过驱动元件12034,并且因此使得驱动输出部12012相对于驱动元件12304、滑动离合器外壳12037、和轴12020旋转。换句话讲,当施加到驱动输出部12012的扭矩超过预定的或最大的扭矩时,驱动元件12034可失效并且可操作地脱离马达12010。当施加到驱动输出部12012的扭矩下降到低于该预定的或最大的扭矩时,驱动元件12034可重新接合第一驱动肩部12016,并且因此,轴12020可与马达12010可操作地重新接合,使得轴12020通过马达12010的驱动输出部12012进行旋转。Also shown in FIGS. 165-167 , the slipper clutch assembly 12030 can include a drive element 12034 biased into engagement with the drive output 12012 by a biasing element or spring 12036 . Drive element 12034 can be positioned at least partially within a retention slot defined in housing 12037 of sliding clutch assembly 12030 such that movement of drive element 12034 relative to housing 12037 can be defined on an axis. The reader will be aware that the housing 12037 of the sliding clutch assembly may be mounted to the shaft 12020 such that the housing 12037 and shaft 12020 rotate synchronously together. The reader will also appreciate that drive element 12034 can transmit the rotational motion of drive output 12012 to housing 12037, at least in some cases. More specifically, when drive output 12012 is rotated in a first direction as indicated by arrow 12017 to advance the firing member distally, drive output 12012 can rotate relative to drive element 12034 until first drive shoulder 12016 is in contact with the drive Element 12034 contacts. The reader will appreciate that first drive shoulder 12016 can remain in contact with drive element 12034 provided biasing member 12036 is able to resist, or at least sufficiently resist, radially outward movement of drive element 12034 . As long as the drive element 12034 is in contact with the first drive shoulder 12016, the motor 12010 can rotate the shaft 12020 in a direction that advances the firing member distally. In each case, the motor 12010 can apply sufficient torque to the drive output 12012 to displace the drive element 12034 radially outward such that the first drive shoulder 12016 of the drive output 12012 slides over the drive Element 12034, and thus causes drive output 12012 to rotate relative to drive element 12304, slip clutch housing 12037, and shaft 12020. In other words, the drive element 12034 can be disabled and operatively disengaged from the motor 12010 when the torque applied to the drive output 12012 exceeds a predetermined or maximum torque. When the torque applied to the drive output 12012 falls below the predetermined or maximum torque, the drive element 12034 can re-engage the first drive shoulder 12016, and thus, the shaft 12020 can be operatively re-engaged with the motor 12010, The shaft 12020 is caused to rotate by the drive output 12012 of the motor 12010 .
对上文进行进一步描述,当驱动输出部12012沿如箭头12019所指示的第二方向旋转以朝近侧回缩击发构件时,驱动输出部12012可相对于驱动元件12034旋转,直至第二驱动肩部12018与驱动元件12034接触。读者将会知道,第二驱动肩部12018可保持与驱动元件12034接触,前提条件是偏置构件12036能够抵抗或至少充分地抵抗驱动元件12034的径向向外运动。只要驱动元件12034与第二驱动肩部12018接触,马达12010就可使轴12020沿着朝近侧回缩击发构件的方向旋转。在各种情况下,马达12010可将足够大的扭矩施加到驱动输出部12012,以使驱动元件12034径向向外移位,从而使得驱动输部出12012的第二驱动肩部12018滑过驱动元件12034,并且因此使得驱动输出部12012相对于驱动元件12034、滑动离合器外壳12037、和轴12020旋转。换句话讲,当施加到驱动输出部12012的扭矩超过预定的或最大的扭矩时,驱动元件12034可失效并且可操作地脱离马达12010。当施加到驱动输出部12012的扭矩下降到低于该预定的或最大的扭矩时,驱动元件12034可重新接合第二驱动肩部12018,并且因此,轴12020可与马达12010可操作地重新接合,使得轴12020通过马达12010的驱动输出部12012进行旋转。Further to the above, when drive output 12012 is rotated in a second direction as indicated by arrow 12019 to proximally retract the firing member, drive output 12012 may rotate relative to drive element 12034 up to a second drive shoulder. Portion 12018 is in contact with drive element 12034 . The reader will appreciate that the second drive shoulder 12018 can remain in contact with the drive element 12034 provided that the biasing member 12036 is able to resist, or at least sufficiently resist, radially outward movement of the drive element 12034 . As long as the drive element 12034 is in contact with the second drive shoulder 12018, the motor 12010 can rotate the shaft 12020 in a direction that retracts the firing member proximally. In each case, the motor 12010 can apply sufficient torque to the drive output 12012 to displace the drive element 12034 radially outward such that the second drive shoulder 12018 of the drive output 12012 slides over the drive Element 12034, and thus causes drive output 12012 to rotate relative to drive element 12034, slip clutch housing 12037, and shaft 12020. In other words, the drive element 12034 can be disabled and operatively disengaged from the motor 12010 when the torque applied to the drive output 12012 exceeds a predetermined or maximum torque. When the torque applied to the drive output 12012 falls below the predetermined or maximum torque, the drive element 12034 can re-engage the second drive shoulder 12018, and thus, the shaft 12020 can be operatively re-engaged with the motor 12010, The shaft 12020 is caused to rotate by the drive output 12012 of the motor 12010 .
在各种情况下,对上文进行进一步描述,第一驱动肩部12016和第二驱动肩部12018可具有相同构型。在某些情况下,第一驱动肩部12016可由第一曲率半径限定并且第二驱动肩部12018可由第二曲率半径限定。在一些情况下,第一曲率半径可与第二曲率半径相同。在此类情况下,马达12010可在沿第一方向12017旋转驱动输出部12012时施加的最大或滑动扭矩可与马达12010可在沿第二方向12019旋转驱动输出12012时施加的最大或滑动扭矩相同、或基本上相同。在一些情况下,第一曲率半径可不同于第二曲率半径。在此类情况下,马达12010可在沿第一方向12017旋转驱动输出部12012时施加的最大或滑动扭矩可与马达12010可在沿第二方向12019旋转驱动输出12012时施加的最大或滑动扭矩不同。在至少一种此类情况下,第一曲率半径可大于第二曲率半径,其中因此,沿第一方向12017的最大或滑动扭矩可小于沿第二方向12019的最大或滑动扭矩。换句话讲,相比于推进击发元件,当回缩击发元件时,马达12010可对轴12020施加较大的扭矩。当期望回缩击发元件以使外科器械的端部执行器可例如被重新打开并且从组织松开时,此类情况可为有利的。在至少一种情况下,第一曲率半径可小于第二曲率半径,其中因此,沿第一方向12017的最大或滑动扭矩可大于沿第二方向12019的最大或滑动扭矩。换句话讲,相比于回缩击发元件,当推进击发元件时,马达12010可对轴12020施加较大的扭矩。In various cases, further to the above, the first drive shoulder 12016 and the second drive shoulder 12018 can have the same configuration. In some cases, the first drive shoulder 12016 can be defined by a first radius of curvature and the second drive shoulder 12018 can be defined by a second radius of curvature. In some cases, the first radius of curvature may be the same as the second radius of curvature. In such cases, the maximum or slip torque that the motor 12010 can exert when rotating the drive output 12012 in the first direction 12017 can be the same as the maximum or slip torque that the motor 12010 can exert when rotating the drive output 12012 in the second direction 12019 , or substantially the same. In some cases, the first radius of curvature may be different than the second radius of curvature. In such cases, the maximum or slip torque that the motor 12010 can exert when rotating the drive output 12012 in the first direction 12017 can be different than the maximum or slip torque that the motor 12010 can exert when rotating the drive output 12012 in the second direction 12019 . In at least one such case, the first radius of curvature can be greater than the second radius of curvature, wherein therefore, the maximum or slip torque in the first direction 12017 can be less than the maximum or slip torque in the second direction 12019 . In other words, the motor 12010 can apply a greater torque to the shaft 12020 when retracting the firing element as compared to advancing the firing element. Such situations may be advantageous when it is desired to retract the firing element so that the end effector of the surgical instrument may, for example, be reopened and released from tissue. In at least one instance, the first radius of curvature can be smaller than the second radius of curvature, wherein therefore, the maximum or slip torque in the first direction 12017 can be greater than the maximum or slip torque in the second direction 12019 . In other words, the motor 12010 can apply a greater torque to the shaft 12020 when advancing the firing element as compared to retracting the firing element.
对上文进行进一步描述,主要参见图163和图164,偏置构件12036可由弹簧衬圈12032弹性地支撑,所述弹簧衬圈12032定位在限定于滑动离合器外壳12037中的周向通道12031内。在此类情况下,弹簧衬圈12032和偏置构件12036可协作以施加径向向内的偏置力并且/或者抵抗驱动元件12034的径向向外运动。在各种情况下,弹簧衬圈12032可包括环形主体,所述环形主体包括第一自由端12033和第二自由端12034,其中环形主体可在上述径向向外的力施加到其时弹性地扩展并且在该径向向外的力已停止或减小时弹性地收缩。在这种情况下,弹簧衬圈12032的第一自由端12033能够相对于第二自由端12034运动。Referring further to the above, referring primarily to FIGS. In such cases, spring washer 12032 and biasing member 12036 may cooperate to apply a radially inward biasing force and/or resist radially outward movement of drive element 12034 . In each case, the spring washer 12032 can comprise an annular body comprising a first free end 12033 and a second free end 12034, wherein the annular body can be elastically resilient when the aforementioned radially outward force is applied thereto. expands and elastically contracts when the radially outward force has ceased or decreased. In this case, the first free end 12033 of the spring washer 12032 is movable relative to the second free end 12034 .
可将本发明所公开的装置设计成单次使用后即进行处理,或者可将它们设计成是多次使用的。然而,在任一种情形下,所述装置均可进行修复,以在至少一次使用后再次使用。修复可包括拆卸装置、清洗或更换具体部件以及后续重新组装的其中任意几个步骤的组合。具体地,所述装置可拆卸,而且可以任意组合选择性地更换或移除所述装置的任意数目的特定零件或部件。清洗和/或更换特定部件后,所述装置可在修复设施处重新组装以便随后使用,或者在即将进行外科手术前由外科手术队重新组装。本领域的技术人员将会知道,装置的重新修复可利用多种用于拆卸、清洗/更换和重新组装的技术。这些技术的用途以及得到的重新修复装置均在本发明的范围内。The devices disclosed herein can be designed to be disposed of after a single use, or they can be designed to be used multiple times. In either case, however, the device can be reconditioned for reuse after at least one use. Reconditioning may include any combination of disassembly of the device, cleaning or replacement of specific parts, and subsequent reassembly. In particular, the device is detachable and any number of specific parts or components of the device can be selectively replaced or removed in any combination. After cleaning and/or replacement of certain components, the device may be reassembled for subsequent use at a reconditioning facility, or by a surgical team immediately prior to a surgical procedure. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that reconditioning of a device may utilize a variety of techniques for disassembly, cleaning/replacement, and reassembly. The use of these techniques and the resulting reconditioning devices are within the scope of the present invention.
优选的是,在手术前处理本文所述的发明。首先,获取新的或用过的器械,并根据需要进行清洗。然后可对器械进行灭菌。在一种灭菌技术中,将器械放置在闭合且密封的容器中,例如塑料或TYVEK袋中。然后将容器和装置置于可穿透该容器的辐射区,例如γ辐射、x-射线或高能电子。辐射使杀死器械上和容器中的细菌。然后将灭菌后的器械存储在消毒容器中。该密封容器使器械保持无菌直到在医疗设施中打开该容器为止。Preferably, the invention described herein is processed prior to surgery. First, obtain new or used instruments and clean them as needed. The instrument can then be sterilized. In one sterilization technique, the instruments are placed in a closed and airtight container, such as a plastic or TYVEK bag. The container and device are then placed in a field of radiation that can penetrate the container, such as gamma radiation, x-rays, or high energy electrons. Irradiation kills bacteria on instruments and in containers. The sterilized instruments are then stored in sterile containers. The sealed container keeps the instrument sterile until the container is opened in the medical facility.
以引用方式全文或部分地并入本文的任何专利、公布或其他公开材料均仅在所并入的材料不与本公开所述的现有定义、陈述或其他公开材料相冲突的范围内并入本文。同样地并且在必要的程度下,本申请明确阐述的公开内容取代了以引证方式并入本申请的任何冲突材料。任何以引用方式并入本文但与本文所述的现有定义、陈述或其他公开材料相冲突的任何材料或其部分,仅在所并入的材料和现有的公开材料之间不产生冲突的程度下并入本文。Any patent, publication, or other disclosure material incorporated herein by reference in whole or in part is incorporated only to the extent that the incorporated material does not conflict with a prior definition, statement, or other disclosure material set forth in this disclosure. This article. As such, and to the extent necessary, the disclosure as expressly set forth in this application supersedes any conflicting material incorporated by reference into this application. Any material, or portion thereof, which is incorporated herein by reference but which conflicts with existing definitions, statements, or other disclosed material stated herein, is solely to the extent that no conflict arises between the incorporated material and the existing disclosed material Incorporated into this article to a certain extent.
尽管本发明已被描述为具有示例性的设计,但还能够在本公开的实质和范围内对本发明进行修改。因此本申请旨在涵盖采用本发明一般原理的任何变型、用途或修改型式。此外,本申请旨在涵盖本发明所属领域中属于已知或惯有实践范围内的与本公开不同的此类型式。While this invention has been described as having an exemplary design, the present invention is capable of modifications within the spirit and scope of this disclosure. This application is therefore intended to cover any variations, uses or modifications of the general principles of the invention. Further, this application is intended to cover such variations from the present disclosure as come within known or customary practice in the art to which this invention pertains.
Claims (13)
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US13/974,227 | 2013-08-23 | ||
US13/974,227 US9987006B2 (en) | 2013-08-23 | 2013-08-23 | Shroud retention arrangement for sterilizable surgical instruments |
PCT/US2014/051629 WO2015026781A1 (en) | 2013-08-23 | 2014-08-19 | Shroud retention arrangement for sterilizable surgical instruments |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CN105682573A CN105682573A (en) | 2016-06-15 |
CN105682573B true CN105682573B (en) | 2018-09-21 |
Family
ID=56957767
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CN201480057558.1A Active CN105682573B (en) | 2013-08-23 | 2014-08-19 | Cover retention configuration for sterilizable surgical instruments |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP6472800B2 (en) |
CN (1) | CN105682573B (en) |
BR (1) | BR112016003406B1 (en) |
MX (1) | MX373674B (en) |
RU (1) | RU2669856C2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11717276B2 (en) * | 2018-10-30 | 2023-08-08 | Covidien Lp | Surgical devices including adapters and seals |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090163838A1 (en) * | 2007-12-06 | 2009-06-25 | Cpair, Inc. | CPR System with Feed Back Instruction |
US20110017801A1 (en) * | 2007-10-05 | 2011-01-27 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Internal backbone structural chassis for a surgical device |
US20120110810A1 (en) * | 2010-11-05 | 2012-05-10 | Houser Kevin L | Medical Device With Feature For Sterile Acceptance Of Non-Sterile Reusable Component |
Family Cites Families (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
RU2161450C1 (en) * | 1999-07-22 | 2001-01-10 | Каншин Николай Николаевич | Surgical suturing device |
US8968276B2 (en) * | 2007-09-21 | 2015-03-03 | Covidien Lp | Hand held surgical handle assembly, surgical adapters for use between surgical handle assembly and surgical end effectors, and methods of use |
US8864007B2 (en) * | 2010-09-30 | 2014-10-21 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Implantable fastener cartridge having a non-uniform arrangement |
US8210411B2 (en) * | 2008-09-23 | 2012-07-03 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Motor-driven surgical cutting instrument |
-
2014
- 2014-08-19 MX MX2016002345A patent/MX373674B/en active IP Right Grant
- 2014-08-19 CN CN201480057558.1A patent/CN105682573B/en active Active
- 2014-08-19 JP JP2016536367A patent/JP6472800B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2014-08-19 BR BR112016003406-6A patent/BR112016003406B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2014-08-19 RU RU2016110396A patent/RU2669856C2/en not_active IP Right Cessation
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20110017801A1 (en) * | 2007-10-05 | 2011-01-27 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Internal backbone structural chassis for a surgical device |
US20090163838A1 (en) * | 2007-12-06 | 2009-06-25 | Cpair, Inc. | CPR System with Feed Back Instruction |
US20120110810A1 (en) * | 2010-11-05 | 2012-05-10 | Houser Kevin L | Medical Device With Feature For Sterile Acceptance Of Non-Sterile Reusable Component |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
BR112016003406A2 (en) | 2017-08-01 |
RU2016110396A (en) | 2017-09-28 |
MX373674B (en) | 2020-04-02 |
BR112016003406A8 (en) | 2021-11-30 |
BR112016003406B1 (en) | 2022-07-19 |
MX2016002345A (en) | 2016-10-28 |
JP6472800B2 (en) | 2019-02-20 |
CN105682573A (en) | 2016-06-15 |
RU2016110396A3 (en) | 2018-05-16 |
JP2016530955A (en) | 2016-10-06 |
RU2669856C2 (en) | 2018-10-16 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CN105658152B (en) | Anti-tampering circuit for surgical instrument battery pack | |
CN105636527B (en) | interactive display for surgical instruments | |
US20190290265A1 (en) | Tamper proof circuit for surgical instrument battery pack | |
CN105682566A (en) | Motor powered articulating surgical instruments | |
CN105682573B (en) | Cover retention configuration for sterilizable surgical instruments |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
C06 | Publication | ||
PB01 | Publication | ||
C10 | Entry into substantive examination | ||
SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination | ||
GR01 | Patent grant | ||
GR01 | Patent grant |